2004 Volkswagen Passat

Contents
0.1 Alphabetical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

1.1 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
1.2 USA Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
2.1 Safety First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
3.1 Controls and Operating Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
3.2 Telematics by OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
3.4 Sound System Premium CD Monsoon . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
3.4 Tips and Advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
3.5 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Supplements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
0.1 2004 Passat Sedan
A lphabetical Index
Dear User
Enclosed you'll find an extensive and comprehensive alphabetical
index of all manuals supplied with your vehicle. This index will help
you to find information quickly by using key words. The index also
contains references to Booklet 4.1 ( OWNER INFORMATION ) which
is provided with vehicles sold in the U.S.A. but not with those sold in
Canada.
The title of each booklet provided by Volkswagen is highlighted with
capital letters. for example WARRANTY.
Key words Booklet Page
A
ABS (Anti-Lock Brakes) 3.2 8
Accessories,
-What should I do if I wan t to add an accessory
to my vehicle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 51
Adding
- Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 44
- Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 42
- Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 38
-Windshield washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 50
Additional accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 51
Adjustable Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 68
Adjustable steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 68
Adjusting
- Climate controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 80
- Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 49
- Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 50
-Seats ..... . ..... . . .... . .. . ... . . .. . ... .. . .. . . . 2.1 50
-Seats ......... . ...... . .. ........... . .. . . ..... 3.1 57
-Washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 50
Adjustments
- Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 56
- Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 50
Air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 17
- Head airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 28
-Importance of proper seating position . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 19
Air circulation. - luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 72
Air cond itioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 80
-Air recircu lation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 81
- ECON cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 85
- Fan switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 80
- Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 86
-Vents. . . ..... . .. ......... . ... . ... . .. . .. . ... . . 3.1 82
Air outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 82
Air recirculation
- Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 81
- Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 89
Air vents
-Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 82
- Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 91
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 17
-Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 34
-Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 16
-Seating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 57, 58
-System components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 18
Airbag indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 16
Airbag system
- Care, service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 29
-Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 23
-How many airbags does my vehicle have? . . . . . . . 2.1 17
- How the Airbag system works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 24
-Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 25
- What happens when the airbags deploy? . . . . . . . . . 2.1 19
-When must the system be inspected? . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 18
-Where are my airbags located? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 17
Alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 30
Alarms
-Anti-theft system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 30
- Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 30
- Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 28
All Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 10
Alloy wheels, - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 26
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 19
Alternator/Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 19
Anchors for a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 39
Anti-Lock Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 8
Anti-Lock Brakes
- How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 8
-Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 8
-What does it mean when I feel a slight
vibration on the pedal? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 8
Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 8
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 17
Anti-Slip Regulation
- Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 23
-When would I switch it off? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 11
Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 11
Anti-Slip regulation (ASR), -Control switch . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 44
Anti-Slip-Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 44
Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 30
see also Alarms ~
Anti-theft wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 72
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 66
-Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 66
- Rear .. ........................ .. ......... . .. 3.1 66
- Storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 66, 75
Ashtray, - Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 78
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 78
-Front ............ .... . .......... ..... . . .. . . . . 3.1 78
ASR (Anti-Slip Regulation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 11, 23
Assist handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 52
Auto Safety Hotline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 21
Automatic car wash
- Precautions when taking your vehicle
to the car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 23
- Should I remove the roof antenna? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 23
Automatic locking. see Locks
Automatic transmission
- Kick-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 97
- liptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 94
-Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 98
Automatic transmission (5-speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 93
- Back-up lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 96
- Ignition key safety interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 93
Average driving speed indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 11
Average fuel consumption indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 11
B
Back-up lights ....... . ....... ... ... .. . . ... . ... . . . 3.1 96
- Automatic transmission (5-speed) .... . ... . ..... . 3.1 96
- Manual transmission ......... .... ... . .. . ..... . 3.1 99
Backrest .. ....... . ...... . ... . . .. . .. . ..... . . . . . . . 3.1 69
-Folding ... ..... ... . ......... . . .. .. ... .. ..... . 3.1 69
-Lockable . . ..... ... . ......................... . 3. 1 69
-Raising .. . .... .... . ...... .. .. .. . .. ... . .. . ... . 3.1 70
Backward adjustment of seats . .. .. . .. ..... .... . .. . 3.1 59
Battery .... . ... ..... ...... .... ..... .. .......... . . 3.2 45
- Battery acid level, checking . .. .... . ... ... . ..... . 3.2 47
-Charging ................. ....... . .. .. . . . .. .. . 3.2 48
- Slow cha rging .................. . .. ........ . 3.2 48
- Connecting charger cables . ... . .. . .. ..... ..... . 3.2 48
- Disconnecting
-Important information before you
disconnect your battery! ... ...... .... 1.. ..... .. . 3.2 49
-What you must do after you reconnect
the battery! ............... ..... .' . ..... ... .. . . 3.2 49
- Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 46
- Precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 45
-Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 49
- Replacing, - How often should I replace
my battery? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 49
-Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 46
Battery replacement, remote key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 25
Battery, vehicle. see Booklet 3.2
Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 13
- What happens when the belt tensioner
is activated? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 13
Beverage holder.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 74
Body cavity sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 26
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 33
Brake, -Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 18
Brake booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 7
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 43
- How often should the brake fluid
be changed? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 44
-What is the correct brake fluid level? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 43
-What kind of brake fluid should I use? . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 44
- What should I do if the brake warning light
comes on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 43
Brake fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 43
Brakes
-Fluid. see Booklet 3.2
-How does the moisture or road salt affect
the brakes? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 6
- Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 7
-Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 16
-Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 18
-Wear indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 16
-What does it mean when I feel a slight
vibration on the pedal? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 8
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 6
Break-in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 12
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 21
see also Chi me
c
Capacities
-Fuel tank . .. . ..... ... . . .. . .. .......... . . ... . . . 3.2 2
-Windshield washer fluid container ...... . .. . .. . . . 3.2 50
Car seat. Child. see Booklet 2.1
Care of
-exterior ...... . . . ... . ... .. . .. . . . .. . .. . . . . ... . . 3.2 23
- interior ...... . ....... . ....... . ..... . . . . . .. . . . 3.2 27
Cargo Net,- lie-down hooks .... . . . . ..... . .. . .. . . . 3.1 72
Catalytic converter .. . ...... . .... . . . .. . . . . . . . .... . . 3.2 17
CB radios .... . ................. . .. . . . .. . . ...... . . 3.2 75
Center safety belt on the rear seat . ... . .......... . . . 2.1 14
Central locking system . .. .. . ... . .......... . . .... . . 3.1 31
-Rear lid ... .......... . ....... . ... ... . . . .. . .. . . 3.1 35
Central locking systems . . .. . . . . ... . ... . ........ . . . 3. 1 33
Changing a wheel .. . . . .. . .. . . . . ..... . .. . ....... . . 3.2 66
Changing engine oil . ... . . .. . . . . . . . .. ............ . . 3.2 38
Checking
- Battery acid level . .. .... . ... .. . .. . .. . .. . . . .. . . 3.2 47
- Brake fluid level .. . ....... . . . .. . . . . . . . .... . .. . . 3.2 43
- Engine coolant level .... .... . ... . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . 3.2 41
- Engine oil level . . . .. .... ...... . ...... .. . . . . .. . 3.2 37
-Windshield washer flu id level .. .. . .. . .... . .. . . . . 3.2 50
Checking oil level, - Engine . .. ..... . . .. . .. . ... . ... . 3.2 37
Child restraint (CR) Anchors ..... .. . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . 2.1 39
Child restraint anchorages ..... .. . . ... . . ... . . .. .. . . 2.1 43
Child restraints
- Important information about child
restraints and the front seat ..... . . . . . .. . . . . ..... . 2. 1 22
- Securing on the rear seat using the
center safety belt ....... .. . .... . . .. ....... . . .. . . 2.1 38
Child Safety, - Child Car Seat . .. . .. . . ...... . ...... . 3. 1 58
Child safety . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . .... . . . . . . . .. . 2.1 30
- Safety lock. rear doors . .. . .. .. ........... .. . . . . 3.1 34
Child safety lock for rear doors ...... . . . .. . . ... . . .. . 3.1 34
Child seat, - Installing a rear facing child seat .. . . ... . 2.1 22
Chime .. . . .... . . ... .. . . .... . . .. . ... . .. .. .. . .. . . . 3. 1 25.42.102
- Door ... . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... ... . . .. . . 3.1 25
-Ignition ... . .. . .. . . . ... .. . . . ...... .... .. . .... . 3.1 102
-Oil .. . ... ..... . .. . ..... . . .. . ...... . .. . . ... . . . 3.1 21
- Safety belt .......... . ............. .. . . . . . .. . . 3.1 19
Chrome parts, Taking care of chrome parts . . . .. . .. . . 3.2 27
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 76
Cild seats, -Older children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 35
Cleaning
- Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 29
-Glass........................................ 3.2 27
- Inside of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 27
- Leather upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 28
-Outside of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 23
- Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 28
Cleaning and protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 22
Climate controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 80
see also Air conditioning; Climatronic
Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 87 ~
-air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 89
-Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 87
-Automatic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 87
- Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 92
- Manual control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 87
-Operating controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 88
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
- Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 52
Comfort clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 8
Controls
see also Climate controls
- Climate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 80
-Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
-Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 31
- Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 27
- Unlocking window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 36
Convertible child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 32
Convertible locking feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 9
Convertible locking retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 36
-Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 37
-Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 37
Coolant losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 41
Coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 9
Coolant temperature guage, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 9
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 40
- Engine. see Booklet 3.2
- Expansion tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 41
-Interior. see Climate controls
CR (Child Restraint) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 39
Keywords Booklet Page
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 105
-Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 105
-Turning off, completely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 107
-Turning off, temporarily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 106
Cup-holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 74
D
Dashboard . .... . ... . . ...... . . ... ...... ....... . . . . 3.1 3
Data Link Connector (DLC) ..... . . ......... . ... . .. . 3.1 23
Day- Night mirror ...... . .. .. . . . . . .. . .. . . ... . . . ... . 3.1 50
Daytime running lights ....... . .. . ...... . .. . . .. . .. . 3.1 42
Defogging
- Side windows .. ......... .. . .. . . .. . . . .. . . .... . 3.1 83
-Windshield .. . .. .. . . . ...... .. . . ... . . . .. ... . .. . 3.1 83
-Windshield and side windows . . ..... . .. . . . . .. . . 3.1 83
Defrosting
- Rear window ...... .... ........ . .. . ..... . . ... . 3.1 43
-Windshield and side windows . . . . ...... .. . . .. . . 3.1 82,89
Differential lock .. .. .. . ... ......... . ... . ... . . . . . . . 3.2 9
Difficult operating conditions . . . . . .. .. . . . . ... .. . .. . . 3.2 14
Digital clock .. . .. .. . .... . ......... . .. . .... . . . ... . 3.1 10
Dimmer switch, - Dashboard lights .. . .. . .. .. ...... . 3.1 42
Dirty safety belts . ... . . .. . . . .. . ....... . ... .. ... . . . 2.1 9
Displays. see Multi-Function Indicator
Distance driven indicator ........ . . .... . .. ........ . 3. 1 13
DLC ....... .. . .. .... . .. ... . .. . . ......... . ..... . . 3.1 23
Do- it-yourself service . . . ... . ..... . . ..... ....... . . 3.2 52
Doors .. . . . . . .. . ..... . . . ... . .. . . . . ... .. .. . .... . . . 3.1 31
-Automatic locking ... . ... . ..... . . . ... . ... . . . .. . 3.1 34
- Child safety lock, rear . . .... ... . . . .. ... . ..... .. . 3.1 34
-Closing . ... . ... . .. . ....... . . .. . . ... . . . .. . . . . . 3.1 31
- Locking with key . .. . . . . ...... . . ......... . . . .. . 3. 1 31
-Opening ... . ... . .. . . . . .. . ........... . .. .... . . 3.1 31
- Power locks .. .. .. . .. ..... ... . ....... .... . .. . . 3.1 31
- Unlocking w ith key ... .. ............. . . . .... .. . 3.1 31
- Unlocking with remote . .. . .. ...... . .... . .. .... . 3.1 28
Driver position .. . .. . ......... .. .. . ..... ... . . .. . . . 3. 1 57
Driver's Seat
-Adjustments, - Manual
- Forward & Backward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 59
- Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 59
- Lumbar Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 59
- Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 59
- Adjustments
- Electrical, Forward & Backward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 61
- Electrical
- Headrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 56
- Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
- Proper position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 51
Driver's seat- memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Driving economically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 15
Driving in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 81
Driving under difficult conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 14
Duplicate key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 26
E
ECON cooling ................. . . .. ...... . ..... .. . 3.1 85
Electrical I Electronic
- Heated driver's seat ... . . . ... . .... . .. . ... .. ... . 3.1 43
- Heated passenger seat ... . . .................. . 3.1 44
- Power locks ...... . . .... ... ...... . .. . ........ . 3.1 31
Electrical/Electronic, Seat Adjustment .. . .. . ...... . . . 3.1 60
Electrically heated driver's seat ...... .. . . .......... . 3.1 43
Electrically heated passenger seat . . .... . ... . ...... . 3.1 44
Electronic differential lock . .... . . .. ... . ..... .. .. . . . 3.1 44
Electronic differential lock . .. . ... . .... . . . .. .. ... . . . 3.2 9
Electronic differential lock (EDU ... .. .. . . . . ........ . 3.1 17
Electronic immobilizer . . .............. . ........... . 3.1 17, 102
Electronic power control (EPC) .... .. ............ .. . 3.1 19
Emergency
-Closing sunroof .... . . . ................ . ...... . 3.1 41
-Flasher ............ . ... . . ... . ............ . .. . 3.1 43
- Off (Seat Memory) ...... .. ... . ............... . 3.1 65
- Starting . .... .... . .. .. ..................... . . . 3.2 75
-Towing .......... . .................. .. .... .. . 3.2 78
Emergency brake . .. ......... . ....... .... .. . ..... . 3.1 100
Emergency triangle ............ .. . ......... . ..... . 3.2 52
Emission control system . . .. .... . . . .. . .. . .. . . .... . 3.2 17
- Malfunction indicator ......... . .... . . . .. . .. . .. . 3.1 22
- Malfunction indicator light .... .. ......... . .. . . . . 3.1 22
Engine
- Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 104
- Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 34
- Coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 9
- Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 40
- Fuel specifications. see Booklet 3.2
- fuel specs. see Booklet 3.2
-Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 33
-Oil .......................................... 3.2 36
- Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 21
- Oil specifications. see Booklet 3.2
- Oil specs. see Booklet 3.2
- Specifications. see Booklet 3.2
- Windshild washer container. see Booklet 3.2 + 3.3
Engine compartment
- Precautions you should take before cleaning the
engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 29
- Precautions you should take when working inside
the engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 34
Engine coolant
- Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 40
-Can I add plain water to the engine coolant? . . . . . . 3.2 40
- Coolant losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 41
Engine oil
-Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 :j8
-Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 38
-Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 38
- Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 37
- Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 36
Engine oil level
-When shoull check the engine oil level? . . . . . . . . . 3.2 37
-Where is the oil dipstick? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 37
Environment
-Brake fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 44
- Cleaning and protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3..? 22
- Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 42
- Driving to minimize pollution and noise . . . . . . . . 3.2 15
- Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 39
-Fuel ......................................... 3.2 3
- Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 31
- Starting procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 102
- Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 57
- Unleaded fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4
- Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 23
Environment considerations. see Booklet 3.2
Exhaust system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 17
Expansion tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 41
Extenders for the safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 15
F
Fahrenheit to Centrigrade. setting 3.1 89
Fan
- Clima tronic ... . .. . .. .... . . .... .... . . ......... . 3.1 87
- Radiator. see Booklet 3.2
-Air conditioning .......... . ..... . . . .. ... . ..... . 3.1 80
Fan switch, -Air conditioning .... . . . .. . . .. .. . ..... . 3.1 80
Fastening and unfasten ing
- Booster seats . . ..... . ... . .... ... . .. . ...... . . . 2.1 33
- Center safety belt on the rear seat ............. . 2.1 9, 14
- Child seat on the center position on the rear seat .. 2.1 38
-Child seats on the outer rear seat position . . ..... . 2.1 36
- Convertible child seats ...... . . .. . ... . .. . ...... . 2.1 32
- Infant seats ......................... . . . . .... . 2.1 31
-LATCH system ...... . .... . ............ . ..... . 2.1 39
- Safety belt extender ........ . . . . . ......... . ... . 2. 1 16
- Safety belts ........................... . ..... . 2.1 10, 13
Fastening Cargo Net .............. . ........ . .... . . 3. 1 72
Fastening your safety belt ... ..... . .. . ... . . . .... . . . 2.1 10
Filler cap .... .. ....... . ... . . . ...... .. . ... . ...... . 3.2 3
Filling, - portable fuel container ..... ... ... . . . ..... . . 3. 2 3
Flasher. emergency ......... . . .. .. ... .. .. ..... . .. . 3.1 43
Floor jack . . ... ... . .. ............ . .. ... . . ..... .. . . 3 .2 79
Floor Mats ... ......... . ...... . .. . .. . .. ...... .... . 3.1 67
Fluid
- Brake .. . ... . ......... .. . . . .. . ... . ..... . .... . 3.2 43
- Coolant .... .. ...... .. . . . . ... . ........ . ...... . 3.2 40
-Windshield washer tank .. .... . ............. . . . 3.2 50
Fog lights, - Front ........... . ...... . . .. . .... . ... . 3.1 42
Folding outside mirrors .............. . ... . ........ . 3.1 52
Forward adjustment of seats ....... ......... ..... . . 3.1 59
Forward facing child seat, - Precautions .... . ....... . 2.1 22
Fresh air ..................................... .. . 3.1 85
Front, - Seats. see Booklet 2.1
Front airbags . .................. . ... .. . . . . ... .... . 2.1 23
Front armrest .......... . .. . ... ..... . .... ...... . . . 3. 1 66
Front door panel light .. . . ........ . .... .. . .. . . .... . 3. 1 49
Front doors ............ . .......... . .. .. . . .. . .... . 3. 1 31
Front fog lights ...... ... ...... . .. .. . .. .. . .. . . . ... . 3. 1 42
Front interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
Front map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
Front passenger position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 58
Front passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 58
- Proper position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 52
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 50
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 57
- How to adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 50
Fuel
- Consumption indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 11
- Lock fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 2
- Momentary consumption, -Average consumption 3.1 13
-Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 2
Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 15
Fuel fi ller flap release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 44
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
Fuel supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 2
- Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 3
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 73
see also Booklet 3.2
G
Garage door opener, - Homelink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 53
Gasoline
- Additves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4
- Blends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4
-What would happen if I put leaded gasoline
in my car? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4
Gasoline engine,- starting...... . . . ............. . .. 3.1 103
Gauge
-Coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 9
- Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 9
-Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
- Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
- Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
-Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 8
Gearshift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 99
General illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3
Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 19
Glove box light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
Glove Box/Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 79
Glove Box/Compartment, Air Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 79
Glove compartment I box. -Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
Guide fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 46
H
Handbrake ....... . ............. . ... . ....... .... . . 3.1 100
Hat shelf ................ .. ..... ...... ......... . . 3.1 71
Sun shade . . .. ........... . . ........ ... ...... . . . 3.1 71
Head airbags ... .. ......... . ... . .......... . ..... . . 2.1 28
Head Restraints ... . .. ....... . . . .. . .. ... . . ....... . 3.1 56
Height Adjustment . ........ ............ . ...... . 3.1 56
Installing ............ . ..... . . . . . ... ... . . . ..... . 3.1 56
Removing ..... . . . . .. . . . . .. . .... .... .. . . .. .... . 3.1 56
Head restraints . .......... . ... . . .. . .. . . . .... . . . . . . 2.1 49
- Proper position for maximum protection ...... . . . 2.1 49
- Removing and Installing ....... .. ............ .. . 2.1 49
Headlight
- Dimmer switch .. ...... . .. . .................. . 3.1 45
-Flasher ........ . . .... .. .. ... . . . ... . . ...... . . . 3.1 45
Headlight dimmer switch lever .... . ... . ... .. .. .. .. . 3.1 45
Headlight flasher . . . . .. .. ... ... .. . ... . .... . . . .... . 3.1 45
Heated
- Driver's seat . . .. . .. ....... ....... . . .... . . . . . . . 3.1 43
- Passenger's seat . . . .. ..... . . . ...... .. . . . ..... . 3. 1 44
-Window . . ........ . . .... . . ... ......... . ..... . 3.1 43
Heated driver's seat ...... . . .. ....... .. . ... .. . . .. . 3.1 43
Heated outside mirrors ... . . . .. . .. .. .... ... . ...... . 3. 1 51
Heated passenger seat ... . . ... . . .. .. ..... . . .. ... . . 3.1 44
Heating ................. . .. . . . . .. . ... . . ..... . .. . 3.1 80
Heating interior quickly . . .. .. .............. . ... . .. . 3. 1 83
Heating system. see Climate controls
Heavy clothing and safety belts ...... .. ...... . .... . 2.1 8
Height adjustment of seats ...... .. ..... ... . . . . . .. . 3. 1 59
Height adjustors ................ .. . .. . . ... . .. . ... . 2.1 11
High beam . ........ . . .. ... . ......... .... . ...... . 3.1 16
High beam lever ............. .. . . . ... . . . .... .... . . 3.1 45
Homelink ............... .. .. . . .. ................ . 3.1 53
Hood release .............. .. .. ...... . .. . ...... . . 3.2 33
Hood, opening. see Booklet 3.2
Hooks, Tie-Down, Cargo Net ........ ..... .. . . .... . 3.1 72
Horn
- see also Booklet 2.1 ...... . . ...... .. .......... . 3.1 3
How can I adjust the height of my safety belt? .. . . .. . 2.1 11
How can I tell when t he safety belt is securely locked? 2.1 10
How many airbags does my vehicle have? . ....... .. . 2.1 17
How to attach the tether strap on the Sedan model? . . 2.1 42
How to attach the tether strap on the Wagon model? . 2.1 42
How to fasten the rear center safety belt? . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 9
How to use the air conditioning more economica lly . . . 3.1 85
How to wea r safety belts properly? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 8
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 14
I
Ignition .................. . ..... . . ... .. .... . . . ... . 3.1 101
- Key safety interlock ........ ............ . ..... . 3.1 93
Ignition key safety interlock . .... . .. ..... ...... . . . . . 3.1 93
Immobilizer . . . . .............. . . ... .. . . . . . . . . .... . 3.1 17, 102
Increasing size of luggage compartment ...... . ..... . 3.1 71
Indicator, - Multifunction (MFA) .. . .... . . ..... . .... . 3.1 11
Indicator light
-Air bag system ................ . .... . .. . . .... . 2.1 18
- What should I do if the airbag indicator light comes
on and stays on? ...... . . ... . .. .. .............. . 2.1 18
Indicator lights ... . ................ . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . 3.1 15
- Airbag system . ..... .. .... . .... . . . ... . . ... . . . . 3.1 16
-Anti-Lock brake system ... ... . . . ..... . .. .. .. . . 3.1 17
-An ti-Slip Regu lation ......... .. . .. . ... . ... .... . 3 .1 23
-Brake .. . . . . . .. .... . .. . ..... . . . . . ... . . . . .. . . . 3.1 18
-Door open ..... ... .. . . .... .. . ....... . ....... . 3.1 22
- Electronic power control I Glow Plug .... . . . .. . . . 3.1 19
- Engine coolant tempera ture level ...... . .. .. .. . . 3.1 19
- Engine oil pressure ................... . .. ... .. . 3 .1 21
- Front brake pads worn . . . ...... . .. . . .. . .. ... . . . 3.1 16
- Fuel level too low .... . . . . .. .. . .... . .. .. . . . . . . . 3.1 22
- Generator .............. ...... ........ . ...... . 3.1 19
-High beam . .. . . . . ...... . .... . . ....... . .. . . . . . 3. 1 16
- Malfunction indicator lamp . ... . . ....... . ..... . . 3.1 22
- Safety belts .. . ... ...... . . ... . . . . .. ..... . . .. . . 3. 1 19
-Trunk I Rear lid . .. . . . . .... . .... . ... . .... . . . .. . . 3. 1 22
-Turn signals ........ .... . . . .... ........ . . . ... . 3. 1 16
-Windshield washer ...... . . ... ..... .... .. . . . . . . 3. 1 22
-Windshield was her fluid level too low .... . . . . . .. . 3. 1 22
Infant seats ...... . . ........... ...... ...... . . .. .. . 2. 1 31
Inside day-night mirror . . . . . . . ..... . ... . ... . ...... . 3. 1 50
Installing
-Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 33
-Child seat on the outer rear seat position . . . . . . . . . 2.1 36
-Child seat to LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 48
-Child seat to lower anchorage point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 43
- Child seat using the LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 39
-Convertible child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 32
- Infant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 31
-Tether strap to anchorage point on the Sedan model 2.1 42
-Tether strap to anchorage point on the Wagon model 2.1 42
Installing a child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 48
Installing a radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 74
Installing wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 48
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 8
Instrument illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 42
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3
- Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
- Display, Multifunctioin indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 11
- Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 9
- Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
- Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
- Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
Instrument panel, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 27
Interior light control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
J
Jack 3.2 69
Jack and tools ......... . . .. ...... .... . ......... . . 3.2 53
Jack support positions . .. ........ . .. . ...... . .. . .. . 3.2 69
Jump starting . see Booklet 3.2
Jumper cables ................... ...... . . . . ... . . . 3.2 75
K
Keep this manual with your vehicle . . .............. . 2.1 2
Keeping interior comfortable ..................... . . 3.1 83
Key
-Coding .... . ....... ... . . .. ... ..... . . . ..... .. . 3.1 28
- Duplicate . ..... . .... . . ..... .. . .... . . . . . .... . . 3.1 26
- Ignition. Safety Interlock . . .. ....... ... . ....... . 3.1 93
- Master with remote ....... ... ..... . ....... . .. . 3.1 25
- Remote release ..... . . . . . . .... . .......... . ... . 3.1 25
- Replacement .... .... . ..... . .. . . ... . . . . . . . .. . . 3.1 26
-Tag . .......... . ...... . .. .. .... . ... . . .... . ... . 3.1 26
-Valet ..... . ... ..... .. .... ...... ...... . ... . . . . 3.1 26
Key for remote release .... ..... . .... . . . . .. ...... . . 3.1 25
Keys ................ .. .... . ... ... . .. . . .. . ...... . 3.1 25
Kick-down . ... . ............ . . . . ...... . .. . .. .... . 3.1 97
Plastic parts. cleaning ....... ........ . ........... . . 3.2 27
L
Lane changer ...... .. .. . . . . . . . . . . ......... .. .... . 3. 1 45
Lap-shoulder belt .... . .. ... . .... . ....... . .... ... . 2.1 9
LATCH (Lower Anchor and Tether for Children) ...... . 2.1 39
LATCH System, - Seat markings . ..... . . . ... . . .... . 2.1 45
LATCH system . ... .... . . . ... ......... . . .. ....... . 2.1 48
-Attaching a child restraint to the LATCH system . . . 2. 1 48
Leather, - How to clean .. . . . ... ...... . . . ......... . 3.2 28
Lifting
- Floor jack ............... . ... ... . .. ..... . ... . . 3.2 79
-Jack ............... . .. . . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .... . 3.2 66
-Workshop hoist ....... .. ... . . .. ... ...... .. ... . 3.2 79
Lifting point
-front ........... ......... . . ...... · · · · · · · · · · · · 3.2 80
-rear ................... . . . ... ............... . 3.2 80
Lifting vehicle ..... . ... ..... . . . .. .......... . . . ... . 3.2 79
Light bulbs ................... .. ...... . . . ... . . .. . 3.2 74
Light switch ... . ........... .. . .. ..... . ....... ... . 3.1 42
Lighter ... . ... . . . . ..... . ........ . . . . ... . ........ . 3.1 76
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 42
- Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 96
- Brake warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 18
- Daytime running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 42
- Door open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 22
- Fog, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 42
- Fron t door panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
- Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 43
- Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 6, 15
- Interior con trol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 49
- Interior fron t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
- Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
-Map ..................... .. . ... . . . . . .. ... . .. . 3.1 49
- Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
- Trunk I Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 22
Loading a Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 73
Lock positions of trun k lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 35
Lockable Backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 69
Locking retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 36
Locking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 31
Locks
-Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 31
-Fuel tan k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 2
-Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 35
-Truck I Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 35
Locks .. Glove Box/Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 79
Lower Anchor and Tether for Children (LATCH) . . . . . . . 2. 1 39
Lower anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 43
-Guide fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 46
-Seat markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 45
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 36
Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 71
Luggage compartment light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
Luggage Compartment Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 77
M
Maintenance ........... .. .. . ............. . .... . . . 3.2 31
-Vehicle. see Booklet 1.2 & 3.2
Malfunction indicator lamp .......... ....... . .... . . . 3.1 22
Manual air conditioning ........ . ....... . ......... . . 3.1 80
Manual transmission ......... . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... . ... . 3. 1 99
- Back- up lights .. . .. .... . ............. . .... . .. . 3. 1 99
Master key, - With remote ...... . .. . . ........ . ... . 3. 1 25
Mats. Floor . ................. . . . . . . .. .. ...... . .. . 3.1 67
Maximum cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 84
Memory
Retrieving
Driving Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 64
Driving in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 64
Setting
Driving Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Memory for driver's seat and outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Memory for outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 51
Memory Functions
Driver's Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Initializing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 65
Outside Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Memory functions, - Multi-Function Indicator (MFA) . . 3.1 11
memory Functions, Emergency Off, Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 65
MFA. see Multi-Function Indicator
Miles per gallon (liter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 13
Miles per gallon I Liters per 100 km . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 13
Miles per hour I Kilometers per hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 13
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 50
-power "fold flat" function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 52
Outside, Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Retrieval
Driving Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 64
Tilt Position, Backing Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Mirrors with power "fold flat" function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 52
Mobile telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 75
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 51
Momentary fuel consumption indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 13
Multi function steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 24
Multi-function steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 24
Multi-Function Indicator
-Average driving speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 13
- Average fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 13
- Erasing the settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 12
- Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 12
Multi-function indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 11
Multi-Function Indicator (MFA)
- Momentary fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 13
-Time driven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 13
Multi-function steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 24
- Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 24
- Radio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 24
Multifunction steering wheel, - Cruise control . . . . . . . . 3.1 24
N
Noozle, - Fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 3
Normal cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 84
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 9
0
OBD II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 23
Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10, 14
Oil
-Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 38
-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 38
- Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 36
Oil dip stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 37
Oil for your engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 36
Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 21
Oil specification. see Booklet 3.2
On Board Diagnostic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 23
One-touch dow n feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 36
One-touch up feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 36
Opening the hood. see Booklet 3.2
Opening the veh icle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 31
Operating controls
-Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 80
- Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 88
Outlets, -Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 82
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 50
Outside m irrors-memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Outside temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 12
p
Panic button I switch . ... ..... ... ............. . .. . 3.1 28
Parking ..................................... . .. . 3.1 98
Parking brake ............. . . . . ..... . ......... . . . . 3.1 100
Parts replacement ... . .......... . . . . . ...... ..... . . 3.2 51
Passenger's seat. - Proper position . . .............. . 2. 1 52
Pedals .... . ......... .. ........ .. ...... . .. . . . ... . 3.1 67
Pinch protection, -Windows ...... .. ........ . . .. . . . 3.1 38
Portable fuel container ........ . . .. ....... . . . ... . . . 3.2 3
Power
-Steering . .... . ............. . ... ..... . ....... . 3.1 99
-Steering ..... ... .. . . .... .. .. .. . ... ........ . . . 3.2 11
- Windows ................. . .............. ... . 3.1 36
Power controls
- Locking switch ........ . .. ........... .. ...... . 3.1 33
-Locks ... . .................................. . 3.1 31
- Outside mirrors ...... . ........... .. . . . . ... ... . 3.1 51
-Roof ...... .. .. ...... .. . ............... . ... . . 3.1 40
Power locking switch . .. .. . .. . ....... . ........... . 3.1 33
Power locks .... ... . . . . . . ...... . ..... . ... . ..... . . 3.1 31
Power outside mirrors ... . ... .... ..... . ..... .. ... . 3.1 51
Power roof .. .. . ............................ . ... . 3.1 40
-Closing ... . .......... . .... . .. . ....... . ...... . 3.1 40
- Convenience closing .. . .... .. . .. . . .. . . . . ... . . . 3.1 41
- Emergency closing . ... . ..... ... .. .... . . . ..... . 3.1 41
-Opening ....... . ..... . . .. .. ... . ... . ... . ..... . 3.1 40
Power Window .... .. ........ .... ....... . ...... . . 3.1 36
Power windows, - Pinch protection . ............... . 3.1 38
Pregnant women. - Special considerations when
w earing a safety belt .... . . .... . .. .... .. ....... . .. . 2.1 12
R
Radiator. see Booklet 3.2
Radiator fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 42
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 74
Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 47
Rear
-View mirror .................................. 3.1 50
-Window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 43
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 69
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 69
Rear I Trunk lid
- Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 35
- Inside release (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 35
-Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 35
-Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 35
Rear center safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 14
- How to fasten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 9
- Making sure the rear seatback is securely latched . 2.1 9
- Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 14
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 35
Rear Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 76
Rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 50
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 43
Rear window washer container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 50
Rear-facing child seat, - Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 22
Recirculation air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 81
Refuelling the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 3
Release button on the buckle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 13
Releases
-Hood. see Booklet 3.2
-Trunk I Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 35
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 25,27
- Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 25
Remote controls,
- Locking, - Release, - Resetting, - Unlocking . . . . . . . 3.1 28
Remote locking I unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 27
Remote Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 53
Removing the Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 74
Repair manuals, - Ordering on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 82
Replacement of keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 26
Replacing
- Batteries, remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 25
- Bulbs. see Booklet 3.2
-Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 26
Replacing a fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 73
Replacing a radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 74
Replacing batteries
-Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 25
- Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 49
Replacing wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 48
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 81
Restraint System, Head Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 56
Restraint systems. see Booklet 2.1
Retractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 9
Reverse
- Automatic transmission (5- speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 96
- Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 99
Road salt, - Removing from wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 26
Roof ..... . .. . .. . . ...... . ...... .. . .. .... . . . . . .... 3.1 40
Rack
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 74
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 73
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 74
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 73
s
Safe driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 13
Safety belt.- Lap-shoulder belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 9
Safety belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 15
·- Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 16
- Precautions your should take when using . . . . . . . . 2.1 15
- Use with a child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 15
Safety belt height adjustors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 11
Safety belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 7
Safety belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 19
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 3
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 13
-Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 28
- Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 15
-How can I adjust the height of my safety belt ? . . . . 2.1 11
-How can I tell w hen the belt is securely locked? . . 2.1 10
- How to fasten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 10
- How to wear properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 8
- Making sure all passengers are correctly restrained 2.1 9
- Older children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 35
- Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 8
-Retractors- how they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 9
-Special considerations for pregnant women . . . . . . 2.1 12
- Torn or frayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 8
- Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 13
- Warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 7
- What can happen if you do not w ear
your safety belt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 4
- What happens it you wear your safety belt
too loose? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 12
-When must safety belts be replaced?... . ........ 2.1 9
-When would a safety belt lock up? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 9
- Why safety belts protect? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 6
Safety defects,- Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 81
Safety first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 2
Seat
Electrical Adjustment, Backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 61
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 69
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 3
('f""
Seat markings for lower anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 45
Seatback adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 59
Seating capacity of your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 9
Seating position
-Distance between the driver and the steering wheel 2.1 21
-Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 57
- Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 58
Seats
- Belts. see Booklet 2.1
- Child seats. see Booklet 2.1
-front ....................................... . 3.1 57
Manual Adjustment
Folding ..................................... . 3.1 69
Head Restraint .. . ........ ... ........ . .. . .... . 3.1 56
-Foreward and backward adjustment ............ . 3.1 59
-Height adjustment ................... .... ..... . 3.1 59
-manual adjustment ........................... . 3.1 59
-Seatback adjustment .......................... . 3.1 59
Child Car Seat .... . ............................ . 3.1 58
Electrical Adjustment .......................... . 3.1 60
Forward & Backward .... ......... ............ . 3.1 61
Height ............................. . ....... . 3.1 61
Raising & Lowering ......... ... .............. . 3.1 61
Memory .................................... . 3.1 62
Secondary key .................................. . 3.1 26
Securing a child seat ........... . ................. . 2.1 36,38
Securing Luggage ................ .. .... .. ....... . 3.1 72
Selector lever display ............................ . 3.1 95
Selector lever position display ..................... . 3.1 14
Self-dimming mirror ..................... . ....... . 3.1 50
Sensor, rain ......... .... ...... . .......... .... ... . 3.1 47
Service kit .................... . ................. . 3.2 52
Settings
-Clock................. . ......... . ............ 3.1 10
-Odometer... . . .. .................. . ........ . . 3.1 10
Outside Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Seat Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 62
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 17,25,28
Side Curtain Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 17,28
Signals, Turn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 16,45
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 65
Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 76, 77
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 53,54
Specifications, vehicle. see Booklet 3.3
Speed range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 2 12
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 10
Starter switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 101
Starting, - Gasoline engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 103
Starting procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .1 102
Starting with jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 75
Steel wheels, -Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 26
Steering
- Wheel, Multi-function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 24
- Wheel, Multi-functioni, - Sound System . . . . . . . . . 3.1 24
-Wheel, Multi-functions, -Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 24
Steering lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 101
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 68
- Distance between the driver and steering wheel . . 2.1 21
Stopping engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 103
Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 103
Storage
-Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
Box/Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 79
Storage compartment light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 61
Sun roof. see Power, roof
Sun shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 71
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 53
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 42
-Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 44
- Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 42
- Emergency flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 43
- Fog lights, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 42
-Heated seat, driver's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 43
-Heated seat, passenger's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 44
- Instrument illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 42
- Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 42
- Panic button switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 28
- Power locking switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 33
- Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 43
Synchronised mirror adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 51
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 8
Tag,- Key ..... .. .. . . . ... . . .. . .... .... .. . . . . ... . . 3.1 26
Temperature control
-Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 80
- Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .1 87
Temperature indicator. outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 12
Tensioner for the safety belt, -Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 13
Tether anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 40
Tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 41
- How to attach on the Wagon model . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 42
Theft protection, -Alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 30
Tie-Down Hooks. Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 72
Tilt and Telescopic Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 68
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 68
Time driven indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 13
tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 94
-Top speed ..... . ...... . . .. . . .. . . . ... ... .. .... . 3.1 96
Tire
- Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 57
-Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 59
- Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 59
-Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 61
-Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 58
tire designation code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 61
Tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 62
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 56
Tires/Wheels
- How often should I check the condition of my tires? 3.2 56
- How often should I check the tire pressure? . . . . . . 3.2 57
- M +S ti res . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 64
-New tires. breaking in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 56
-Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 65
- Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 54
- Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 62
All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 64
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 66
Changing a wheel, precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 66
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .2 53
Top speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 96
Torn safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 8
Towing.. .......... . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . ..... ... .. ... 3.1 98
Towing .. . . ...... . ... . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . ... 3.2 78
- Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 78
-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 78
-With a commercial tow truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 78
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 18
- Driving instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 20
- Technical requirement s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 18
- Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 21
- Ti re pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 19
- Tongue load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 19
- Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 19
Transmission. see Automatic transmissio n; Manual transmi ssion
Transporting heavy objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 71
Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 14
Trunk. - Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 49
Turnsignals . . ...... . . . .. . ... . ... . . .... . .. . . ...... 3. 1 16,45
- Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 16
- Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 45
u
Undercoating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .2 17,26
Unfast ening your safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1 13
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .2 62
Universal Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 53
Unleaded fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 2 4
Unlocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .1 31
Upholstery, - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 28
v 26
Va let key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1
Valve extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 57
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 46
Vehicle care
- Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 23
- Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 27
- Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 27
-Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 25
Vehicle Identification Number. see Booklet 3.3
Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 53
Vehicle specifications. see Booklet 3.3
Ventilation ............. . ... . ............. 0 • • • • • • • 3.1 80,85,90
Volkswagen Service Manuals, - Ordering .... 0 • • • • • • • 3.2 82
w
Warning I Indicator lights
- Airbag system ....... ... 0 ••• 0 • • 0 0 •• 0 • •• ••• 0 • •• 3.1 16
- Alternator I Generator . . ... . . 0 • •• • • • ••• 0 ••• 0 ••• 3.1 19
- Anti-Lock brake system ... . . 0 •••••• 0 • •• • •• 0 • •• 3.1 17
- Anti-Slip Regulation ...... ... 0 ••• 0 •••••• ••• 0 ••• 3.1 23
-Brake .............. . . . 0 • •• 0 • • 0 ••• ••••••• 0 ••• 3.1 18
- Door open . . . ..... .. .. .. .. . 0 • • •• • •••• • •• • 0 ••• 3.1 22
- Electronic power control .. . . .......... . .. . . ... . 3.1 19
- Engine coolant level, - Engine coolant temperature 3.1 19
- Engine oil pressure ............ .. . ... ......... . 3.1 21
- Front brake pads worn ... . ...... . ...... . .. . . . . . 3.1 16
- Generator ......... . .... .... 0 ••••• •• • • • •• • •••• 3.1 19
-High beam . .. 0 •••••• 0 •••••• 0 • •• • •• ••• 0 ••• 0 ••• 3.1 16
- Safety belts ......... 0 •• 0 •••••• 0 •• 0 •• 0 ••• 0 0 ••• 3.1 19
- Trunk I Rear lid ....... 0 •• 0 •••••• • •••• • • 0 ••••••• 3.1 22
- Turn signals ..... . . .... . 0 •• 0 • • • 0 •• 0 •• • 0 •• 0 •••• 3.1 45
-Washer fluid .... . ...... . .... . . . .. 0 • •• 0 •• 0 • ••• 3.1 22
Warning light in the instrument cluster . . 0 •••• •• ••••• 2.1 7
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . .. 0 ••• 0 •• 0 • ••• 3.1 15
Warning system .... . ... 0 •••••••• • • 0 •• 0 • • • 0 ••••••• 2.1 7
Warning triangle .... ..... 0 •• 0 •••••• 0 • • 0 ••• 0 ••••••• 3.2 52
Warning/indicator light
- Air bag system .. . .. . ... . . . ... . 0 •• •••• 0 •• • ••• • 3.1 16
- Anti-lock brake system .. . ... 0 ••••••••• 0 ••••••• 3.1 17
- Anti-Slip Regulation . . . .... . 0 0 •• 0 • • 0 •• 0 0 0 • • •• •• 3.1 23
Warning/indicator lights
-Air bag system ............. . .. 0 • •• • •••••••• • • 3.1 16
- Alternator ....... 0 ••••••••••••• 0 • • 0 • ••••• 0 • ••• 3. 1 19
-Brake .......... 0 •••• • •••••••• 0 •• 0 ••••••••••• 3.1 18
- Coolant level .............. 0 • • 0 0 • 0 0 • • •• • • ••••• 3.1 19
-Coolant temperature .... 0 • •••••• •• 0 ••• 0 • • 0 •••• 3.1 19
-Door open . ................... 0 •• 0 ••••••••••• 3.1 22
- Engine oil pressure .... . . 0 •• 0 ••• 0 •• • • • •••• 0 • ••• 3.1 21
- Front brake pads ..... . .. 0 •• • • •• 0 • • 0 • •• 0 ••••••• 3.1 16
- Fuel level ........ .. 0 • •• 0 • •• • ••• • •• • •• 0 •••• • • • 3.1 22
-High beam .................... 0 • •• ••••• • ••• • • 3.1 16
- Malfunction indicator light .. . 0 ••• 0 •• 0 •••••• 0 •• 0 • 3.1 22
-Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 22
- Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 19
-Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 16
-Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 22
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 18, 31
Warranty Booklet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 18
Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 18
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 22
Washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 50
Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 46
Waxing your vehicle
- How often should I wax my vehicle? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 23
-Where not to use wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 24
What can happen if you do not wear your safety belt? 2.1 4
What happens if you wear your safety belt too loose? 2.1 12
What happens when the airbags deploy? . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 19
What happens when the belt tensioner is activated? . . 2.1 13
What should I do if the airbag indicator light comes
on and stays on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 18
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 58
- Removing anti-theft wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 72
Wheels ......................................... 3.2 56
-valve extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 57
Wheels replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 59
When must safety belts be replaced? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 9
When would a safety belt lock up?.................. 2.1 9
Where are my airbags located? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 17
Why safety belts protect? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 6
Window I Windshield
-Pinch protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 36
-Rear defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 43
-Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 48
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 36
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 25
- Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 83
- Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 82,89
- Ignition off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 39
- Ignition on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 39
- Pinch protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. 1 38
Windshield washer container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 50
Windshield wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 46
Winter operation
- Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 46
-Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 40
- Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 65
-Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 64
-Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 23
-Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 25
- Windshield washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 50
Winter tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 64
Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 46
Wiper I Washer system
- Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 48
- Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 47
- Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 46
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 48
Wiper/VVasher system
- Container capacity. see Booklet 3.3
- Fluid. see Booklet 3.2
Workshop hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 79
(£ 2002 VOLKSWAGEN AG
All rights reserved
) . May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part
without consent of VOLKSWAGEN of America.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Printed in Germany
0.1 2004 Passat Sedan I Alphabetical Index I Nordamerika englisch 05.03 - 241.5Sl.PLA.21
1.1 2004 Volkswagen
Maintenance
Warranty Voucher
for the new Volkswagen automobile.
Present this voucher to an authorized dealer if warra nty service is required .
Warranty begins on the month of

first use of the vehicle or its delivery
to the fi rst retail purchaser, namely
on:
Stamp of authorized
Month Day Year Volkswagen Dealer
(to be filled in by authorized
Volkswagen Dealer)
1.
2.
I"
3.
4.
Vehicle Identification Label
1. Vehicle Identification No. I Engine Code

2. Type I Engine I Transmission [{
3. Transmission Code I Paint No. I Interior I Engine I Engine Code
4. Optional Equipment
Air Conditioner
Warranty Registration Certificate
(except factory installation)
Attach here
(for dealer use only)
Federal Law requires that a label be affixed

to the left door frame when the replacement odometer
does not indicate the actual vehicle mileage (kilometers)
after repair or replacement.
Genuine Volkswagen replacement odometers

are supplied with a label
Odometer
Replacement
Month Day Year
(to be filled in by authorized

Volkswagen Dealer) Stamp of authorized
Volkswagen Dealer
At mileage I km
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Warranty Voucher I
Vehicle Identification Label ....... . . . . ........ previous pages
Service Information
Dealer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Do-lt-Yourself Service ... . . . . .. . ... . . . . ... . .. . ... . . .. ..... 3
Emission Control Maintenance ... .. . . .. ..... . .. . . ...... . .. 4
Why Service? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
When do I bring my car in for service?

1.8L Turbo or 2 .8L V6 Gasoline Engines
If your car has a 1.8L Turbo or 2.8L V6 Gasoline engine,
then th is is your Service Schedule .... .................... 5
2 .0L, 2 .8L VR 6 , 4 .0 L W8, 3.2L VR6 and 4 .2L V8 Gasoline

Engines or 1 .9L TDI Diesel Engines
If your car has a 2.0L, 2.8L VR6, 4.0L W8, 3.2L VR6 and 4.2L V8 Gasoline
engine
or a 1.9L TDI Diesel engine, then this is
your Service Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
If you are not sure when to bring your car in for service, ask
your authorized Volkswagen Service Advisor.
Service Schedule
Delivery Inspection ......... .. . .. .. .. . . . ..... . ....... . ... 7
Service Schedule .. .. . . .......... . . . . . ... . . . .. . ...... 7 - 24
Brake Fluid Replacement Record

Brake Fluid Replacement Record . .. . . .. . . . .. . .... . .. . . . . . 25
2
SERVICE INFORMATION
Dealer Service
There are nearly 800 authorized Volkswagen dealers in North America. They have
Volkswagen trained techn icians, proper workshop equipment and parts to give you ex-
pert service.
Volkswagen dealers are committed to quality service.
1 Your authorized Volkswagen dealer offers many services for your convenience, such
as extended service hours, early bird service, body repairs, to name just a few. Ask
about them.
1 Arrange your service with your dealer when it is convenient for you.
1 Ask your Service Advisor about the service you need and discuss the cost involved.
1 Leave word where you can be reached during the day and when you would like to
pick your car up.
1 Keep all receipts of maintenance and repairs performed. Your service record is impor-
tant when making use of your warranty.
1 Maintenance services performed by your authorized dealer at the intervals specified.
will also be documented in this booklet.
1 Automobile technology changes continuously. Your authorized Volkswagen dealer al-
ways has the most current Service and Maintenance information for your Volkswagen
model. It is possible that this information may differ from the check points listed in this
booklet. Your Volkswagen Service Advisor can answer any questions you may have.
Do-lt-Yourself Service
Your Owner's Manual contains many helpful hints on what you can service yourself.
1 You can check tires for wear or damage and correct tire pressure, including the spare.
1 You can check the windshield washer container.
1 You can check your car's interior and exterior lighting system for correct functioning.
1 You can check the engine oil level with every fuel filling.
1 You can perform these simple checks once a week.
They save time, trouble and expense later.
Your technician will not check the above mentioned items in each case
during regular service and maintenance visits.
3
SERVICE INFORMATION
Emission Control Maintenance

1 - A clean environment is of concern to all of us. Volkswagen has built into your ve-
hicle an efficient emission control system, using genuine Volkswagen parts, in con-
formance w ith the Federal Clean Air Act in the United States and Canadian Emis-
sion Standards, respectively. To help keep our air clean, you can do your part by
providing regular maint enance for the emission control system in your vehicle.
2 - Maintenance, repair or replacement of emission control components
may be performed by any qualified automotive service and repair es-
tablishment or individual without affecting the Emission Control
System Warranty, provided that such repairs are performed to
manufacturer's specifications, and that replacement parts are at
least equivalent to genuine Volkswagen parts in emission perfor-
mance and durability. Warranty repai rs and replacements, however,
must be performed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer.
3 - If other than genuine Volkswagen replacement parts are used, the owner should
make sure that such parts are warranted by their manufacturer and that they are
at least equivalent to genuine Volkswagen replacement parts in emission perfor-
mance and durability.
To be certain that the emission control system functions as designed, regular main-
tenance is necessary for all components of the vehicle which influence exhaust
emissions.
Why Service?
1 An untuned engine wastes fuel.
1 An un-serviced emission control system can increase pollution.
1 A minor adjustment now may prevent a repair later.
1 Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and make in-between checks. This
way you help keep your car dependable and safe.
1 The intervals shown in the table on the following pages are based on vehicles operat-
ing under normal condit ions. In the case of severe condit ions, such as extreme ly low
temperatures, excessive dust etc., it is necessary for certain operations to be carried
out in bet ween the given intervals. This applies particularly to engine oil changes and
the cleaning or replacing of the air cleaner filter element.
1If you have questions about how to maintain your vehicle or about your Maintenance
Services, ask your authorized Volkswagen dealer.
Authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealers are ready to serve you and are com-
mitted to quality service and customer care.
4
WHEN DO I BRING MY CAR IN FOR SERVICE?
If your vehicle has one of these engines, then this is your Ser-
vice Interval Schedule.
- 1 .8L Turbo Gasoline Engine (Golf, Jetta, New Beetle, Passat)
- 2.8L V6 Gasoline Engine (Passat),
5,000 miles (8,000 km) Oil Change Service
10,000 miles (16,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service
30,000 miles {48,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service
35,000 miles {56,000 km) Oil Change Service
Services should be performed at the scheduled mileage {kilo-

metre) intervals, or 12 months after the last Service, whichever
occurs first.
Your Service advisor will fill in the necessary information and
stamp your Mainte nance booklet each time you bring in your
vehicle for Service.
At this time, the Service advisor will also inform you when the
next Service is due. Therefore, it is important that you follow
the Service schedule.
The brake fluid must be replaced every 2 years regardless

of mileage {kilometres).
5
WHEN DO I BRING MY CAR IN FOR SERVICE?
If you vehicle has one of these engines, then this is your

Service Interval Schedule.
- 2 .0 L Gasoline Engine (Golf, Jetta, New Beetle, Passat)
- 2.8L VR6 Gasoline Engine (Golf, Jetta)
- VR6 4-valve Gasoline Engine (Jetta)
- 4 .0L W8 Gasoline Engine (Passat)
- 1.9L TDI Diesel Engine (Golf, Jetta, New Beetle),
- 3 .2L VR6 or 4 .2L V8 Gasoline Engine (Touareg)

Services should be performed at the scheduled mileage (kilo-

metre) intervals, or 12 months after the last Service, whichever
occurs first.
Your Service Advisor will fill in the necessary information and
stamp your Maintenance booklet each time you bring in your
vehicle for Service.
At this time, the Service Advisor will also inform you when the
next Service is due. Therefore, it is important that you follow
the Service schedule.
The brake fluid must be replaced every 2 years regardless

of mileage (kilometres).
6
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Delivery Inspection
1 Your authorized Volkswagen dealer will fill out the necessary information and stamp
your Maintenance book to confirm that the necessary seNices have been performed.
1 Automobile technology changes continuously. Your authorized Volkswagen dealer al-
ways has the most current SeNice and Maintenance information for your Volkswagen
model. It is possible that this information may differ from the check points listed in this
booklet. Your Volkswagen SeNice Advisor can answer any questions you may have.
1If you are not sure w hen t o bring your ca r in fo r serv ice, ask y o ur autho rized Vo lk-
swagen Serv ice Ad visor.
Delivery Inspection
Before your vehicle is delivered to you, it is inspected according to factory guidelines.
The Delivery Inspection was performed on: _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Next Service:
Date: ................. . ... . .. .
Miles/ km: .... . .. ............ .
Today's date and

whichever occurs first Volkswagen Dealer stamp
First Service at 5,000 miles (8,000 km) - ALL MODELS
1 Engine: Change oil and oil filter

1 Water separator: Drain water (TDI engine only)
Next Service:
Date: ........................ .
Miles/km: ............ ....... .
Today's date and

7
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service at 10,000 miles (16,000 km)- ALL MODELS

1 Water separator: Drain water (TO/ engine only)
1 Windshield washer: Check fluid level, add if necessary
1 Automatic shift lock: Check operation including park/neutral position switch
1 Brake system: Check for damage/leaks, brake pad thickness. brake fluid level
1 Wheels: Rotate from front to rear
1 Rear spoiler: Lubricate (New Beetle only)
1 Airbag system: Visual check every 12 months regardless of mileage (kilometres)
1 12V starter and auxiliary battery: check (where applicable)
Next Service:
Date: .......... . .......... . . . .
Miles/ km: ................... .
Today's date and

Service at 15,000 miles (24,000 km) - Models with a 1 .8T or V6

engine ONLY.
Next Service:
Date: ................... ..... .
Miles/ km: .......... . . .. ..... .
Today's date and

8
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service at 20,000 miles (32,000 km) - ALL MODELS

1 Engine: Check for leaks
1 Exhaust system: Check for damage and leaks
1 Fuel fi lter: Replace (TDI engine only)
1 Battery: Check electrolyte level (Passat)
1 Battery: Check (Golf, Jetta, New Beetle)
1 Door check straps: Lubricate
1 Dust and pollen filter (where applicable): Replace
1 Cooling system: Check coolant level; add if necessary
1 Windshield washer: Check fluid level; add if necessary
1 Automatic shift lock: Check operation including park/neutral/safety switch
1 Automatic transmission: Check for leaks
1 Manual t ransmission: Check oil level; add if necessary; check for leaks
1 Tires/spare wheel: Check condition and pressure
1 Brake system: Check for damage/leaks, brake pad thickness and brake fluid level
1 Drive shafts: Check boots
1 On-Board diagnostic system: Check fault memory; purge if necessary
1 Roof frame: Clean and lubricate
1 Front axle: Check dust seals on ball joints and tie rod ends; check tie rods
1 Headlights: Adjust
1 Rear spoiler: Lubricat e (New Beetle only)
1 Road test: Check kickdown, braking, steering, heating and ventilation. air condition-
ing, power accessories and electrica l systems
Next Service:
Date: ....................... . .
Miles/ km: ..... . .. . ......... . .
Today's dat e and

whichever occurs f irst Volkswagen Dealer stamp
9
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service at 25,000 miles (40.000 km) - Models with a 1.8T or V6

engine ONLY.
Next Service:
Date: .... ... ....... . ......... .
Miles/ km: ................... .
Today's date and


1 Water separator: Drain water (TDl engine only)
1 Brake system: Check for damage/leaks, brake pad thickness, brake fluid level
Next Service:
Date: ............ .. . ..... .... .
Miles/ km: .. ............ ..... .
Today's date and

10
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service at 35,000 miles (56,000 km) - Models with a 1 .8T or V6

engine ONLY.
Next Service:
Date: ......... . .............. .
Miles/ km: ......... .. ..... . .. .
Today's date and

11
SERVICE SCHEDULE

1 Fuel filter: Replace (TO/ engine only)
1 Water separator: Drain (TO/ engine only)
1 V-be lt: Check tension and condition; adjust if necessary
1 Manual transmission: Check oil level; add if necessary; check for leaks
1 Automatic transmission final drive oil: Check level and for leaks; add if necessary
1 Brake system: Check for damage/leaks. brake pad thickness. brake fluid level
1 Brake fluid: Replace every 2 years regardless of mileage (kilometres)
1 Spark plugs: Replace (except Touareg V B)
1 Interior and exterior lights: check function
1 Air suspension: check for damage/leaks (Touareg)
1 Underbody: check for damage (Toua reg)
Continued on next page
12
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service at 40,000 miles (64,000 km) - continued
1 Air cleaner: Replace filter element

1 Ribbed belt: Check condition
1 Power Steering: Check fluid level
1 Front axle: Check dust seals on ball joints. tie rod ends; check tie rods
1 Automatic transmission: Check ATF
1 Road test: Check kickdown. braking, steering, heating and ventilation. air condition-
ing, power accessories and electrical systems
1Convertible top: Check function and check roll-over protection with convertible top
open (New Beetle Convertible only)
Next Service:
Date: .......... . ......... . .. . .
Miles/ km: ..... . .. . . . .... . .. . .
Today's date and

13
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service at 45,000 miles (72,000 km) - Models with a 1.8T or V6

engine ONLY.
Next Service:
Date: . ................ . ...... .
Miles I km: ..... . ............. .
Today's date and


1 Windshield washer: Check fluid level. add if necessary
Next Service:
Date: .......... . ............. .
Miles/ km: ...... . ............ .
Today's date and

14
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service at 55,000 miles (88,000 km) - Models with a 1.8T or VG

engine ONLY.
Next Service:
Date: ....... 0 •• ••••••• 0 •••••••
Miles/ km: .. 0 ••••••••• 0 • • •••••
Today's date and

15
SERVICE SC HEDULE

1 Water separator: Drain water (TO/ engine only)
1 Fuel filter: Replace ( TDI engine only)
1 Battery: Check electrolyte level (Passat}
1 Timing belt: Check condition (4 cylinder gasoline engine only)
1 Automatic transmission final drive: Check fluid level and for leaks
1 Front axle: Check dust seal on ball joints and tie rods; check tie rods
1 Road test: Check kickdown, braking, steering, heating and ventilation, air condition-
1 Spark plugs: replace (Touareg VB only)
16
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Next Service:
Date: ............ ......... . .. .
Miles/ km: .. ............... . . .
Today's date and

Service at 65,000 miles ( 1 04,000 km) - Models with a 1.8T or

V6 engine ONLY.
Next Service:
Date: .. . . . . . . ... . ............ .
Miles/ km: ....... ...... . ..... .
Today's date and

17
SERVIC E SC HEDULE
Service at 70,000 miles (112,000 km)- ALL MODELS

1 Ai rbag system: Visual check every 12 months regardless of mileage (kilometres)
Next Service:
Date: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0
M iles/ km: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 0
Today's date and

Service at 75,000 miles (120,000 km) - Models with a 1.8T or

V6 engine ONLY.
Next Service:
Date: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 . 0
Miles I km: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0. 0
Today's date and

18
SE RVICE SCHEDU LE

1 Fuel filter: Replace (TDl engine only)
1 Water separator: Drain (TDI engine only)
1 Door check straps: Lubri cate
1 Spark plugs: Replace (except Touareg VB)
1 Air cleaner: Replace filter element
1 Timing belt: Check condition (4 cylinder gasoline engine only)
1 V-belt: Check tension and condition; adjust if necessary
1 Ribbed belt: Check condition
1 Timing belt: change (Touareg VB only)
1 Manual transmission : Check oil level; add if necessary; check for leaks
19
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service at 80,000 miles (128,000 km)- continued
1 Automatic transmission final drive oil: Check level and for leaks; add if necessary
1 Power steering: Check fluid level
1 Brake fluid: Replace every 2 years regardless of mileage (kilometres)
1 Front axle: Check dust seals on ball joints, t ie rod ends; check tie rods
1 Automatic transmission: Check ATF
1 Convertible top: Check function and check roll-over protection with convertible top
open (New Beetle Convertible only)
Next Service:
Date: ......... .. ............. .
Miles/ km: . .. .. .. . ...... . .... .
Today's date and

20
SERVICE SCHEDU LE
Service at 85,000 miles (136,000 km)- Models with a 1.8T or

V6 engine ONLY.
Next Service:
Date: ........................ 0
Miles/ km: .. 0 ••••••••• 0 •••••• 0
Today's date and


1 Timing belt: Replace ( TDI engine only)
Next Service:
Date: ... . ... ..... ..... 0 •••••••
Miles/ km: .. ...... . .. ........ .
Today's date and

21
SERVICE SCHEDU LE
Service at 95,000 miles (152,000 km) - Models with a 1.8T or

V6 engine ONLY.
Next Service:
Date: .. . .. .. ... .............. .
Miles/ km: ..... . .. ..... . . .... .
Today's date and

22
SERVICE SCHEDU LE

1 Fuel filter: Replace (TDI engine only)
1 Tires/spare whee l: Check condition and pressure
1 Front axle: Check dust seals on ball joints and tie rod ends; check tie rods
23
SERVICE SCHEDU LE
1 Airbag system: Visual check every 12 months regardless of m ileage (kilometres)
1 liming belt: Replace (TDI engine only)
Next Service:
Date: ....... . . . ... . .......... .
Miles/km: ....... .. ..... .. ... .
Today's date and

w hichever occurs first Volkswagen Dealer stamp
Service at 105,000 miles (168,000 km) -Models with a 1.8T or

V6 engine ONLY.

1liming belt and timing belt tensioning roller: Replace (Passat 2.BL VB 5-valve
engines only)
1liming belt and timing belt tensioning roller: Replace (Passat, Golf, Jetta, New
Beetle 1.8 T engine only)
Next Service:
Date: .. . ...... . ........... . . . .
Miles/ km: .... . ... . . . . . ... .. . .
Today's date and

24
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Brake fluid replacement record

The brake fluid must be replaced every 2 years regardless of mileage
(kilometres).
1 The first brake fluid replacement was performed on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Next Brake Fluid Replacement:
Date: ... . ........ .. ....... . .. .

Today's date and
Volkswagen Dealer stamp
1 A brake fluid replacement was performed on _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ __
Today's date and

Date: ............. .... ....... . Volkswagen Dealer stamp
1 A brake fluid replacement was performed on _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Today's date and

Date: . ......... .. . ......... .. . Volkswagen Dealer stamp
25
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Brake fluid replacement record

The brake fluid must be replaced every 2 years regardless of mileage
(kilometres).
1 The first brake fluid replacement was performed on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Today's date and

Date: .. . ............ ........ . . Volkswagen Dealer stamp
1 A brake fluid replacement was performed on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Today's date and

Date: ............. . ........ . . . Volkswagen Dealer stamp
1 A brake fluid replacement was performed on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Today's date and

Date: ........................ . Volkswagen Dealer stamp
26
© 2003 VOLKSWAGEN of America, Inc.
All rights reserved
May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part
without consent of VOLKSWAGEN of America, Inc.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Printed in Germany
1.1 Volkswagen I Maintenance I Art.-Nr.: 241.554.MAI.21 I ·
Redaktionsschlur!,: 05.2003 I Ausgabe: 05.2003
1.2 2004 Volkswagen
Passat, Jetta, Golf and
New Beetle Models
USA Warranty
Dear owner,
This booklet contains the warranties appli - d ealer, we suggest that you d iscuss it with the
cable to your new Volkswagen. Please read Service Manager at yo ur d ealers hip. Hit is not
these warranties carefully to d eterm ine your resolved th rough your dealership, you may
warranty rights and obligations. call or write to the Volkswagen Custome r
Your Limited New Vehicle Warranty in - CARE Ce nter.
cludes virtually bumper to bumper coverage Volkswagen of America, Inc., provides a me-
for4 years or 50,000 miles, which ever occurs diation a nd arbitration service fo r the resolu -
fir st a nd limited powertrain coverage for tion of d is putes arising u nd er this Li mited
5 years or 60,000 miles, whichever occurs New Vehi cle Warranty. This service is called
first. Your vehicle is also warranted against 131313 AUTO LI NE and is conducted through
corrosion p erforation for a p eriod of 12 years local offices o f the Better Business Bureau. If
irrespective of mileage. you wish to use th is service. ca ll the fo llowing
toll-free num ber:
In addition, your vehicle is covered by emis-
sions warra nties mandated by Federal Law. If Tel.: I (800) 955-5100
you are a resident of California and have pur-
Council of 13etter Business Bur eaus, Inc.
chased a California sp ecification vehicle, you
4200 Wilson Boulevard
may also have righ ts unde r Califo rnia em is-
Arlington, VA 22203-1804
sions warranties. Please con sult these war-
ranties wheneve r a repair to you r e miss io n Notice of Address Change
co ntrol system is required to determine Notice of Used Car Purchase
whether it is covered b y warra n ty. Your satis- The "National Tra ffi c & Motor Veh icle Safety
fac tion in understand ing the warrant ies that Act of l966" requires manufacturers to be in a
apply to your Volkswagen is important to us. position to co ntact vehicle o wners if a correc-
Any questions concern ing warranty coverage tion of a product defect becomes necessary.
should be di rected to: If yo u chan ge your address or buy a used
Volkswagen Cus tomer CARE Center Vo lkswagen, comple te on e o f the postcards
3499 West Hamli n Road in the middle of this booklet. You need not
Rochester Hill s, Ml 48309 use this card if you p urchased your Volk-
Tel.: I (800) 822· 8987 swagen th rough an authorized Volkswagen
dealer.
If you have a con cern or you are not sa tisfied
with the service tha t you receive from your
Booklet 1.2 USA Warranty @
Table of contents
Limited N ew Vehicle California Emissions
Warranty ................... . ...... . 2 Warranties ...... .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .. 20
What is covered ............... .. . ... . . 2 California low requires us to provide
What is not covered ............... .. . 4 you with the following Emissions
Warranty Statement .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 20
Limited Powertrain Warranty . 7 CALI FORN IA EMISSION CONTROL
What is covered ...................... . 7 WARRANTY STATEMENT .... . ........ 20
What is not covered .... .... ......... . 8 Emissio ns Pe rformance Warranty . . . . . 24
Limited Warranty Against Customer CARE .. .. .. .... .... .. . .. 28

Corrosion Perforation . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Dealer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
When to notify the manufacturer . . . . . 28
What is covered .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 10
Repairs not covered by warranty . . . . . 29
What is not covered .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . 11
24 Hour Roadside Assistance 13

BBB AUTO LINE .................. 30
BBB AUTO LINE dispute settle ment
The Volkswagen 24 Hour Roadside
services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Assistance program .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 13
Federal Emissions Warranties 14

Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
Product service publicatio ns . . . . . . . . . . 31
General .............. .... .... .......... 14
Emissions Control System Warranty . . 14
Emissions Performance Warranty . . . . 16
Tire Manufacturers .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 32
Add itional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 List of tire manufacturers for new
Volkswagen vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Table of contents
@ Booklet 1.2 USA Warranty
Limited New Vehicle Warranty

What is covered
Warranty period
The New Vehicle Warranty period is 4 years limited in duration to the period of this
or 50,000 miles, whichever occurs first. written warranty. Some states do not allow
limitations on how long an implied warranty
Any implied warranty, including any im-
lasts, so this limitation may not apply to
plied warranty of merchantability or war-
you. ~
ranty of fitn ess for a particular purpose, is
Coverage
This warranty covers any repair to correct a blade inserts, replaced for wear and tear, are
manufacturer's defect in material or work- covered up to one year or 12,000 miles,
manship except wheel alignment, tire bal- whichever occurs fi rst.
ance, and the repair or replacement of tires.
Baueries are covered 100% parts a nd labor for
The repair o r replacement of wear and tear
4 years or 50,000 miles, whichever occurs
items, such as manual transmission clutch
first, for defects in material or workmanship.
fri ction material, brake pads worn below
manufacturer specifications, light bulbs (ex- Mechanical adjustment not associated with a
cluding Halogen headlights, instrument defect in material and workmanship, are not
panel bulbs, and Xenon headlights, unless covered after the first year o r 12,000 miles,
dam aged by outside infl uences), seat covers, whichever occurs firs t (i.e. head light
carpeting and replacem ent of rubber wiper adjus t m ent ) . ~
Where to go for warranty service

This warranty will be honored by any autho- States, including its territories, or Canada,
rized Volkswagen dealer in the Uni ted States, this warranty will not apply. Defects in mate-
including its territories, or Canada. rial or workmans hip will be corrected under
the terms of the warranty for new Volk-
If your Volkswagen is brought to an autho -
swagen vehicles in effect in that country. <II
rized Volkswagen dealer outside the United
2 Limited New Vehicle Warranty

Booklet 1.2 USA Warranty ®
When the warranty period begins
The warranty period begins on the date the This Limited New Vehicle Warranty is auto-
vehicle is delivered to either the original pur- matically transferred without cost if the own-
chaser or the original lessee; or if the vehicle ership of the vehicle changes within the War-
is first placed in service as a "demonstrator" ranty period. ~
or "company" car, on the date such vehicle is
fi rs t placed in service.
Free-of-charge repair
He pairs under this warranty are free of a new or remanufactured genuine Volk-
charge. YoUI authorized Volkswagen dealer swagen part. ~
will repair the defective part or replace it wi th
Emergency repairs
If an emergency repa ir was performed by a A s tateme nt of the circumstances that pre-
non -Volkswagen service facility, keep all re- vented you from getting to an authorized
ceipts, repair orders, a nd pan s removed from Volkswagen dealer, togethe r with the paid re-
your Volkswagen. ceipts, repair orders, and replaced pans must
be submitted to your autho rized Volkswagen
You will be reimbursed if the repa ir work was
dealer in order to be considered for
needed and correctly performed and it was
reimburse ment. ~
impossible or unreasonable under the ci r-
cumstances to tow or drive your Volkswagen
to the nearest authorized Volkswagen dealer.
BBB AUTO LINE dispute settlement services

If you are not satisfied with the warra nty ser- Tel.: I (800) 955-5100
vice you receive, you may wish to follow the
We encourage you to use BBBAUTO LI NE be-
steps set forth ~ page 30.
fo re you decide to seek remedies in a court of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., provides a m e- law
diation and arbitration service for the resolu-
In some states you may be required to use
tion of warranty and other product related
BBB AUTO LINE before you can assert your
disputes. This service is called BBB AUTO
rights in a court of law.
LI NE and is conducted through local offices
of the Better Bus iness Bureau. If you wish to The BBB AUTO LINE service is free of charge
use this service, you may call the following and permits you to present yoUicasewithout
toll -free number: an attorney. Additio nal information on BBB
AUTO LINE can be found~ page 30. ~
Limited New Vehicle Warranty 3

What is not covered

Tires
Tires a re not covered by this warranty, but turers and addresses is provided at the end of
are separately warranted by the tire manu- this booklet. Verify with the tire manufac-
facturer. To assist you in obtaining related turer what is covered under their warra n ty. ~
Warranty information, a list of tire manufac-
Maintenance services and mechanical adjustments

This warranty does not cover the cost of parts Mechanical adjustments not associated with !""'
and labor involved in a ny scheduled mainte- a defect in material or workmanship are not
nance service. covered after the first year or 12,000 miles,
whichever occurs first (i.e. headlight adjust-
This warranty does not cover the replace-
ment). This warranty does not cover wheel
ment of fi lters, oil, lubricants, fluids, or air
alignment or tire balancing. ~
conditioner refrigerant charge, unless their
replacement is a necessary part of warranty
service on a covered component.
Damage or malfunction due to misuse, negligence,

alteration, accident or fire
This warranty does not cover: accommodate a glass roof structure or other
similar structural alterations; or
• damage or malfunctions which are the re-
sult of improper repair of the vehicle, instal- • damage or malfunctions caused by inten-
lation of any non Genuine Volkswagen parts tional or unintentional misfueling. collision
that will alter the vehicle performance speci- or modifications of the vehicle, including,
ficatio ns from those set by the vehicle manu- but not limited to the installation of engine
facture r, modifications to the vehicle (in- management components not approved by
cluding the engine management system), ac- Volkswagen; or
cessories such as alarm systems, remote • damage or malfunctions resulting from
starters, roof racks or communications the use of the vehicle in competitive events or
equipment, defects or failures resulting from caused by accident or fire; or
the use of new parts not sold or approved by • damage or malfunctions resulting from
Volkswagen, or used parts, or the resultant continued operation of the vehicle after a
damage to associa ted parts or systems; or; warning light, gauge reading or other warn-
• damage or malfunctions which were ings indicate a mechanical or operational
caused by the alteration of the vehicle, in par- problem; or ~
ticular any major or structural alterations • damage or malfunctions due to suspen-
such as the conversion of the vehicle to a sion modifications, such as the installation of ...
convertible or the modification of the roof to

aftermarket springs, shock absorbers, or low- loss by an insurer or vehicles substantially re-
ering kits. assembled from or repaired with parts ob-
tained from another used vehicle. ~
This warranty does not cover vehicles se-
verely damaged and I or declared to be a total
Damage or malfunctions due to lack of maintenance

This warranty does not cover damage or mal- Your dealer will deny warranty coverage un-
functions due to failure to follow recom- less you present to the dealer proof in the
mended maintenance and use requirements form of Service or Repair Orders that aU
as set forth in the Volkswagen Owner's scheduled maintenance was performed in a
Manual and the Maintenance Booklet. timely manner. ~
Damage caused by the environment

This warranty does not cover damage caused windstorms, tree sap or other similar
by airborne industrial pollutants (e.g. acid occurrences. ~
rain), bird droppings, stones, floodwater,
Glass
This warranty does not cover glass breakage,
unless due to a defect in manufacturer's ma-
terial or workmanship. ~
Odometer tampering
These warranties do not cover repairs on an If the speedometer unit is replaced, a
Volkswagen on which the odometer has been "Speedometer Replacement Record" must
altered or on which the actual mileage be filled out by an authorized Volkswagen
cannot readily be determined. deale r. ~
limited New Vehicle Warranty 5

Other terms:
This warranty is issued by Volkswagen of is lim ited in duration to the sta ted period of
America, Inc. (VWoA). This warranty does not these written warranties.
apply to Volkswagen veh icles or parts and ac-
Volkswagen of America, Inc. reserves the
cessories not imported or distributed by
right to make improvements or change the
Volkswagen.
design of any Volkswagen model at anytime
This warranty, the Limited Warranty Against with no obligation to make s imilar changes
Corrosion Perforation, and the Emissions on vehicles previously sold.
Warranties a re the only express warra nties
Neither Volkswagen nor the ma nufacturer
made in connection with the sale of this
assumes, or authorizes any person to as-
Volkswagen. Any implied warranty, in-
sume, any other obligation or liability on its
cluding any warranty of merchantability or
behalf. <4
warranty of fitness for a particular purpose,
Other expenses:
This warranty does not cover any incidental This warranty gives you specific legal rights
or consequential damage, including loss of and you may also have other rights, which
value of the vehicle, lost profits or earnings, vary from state to state. ~
and out-of-pocket expenses for substitute
transportation or lodgingll.
ll Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damage, so this limi-
tation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also
have other rights, which vary fro m state to state.

Limited Powertrain Warranty

What is covered
Warranty period
The coverage under this warranty lasts for Any implied warranty, including any im-
5 years or 60,000 miles whichever occurs plied warranty of merchantability or war-
first, from the date the vehicle was first ranty of fitness for a particular purpose, is
placed in service. limited in duration to the period of this
written warranty. Some states do not a llow
This warranty does not apply to vehicles
limitations on how long an implied warranty
used for commercial purposes such as taxi,
lasts, so this limitation may not apply to
limousine and rental vehicles.
you . ..
If a commercial vehicle is sold to a subse-
quent retail owner, this warranty still does
not apply.
Coverage
The Limited Poweruain Warranty covers any Transmission
repair to correct a manufacturer's defect in Case and aU internal parts, torque converter,
material or workmanship for the following all related seals and gaskets.
Volkswagen parts and components:
Drivetrain
Engine
Differential and all internal parts, drive shafts
Cylinder block and all internal parts, cylinder and constant velocity (CV) joints . .,.
head and all internal parts, valve train, spur
belt, flywheel, oil pump, water pump, mani-
folds, all related seals and gaskets.

rized Volkswagen dealer in the United States, this warranty will not apply. Defects in mate-
including its territories, or Canada. rial or workmanship wi.ll be corrected only
under the terms of the warranty for new Volk-
If your Volkswagen is brought to an autho-
swagen vehicles in effect in that country. .,.
Limited Powertrain Warranty 7

® Booklet 1.2 USA Wa rranty

The warranty period begins on the date the The Limited Powertrain Warranty is auto-
vehicle is delivered to either the original pur- matically transferred without cost if the own-
chaser or the original lessee; or if the vehicle ership of the vehicle changes within the War-
is first placed in service as a "demonstrator" ranty period. ~
or "company car", on the date such vehicle is
first placed in service.
Repairs under this warranty a re made free of a new or remanufactured genuine Volk-
charge. Your authorized Volkswagen dealer swagen part. ~
will repair the defective part or replace it with
What is not covered

Maintenance Services
This warranty does not cover the cost of parts This warranty does not cover the replace-
and labor involved in any scheduled mainte- ment of fitters, oil, lubricants or fluids unless
nance service. Scheduled maintenance ser- their replacement is a necessary part of war-
vices are described in your Volkswagen ranty service on a covered component. ~
Maintenance Booklet.
Damage or malfunction due to misuse, negligence,

alteration, accident or fire
This warranty does not cover: Volkswagen, or used parts, or the resultant
damage to associated parts or systems;
• damage or malfunctions which are the re-
sult of improper repair of the vehicle, instal- • damage or malfunctions which were
lation of any non Genuine Volkswagen parts caused by the alteration of the vehicle, in par-
that will alter the vehicle performance speci- ticular any major or structural alterations
fications from those set by the vehicle manu- such as the conversion of the vehicle to a
facturer, modifications to the vehicle (in- convertible or the modification of the roof to
cluding the engine management system), ac- accommodate a glass roof structure or other
cessories such as alarm systems, remote similar structural alterations;
starters, roof racks or communications • damage or malfunctions caused by inten-
equipment, defects or failures resulting from tional or unintentiona l misfueling, collision
the use of new parts not sold or approved by or modifications of the vehicle, including, .,._
8 Limited Powertra in W a rranty

but not limi ted to the installation of engine • damage or malfunctions due to suspen-
m anagement components not approved by sion modifications, such as the insta llation of
Volkswagen; aftermarket springs, shock absorbers, o r low-
• damage or malfunctions resulting from ering kits.
the use ofrhe vehicle in competitive events or This warranty does not cover vehicles se-
caused by accident or fire; or verely damaged and I or declared to be a total
• damage or malfunct ions resulting fro m loss by an insurer o r vehicles substantially re-
continued operation of the vehicle after a assembled from or repaired with parts ob-
warning light, gauge reading or other warn- tained from another used vehicle. <4
ings indicate a mechanical or operational
problem; or
Wear and tear items

This warranty does not cover the replace- wear as a result of normal use or
ment of any powertrain components that deterioration. <4
Damage or malfunctions due to lack of maintenance

This warranty does not cover damage or mal- dealer will deny warranty coverage unless
functions which are due to fa ilure to fo llow you present to the dealer proof in the form of
recommended maintenance requirements service or repair orders that all scheduled
as set forth in the Volkswagen Owner's maintenance was performed in a timely
Manual and the Maintenance Bookie!. Your manne r. <4
Damage caused by the environment

This warranty does not cover damage caused water, windstorm or ot her si milar
by airborne industrial pollutants (e.g. acid occurrences. <4
rain), bird droppings, tree sap, stones, floo d
Other expenses
This warranty does not cover any incidental The "Other Terms" Presented in The Limited
or consequential damage, including loss of New Vehicle Warranty Also Apply to This
value of the vehicle, lost profits or earnings, Warranty. <4
or out-of-pocke t expenses for substitute
transportation or lodginf?l.
2l Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damage, so this limi-
tation or exclusion may not apply to you.
limited Powertrain Warranty 9

® Booklet 1.2 USA Warranty
Limited Warranty Against

Corrosion Perforation
What is covered
Warranty period
The coverage under this warranty lasts for limitations on how long an implied warranty
12 years without mileage limitation. lasts, so this limita tion may not apply to you.
Any implied warranty, including any im- Neither Volkswagen nor the manufacturer
plied warranty of merchantability or war- assumes, or authorizes any person to as-
ranty of fitness for a particular purpose, is sume, any other obligation or liability on its
limited in duration to the period of this behalf. ~
written warranty. Some states do not allow
Coverage
This warranty covers any repair or replace-
m ent of body sheet metal panels that have
been perforated by rust. ~

rized Volkswagen dealer in the United States, this warra nty will not apply. Defects in mate-
including its territories, or Canada. rial or workmanship will be corrected under
the terms of the warranty for new Volk-
If your Volkswagen is brought to an autho-
swagen vehicles in effect in that country. <Ill
10 limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perforation

The warranty period begins on the date the This Limited Warranty Against Cor rosion
vehicle is delivered to either the original pu r- Perforation is a utomatically transferred
chaser o r the original lessee; or if the veh icle witho ut co st if the ownersh ip of the vehicle
is first placed in service as a "demonstrator" changes within the warranty period. ~
o r "company" car, o n the date such vehicle is
first placed in service.
Repairs under this warran ty are made free of
charge. The authorized Volkswagen dealer [I) Note
will repair the d efective part or replace it with You r Volkswagen is corrosion protected at
a new o r remanufac tured genuine Volk- the factory. You do not need to purchase
swagen part. rustproofing when you buy your Volkswagen
in order to keep th is warranty in e ffect. ~
What is not covered

Surface corrosion without perforation
Repairs a re covered under this warranty only sheet m etal not caused by outs ide
if there is r ust-through condition in the body influ en ces. ~
Perforation of sheet metal due to accident, lack of care,

or failure to repair or modifications to the paint/painted
surface
This warran ty d oes no t cover co rrosion per- hid e as described in the Volkswagen Owner's
foration res ulting from the fa ilure to Manual.
promp tly repair paint damage, damaged u n-
This warranty does not cover co rrosion per-
dercoating, o r s u rface corrosion.
foration result in g from unrepaired collision
It does not cover damage due to fa ilu re to damage or improper collis ion repair. ~
wash or otherwise regularly care for the ve-
Limite d Wa rranty Against Corrosion Perforation 11

Special exclusion for any aluminum portions that may be

part of your Volkswagen vehicle
This warranty does not cover corros ion per- Your authorized Volkswagen dealership will
foration due to failure to perform body re- do its best to match your vehicles origina l
pairs in accordance with Volkswagen's spec- fin ish, but this warranty does not cover the
ified repair procedures, including use of non- cost of painting the entire vehicle solely for
aluminum alloy parts. paint matching. <4
It does not cove r corrosion perforation re-
sulting from the use of any inferior rust-
proofing agent or method.
Environmental damage
This warranty does not cover damage ca used wind storms, tree sap or other simila r
by airborne industrial pollutants (e.g. acid occurrences <4
rain). bird droppings , stones, flo od water,
Corrosion perforation because of failure to rustproof

when collision damage is repaired
Body parts that have been repaired or newly be responsible for the repair of any resulting
installed aft er a collisio n must be treated with rust-through.
a rus tproofing agent that is compatible with
Volkswagen's own facto ry corrosion protec-
tion. If you fail to have your vehicle treated in
this way after a collision, Volkswagen will not
rn Note
The "Other Terms" presented in the Limited
New Vehicle Wa rranty also apply to this
warranty. <4
12 limited Warranty Against Corrosion Pe rforation

24 Hour Roadside Assistance

The Volkswagen 24 Hour Roadside
Assistance program
The Volkswagen 24 Hour Roadside Assis- able to you for the first four years of your new
tance program is your assurance that help vehicle ownership or 50,000 miles, which-
will be there should your model year 2004 ever occurs first.
Volkswagen have a mechanical breakdown
The Volkswagen 24 Hour Roadside Assis-
under normal driving conditions. Whether
tance Program includes the foll owing emer-
this happens thousands of miles from home
gency roadside services: emergency towing,
(anywhere in the U.S. or Canada), or in your
battery jump start, flat tire change, e mer-
own driveway, you only have to call one toll-
gency fuel service, lock-out service a nd extri-
free number and help will be on the way:
cation/winch service.
Tel.: 1 (800) 411-6688
Other services and benefits include: trip
To identify yourself as a member, simply routing services and trip interruption bene-
quote your Vehicle Identification Number fits th roughout the U.S. and Canada.
(VIN). This number can be found on your
Please refer to your 24 Hour Roadside Assis-
24 Hour Roadside Assistance membership
tance Owner's Guide for specific details on
card, or you can find it on the driver's side of
the services provided. ~
the dashboard visible through the wind-
shield. 24 Hour Roadside Assistance is avail-
24 Hour Roadside Assistance 13

Federal Emissions Warranties
General
The Emissions Warran ties set out on the fol - mont and Maine may, therefore, have war-
lowing pages are warranties which the man- ranty rights under both FederaJ and State
ufacturer is required by law to furnish to you mandated em issions warranties.
at the time you take delivery of your new ve-
The owner of a new Volkswagen vehicle im-
hicle.
ported and distributed by Volkswagen for
The warranties required by federal laws are sale in states other than CaJifornia, Massa-
applicable to aJinew Volkswagen vehicles chusetts, Vermont o r Maine has rights only
imported and distributed by Volkswagen of under the Federal Emissions Warranty.
America, Inc. ("Volkswagen") for sale in the
Please read these warranties carefully. If you
United States, including California. The war-
have any questions concerning the applica-
rant ies required by Californi a law are appli-
bility of each warranty to your vehicle or want
cable to all new Volkswagen vehicles im -
to know whether a particular repair will be
ported and distributed by Volkswagen for
performed free of charge pursuant to these
sale and registration in the State of Cali-
warranties, please write to or telephone:
fornia.
Volkswagen Customer CARE Center
The Commonwea lth of Massachusetts and
Volkswagen of America, Inc.
the States of Vermont and Maine have
3499 West Hamlin Road
adopted warranty requirements th at arc
Rochester Hills, Ml48309
identicaJ to the California warranties.
Tel.: I (800) 822-8987
The owner of a vehicle certified for sale and
registered in California, Massachusetts, Ver-
Emissions Control System Warranty

For 2 years or 24,000 miles
Emissions Control System Warranty3l • was designed, built and equipped so as to
conform at the time of sale with aJl applicable
Volkswagen of America, Inc. ("Volkswagen"),
regulations of the United States Environ-
the authorized United States importer of
mental Protection Agency(" EPA"), and
Volkswagen vehicles, warrants to the original
retai l p urchaser and any subsequent p ur- • is free from defects in material and work-
chaser that every model year 2004 Yolk· manship which causes the vehicle to fail to
swagen vehicle imported by Volkswagen: conform with EPA regulations for 2 years
after the date of first use or delivery of the ve- ...
3l These coverages arc also included in the Volkswagen 4 years I 50,000 miles Limited New Vehicle War-
ranty.
14 Federal Emissions Warranties

hicle to the original retail customer or until • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
th e vehicle has been driven 24,000 miles, • OBDSys tem
whichever comes first. The fo llowing pans
• Cams haft Adjuster
listed, if defective, could cause the veh icle to
fail to conform with EPA regula tio n s: • OBD Data Link Connector
• Oxygen Senso r
• EVAP Canister
• PCVValve
• Mass Air Flow Sensor Assembly
• EVAP Leak Detection Pump
• Three-Way Catalytic Converter
• Secondary Air Injection Pump and Associ-
• Engine Electronic Control Module and
ated Controls
Power Supply Relay
• Emission-Related !-loses, Gaskets, Clamps
• Electronic Feedback Controls, Sensors,
and other accessories used with the above
Switches and Valves
components
• EVAP Canister Purge Valve
The obligation o f Volkswagen under this war-
• Exhaust Manifold and Gaskets
ranty is limited, however, to the following: If
• Exhaus t Pipe Up to Catalytic Converter within this period a defect in material or
• Fuel Filler Neck Restrictor workmanship causes the veh icle to fa il to
• Fuel Filler Cap and Gasket conform with EPA regulatio ns and the ve-
hicle is brought to the workshop of any au -
• Fuel Injectors, Fuel Injector Lines and
thorized Volkswagen dealer in the co n ti-
Gaskets and Pressure Regulator
n ental United States, Alaska, Hawaii or
• Fu el Tank Canada, the dealer w ill make repairs as may
• Gravity Check Valve be required by these regulations free of
• Knock Sensor ch arge. ~
For 8 years or 80,000 miles

If th e vehicle has been in use for m ore than • Catalytic Converter
24 months or 24,000 m iles, bu t less than • En gin e Electronic Control Mod ule
8 years or 80,000 miles, which ever occurs
• On Boa rd Diagnostic Dev ice ~
firs t, your Volkswagen dealer will repair or re-
p lace free-of-ch arge the fo llowing major
emission control compone nts o nly:

Emissions Performance Warranty

For 2 years or 24,000 miles and 8 years or
80,000 miles
Emissions Performance Warranty4> proved State Inspection and Maintenance
Test (" 1/M Test"), or
Volk sw:~ge n of Am erica. Inc.. ("Volkswagen ")
warrants to the original retail purchaser of a • if the vehicle has been in use fo r more
model year2004 Volkswagen vehicle and any than 24 months or 24,000 miles , but less than
s ubsequent purchaser of the vehicle that if 8 years or 80,000 m iles, wh ich ever occurs
the fo llowing conditions are met, any auth o- firs t, the vehicle fails an 1/M Test resulting
rized Volkswage n d ealer in the co ntinental from a malfunction o f a catalytic converter,
United States, Alaska, Hawaii or Canada will engin e electronic control module or o n -
remedy any nonconformity, as d eterm ined board diagnostic device (OBD), and
below, free-of-cha rge, und er the following • the fai lure of the 1/ M Test requires the ve-
conditions: hicle owner to bear any penalty o r o ther
sanction, including the denial o f the right to
• the vehicle fa ils to conform at any time
use the vehicle under local, state or fede ral
durin g 24 months or 24,000 miles, whichever
law, and
occurs first, to applicable em ission inspec-
tion s tand ards as d etermined by an EPA Ap- • the vehicle has been maintained and op -
erated in accordance with Volkswagen 's in-
structions for proper maintenance a nd u se. ~
Instructions for proper maintenance and use

Instructio ns for proper maintenance are from model to model. Instructions for prop er
contain ed in your Volkswagen Mainte nance use of the vehicle are con tained in your Vo lk-
Booklet. Time and mileage intervals a t which swagen Owner's Manual. ._
maintenance is to be performed , may vary
Use of EPA certified replacement parts

Volkswagen may d eny an em iss ion perfor- manship, o r not equivalent from a n emiss ion
mance warranty claim on the basis that a standpoint to the o riginal part, and you are
no n-EPA certified replacement part was u sed n ot able to offer information that the part is
in the mainte nance or repair o f the vehicle if either not defective or equivalen t to the o rig-
Volkswagen ca n prove that the non -certified inal part with respect to its emission
part is either defective in materials or work- performance. ~
~) These coverages m ay a lso be included in the Volkswagen 4 years I 50,000 miles Limited New Vehicle War-
ranty.

The aNational Traffic & Motor Vehicle
Safety Act of 1966a required
manufactures to be in a position to
contact vehicle owners If a
correction of a product defect
becomes necessary.
Please complete one the attached

postcards if you change your address
or purchase a used Vollcswagen.
You need not use this card if you
purchased your car through an
authorized Volkswagen dealer.
Quote the complete Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) or your
Volkswagen. Do not use an
abbreviated number. ·
Locations of the vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) are illustrated and
explained in the Owner's Manual.
Additional cards can be obtained from
any authorized Volkswagen dealer.
NO POSTAGE
II IIII NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL

FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT 107 PONTIAC. Ml
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
VOLKSWAGEN OF AMERICA, INC.

ATTENTION: RECALL
" P.O. BOX 217022
AUBURN HILLS, Ml 48321-7022
I 1.. 11 I II .. I 1... 111.1 1.1
I II II I I I It II It II .. 11 ...1.1.1
Volkswagen Product Service Publications Toll-free Telephone Number
Instead of mailing the order form, you
If you send us the attached Order Form. we
may want to call us toll-free at
will mail to you free of charge. the current
1-800-544-8021. Listen for the recording
quarterly index. For an explanation of Product
Service Publications, please see information and leave your name, address, and
in this booklet. vehicle make.
NOTICE OF ADDRESS CHANGE/USED CAR PURCHASE
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1·1 I I
Complete Vehicle Identification Number
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I IU
Last Name First Name Initial
I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I
Number Street Apt. No.
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIW
City State
I I I I I 1-1 I I I I
Zip Code
Please PRINT and give complete information
The aNational Traffic & Motor Vehicle
Safety Act of 1966a required
manufactures to be in a position to
contact vehicle owners if a
correction of a product defect
becomes necessary.
Please complete one the attached

postcards if you change your address
or purchase a used Volkswagen.
You need not use this card if you
purchased your car through an
authorized Volkswagen dealer.
Quote the complete Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) or your
Volkswagen. Do not use an
abbreviated number. ·
Locations of the vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) are illustrated and
explained in the Owner's Manual.
Additional cards can be obtained from
any authorized Volkswagen dealer.
NO POSTAGE
II IIII NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
..
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL

FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT 107 PONTIAC. Ml
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
VOLKSWAGEN OF AMERICA, INC.

ATIENTION: RECALL
'\ P.O. BOX 217022
AUBURN HILLS, Ml 48321-7022
1.1 •• 11 •• 1••• 11 ••• 1.1••• 111.1 •• 1.1 •••• 11 •• 11 ••• 1.1.1
Volkswagen Product Service Publications Toll-free Telephone Number
Instead of mailing the order form, you
If you send us the attached Order Form, we
may want to call us toll-free at
will mail to you free of charge, the current
1-800-544-8021. Listen for the recording
quarterly index. For an explanation of Product
Service Publications. please see information and leave your name, address, and
in this booklet. vehicle make.
NOTICE OF ADDRESS CHANGE/USED CAR PURCHASE
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1·1 I I
Complete Vehicle Identification Number
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIU
Last Name First Name Initial
I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I
Number Street Apt. No.
I I I I I I I I I I I I I IIIIIIIIW
City State
I I I I I 1·1 I I I I
Zip Code
Please PRINT and give complete information
Warranty coverage for parts not scheduled for
replacement
Any part which is not required to be replaced by this warranty for the full warranty
at maintenance intervals specified in the period. ~
Volkswagen Maintenance Bookle t is covered
When to claim
You may raise a claim under this warranty your right to use the vehicle. You need not ac-
immediately after your vehicle has fa iled an tually suffer the loss or lose the right to use
1/M Test if, as a result of that failure, you are your vehicle or pay for the repair befo re pre-
required by law to repair the vehicle to avoid sent ing your cl aim. ~
imposition of a penalty or cancellation of
Acceptance or denial of claim within 30 days

Claims may be presented only by bringing law, whichever is shorter, except when a
your vehicle to any authorized Volkswagen d elay is caused by events not attributable to
dealer in the United States, its territo ries or Volkswagen or the dealer. If the dealer denies
Canada. The dealer will honor or d eny your yo ur claim, you will be notified in writin g of
claim with in a reasonable time, not to exceed the reaso ns for rejecti ng the claim. If you do
thirty (30) days, from the time a t which your no t receive notice of denia l of your claim
vehicle is presented for repair or within any with in the above time period, Volkswagen is
time period specified by local, state or federal required by law to honor the claim. ~
Denial of claim for failure to comply with instructions for

scheduled maintenance or proper use
Under certa in circumstances, your claim use, Volkswagen may require you to furnis h
may be denied because you have fa iled to proof o f compliance only with those mainte-
comply with ius lrut:t io ns for scheduled nance Instructions which Volkswagen has
maintenance con tained in your Volkswagen reason to believe were not performed and
Maintenance booklet. In determining which could be the cause of the 1/M Test
whether you have complied with the instruc- failure. ~
tio ns fo r scheduled maintenance and proper
Federal Emissions Wa rranties 17

Record of scheduled maintenance

Volkswagen recommends that you keep a formed the maintenance, or by furnishing
record of scheduled maintena nce by making proof upon request that you have performed
sure that the Mai ntenance Record contained the maintenance yourself at the approximate
in your Volkswagen Maintenance booklet is tim e or mileage intervals. that you have used
validated at the approximate time or mileage proper parts, and that you were able ro per-
intervals by the authorized Volkswagen form the maintenance properly yo urself. ~
deale r or other service fac ility which per-

Additional Information
Denial of warranty claim for other reasons
Additional information about the Federal Emissions Control
Systems and the Federal Emissions Performance warranties
Volkswag e n may deny a claim on the
ba sis that: rn Note
Maintenance, Repair or Replacem ent of
• the vehicle was abused, or
Emission Control Devices and Systems may
• the vehicle was maintained or used in a be Performed by any Automotive Service
manner which included the improper instal- and Repair Establishment or Qualified Indi-
lation of a component or the adjustment of vidual Using any Part Certified by the Envi-
parameters substantially outside the manu- ronment Protection Agency (EPA).
facturer's specifications for proper mainte-
• Any implied warranty, including any
nance, or
warranty of merchantability o r warranty of
• unscheduled maintenance was per- fitness for a particular purpose, is lim ited in
formed on your vehicle and in the course of duration to tJ1e stated period of these writte n
such maintenance, compo nents affecting warranties.
your vehicle's emissions were removed or
• Some states do not allow limitations on
rendered inoperative, or
how long an implied wa rranty lasts, so the
• contaminated fu el or fuel not meeting the above limitation may not apply to you.
specifications set forth in your Owner's
• These warranties do not cover any inci-
Manual was used.
dental or consequential dam ages, including
Volkswagen w ill not d e ny a claim relating loss of resale value, lost profits or earnings,
to: a nd out-of-pocket expenses for su bst itute
transportation or lodging.
• warranty work or pre-delivery service per-
formed by an authorized Volkswagen dealer, • Some states do not allow the exclusion or
or limitation of incidental or consequent ial
damages, so this limitation or exclusion may
• work performed in an emergency to rec- not apply to you.
tify a n unsafe condition amibutable to Volk-
swagen, provided you have taken steps in a • You may obtain further information re-
timely manner to put the vehicle back into a garding the Emissions Performance Wa r-
conforming condition, or ranty or report violation of the terms of the
Emissions Performance Warranty by con-
• the use of an uncertified part or to non-
tacting: Manager, Certification and Compli-
compliance with the instructions for proper ance Division (6405]), Warranty Claims, Envi-
maintenance and use which is not related to ronmental Protection Agency, Ariel Rios
the 1/M Test failure. Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW,
Washington, DC 20460 ~

California Emissions Warranties

California law requires us to provide
you with the following Emissions
Warranty Statement
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL

WARRANTY STATEMENT
Your warranty rights and obligations:
The California Air Resources Board is pleased If you r vehicle fails a Smog Check inspecti on,
to explain the emission control system war- all necessary repairs a nd adjustments will be
ranty on yo ur model year 2004 vehicle. In made by Volkswagen to ensure that your ve-
Califo rnia, new motor vehicles must be de- hicle passes the inspectio n. This is your
signed, built and equipped to meet the Em issio n Control System
State's stringent a nti-smog standa rds. Volk- PERFORMANCE WARRANTY.
swagen m ust warrant the emission control
If any emissio n-related part on your vehicle
system on your vehicle for the periods of time
is defective, the part will be repa ired o r re-
lis ted below provided there has been no
placed by Volkswagen. This is your sho rt-
abuse, neglect o r im pro per maintenance o f
term Emissio n Control Sys tem DEFECTS
your vehicle.
WAHHANTY.
Your emission control system may include
For 7 years or 70,000 miles, whichever oc-
parts s uch as the fu el-injectio n system, the
curs first.
igniti on system , catalytic converte r, and en-
gine co mputer. Also included may be hoses, If an e mission-related part listed in this war-
belts, con nectors and o ther emission -related ranty bookle t specially noted with coverage
assemblies. for 7 years o r 70,000 m iles is defective, the
part will be repaired or replaced by Volk-
Where a warrantable condition exits, Volk-
swagen. This is your lo ng-term Emission
swagen will repair your vehicle at no cost to
Control System DEFECTS WARRANTY.
you includ ing diagnosis, parts and labor.
Manufacturer's warranty coverage: curs first. II>
curs firs t. 51
Sl T hese coverages may also be included in the Volkswagen 4 year s I 50 ,000 miles Limited New Vehicle War-
ranty
20 California Emissions Warranties

Some Volkswagen Jetta Sedan models with IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING
2.0L engines distributed for sale in California YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND RESPONSI-
may be specially equipped to meet California BILITIES, YOU SHOULD CONTACT VOLK-
Partial Zero Emission Vehicle (P-ZEV) re- SWAGEN OF AMERICA, INC., CUSTOMER
quirements. For these vehicles, if your ve- CARE CENTER AT 1 (800) 822-8987 OR THE
hicle fails a SMOG Check inspection, OR if CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD AT
any emission-related part is found to be de- P.O. BOX 8001, EL MONTE, CA 91734-2302.
fective, the part will be repaired or replaced
by Volkswagen for 15 years or 150,000 miles, Emissions Control System Defects
whichever first occurs, from the time of retail Warranty:
delivery of your vehicle. This represents your Warranty for 3 years I 50,000 miles
Emission Control System PERFORMANCE
Volkswagen of America, Inc., {"Volkswagen")
WARRANTYandDEFECTSWARRANTY.
warrants to the original retail purchaser and
Owner's warranty responsibilities: any subsequent purchaser that every model
year 2004 Volkswagen vehicle imported by
As the vehicle owner, you are responsible for
Volkswagen and certified for sale and regis-
the performance of the required mainte-
tered in California:
nance listed in your owner's Maintenance
booklet. Volkswagen recommends that you • was designed, built and equipped so as to
retain all receipts covering maintenance on conform with all applicable requirements of
your vehicle, but Volkswagen cannot deny the California Air Resources Board ("CARB")
warranty solely for the Jack of receipts or for and
your failure to ensure the performance of all • is free from defects in material and work-
scheduled maintenance. manship which cause the vehicle to fail to
You are responsible for presenting your ve- conform with CARB requirements, including
hicle to a Volkswagen dealer as soon as a any defect which would cause the vehicle's
problem exists. The warranty repairs should on-board malfunction indicator to illumi-
be completed in a reasonable amount of nate, for 3 years or 50,000 miles, whichever
time, not to exceed 30 days. comes first.
As the vehicle owner, you should also be A warranted part is any part installed on a
aware that Volkswagen may deny you war- motor vehicle or motor vehicle engine by the
ranty coverage if your vehicle or a part has vehicle or engine manufacturer, or installed
failed due to abuse, neglect, improper main- in a warranty repair, which affects any regu-
tenance or unapproved modifications. lated emission from a motor vehicle or en-
gine which is subject to California emission
standards. ~
California Emissions Warranties 21

@ Bookle t 1.2 USA Warranty
Warranty for 7 years I 70,000 miles Those marked with "no" are covered for
Cove ring Certain Emission Syste m Ports 3 years or 50,000 miles, whichever occurs
first.
The followi ng emissions control system parts
marked with "yes" are covered for 7 years or
70,000 miles, whichever com es first.
Passat 1.8L Passat 2.8L Passat 4.0L Passat TDI

V6 W8
Camshaft adjuster yes yes yes no
Fuel tank yes yes yes yes
Turbo charger yes no no yes
Charge air cooler no no no no
Fuel injection pump no no no yes
Fuel injector with lift sensor no no no no
Power train control module no no no yes
(Diesel engine)
Throttle body yes yes yes no
Air mass sensor no no no yes
Intake manifo ld no yes yes no
Front oxygen sensor no no yes no
Powertrain control module yes yes yes no
(gasoline engine) I
Rear m:ygen sensor no · no yes no
Exhaust manifold yes I yes yes no
Front exhaus t pipe no no no no
Secondary air injection pump no no yes no
Catalytic converter yes yes yes yes
Powen~ain control module yes yes yes yes
{transmission)
22 California Emissio ns Warrantie s

Booklet 1.2 USA Warranty ~
Warranty for 7 years I 70,000 miles Covering Certain Emission System Parts (continued)
Golf, Jetta, Golf, Jetta, Jetta, GTI Golf, Jetta,

New Beetle New Beetle VR62.8L New Beetle
2.0L 1.8L TDI
Camshaft adjuster no yes yes no
Fuel tank yes yes yes yes
Turbo charger no yes no yes
Charge air cooler no no no no
Fuel injection pump no no no yes
Fuel injector with lift sensor no no no no
Power train control module no no no yes
(Diesel engine)
Throttle body no yes no no
Air mass sensor no no no yes
Intake manifold yes no yes no
Front oxygen sensor no no no no
Powertrain control module yes yes yes no
(gasoline engine)
Rear oxygen sensor no no no no
Exhaust manifold yes yes yes no
Front exhaust pipe no no no no
Secondary air injection pump no no no no
Catalytic converter yes yes yes yes
Powertrain control module yes (New yes yes yes
(transmission) Beetle Con-
vertible
only)

Emissions Performance Warranty

General
California maintains a mandatory emissions which is warranted for 7 years /70,000 miles
inspection and maintenance program (Sm og is covered.
Check) requiring motor vehicles to be smog
tested at regular intervals. If your vehicle fails
curs first.
to pass a smog test performed by a Licensed
Smog Check station pursuant to the Cali- Some Volkswagen )etta Sedan models with
forn ia Inspection a nd Maintenance Program 2.0L engines distri bu ted fo r sale in California
within 3 years or 50,000 miles, wh ichever may be specially equipped to meet California
comes first, any authorized Volkswagen Partial Zero Emission Vehicle (P-ZEV) re-
dealer in the continental United States, quirements. For these vehicles, if your ve-
Ala~ka, Hawaii o r Can ada, will perform free hicle fails a SMOG Check inspection, OR if
of charge any repairs necessary for the ve- any emissio n-related part is found to be d e-
hicle to pass the smog test. These repairs in- fect ive, the part will be re paired or replaced
clude diagnosis, replacement, repair, and ad - by Volkswagen for 15 years o r 150,000 miles,
justm ents. After the 3 year I 50,000 miles per- whichever firs t occurs, from the time of re tail
form ance warranty has expired, a Smog delivery of your vehicle. This represents your
Check test fa ilure due to a d efect in a part Emission Control System PEHFORMANCE
WAR HANlY and DEFECTS WAHRANTY. <4
Additional information about the California Emissions

Control System and the California Emissions
Performance Warranties

The warranty period begins on the date the placed in service as a "demonstrator" or
vehicle is delivered to the original purchaser "company" car prior to delivery, on the d ate
o r the original lessee, if the vehicle is first it is first placed in service. <4

Maintaining your vehicle
Volkswagen reco mmends that you use and could result in denial of warranty coverage.
maintain your vehicle in accordance with the However, Volkswagen will not deny a war-
instructions set forth in the Volkswagen ranty claim solely on the basis of your failure
Owner's Manual and Volkswagen Mainte- to maintain the vehicle in accordance with
nance booklet and that you keep a record of these instructio ns or your failure to keep a
you r maintenance. Failure to maintain your record of your maintenance of the vehicle.
vehicle according to the required mainte- We also recommend that you provide your
nance schedule may cause the vehicle to ex- maintenance records to the new owner
ceed applicable emissions standards and whenever you sell your vehicle. ~
Warranty coverage for diagnostic services

Repair and diagnostic services related to any ered to any authorized Volkswagen dealer in
repair covered by this warranty will be per- the continental United States, Alaska, Hawaii
formed free of charge, if the vehicle is deliv- or Canada . ~
Use of Genuine Volkswagen parts

Volkswagen recommends that Genuine Volk- tiveness of emission control systems. Al-
swagen parts be used as replacement parts tho ugh use of parts othe r than Genuine Volk-
for the maintenance. repair or replacement swagen parts does not invalidate these war-
of emission control systems. Use of replace- ranties, Volkswagen assumes no liability
ment parts which are not equivalent to Gen- under these warranties for failure of such
uine Volkswagen parts in emission perfor- parts and damage to other parts caused by
mance and durab ility may impair the effec- such failure. ~
Warranty coverage for parts not scheduled for

inspection or replacement
Any warranted part which is not sched uled or replaced under warranty are warranted for
for inspection or replacement is covered for the remaining warranty period. ~
the warranty period. Any such parts repaired
Warranty coverage of parts scheduled for replacement

A part which is installed in accordance with scheduled replacement interval or until the
Volkswagen's instructions or required sched- vehicle has been driven 3 years or
uled maintenance is warranted until the next 50,000 miles, whichever occurs first. ~

Warranty coverage for parts scheduled for inspection

A part which is scheduled only for inspection hide is covered for the duration of these
in accordance with Volkswagen's ins truc- warranties. ._
tions for scheduled maintenance of the ve-
Maintenance and repairs performed by independent

service shops
Without invalidating these warra nties, you service establishment finds a warrantable de-
may choose to have maintenance, repair o r fect, you may deliver the vehicle to an autho-
replacement of emission control compo- rized Volkswagen dealer and have the defect
nents performed by any automotive service corrected free of charge. Volkswagen will not
establishment or individual qualified to per- be liable for any expenses which you have in-
form such services. However, the cost of such curred at the independent service establish-
services is not covered by these warranties ment, except for emergency repairs. ._
except in emergencies. If the independent
Emergency repairs
In an emergency when an authorized Volk- perfo rmed. In order to receive reimburse-
swagen dealer is not reasonably available to ment of such expenses, you must keep all re-
perform a warranty repair, the repair may be placed parts and receipts and present them
performed a t a ny available service establish- to any authorized Volkswagen dealer in sup-
ment, or by the owner, using any replace- port of your claim. These emergency war-
ment part. Volkswagen will reimburse the ranty service procedures also apply in the
owner for expenses including diagnosis not event the servicing Volkswagen dealer does
to exceed Volkswagen's suggested retail price not have replacement parts available within
for the warranted part and a labor charge a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days, in
based upon Volkswagen's recommended order to perform the warranty repair or, if the
time allowance for the wa rranty re pair multi- servicing Volkswagen dealer is unable to
plied by the labor rate per hour appro priate complete the repairs within 30 days fro m the
for the area where the warranty repair was time you present the vehicle for repairs. ..
Coverage of non-warranty parts

If fa ilure of a warranted part causes damage warranted part will also be replaced free of
to a part not covered by warranty, the non- charge . ..

Damage caused by tampering, use of improper fuel,
abuse, neglect and improper maintenance are not
covered
These warranties do not cover a ny damage to in the Owner's Manual, and abuse, neglect or
the vehicle caused by tampering with emis- improper maintena nce of the vehicle. Diag-
sion controls, use of fu el conta ining lead, or nosis and repair of such dam age are at the ex-
fu el not meeti ng the s pecifications set forth pense of the owner. ~
Notice of denial of warranty claim

If you are not notified within 30 days that a then Volkswagen is required to repair the ve-
performance warranty claim is not valid, hicle free of charge. ~
Implied warranties
Any implied warranty, including any wa r- Some states do not a llow limitations on how
ranty of merchantability or warranty of fit- long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
ness for a particular purpose, is limited in limitation may not apply to you . ~
duration to the stated period of these written
warranties.
Incidental and consequential damages

These warranties do not cover any inci- damages, so this limitation or exclus ion may
dental or consequential damages, such as not apply to you.
loss of resale value, lost profits or earnings,
In the event you have not received the ser-
a nd out-of-pocket expenses for substitute
vices promised in these warranties, please
transportation or lodging.
follow the procedures described in this bro-
Some states do not allow the exclusion or chure under the title "Customer CARE " . ~
limitation of incidental or conseque ntial

~ Booklet 1.2 USA Warranty
Customer CARE
Dealer assistance
If you have questions about the service you It is the ir business to be concerned about
have received, we suggest that you first dis- your satisfaction and goodwill Since they are
cuss them with the service personnel at your closest to the situation, they are in the best
authorized Volkswagen dealer. You m ay position to quickly resolve any concerns you
want to speak to the Service Manager or di- may have. -4
rectly to the owner of the dealership.
When to notify the manufacturer

Your satisfaction with our product is very im- • Your name, address and telephone
portant to us, and we would like to make cer- number
tain that we have had the opportunity to • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
work with you and your dealer to resolve your
• Vehicle delivery date and mileage
concerns.
• Dealer's name and location
If your concerns are not resolved to your sat-
• Nature of complaint or problem
isfaction by the dealer, please contact Volk-
swagen of America, Inc., immediately by • Original repair order (reta in a copy for
calling our toll-free number: your records) or pertinent docume nts if you
are writing to us
Tel.: 1 (800) 822-8987
A Customer CARE Representative will gather
If you prefer to write, please use the following a nd carefully review all facts relating to your
address: request for assistance. After this review is
Volkswagen Customer CARE Center completed, th e Customer CARE Representa-
3499 West Hamlin Road tive \viii inform you of any assistance that the
Rochester Hills, Ml 48309 company will be able to provide.
You can also contact us using our Internet Please note that as part of our continuing ef-
address: fort to maintain the highest quality of service
to our Customers, supervisors will occasion-
www.vw.com. ally monitor the quality of telephone calls be-
Simply click on "Co ntact Us". rween o ur Custo mers and representatives.
We hope you understand our interest in pro-
When you call o r write, please provide the viding the best possible service. -4
following information:
28 Customer CARE
Repairs not covered by warranty
In some circumstances, Volkswagen of your vehicle is eligible for any repair free of
Am erica, Inc. may offer financial assistance charge.
toward repairs or expenses not covered by
In other instan ces, Volkswagen of America,
Volkswagen of America, Inc.'s Limited New
Inc. may offer assistance with a repair be-
Vehicle Warranties.
yond warranty on a case-by-case basis. If you
In certain instances, Volkswagen of America, believe that your vehicle needs a repair not
Inc. may pay for such repairs in accordance covered by warranty which Volkswagen of
with the terms of service action campaigns it Am erica, Inc. should pay for in part or in
will conduct from time to time. In the event whole, please discuss the request with your
of a service action, Volkswagen of America, dealer. If you are not satisfied with your
Inc. will notify you by mail and request that dealer's decision, please contact Volkswagen
you bring your vehicle to your nearest dealer of America, Inc. Customer CARE by tele-
for repair free of charge. phone or in writing. Your request should pro-
vide the vehicle identification number, the
If you have not recently changed your ad-
mileage, maintenance history and an expla-
dress a nd Volkswagen United States has your
nation of why you believe that the repair
current address on file, you will receive noti-
should be performed free of charge. Your re-
fication automatically. If you are concerned
quest should be accompanied by all available
that you may not have received notice con-
maintenance and repair records which you
cerning a particular service action, please
have retained. A Customer CARE Representa-
check with your dealer to dete rmine whether
tive will review your request and advise you
of our deci s ion. ~
Customer CARE 29
BBB AUTO LINE

BBB AUTO LINE dispute settlement
•
serv1ces
If your dealer or Customer CARE Representa- Tel.: 1 (800) 955-5100
tive does not resolve your product concern to When you call the local office of the "BBB", its
your satisfaction or if you do not wish to staff will need the following information:
present your concern to either of them, you
may take advantage of the med iatio n and ar- • Your name, address and telephone
bitration services of the Better Business Bu- number
reau. This program is called BBB AUTO LI NE • Make, model and Vehicle Identification
a nd is available to you free of charge, on a na- Number of your vehicle (VlN)
tionwide basis as long as your vehicle has • Delivery d ate and current mileage
been d riven less than 24,000 miles a nd has
• Nature of complaint or problem
not been in use for more than 2 years. Not
every claim is eligible; there are som e age and The "BBB" will follow-up on your complaint;
mileage limitations, so please check with and if it cannot be mediated, they will a r-
your local Better Business Bureau ("BBB") re- range an arbitration heari ng.
gard ing your claim.
A decision will be made by the arbitrator
The BBB AUTO LINE program has two parts. within 3 days of the hearing (typically a deci-
The lirst part is mediation. Mediation means sion is made 40 days from the date you fil ed
that the BBB staff will facili tate negotiations your claim with "BBB").
bet\veen the parties in an effort to bring your
You then have the opportunity to accept or
claim to a mutually acceptable resolution.
reject thedecision. Ifyou accept the decision,
You do not have to participate in mediatio n if
Volkswagen of America, Inc. will be bound by
you would rather proceed immediately to ar-
the decision and fulfill its obligatio n within
bitration. Arbitration is the other part of BB B
the time specified by the arbitra tor.
AUTO LINE. Arbitration is a process by which
an impartial person makes a decision on your If you reject the decision:
claim. The arbitrators are no t connected with l - You are free to pursue other legal reme-
the automobile industry and serve o n a vol- dies available under state and federal
untary basis. law.
If you do not agree with the mediated resolu- 2- The manufacturer will not have to
tion and /or have opted to arbitrate, an arbi- comply with any part of the decisio n.
tration hearing will be scheduled. You may
attend the hearing in person, be represented Califo rnia reside nts
by an attorney, bring witnesses, and give sup- Additional information relating to your
porting evidence. Instead of ap pearing per- rights to arbitra te warranty claims under the
sonally, you may request a written or even a BBB AUTO LI NE Arbitration Program is pro-
telepho ne arbitration hearing. vided in the Owner Information about Con-
sumer Protection Laws booklet which is pre- I"
If you wish to use BBBAUTO LI NE, please call sen ted to you by your dealer when you take
the follow ing toll-free number: delivery of your new vehicle. ~
30 BBB AUTO LINE

Service Publications
Product service publications
Updated service information you can obtain
Volkswagen monitors product performance Most bulle tins apply to conditions affecting a
in the field and regularly sends dealers the s mall number of vehicles. Your dealer or a
latest service information about Volkswagen qualified technician may have to determine if
vehicles. Now yo u too, can get these bulle- a specific bulletin applies to your vehicle. You
tins. can o rder Volkswagen bulletins, Volkswage n
repair information and Volkswagen Owner's
Bulletins cover a wide variety of subjects: the
Literature 24 hours I 7 days a week on the In-
proper use and care of your car, costly re-
ternet from our literature distribution service
pairs, inexpensive re pairs or adjustments
at:
which, if done early, may avoid costly future
repairs. Some bulletins describe repairs www.vw.ddsltd.com
about new or unexpected conditions. Others
Or if you prefer, you can contact our Litera-
describe improved repair procedures or
ture distribution service at:
parts improvements. All of this information
can also help a qualified technician better Telephone: 1 (800) 544-8021
service your vehicle. Fax: I (800) 572-1438
What you will also find on the website

• A list of Volkswagen bulletins for 1985 and
la ter model years. covering all North Amer- & WARNING
ican specification Volkswagen models.
These bulletins are intended for qualified
• Ordering and pricing information on how technicians. They are not meant for the
to buy specific bulletins. CASUAL do-it-yourselfer. Qualified tech-
• Ordering and price information for Volk- nicians have the equipment, tools, safety
swagen Repair Manuals on paper format or instructions, and know-how to do a job
CD ROM. properly and safely. improperly per-
• Ordering and price information for Volk- formed repairs or maintenance can ad-
swagen Electrical Wiring Diagrams . versely affect the safety of your vehicle,
possibly leading to accident or injury.
• Ordering and price information for cur-
They may also impair the economy, dura-
rent and past model year Owner's Literature
bility or reliability of your vehicle and may
including:
void the warranty of your car. If you are
• Owner's Manuals not sure that you can perform a job prop-
• Maintenance Booklets erly and safely, you should not risk trying
• Warranty Manuals to do so. ~
• Sound System Manuals
Service Publications 31
Tire Manufacturers
List of tire manufacturers for new
Volkswagen vehicles
The Magnuson-Moss Warranty Federal Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co.
Trade Commission Imp rovement Act of 1975 1144 East Market Street
and regulations issued pursuant to the act re- Akron, OH 44316
quire that a tire warranty pamphlet be placed Tel.: 1 (800) 321-2136
in every new vehicle prior to sale.
Continental General
To assist you in obtaining Lhe related war- 1800 Continental Blvd.
ranty information, the following list of tire Charlotte, NC 28273.
manufacturers and addresses is being pro- Tel.: 1 (800) 847-3349
vided.
Michelin Tire Corp.
Manufacturer and Addresses and Phone P.O. Box 19001
Numbers Greenville, SC 29602-9001
Tel.: 1 (800) 887-0662
Dunlop Tire Corp.
1144 East Market Street Pirelli Tires North America
Akron, OH 44316 300 George Street, 5th Floor
Tel.: 1 (800) 548-4714 New Haven, cr 06511
Tel.: 1 (800) 747-3554
Bridgeston e/Firestone Inc.
1 Bridgestone Park Uniroyal Goodrich Tire Co.
Nashville, TN 37214 P.O. Box 19001
Tel.: 1 (800) 356-4644 Greenville, SC 29602-9001
Tel.: 1 (800) 521-9796
32 Tire Manufacturers
It has a lways been Volkswagen 's policy to Text and sp ecification s in this m a nua l a re
continuo usly improve its produc ts. Volk- based on info rm a tion and knowledge avail -
swagen , the refo re, reserves the right to ma ke able a t the time of printi ng.
c ha nges in design and specification s, and to May no t b e re produced or transla ted in
m a ke additi ons or improve m ents 10 it s prod - wh ole or in pan wi thout co nsen t o f Volk-
uc ts without inc urring an y obligation to in- swagen AG.
s tall the m on products previously m a nufac-
tured . Printed in Germany
Al l righ ts reserved. © 2003 Vo lkswagen AG
May no t be reproduced o r tra n sla ted in

whole o r in pa rt without the writte n co nsent <£> For the sake of the environment
of Volkswage n of Ame rica, Inc. Specifications Printed o n e n viro nmentally fri e ndly pape r
are subject to change without no tice. (bleach ed without chlorine, recyclable).
1.2 Possat, Jetta, Golf, New Beetle I USA Warranty I Art.-Nr.: 241.55S.WAR/.23
Print status: 03.20031 Ausgabe: Amerikanisch 05.2003
2.1 2004 Passat
Safety first
Important Information
about the
- Safety belts
- Airbags
-Seats
- Child safety
Please read this important information before reading
your booklet.
Vehicl e Equipment Table of Contents

This manual describes all the equipment In- On the follow1ng page, you will find the
tended to be offered at the time of pnnt1ng. Table of Contents wh1ch describes all the
Some of the equipment may be available at features of your vehicle in the orde1 they ap-
a later date or not at all. pear 1n thiS manual.
Please note that items marked w ith WARNINGS
* an asterisk may be standard on cer-

tain models. optional on others or
not available on your model.
Illustrations
Each illustration in the manual shows a fea-
~WARNINGS
concern safety and are highlighted
like this throughout this manual.
lf'1
ture and I or equipment wh1ch your veh1cle Texts printed in bold type refer to
may or may not have. depending on the possible damage to your vehicle, or
model. The 1llustrat1ons are s1mply to show to other important information.
you how a feature looks and ns function.
Indication of directions
Whenever a d1rection IS spec1f1ed (for exam-
ple: left. rig ht, forwa rd, backward. etc.). you
should imagine yourself as sitting in the ve-
hicle facing in the dnvmg direct1on. If some-
thing is explained which is d1fferent from
this position. it wi ll be clearly identified.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Welcome ....................................... 2
Safety first ...................................... 2
Safety belts ..................................... 3
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
~ Child safety ................................... 30
I
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Alphabetical Index.............................. 53
SAFETY FIRST
Welcome Safety first

-------------------------- ~
Your safety and the safety of your passen-
Dear Volkswagen Owner, gers shouldn't be left to chance. Advances
in technology have made a variety of fea-
This booklet contains important infor- tures available to help reduce the risk of inju-
mation, tips and suggestions on occupant ry in an accident. The following is a listing of
safety. just a few of the safety features in your
Volkswagen:
We've prepared this booklet in order to
summarize what you need to know about
such topics as safety belts, airbags, seats - sophisticated safety belts with tension-
for children and infants, child safety and ers
head restraints. - optimized safety belt geometry through
Please make certain that you follow safety belt anchorages on front seats
the suggestions and WARNINGS in - safety belt height adjustors
this booklet- it's in your own inter-
est and in the interest of all your - front airbags
passengers. - side airbags in the front seats
However, please note, that impor- - Side Curtain ProtectionTM'
tant safety information regarding
your vehicle and its operation will - special seat pan structure
also be found in all other booklets. - adjustable steering column.
Please be sure that this manual al- These individual safety features, can work
ways remains with your VOLKS- together as a system to help protect you
WAGEN whenever you lend your ve- and your passengers in a wide range of acci-
hicle to another person or if you sell dents. These features can't work as a sys-
it so that this and other important tem if they are not always properly adjusted
information will always be available and properly used!
to the driver and passengers. The following sections provide important in-
formation about why these features are im-
Remember - safety first! portant. how they work to help protect you
and your passengers and how they must be
adjusted and used to get the greatest bene-
fit and reduce the likelihood of injury.
The sections also contain important
WARNINGS which you and your passen-
gers must always heed in order to reduce
the risk of personal injury.
Safety is everybody's responsibil-
ity!
2 ---------------------------------------------- WELCOME
SAFETY FIRST
Safety belts
J':\ Always wear your
ffi safety belts!
~WARNING
• Safety belts are the single most
effective means available to re-
duce the potential for serious inju-
ry and death in automobile acci-
dents. For your protection and
that of your passengers, always
properly wear safety belts when
the vehicle is moving. Why safety belts work
• Pregnant women, injured, or
Safety belts can't work unless they
physically impaired persons
are worn and worn properly.
should also use safety belts. Like
all vehicle occupants, they are The illustration above shows the passen-
more likely to be seriously injured gers on a "vehicle" headed for a brick wall.
if they do not wear safety belts. They're not using safety belts.
The best way to protect a fetus is The physical principles are simple. Both the
to protect the mother - through- vehicle and the passengers possess energy
out the entire pregnancy. which varies w ith vehicle speed and body
weight. Engineers call this energy "kinetic
energy."
This section explains why safety belts are
necessary, how they work and how to ad- The higher the speed of the vehicle and the
just and wear them properly. greater the vehicles' weight, the more ener-
Please read all the information gy there is to be "absorbed" in an accident.
given, and always observe the
following instructions and
WARNINGS.
For information on child safety see For details see next pages.
page 30.
SAFETYBELTS ------------------------------------------- 3
SAFETY FIRST
Vehicle speed is the most significant factor. The same principles apply to people sitting
If the speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 in a vehicle that is involved in a frontal
to 50 km/h). the energy increases 4 times! collision.
Because these passengers are not using Even at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to
safety belts, they will keep moving at the 50 km/h). the forces acting on the body can
same speed the vehicle was moving just reach one ton (2000 lbs, or 1000 kg) or
before the crash, until something stops more. At greater speeds, these forces are
them - here, the wall. even higher.
People w ho do not use safety belts are also
not attached to their vehicle. In a frontal col-
lision they will also continue to move for-
ward at the speed their vehicle was
travelling just before the impact.
4 ------------------------------------------ SAFETYBELTS
SAFETY FIRST
Unbelted occupants are not able to resist Unbelted passengers in the rear seats en-
the tremendous forces of impact by holding danger not only themselves but also other
tight or bracing themselves. Without the passengers. In a frontal collision they will be
benefit of safety restraint systems, the un- thrown forward violently, where they can hit
restrained occupant will slam violently into and injure the driver or front seat passenger.
the steering wheel, dashboard. windshield,
or whatever else is in the way. Their impact
with the vehicle interior has all the energy
they had just before the collision .
Don't rely on airbags alone for protection.
Even when they oeploy, airbags provide
only supplemental protection. Airbags are
not supposed to deploy in all kinds of acci-
dents . Although your Volkswagen is
equipped with airbags for the driver and
front seat passenger. all vehicle occupants,
including the driver, still have to wear safety
belts - regardless of whether their seating
position has an airbag.
Remember too. that airbags will deploy only
once and that your safety belts are always
there to offer protection in those accidents
in which airbags are not supposed to deploy
or when they have already deployed.
Unbelted occupants can also be thrown out
of the vehicle where even more severe or
fatal injuries can occur.
SAFETY BELTS - - - - -- - - - - -- -- - -- - -- - 5
SAFETY FIRST
Although these examples are based on a

frontal collision, safety belts can also sub-
stantially reduce the risk of injury in other
types of accidents. So, whether you are on
a long trip or just going to the corner store,
always buckle up and make sure others do,
too.
Accident statistics show that vehicle occu-
pants properly wearing safety belts have a
lower risk of being injured and a much bet-
ter chance of surviving an accident. Proper-
ly using safety belts also greatly increases
the ability of the supplemental airbags to do
their job in an accident. For this r~ason,
Safety belts protect wearing a safety belt is legally requ1red 1n
Safety belts used properly can make a big most countries including much of the
difference. Safety belts help to keep pas- United States and Canada.
sengers in their seats, gradually ~educe en- The following pages provide important in-
ergy levels applied to the body 1n an acci- structions to enable you to use safety belts
dent, and help prevent the uncontrolled properly. Be sure to read and follow
movement that can cause serious injuries. the instructions carefully. Heed all
In addition, safety belts reduce the danger WARNINGS.
of being thrown out of the vehicle.
To further increase the safety for the front
Safety belts attach passengers to the car passengers, the vehicle is equipped with a
and give them the benefit of being slowed supplemental airbag system. See page 17.
down more gently or "softly" through the
"give" in the safety belts, crumple zones The safety belts provided must neverthe-
less be worn because the front airbags are
and other safety features engineered into
today's vehicles. By "absorbing" the kinetic activated only in some frontal coll isions.
energy over a longer period of time, the The front airbags are not activated by minor
forces on the body become more "toler- frontal collisions, side and rear collisions, in
able" and less likely t o cause injury. roll overs or in some cases where there is
not enough deceleration through impact to
the front of the vehicle.
6 ----------------------------------------- SAFETYBELTS
SAFETY FIRST
I B1H·124C I
Belt warning system
You r veh icle has a warning light for the driv-
er to remind you to wear the safety belt.
After the ignition is switched on, the warn-
ing light in the instrument cluster will come
on for about 6 seconds along with a warning
tone. As soon as the driver has fastened the
safety belt the warning tone will stop. The
warning light. however. will stay on for
about 6 seconds.
Fasten your safety belt now and ma-
ke sure that your passengers also
properly put on their safety belts.
SAFETYBELTS ------------------------------------------- 7
SAFETY FIRST
How to wear safety belts

properly
r.4J WARNING continued
Safety belts must always be proper- • Do not wear the shoulder part of
ly positioned across the strongest the belt under your arm or other-
bones of your body. wise out of position.
• Several layers of heavy clothing
may interfere with proper posi-
~WARNING tioning of belts and reduce the
overall effectiveness of the
Always fasten your safety belts system.
before driving off. Always make
sure your passengers are properly • Never allow safety belts to be-
restrained - even those sitting in come damaged by being caught in
the rear. door or seat hardware. Always
keep belt buckles free of any ob-
Safety belts can work only when
struction that may prevent secure
used properly. Never wear safety
locking.
belts in any other way than illus-
trated and described in this sec- • Never use comfort clips or de-
tion. Always observe the follow- vices that create slack in the
ing precautions: shoulder belt portion. However
• Neve r wear belts twisted. clips may be required for the prop:
er use of some child restraint
• Never strap more than one per- systems.
son, including small children, into
any belt. It is especially dangerous • Torn or frayed safety belts can
to place a safety belt over a child tear and damaged belt hardware
sitting on your lap. can break in an accident. Inspect
belts periodically.
• Never place your feet on the in- If belts show damage to webbing,
strument panel or on the seat. bindings, buckles, or retractors
Always keep both feet on the floor have them replaced. '
in front of the seat.
• Never wear belts over rigid or
breakable objects in or on your
clothing, such as eye glasses,
pens, keys, etc., as these may
cause injury.
8 - - - - - -- -- - -- - - - - - - - - - SAFETY BELTS
SAFETY FIRST
Hard braking or a collision locks the belt.

,_.WARNING continued The belt may also lock when you drive up or
down a steep hill or through a sharp curve.
• Keep the belts clean.
Dirty belts may not work properly Fastening the rear center safety
- see also "Cleaning and protec- belt
tion", Booklet 3.2. Make sure the seat back of the rear seat
• Safety belts that have been bench is in upright position and securely
worn and loaded in an accident latched in place before using the belt as de-
must be replaced with the correct scribed in this chapter.
replacement safety belt by an au-
thorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
""\ Replacement may be necessary ~WARNING
even if damage cannot be clearly
seen. • The rear center three-point
safety belt cannot protect a pas-
• Safety belt anchorages that senger if the seat backrest to
have been loaded in an accident which it is attached is not securely
must be inspected by a qualified latched. The passenger would not
workshop or an authorized be properly restrained and would
VOLKSWAGEN dealer. move forward during sudden brak-
• Never modify, disassemble, or ing, in a sudden maneuver and es-
try to repair your safety belts. pecially in an accident.
A passenger who is not properly
restrained can be seriously injured
Seating capacity by striking the interior of the pas-
senger compartment or by the
Your Passat has 5 seating positions, 2 in the
safety belt itself which can be dis-
front and 3 in the rear. Each seating position
placed from stronger parts of the
has a safety belt.
body into sensitive areas like the
Never let more people ride in the ve- abdomen. See page 11.
hicle than there are seat belts avail-
• Always make sure that the rear
able. Be sure everyone riding in the
seat backrest to which the center
vehicle is correctly restrained with
rear safety belt is attached is se-
a separate seat belt. curely latched whenever the rear
center safety belt is being used,
Lap- shoulder belt Booklet 3 . 1, chapter "Rear seat".
The front and rear seats have three-point
safety belts which have a convertible lock-
ing feature in addition to the emergency
locking feature. The convertible locking fea-
ture is used when a child seat* is installed,
see page 36.
The retractors in the combination lap-shoul-
der belts allow the system to adjust to your
size and movements as long as the pull on
the belt is slow.
SAFETY BELTS - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9
SAFETY FIRST
Fastening the safety belt • Insert the belt tongue into the buckle on
the inboard side of the seat. Push down un-
• Adjust your seat before fastening til it is securely locked with an audible click.
the safety belt. See page 50. Pull belt to check!
~WARNING ~WARNING
Safety belts offer optimum protec- • Always make sure the safety
tion only when the seat back is up- belt tongue i s inserted into the
right and belts are properly posi- buckle for the same seating
tioned on the body. Improperly position.
positioned safety belts can cause
serious personal injury in an acci- • Attaching the safety belt to the
dent. buckle for another seat could re-
duce safety belt effectiveness and
cause injury.
• To fasten, grasp belt tongue and pull the
belt in a continuous slow motion across
your chest and lap.
10 ------------------------------------------ SAFETYBELTS
SAFETY FIRST
I B1H·229C I
Safety belt height adjustors for the The shoulder belt must be posi-
front seats and the rear outer seating positioned over the shoulder. It must
tions* can be used to adjust the height of never rest against the neck and
the shoulder portion of the safety belt. This must fit against your body. The lap
feature w ill help you properly position the belt must be worn low and tight
shoulder portion of the safety belt across across the pelvis. See illustration
your shoulder. above. Pull belt tight.
• To adjust the height of the safety belt. The lap belt portion must never pass
press the upper part of the handle in the di- over the stomach or abdomen.
rection of the arrow, hold it in this position
and then slide the height adjuster up or
down until the shoulder portion of the safe-
ty belt is positioned directly over the center
of your shoulder - it must never rest Always read and heed all
against the neck (see right illustration). WARNINGS on next page.
• Pull on the shoulder belt to check wheth-
er the belt anchor is securely locked in
place.
Wearing your safety belt properly -
s ee page 8.
SAFETYBELTS ------------------------------------------ 11
SAFETY FIRST
I B1H-230C I
~WARNING
• Always position your safety belt Pregnant women should especial-
properly over your body for maxi- ly make sure to wear the lap por-
mum safety. An improperly position of the safety belt as low as
tioned safety belt can cause seri- possible across the pelvis and be-
ous injury in an accident. low the rounding of the abdomen .
• Safety belts worn too loose will The best way to protect the fetus
let your body move too far forward is to protect the mother- through-
in a collision. out the entire pregnancy.
A loose belt can also shift its posi-
tion on your body from the strong
bones to more vulnerable soft tis-
sue and cause serious injury.
12 - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SAFETY BELTS
SAFETY FIRST
Never let the belt remain over a rear

seat back that has been folded for-
ward. The rear belt tensioner will be
activated unnecessarily in an acci-
dent and then have to be replaced .
The belt tensioner will not activate in a light
frontal collision insufficient to actuate the
tensioner or in any side. rollover. or rear-end
collision.
rJ~ WARNING
Unfastening the safety belt • Safety belt systems including

belt tensioners cannot be
• Push the orange release button on the repaired. Special procedures are
buckle. The belt tongue will spring out of required for removal and installa-
the buckle. tion of this system. Therefore, any
• Let the belt to wind up on the retractor as work on the safety belt system
you guide belt tongue to its stowed posi- must be performed only by an
tion. authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
• The belt tensioner system
works for one accident only. If belt
Belt tensioner tensioners have been activated,
The retractors for the front three-point safe- the system must be replaced.
ty belts and for the rear outboard three-
point safety belts are equipped with belt
Notes
tensioners.
Sensors activate the belt tensioners in fron- • When the safety belt tensioner is acti-
tal collisions when deceleration is high vated. a fine dust is released. This is normal
enough. This tightens the belt and takes up and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle.
belt slack. Taking up the slack helps to re- • Observe all safety regulations if the ve-
duce forward occupant movement during a hicle or individual parts of the system. par-
collision. ticularly the safety belt or airbag, are to be
The belt tensioner can only be activated scrapped. Your authorized VOLKSWAGEN
once. The belt tensioner will not be acti- dealers are familiar w ith these regulations
vated if the safety belt is not in use. and can perform this service for you.
SAFETY BELTS - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - -- - 13
SAFETY FIRST
Rear center safety belt ,~WARNING

The center seating position in the rear is
equipped with a three-point safety belt. e The rear center three-point
safety belt cannot protect a pas-
Fastening the rear center safety
senger if the seat backrest to
belt
which it is attached is not securely
Make sure the sea t back of the rea r sea t latched- The passenger would not
bench is in upright position and securely be properly restrained and would
latched in place before using the belt as move forward during sudden brak-
described in this chapter. ing, in a sudden maneuver and
especially in an accident-
A passenger who is not properly 1 ('1
restrained can be seriously injured
by striking the interior of the pas-
senger compartment or by the
safety belt itself which can be
displaced from stronger parts of
the body into sensitive areas like
the abdomen. See page 11 .
seat backrest to which the center
rear safety belt is attached is se-
curely latched whenever the rear
center safety belt is being used,
Booklet 3 . 1, chapter "Rear seat".
14 ------------------------------------------ SAFETYBELTS
SAFETY FIRST
Safety Belt Extender
~WARNING
• Always read and heed all
WARNINGS in this chapter.
• Using a safety belt extender
when not needed can increase the
risk of injury in a collision. Only
use when the safety belt is not
long enough when its worn low
and snug, and in the recom-
mended seating position. Remove
IB6N-052M [ and stow when not needed.
• Never use the safety belt
Always Wear Your extender if you can fasten the
Safety Belts! safety belt without it.
• Safety belts can work only
If a safety belt is too short because of when used properly. Never wear
body size or driving position, even when the safety belts in any other way than
three point safety belt is ful ly extended and illustrated and described in this
when the adjustable upper shoulder belt an- chapter.
chorage (if so equipped) is in the lowest • A driver or passenger who is not
position, you can use a seat belt extender. properly restrained can be serious-
This extender can be used only if existing ly injured by striking the interior of
belt is not long enough. The extender adds the passenger compartment or by
approximately 8 inches (200 mm) of length. the safety belt itself which can be
The vehi cle safety belt buckle for the displaced from stronger parts of
driver and front seat passenger have the body into sensitive areas like
switches that tell the airbag control module the abdomen.
if the safety belt is being used or not. If the • Never use more than one ex-
safety belt is being used, the front airbag tender with a safety belt. The use
will deploy at a slightly higher rate of decel- of more than one extender can
eration than if the belt is not being used. change the way the safety belt
Therefore, in a particular collision, it is pos- passes over the body and can
sible that an airbag will not deploy at a seat- cause serious injury.
ing position where the safety belt is being • Never use the safety belt ex-
used but will inflate at the position where tender to secure a child restraint.
the safety belt is not being used, see page
17 for details. • Never leave the safety belt
extender attached to the vehicle
For that reason, always remove the safety belt latch when it is not
safety belt extender when it is not needed and being used because
needed and stow it safely. the airbag control module will not
receive the correct signal from t he
See your VOLKSWAGEN dealer for assis- safety belt latch.
tance if the extender is required.
SAFETYBELTS ------------------------------------------ 15
SAFETY FIRST
IB6N-054M I ~
Fastening the safety belt ex-

tender A -Front edge of buckle
B - Distance of buckle and body-
• Adjust your seat and head re-
centerline,
straint before fastening the safety
(less than 6 inches (15 em)
belt. See pages 49 and 50.
C - Bodycenterline
~WARNING
Safety belts offer optimum protec- ~WARNING
tion only when the seat back is up-
right and belts are properly posi- • Never use the extender unless it
tioned on the body. Improperly is physically required in order to
positioned safety belts can cause wear the vehicles safety belt.
serious personal injury in an acci-
• Never use the extender if the
dent.
distance (B) between the front
edge of the extender buckle (A)
and the occupant's body center-
• To use the safety belt extender. insert the line (C) to be less than 6 inches (15
metal tongue of the extender (2) (latch em)- see illustration!
plate) into the respective safety belt
buckle (1). • Always make sure the safety
belt tongue is inserted into the
• Then, grasp belt tongue of the safety belt buckle for the same seating posi-
(4 ) and pull the belt in a continuous slow motion.
tion across your chest and lap.
• Attaching the safety belt to the
• Insert the safety belt tongue (4 ) into the
buckle for another seat could re-
buckle of the extender (3 ). Push down until duce safety belt effectiveness and
it is securely locked with an audible click. cause injury.
Make sure the safety belt or the extender is
not twisted.
Pull belt to che ck!
16 ------------------------------------------ SAFETYBELTS
SAFETY FIRST
Airbag system
Your vehicle has two front and two side Remember too, airbags will deploy only
airbags, one front and one side airbag for once and only in certain kinds of accidents
each front seat occupant. -your safety belts are always there to offer
Additionally your vehicle is equipped protection in those accidents in which air-
w ith two Side Curtain Protec- bags are not supposed to deploy or when
tion's™*.The Side Curtain Protection™* they have already deployed.
covers the window area on the front and An airbag is not a substitute for the safety
rear doors on both sides of the vehicle. belt. It is part of the overall vehicle safety
system . The airbag system works most ef-
fectively when used with the safety belts.
~WARNING Therefore. always wear your safety belts.
See pages 3 to 13.
• To reduce the risk of injury It is important to remember that while the
when the airbags inflate, the driv- supplemental airbag system is designed to
er and passengers should always reduce the likelihood of serious injuries, it
sit in an upright position, should can cause swelling, bruising, and minor
not lean against or place any part abrasions.
of their body too close to the area
where the airbags are located. ~WARNING
• See "Importance of proper seat-
ing position" in this section at • Objects between you and the
pages 19 and 26 and heed all airbag can increase the risk of inju-
WARNINGS. ry in an accident by interfering
with the way the airbag unfolds or
• Occupants who are unbelted,
by being pushed into you as the
out of position or too close to the
airbag inflates.
airbag can be seriously injured by
an airbag as it unfolds with great • Never hold things in your hands
force in the blink of an eye. For or on your lap when the vehicle is
seat adjustment, see page 50 . in use.
• Never place or attach accesso-
ries or other objects (such as cup
The safety belt buckle for the driver and holders, telephone brackets or
front seat passenger have switches that tell even large and bulky objects) on
the airbag control module if the safety belt the doors, over or near the area
is being used or not. If the safety belt is be· marked "Airbagn on the steering
ing used, the front airbag will deploy at a wheel, instrument panel, seat
slightly higher rate of deceleration than if backrests or between those areas
the belt is not being used. Therefore, in a and yourself. These objects could
particular collision, it is possible that an air- cause injury in a crash especially
bag will not deploy at a seating position when the airbags inflate.
where the safety belt is being used but will
inflate at the position where the safety belt
is not being used.
Always read and heed all
For that reason, always remove the
WARNINGS and more
safety belt extender when it is not
needed and stow it safely, see page details on next page.
15.
AIRBAG SYSTEM - - - - - - -- -- - -- -- - - -- - 17
SAFETY FIRST
U WARNING con1;inued
The system must be inspected
if the indicator light:
• Never transport items on or in • does not come on when the ignition is
the area of the front passenger switched on,
seat. Objects could move into the • does not go out after a few seconds after
area of the front airbags during the ignition is switched on, or
braking or other sudden maneuver
and become dangerous projectiles • comes on while driving.
that can cause serious personal in- In the event of a system malfunction, the in-
jury if the airbags inflate. dicator light will first start flashing to catch
• Never recline the front passen- the driver's attention and then stay on con-
ger's seat to transport objects. tinuously to serve as a constant reminder to . ~
Items can also move into the area have the system inspected. '
of the side airbags or the front air-
bag during braking or sudden ma-
neuver. Objects near the airbags ~WARNING
can become projectiles and cause
injury particularly when the seat is If any of these conditions occur,
reclined. have the system inspected imme-
diately by your VOLKSWAGEN
dealer. Otherwise, the airbag may
System components not work properly in case of a fron-
tal impact.
The airbag system consists of the following:
• electronic control module,
• an inflatable airbag with gas generator in-
side the steering wheel,
• an inflatable airbag with gas generator in-
side the instrument panel for the front pas-
senger,
• supplemental side airbags in the back-
rest padding of the front seats,
• supplemental Side Curtain Protec-
tion™* above the side windows,
• an indicator light in the instru-
ment cluster, " Warning I Indicator
lights", Booklet 3. 1 . 1f'
The indicator light in the instrument cluster
{readiness light) will light up for a few sec-
onds each time the ignition is switched on.
The light monitors the electronic control
module, sensor circuits, and system wiring.
1 8 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - AIRBAG SYSTEM
SAFETY FIRST
Some other important points to Importance of proper seating

know position
Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye In a collision airbags must inflate within a
with great force. things you have on your lap blink of an eye and with considerable force.
or have placed on the seat could become The supplemental airbags could injure you
dangerous projectiles and be pushed into if you are not seated properly. Therefore in
you if the airbag inflates. order to help the airbag to do its job, it is im-
When the system is activated, fine dust is portant, both as a driver and as a passenger
released. This is normal and is not caused to sit properly at all times. By keeping room
by a fire in the vehicle. This dust is made up between your body and the front of the pas-
mostly of a powder used to lubricate the air- senger compartment, the airbag can inflate
bags as they deploy. It could irritate skin. fully and completely and provide supple-
mental protection in certain frontal colli-
sions. See page 50 for information on the
~WARNING adjustment of the front seats and also
"Front seats" , Booklet 3. 1, for details on
• The fine dust created when air- the operation of the seat adjustment con-
bags deploy can cause breathing trols. It's especially important that children
problems for people with a history be properly restrained. See chapter "Child
of asthma or other breathing safety". page 30.
conditions.
• To reduce the risk of breathing
problems, those with asthma or ~WARNING
other respiratory conditions
• Sitting too close to the steering
should get fresh air right away
wheel or instrument panel will de-
by getting out of the vehicle or
crease the effectiveness of the air-
opening windows or doors.
bags and will increase the risk of
• If you are in an accident in personal injury in an accident.
which airbags deploy, wash your
• If you are unrestrained, leaning
hands and face with mild soap and
forward, sitting sideways or out of
water before eating.
position in any way, your risk of in-
• Be careful not to get the dust jury is much higher. You will also
into your eyes or into any cuts or receive serious or fatal injuries
scratches. from the airbag if you are up
• If the residue should get into against it or too close to it when it
your eyes, flush them with water. inflates.

WARNINGS on next pages.
AIRBAG SYSTEM - - -- -- - - -- - - - - - - - -- - 19
SAFETY FIRST
r4 WARNING continued
• To reduce the risk of injury

when an airbag inflates, always
wear safety belts properly.
See "How to wear the safety belts
properly" in this Booklet.
• Children age 12 or younger
should always ride in the rear seat.
If children are not properly re-
strained, they may be severely in-
jured or killed when an airbag in- I B45-421K I
flates. Never let children ride unre-
strained or improperly restrained Adjusting the driver's seat
in the vehicle. For detailed steps for adjusting the driver's
• Adjust the front seats properly. seat please see "Front Seats" on page 50.
- Never ride with the backrest re- We recommend that you adjust the driver's
clined. seat as follows:
Always sit as far as possible - adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so
from the steering wheel or the that you can easily push the pedals all the
instrument panel. way while keeping your knee slightly
bent.
- Always sit upright with your
back against the backrest of adjust the seatback so that when you sit
your seat. with your back against the seatback, you
can still grasp the top of the steering
- Never place your feet on the in- wheel.
strument panel or on the seat.
Always keep both feet on the - adjust the steering wheel - see below
floor in front of the seat to help and chapter " Adjustable steering col-
prevent serious injuries to the umn", Booklet 3. 1.
legs and hips if the airbag in- - the distance from the center of your
flates. breastbone to the center of the airbag
cover on the steering wheel must be at
least 10 inches (25 em) or more. See il-
There is a lot that you and your passengers lustration above.
can do to help the individuill safety features
installed in your Volkswagen work together
as a system. g Always read and heed all
~ WARNINGS on next pages.
20 - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - AIRBAG SYSTEM
SAFETY FIRST
"g WARNING
• Never sit closer than 1 0 inches
g WARNING
• Pointing the steering wheel to-
(25 em) to the steering wheel. ward your face decreases the abili-
• If you cannot sit more than 10 ty of the supplemental driver's air-
inches (25 em) from the steering bag to protect you in an accident.
wheel, we recommend that you in- • Holding the steering wheel the
vestigate whether adaptive equip- wrong way can cause serious inju-
ment may be available to help you ries to the hands, arms and head if
reach the pedals and increase your the driver's airbag inflates.
seating distance from the steering • Never hold the steering wheel at
'\ wheel. the 12 o'clock position or with
• If it is impossible for you to sit your hands at other positions in-
at least 1 0 inches (25 em) or more side the steering wheel rim or on
from the steering wheel, the Na- the steering wheel hub.
tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad-
ministration (NHTSA) may permit
you to have an on/off switch for Adjusting the passenger's seat
the airbag installed. For address
and telephone number of NHTSA- For detailed steps for adjusting the passen-
ger's seat please see Front Seats on page
II II
see below:
50.
We recommend that you adjust the pass en-
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the ger's seat as follows:
Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at: - backrest upright (never reclined)
1-800-424-9393
- place your feet on the floor in front of the
(or 366-0123 in Washington, D.C. area) passenger's seat
or write to: - adjust the passenger's seat as far as pos-
NHTSA, sible to the rear of the fore and aft adjust-
~ U.S. Department of Transportation, ment range.
Washington, D.C. 20590.
Adjusting the steering wheel g WARNING

For detailed steps for adjusting the steering • Always keep both feet on the
wheel please see "Adjustable steering col- floor in front of the seat.
umn", Booklet 3. 1.
• Never place your feet on the in-
Adjust the steering wheel so that the steer- strument panel or on the seat. If
ing wheel and airbag cover points at your the airbag inflates and your feet
chest and not at your face. The steering are on the instrument panel or on
wheel should be adjusted so that you can the seat, your could receive seri-
hold the outer rim of the steering wheel ous personal injuries.
~ comfortably with your hands at the 3 o'clock
and 9 o'clock positions.
AIRBAG S Y S T E M - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21
SAFETY FIRST
Child restraints on the front

~WARNING
seat- important things to
know Forward-facing child seats
installed on the front passenger's
All children, especially 12 years and younger
seat may interfere with the deploy-
should always ride in the back seat properly
ment of the airbag and cause seri-
restrained for their age and size. The airbag
on the passenger side makes the front seat ous injury to the child.
Install forward-facing child seats
a potentially dangerous place for a child to
on the rear seat.
ride. The front seat is not the safest place
for a child in a forwa rd-facing child seat. It
is a very dangerous place for an infant or a If exceptional circumstances require the
larger child in a rearward-facing seat. use of a forward-facing child seat on the
front seat, the child's safety and well-being
require that the following special precau-
~WARNING tions be taken:
• Never install rear-facing child
seats or infant carriers on the front
passenger seat. A child will be se- ~WARNING
riously injured and can be killed
If, in exceptional circumstances,
when the passenger airbag in-
you must install a forward-facing
flates. child restraint on the front passen-
• The inflating airbag will hit the ger's seat:
child seat or infant carrier with make sure the forward-facing
great force and will smash the seat has been designed and cer-
child seat and child against the tified by its manufacturer for
backrest, center arm rest, or door. use on a front seat with a pas-
• Always install rear-facing child senger front and side airbag.
seats or infant carriers on the rear
- Always follow the manufactur-
seat.
er's instructions provided with
the child seat or carrier.
A child seat or infant carrier installed on the - Always move the passenger
front seat may be struck and knocked out of seat into its rearmost position,
position by the rapidly inflating passenger's as far away from the airbag as
airbag in a frontal collision. The airbag could possible before installing the
greatly reduce the effectiveness of the child child restraint. The backrest
restraint and even seriously injure the child must be adjusted to an upright
during inflation. position.
For this reason. and because children are - For more important information
generally better protected -when properly on the use of child restraints in
restrained according to their age and size- your VOLKSWAGEN, see " child
in a rear seating position, we strongly rec- seats", page 30, in this Booklet.
ommend that children always sit in the back
seat. See "Child Safety" on page 30.
22 - - - - - -- - - - - - - -- - -- - - AIRBAG SYSTEM
SAFETY FIRST
Front airbags The front airbags can only provide additional

protection for the chest and face of the driv-
The airbag for the driver is located in the er and the front seat passenger when ...
steering wheel hub and is marked "AIR-
BAG." The airbag for the front passenger's • safety belts are worn properly,
seat is located in the instrument panel • the seats have been positioned so that
above the glove compartment and is also the occupant is properly seated as far as
marked with "AIRBAG ." See illustration. possible from the airbag
It is very important to remember that front • and the head restraints have been prop-
airbags only supplement the three point erly adjusted.
sa fety belts in some frontal accidents in
which the vehicle deceleration is high Airbags do not protect the lower part of the
enough to activate the airbags. body.
Safety belts are important to help keep front
Front airbags are not activated ... seat occupants in the proper seated posi-
• if the ignit ion is switched off tion so that airbags can unfold properly and
provide added protection as intended.
• in side collisions
• in rear-end collisions
• in rollovers.
For more det a ils se e next pa ges.
Front airbags may not inflate in certain fron-
tal collisions. Vehicle damage, repair costs
or even the lack of vehicle damage is not
necessarily an indication of proper airbag
operation.
AIRBAG SYSTEM - - -- - - -- - -- - - -- - - - - - 23
SAFETY FIRST
How the front airbag system works When the system is activated, the airbags
Both front airbags inflate only in some fron- fill with a propellant gas. break open the
tal collisions occurring within the approxi- padded covers, and inflate between the
mate area indicated in the illustration. The steering wheel and the driver and between
front airbags will not inflate in frontal colli- the instrument panel and the front passen-
sions in which vehicle deceleration is not ger.
high enough, or in side or rear collisions or All this takes place within the blink of an
in rollovers. ' eye, so fast that many people don't even
It is not possible to define an a1rbag tngger- realize that the airbags have deployed. The
mg range that will cover every possible airbags also inflate with a great deal or force
angle of impact, since the circumstances and nothing should be in their way when
will vary considerably between one acci- they deploy.
dent and another. Fully inflated airbags in combination with
Important factors include, for example. the properly worn safety belts slow down and
nature (hard or soft) of the object which the limit the occupant's forward movement and
car hits, the angle of impact. vehicle speed, help to reduce the risk of injury to the head
and etc. and upper torso.
The triggering of the airbag system de- The airbags will deflate immediately after
pends on the vehicle deceleration rate the deployment so that the front occupants
caused by the collision and registered by can see through the windshield again.
the control unit. If this rate is below the ref- When the system is activated, fine dust is
erence value programmed into the control released. This is normal and is not caused
unit. the airbags will not be triggered. even by a fire in the vehicle. This dust is made up
though the car may be badly damaged as a mostly of a powder used to lubricate the air-
result of the accident. bags as they deploy. It could irritate skin.
24 - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - AIRBAG SYSTEM
SAFETY FIRST
I B2J·057D I
Side airbags The side airbags inflate only in some side
collisions occurring within the approximate
The side airbags are in the backrest pad- area indicated in the illustration.
ding for the front seats (see illustration) and
can help to reduce the risk of injury to the The side airbags will not inflate ...
upper torso on that side of the vehicle that • if t he igni tion is switched off
is struck in a side collision. The outboard
• in frontal collisions
side of each front backrest is marked w ith
the word "AIRBAG." • in side collisions in w hich vehicle decel-
eration is not high enough
~WARNING • in rear collisions
To be sure the side airbags can • in rollovers.
deploy in a side impact: Vehicle damage, repair costs or even the
• Never place protective seat cov- lack of vehicle damage is not necessarily an
ers or replacement upholstery indica tion of proper airbag operation.
over the front seatbacks that have Under some accident conditions, both front
not been specifically approved by and side airbags may inflate.
VOLKSWAGEN. Since the side air-
bags deploy out of the side of the Remember too. airbags wi ll deploy only
seatba ck, they would not be able once and only in certain kinds of accidents
to deploy and protect properly. -your safety belts are always there to offer
See Booklet 3 . 1 for more d etails. protection in those accidents in which air-
bags are not supposed to deploy or when
• Do not use additiona l seat cush- they have already deployed.
ions that cover or interfere with
the areas where the side airbags How the supplemental side airbag
inflate. system works
• D a mage to the original seat cov- In a side collision the supplemental side air-
ers or to the seam in the area of the bags can help to reduce the risk of injury to
side airbag module must be re- the upper part of the body on the side of the
paired immediately by an autho- car that is struck in a side collision.
rized VOLKSWAGEN dealer. In order to assure this additional protection,
the side airbag must inflate within the blink
of an eye during a collision.
It is not possible to define an airbag trigger-
ing range that wil l cover every possible
AIRBAG SYSTEM - - -- - -- - -- -- -- -- - - - - 25
SAFETY FIRST
angle of impact, since the circum stances

wi ll va ry considerably between one acci-
dent and another.
Important factors include, for example, the
nature (hard or soft) of the object which the
vehicle hits, the angle of impact. vehicle
speed, and etc.
The triggering of the airbag system de-
pends on the veh icle deceleration rate
caused by the collision and registered by
the control unit. If this rate is below the ref-
erence value programmed in to the control
unit. the airbags w ill not be triggered, even
though the vehicle may be badly damaged
as a result of the accident.
rA WARNING continued
When the supplemental side airbag is acti- - a child must never rest his/her
vated, it breaks through a seam on the side head against the side trim panel
of the sea tback identified by the A IRBAG la- in the area where the supple-
bel. It inflates between the side trim panel mental side airbag inflates. An
and the passenger w ithin the blink of an eye inflating airbag can cause seri-
at very high speed and with great force. The ous or fatal injury.
supplemental side airbag could injure you if
- see "Importance of proper seat-
your seating position is not proper or upright
or if items are located in the area where the ing position" in this section at
supplemental side airbag inflates. This ap- pages 19 and 26 and heed all
plies especially to children. See also "Child WARNINGS.
safety", on page 30 in th is Booklet.
Importance of proper seating
~WARNING position
In a collision supplemental side airbags
To reduce the risk of injury when must inflate w ithin a fraction of a second
the supplemental side airbag in- and with considerable force. In order to
flates, help the airbag to do its job, it is important,
- always sit in an upright position both as a driver and as a passenger to sit
and do not lean against the area properly at all times. By keeping room be-
where the supplemental side tween your body and the side of the passen-
airbag is located. ger compartment. the airbag can inflate fully
and completely and provide supplemental
- always make sure that safety
protection in certain side collisions.
belts are worn properly,
~ Always read and heed all

~ WARNINGS on next pages.
26 - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - AIRBAG SYSTEM
SAFETY FIRST
~·· WARNING fA1 WARNING continued

Failure to maintain an upright and • Never hold things in your hands
proper seating position will in- or on your lap when the vehicle is
crease the risk of personal injury in use.
when the supplemental side air- • Never place or attach accesso-
bag inflates. To reduce the risk of ries or other objects (such as cup
injury that can be caused by an in- holders, telephone brackets, or
flating supplemental side airbag: even large, bulky objects) on the
- Never lean against the door and doors, over or near the area
over the area where the side air- marked "Airbag" on the seat back-
~ bag is located. rests or between those areas and
- Never let anyone to place their yourself (an umbrella, bag, etc.).
hand, leg or face near the sup- Such objects can become danger-
plemental side airbag. ous projectiles and cause injury if
the supplemental side airbag in-
- Do not let anyone sitting in the flates.
front seat put their hand out of
the window or lean against the • Always prevent heavy objects
door. from knocking against or hitting
the sides of the seatbacks. This
- Never let anyone sitting in the could damage the side airbag sys-
rear seat hold onto the sides of tems and they would not deploy in
the front seat backrest. case of an accident!
• Use the built-in coat hooks only
for lightweight clothing. Do not
Some other important points to leave any heavy or sharp-edged ob-
know jects in the pockets which may in-
Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye terfere with side airbag deploy-
with great force, things you have on your lap ment and can cause personal inju-
or have placed on the seat could become ry in an accident.
~ dangerous projectiles and be pushed into • Never recline the front passen-
you if the airbag inflates. ger's seat to transport objects.
Items can also move into the area
of the side airbags during braking
~ WARN.I NG or sudden maneuvers. Objects
near the supplemental side airbag
• Objects between you and the
airbag can increase the risk of inju- can become projectiles and cause
ry in an accident by interfering injury particularly when the seat is
with the way the airbag unfolds or reclined.
by being pushed into you as the
airbag inflates.
AIRBAG S Y S T E M - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 27
SAFETY FIRST
Side Curtain Protection™* ~WARNING

The Side Curtain Protection™• is lo-
cated on the right and left sides above the • Do not hang any items other
doors and behind the headliner and behind than lightweight clothing from the
the front door column trim. They are identi- clothes hooks in the vehicle.
fied by the word "AIRBAG" in the upper Clothing pockets must never con-
portion of the center door column. tain any heavy, sharp-cornered ob-
jects. Never use hangers to hang
The bag will expand to cover the side w in- clothing from the hooks.
dows and door column and thus help pro-
tect both front and rear occupants. • Never allow any persons, ani-
mals or objects to be positioned
The inflated airbag will cushion the lateral
between vehicle occupants and
movement of vehicle occupants by means
the area into which the Side Cur-
of the controlled discharge of propellant un-
tain ProtectionTM inflate. Occu-
der load. This wi ll help reduce the risk of up-
pants must never place any parts
per torso and head injuries on the side
of their bodies in the area from
where the airbag deploys.
which the Side Curtain Protec-
When the side airbag deploys, the Side Cur- tion ™ emerges. Nor must any ob-
tain Protection™* on the same side will jects be allowed to obstruct this
deploy automatically. area. Keeping this area clear will
Please refer to page 18 of this Book- allow the Side Curtain Protec-
let for information on functional tion TM to deploy freely.
reliability and potential system mal- For the same reason, only factory-
functions. installed sun shades or, in the case
The area into which the airbag expands of shades installed after the ve-
must be kept clear to ensure that the Side hicle leaves the factory, only genu-
Curtain Protection™* can provide this ine Volkswagen sun shades can be
additional protection. used.
Please observe the following • The a irbag system will only help
WARNINGS in order to make certain protect occupants for a single ac-
that you are optimally protected by cident. The system must be re-
the Side Curtain Protection™•: placed if it has deployed.
28 - -- - - - - - -- - - - -- - - -- - AIRBAG SYSTEM
SAFETY FIRST
Care, Service and Disposal of

Airbags ~WARNING continued
Parts of the airbag system have been • Never place protective seat cov-
installed at different places on your Volks- ers or replacement upholstery
wagen. Servicing or repairing in an area of over the front seatbacks that have
the vehicle could impair airbag not been specifically approved by
performance. VOLKSWAGEN. Since the side air-
Some general requirements for airbags bags deploy out of the side of the
must be observed to make sure the effec- seatback, it would not b e able to
tiveness of the system will not be impaired deploy and protect properly.
and that discarded components do not • Do not use additional seat cush-
cause injury or pollute the environment. ions that cover or interfere with
the areas where the side air bags
inflate.
~WARNING
• Damage to the original seat cov-
A damaged airbag system may not ers or to the seam in the area of the
work properly i n an accident. In- side airbag module must be re-
correct service procedures could paired immediately by an autho-
cause an airbag to deploy unex- rized VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
pectedly during service, injuring • Any work on the airbag system,
someone. To avoid damaging the such as re moving/installing, re-
airbag system, possibly causing pairing, or a ny work on the steer-
malfunction leading to injury in an ing wheel, instrument panel, front
accident or during repair: seats or electrical system (includ-
• Do not cover, obstruct, or ing the insta llation of audio equip-
change the steering wheel horn ment, mobile telephones and CB
pad or a irbag cover or the instru- radios, etc.) must be performed by
ment panel, particularly in the area a qualified technician who has the
of the passenger side airbag training and special equipment
module. necessary. Improper handling may
• For cleaning the horn pad or in- result in injury.
strument panel, use only a soft, • For any work on the airbag sys-
dry cloth or one moistened with tem, we strongly recommend that
plain water. Solvents or cleaners you see your VOLKSWAGEN
could damage the airbag cover. Do dealer.
not make any repairs, adjust- • The airbag system can be acti-
ments, or modifications to any vated only once. After an airbag
parts of the the airbag system. has inflated, it must be replaced.
• Do not modify the front bumper
or vehicle body structure.
AIR BAG SYSTEM - - - -- - -- -- - - - -- -- - - - 29

SAFETY FIRST
Child safety
The physical principles of what happens
when your car is in a crash, illustrated on ~WARNING
pages 3-6, apply also to children. But un-
like adults and teenagers. their muscles and • Accident statistics have shown
bones are not fully developed. In many re- that children are generally safer in
spects children are at greater risk of serious therearseatareathaninthefront
injury in crashes than are adults. seating position. Always restrain
Because children's bodies are not fully de- any child age 12 and under in the
veloped, they require restraint systems es- rear.
pecially designed for their size, weight. and • All vehicle occupants and espe-
body structure. Many countries and all cially children must be restrained
states of the United States and provinces of properly whenever riding in a ve-
Canada have laws requiring the use of ap- hicle. An unrestrained or improp-
proved child restraint systems for infants erly restrained child could be in-
and small children. jured by striking the interior or by
Child restraints, like adult safety belts, must being ejected from the vehicle dur-
be used properly to be effective. Used im- ing a sudden maneuver or impact.
properly, they can increase the risk of seri- An unrestrained or improperly re-
ous injury in a crash. strained child is also at greater
risk of injury or death through con-
Please be sure to read and heed the
tact with an inflating airbag. A
important information and
suitable child restraint properly
WARNINGS about child safety and
installed and used at one of the
the installation of child restraints in rear seating positions provides the
your Volkswagen. highest degree of protection for
infants and small children in most
crashes.
Consult the child seat manufacturer's in-

structions to be sure the seat is right for
you r child's size.
30 - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - CHILD SAFETY
SAFETY FIRST
~WARNING
• Never install rear-facing child
seats or infant carriers on the front
passenger seat. A child will be se-
riously injured and can be killed
when the passenger airbag
inflates.
• The inflating airbag will hit the
child seat or infant carrier with
great force and will smash the
child seat and child against the
backrest, center arm rest, or door.
Infant seats • Always install rear- facing child
Infants up to about 9 months old (22 lbs. or seats or infant carriers on the rear
10 kg) receive the best protection in special seat.
infant carriers and child seats designed for • Never install a rear-facing child
their age group. Many experts believe that restraint in the forward-facing di-
infants and small children should ride only in rection. Rear-facing restraints are
special restraints in which the child's back designed for the special needs of
faces the driving direction. These child infants and very small children and
seats can be used safely only on the rear cannot protect them properly if
seat of your VOLKSWAGEN. turned forward-facing.
Using a rear-facing child seat on the
front seat of a vehicle equipped with Child restraints on the front seat-
an airbag will seriously injure and important things to know
can even kill a child when the airbag
inflates in a crash. The airbag on the passenger side makes the
front seat a potentially dangerous place for
a ch ild to ride. The front seat is not the saf-
est place for a child in a forward-facing child
seat. It is a very dangerous place for an in-
fant or a larger child in a rearward-facing
seat.
CHILD SAFETY - - - - - - -- - - - - - - -- - - - - - 31
SAFETY FIRST
A child too large for an infant restraint up to

Babies and older children must 4 years old (40 lbs. or 18 kg) should be re-
never ride in a vehicle sitting on strained in a child seat cert1f1ed for the1r
the lap of an adult. Holding a child weight.
in your arms is never a substitute
for a child restraint system. The
The air bag on the passenger side makes the
front seat a potentially dangerous place for
strongest adult could not hold
a chi ld to ride. The front seat is not the saf-
onto the child under the forces ex-
erted in a crash. The child would
est place for a child in a forward-facing child
strike the interior of the vehicle
seat. It is a very dangerous place for an In-
fant or a larger child in a rearward-facing
and could also be struck by the
adult's body moving forward . The
seat.
child and the adult could injure
each another.
~WARNING
Forward-fa cing child seats
In a frontal crash at a speed of 20-35 mph insta lled on the front passenger's
(30-56 km/h) the forces acting on a seat m a y interfere with the deplo~
13-pound (6 kg) infant would be more than
m ent of the airbag a nd cause seri-
20 times the weight of the ch1ld. Th1s ous injury to the child. Insta ll for-
means the weight of the child would sud-
ward-facing child seats on the rear
denly be more than 260 pounds (120 kg).
seat .
Under these conditions. only an appropnate
child restraint properly used can reduce the
risk of serious injury.
32 - -- - - - -- -- - - - - -- - -- - - CHILD SAFETY
SAFETY FIRST
If exceptional circumstances require the

use of a forward-faci ng chi ld seat on the
front seat, the child's safety and well-being
require that the following special precau-
tions be taken:
,A~ WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances,
you must install a forward-facing
child restraint on the front
passenger's seat:
- make sure the forward-facing
seat has been designed and cer- Booster seats
tified by its manufacturer for Children up to 8 years old (80 lbs, or 36 kg)
use on a front seat with a pas- are best protected in child safety seats de-
senger front and side airbag. signed for their age and weigh t. Experts say
- Always follow the manufactur- that the skeletal structure, particularly the
er's instructions provided with pelvis, of these children is not fully devel-
the child seat or carrier. oped. and they should not use the vehicle
safety belts.
- Always move the passenger
seat into its rearmost position, Children of average size of about 4 years
as far away from the airbag as and older may use available three point
possible before installing the combination lap and shoulder belts. It is
child restraint. The backrest usually best to put these children in ap-
must be adjusted to an upright propriate booster seats. Be sure the boo-
position. ster seat meets all applicable safety
standards.
Booster seats raise the seating position of
the child and reposition both the lap and
shoulder parts of the safety belt so that they
pass across the child's body in the right
places.
The routing of the belt over the child's body
is very important for the chi ld's protection.
whether or not a booster seat is used.
Children age 12 ana under should always
ride in the rear seat.

CHILD SAFETY - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - 33
SAFETY FIRST
• WARNING
~n ~xder for the airbag to offer protection, it r-
IS 1~portant that all vehicle occupants, es-
pecially any children, who must be in the
~lways position the shoulder por-
front seat due to exceptional circumstance,
tion of the three-point belt mid-
be pr?perly restrai_ned and as far away from
way over the shoulder of the child.
the a1rbag as poss1ble. By keeping room be-
The shoulder portion must never
tween your body and the front of the pas-
rest against or across the neck. It
senger compartment, the airbag can inflate
should never contact or remain in
fully and completely and provide supple-
front of the face, chin, or throat.
mental protection in certain frontal
The lap belt portion of the three
collisions.
point belt as well as any lap belt
alone must always pass as low as
possible across the pelvis, never • WARNING
over the abdomen. Failure to prop-
erly route safety belts over a Never let a child stand or kneel on
child's body will cause severe any seat, particularly the front
injuries in a crash. seat. Never let a child ride in the
cargo area of your car. If a child is
In a collision, airbags must inflate within a leaning forward, sitting sideways
blink of an eye and with considerable force. or _ou~ of position in any way, the
In <;>rder to do its job, the airbag needs room child 1s more likely to be injured in
to mflate so that it will be there to protect a crash and will receive serious or
the occupant as the occupant moves for- fatal injuries if the child comes
ward into the airbag. into contact with an airbag as it in-
flates.
A vehicle occupant who is out of position
and t~o cl~se t~ the airbag gets in the way
of an 1nflat1ng a1rbag. When an occupant is
too cl~se, h~ or sh~ will be struck violently
an~ ~111 rece1ve senous or possibly even fa-
tal InJUry.
34---------------------------------------- CHILD SAFETY

SAFETY FIRST
Younger children should use a lap belt only

1n very exceptional situations and only if no
child restraint system for the child's size and
weight or safer alternative means of trans-
portation of the child is available. In these
~xceptional situations. the use of a lap belt
IS b~tter than permitting the chi ld to remain
totally unrestrained. But remember: a lap
belt cannot provide the same level of
protection as a proper child restraint. Also.
us1ng a lap belt for younger children. who
should be using a child restraint. may vio-
late laws in your state or province.
Seatbelts and older children

Children of average size of about 7 years of ~WARNING
age and older may use the lap belt in excep- • An improperly worn safety belt
tiOnal Circumstances if the proper use of will not provide the best protec-
three point belts is not possible. Always re- tion in a crash and may cause seri-
member that children do not have the pro- ous personal injury. Always make
nounced pelvic structure required for the sure that children and other ve-
proper function of lap belts. The child's safe- hicle occupants properly wear
ty absolutely requires that a lap belt be fas- available restraint systems. Care-
tened snugly and as low as possible around fully follow the instructions pro-
the pelvis. Never let a lap belt pass over the vided by the manufacturers of
child's stomach or abdomen. child restraints.
• Commercially available child
~WARNING seats are required to comply with
U . S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Failure to properly route safety Standard (FMVSS) 213 (in Canada
belts over a childs body will cause CMVSS 213).
severe injuries in a crash. • These standards include instal-
The lap belt portion of the three lation requirements for using a lap
point belt as well as any lap belt belt or the lap portion of a com-
alone must always pass as low as bination lap-shoulder belt such as
possible across the pelvis, never those installed in your vehicle.
over the stomach or abdomen.

CHILD SAFETY - -- - - -- - -- -- - - - - - -- - 35
SAFETY FIRST
r.4'J WARNING continued ~WARNING

• When buying a child restraint, • Never install rear-facing child
select one that fits your child and seats or infant carriers on the front
vehicle. passenger seat. A child will be se-
• Only use child restraint systems riously injured and can be killed
that fully contact the flat portion when the passenger airbag
of the seat cushion. The child seat inflates.
must not tip or lean to either side. • The inflating airbag will hit the
VOLKSWAGEN does not recom- child seat or infant carrier with
mend using child seats that rest on great force and will smash the
legs or tube-like frames. They do child seat and child against the
not provide adequate contact with backrest, center arm rest, or door.
the seat. • Always install rear-facing child
• Improperly or inadequately seats or infant carriers on the rear
installed child restraint systems seat.
can increase the risk of injury to • Forward-facing child seats or
children in crashes. Therefore, al- infant carriers installed on the
ways carefully read and follow all front passenger's seat may inter-
instructions on installation and fere with the deployment of the
use that come with the system. airbag and cause serious injury to
'-
the child. Allow a child to travel on
the front passenger's seat only in
Securing a child seat a forward-facing child restraint
in the rear seats system specifically designed and
approved by the child restraint
Convertible Locking Retractor manufacturer for use in the front
The retractors for the rear seat three-point with airbags. Make sure the pas-
saf ety belts and the front passenger three- senger seat is in the rearmost posi-
point safety belt have a convertible locking tion. It is always safer to install a
feature in addition to the emergency locking child seat in the rear.
feature.
If you need to install a child seat at an outer
seating position. you must first activate the
convertible locking feature. Then secure t he
chi ld seat by using the seat belt.
36 - - -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CHILD SAFETY
SAFETY FIRST
~ ---------------------------------------------------
Activating the convertible Deactivating the convertible
locking retractor locking retractor
• Slowly pull the belt all the way out and The convertible locking retractor is deacti-
route it around or through the child restraint vated by unfastening the safety belt (see
belt path. page 13). Allow the safety belt to retract
completely to its stowed position. The safe-
• Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for
ty belt can now be used as an ordinary
that seating position. Make sure that the
three-point safety belt without the
orange release button is facing away so that
additional locking feature.
the child safety belt can be unbuckled
quickly if necessary. If the convertible locking feature should be
activated inadvertently, the safety belt must
• Pull on the belt to make sure the be unfastened to deactivate this feature. If
""safety belt is properly fastened. the convertible locking feature is not deacti-
• Guide the remaining portion of the belt vated, the safety belt will gradually become
back in place with your hand. While doing tighter and uncomfortable to wear. The con-
so, you should hear a continuous clicking vertible locking feature must be deactivated
noise from the retractor. That means that to restore normal belt operation and greater
the convertible locking feature has been occupant comfort
activated.
• Push and pull the child seat back and
forth at the belt path to make sure that it is ~· WARNING
correctly and securely installed and does
Never unfasten the safety belt to
not move more than one inch side to side.
deactivate the convertible locking
retractor while the vehicle is in
motion. You would not be pro-
~WARNING tected at all and could suffer seri-
Always buckle the child seat firm- ous injury in a collision.
ly in place even if your child is not
sitting in it. A loose child seat can
~ fly around during a sudden stop or
in a collision.
CHILD S A F E T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 37
SAFETY FIRST
Securing a child seat

with the center rear seat
~WARNING
Securing a child seat with the rear When transporting children on the
center safety belt rear seat bench, or if you are going
to install a child restraint system
• First make sure the seat backrest of the on the rear seat bench, please re-
rear seat bench is in upright position and se- member:
curely latched in place, Booklet 3 -1,
chapter "Rear seat". • The rear center three point safe-
ty belt cannot help to protect an in-
• Then secure the child seat as described fant or a child in a child restraint if
in this chapter "Child safety". the seat backrest to which it is at-
Be sure to follow the instructions provided tached is not securely latched.
by the manufacturer of the child restraint The child restraint would not be
you are using. securely held in place and would
move forward during sudden brak-
ing, in a sudden maneuver and es-
pecially in a collision. An infant or
a child would be thrown forward
together with the seat and would
strike parts of the car's interior
and could be seriously injured.
See page 30 _
seat backrest to which the rear
center safety belt is attached is in
upright position and securely
latched into place so that it cannot
fold forward whenever a child re-
straint is installed and especially
when it is being used, Booklet 3. 1,
chapter "Rear seat".
38 - - - -- - -- - - - - -- -- - -- - - CHILD SAFETY
SAFETY FIRST
What Types of CR Anchors are They could come with ...

Available and How are They - ... hooks or other latches attached to
Related to Child Safety? adjustable straps
For years, CRs have been installed using the or
safety belts already present in every - .. .rigid latches on bars that extend out
vehicle. the back of the CR and are released with
Since September 1, 1999, CR manufactur- release buttons at the bottom of the CR.
ers have been providing tether straps that
attach the top of the CR to the vehicles
structure, on most of their forward-facing Where Can I Get Additional
systems in order to comply with U.S. Feder- Information About CR
al regulations for CR performance in a crash. Application and Usage?
Vehicle manufacturers were required to
phase-in tether anchorages for attachment There are a number of sources of additional
of the tether strap in their U.S. vehicles be- information about CR selection, installation
ginning September 1, 1999. and usage:
The combination of the tether anchorages NHTSA advises that the best child safety
and the lower anchorages is now generally seat is the one that fits your child and fits in
called the lATCH system for " l ower A n- your vehicle, and that you will use correctly
chor and Tether for Children" . and consistently.
(The term " ISOFIX" regarding lower an- Try before you buy!
chorages had been used by Volkswagen
and other manufacturers in the past, but National Highway Traffic Safety
LATCH is now the standard name for the Administration
new child restraint anchorage system.)
(888) DASH-2-DOT
Some CR manufacturers have been provid- www.nhtsa.dot.gov
ing tether straps on certain models of their
CRs, either as standard equipment or as a Center for Injury Prevention
retrofit. for several years. Check with the (800) 344-7580
manufacturer of the CR for tether strap www.cipsafe .org
availability. www.childsafety.org
To provide a simpler and more practicable
way to attach the CR on the vehicl e seat, National SAFE KIDS Campaign
U.S. Federal regulations require the phase- (202) 662-0600
in of lower anchorages in vehicles and de- www.safekids.org
vices on new CRs to attach to the vehicle
anchorages. Safety BeltSafe U.S .A
CR manufacturers will probably offer two (800) 745·SAFE (English)
kinds of lower anchorages on their child (800) 747-SANO (Spanish)
seats: www.carseat.org
Volkswagen Customer Relations

(800) 822-8987
CHILD SAFETY - - - - - - -- -- -- - - - - - - - - - 39
SAFETY FIRST
Tether Anchors
~WARNING
Improper installation of child re-
straints will increase the risk of in-
jury in a crash.
• Improper use of child restraint
anchors (tether anchors) could
lead to injury in a collision. The an-
chors are designed to withstand
only those loads imposed by cor-
rectly fitted child restraints.
• Never mount two child restraint
seats on one anchor point.
Passat Sedan
• Always follow the instructions
provided by the manufacturer of
the child restraint that you intend
to install in your VOLKSWAGEN.
• Never use child restraint tether
anchorages to secure safety belts
or other kinds of occupant re-
straints.
• Never attach a tether strap to a
tie-down hook in the luggage
compartment
• Never secure or attach any lug-
gage or other items to the LATCH
lower anchorages or to the tether
anchors.
The illustrations show the tether anchors
Beginning with model year 2000. Volks- for the rear seating positions:
wagen vehicles have tether anchors as
standard equipment in the following loca- - Sedan:
tions: Tether anchors for the three rear seating
positions are located on the rear hat shelf
(arrows).
- Wagon:
Tether anchors for the three rear seating
positions are located on the rear side of
the rear seat back rest (arrows).
40 - -- - - -- - -- - -- -- - - -- - - CHILD SAFETY
SAFETY FIRST
Tether Strap
A tether is a straight or V-shaped strap that
attaches the top part of a CR to special an- ~WARNING
chorage points in the vehicle - see illustra-
tion on next page. straints will increase the risk of in-
The purpose of the tether is to reduce the jury in a crash.
forward movement of the CR in a crash, 1n • Never attach a tether strap to a
order to help reduce the risk of head injury tie-down hook in the luggage
that could be caused by striking the veh1cle compartment
interior.
Forward facing CRs manufactured after gage or other items to the LATCH
September 1, 1999, are requiredby U.S. lower anchorages or to the tether
federa l regu lations t o com ply w 1th new anchors.
head movement performance requ1re-
ments.
These new performance requirements Using Tethers on Rear Facing
make a tether necessary on most new child
seats. CRs
Currently, very few rear-facing CRs come
with a tether. Please read and heed the CR
manufacturer's instructions carefully to de-
termine how to properly install the tether.
CHILD SAFETY - - -- - - -- - - - - - -- - - -- - 41
SAFETY FIRST
I B1J-213K
The illustration shows a tether strap The illustration shows a tether strap
mounted in a Passat Sedan model mounted in a Passat Wagon model
How to install the upper tether How to install the upper tether
strap to the anchorage point strap to the anchorage point
Sedan only Wagon only
Sedan only Wagon only
• Release or deploy the tether strap on the • Release or deploy the tether strap on the
child restraint according to the child re- child restraint according to the child re-
straint manufacturer's usage instructions. straint manufacturer's usage instructions .
• Guide the upper tether strap under the • Guide the upper tether strap under the
rear head restraint (raise the head restraint rear head restraint (raise the head restraint
if necessary). if necessary).
• Attach the tether strap anchorage hook • Guide the tether strap between the rear
into the opening of the tether anchorage. seat back and the luggage compartment
• lighten the tether strap firmly following cover (remove the luggage compartment
the child restraint manufacturer's instruc- cover if necessary, see "Luggage compart-
tions. ment cover", Booklet 3 . 1 ).
• To release the tether strap, loosen the • Attach the tether strap anchorage hook
tension following the child restraint into the opening of the tether anchorage.
manufacturer's instructions. Depress the • lighten the tether strap firmly following
spring catch on the hook and release it from the child restraint manufacturer's instruc-
the anchorage. tions.
• To release the tether strap, loosen the
tension following the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions. Depress the
spring catch on the hook and release it from
the anchorage.
42 - - -- - - - - - -- - - - -- -- - -- CHILD SAFETY
SAFETY FIRST
Lower Anchorages
~WARNING
straints will increase the risk of in-
jury in a crash.
• Never attach a tether strap to a
tie-down hook in the luggage
compartment
gage or other items to the LATCH
lower anchorages or to the tether
B1S-0 2 7M anchors.
The lower anchorage attachment points are
located between the rear seatback and rear
seat cushion- see illustration. Please remember that the lower anchorage
points are only intended for installation and
The lower anchorages for the rear outboard attachment of CRs specifically certified for
seating positions can be installed by your use with LATCH lower anchorages.
VOLKSWAGEN dealer. CRs that are not equipped with the lower
Lower anchorages secure the CR in the anchorage attachments can still be installed
seat without using the vehicle's safety according to the CR manufacturer's instruc-
belts. Anchorages provide a secure and tions using vehicle safety belts.
easy-to-use attachment and minimize the
possibility of improper CR installation.
All CRs manufactured after September 1,
2002, must have lower anchorage attach-
ments for the LATCH system.
However, CR manufacturers have begun to
provide such lower anchorages for the latch
system in 2000 even before the required
date.
CHILD SAFETY - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 43
SAFETY FIRST
Release the anchorage hook

• Loosen the tension on the strap follow-
ing the CR manufacturer's instructions.
• Depress the spring catch on the hook.
• Hold the spring catch in depressed posi-
tion and move the hook in direction of the
vehicle floor so that there is enough space
to release the anchorage hook f rom the
lower anchorage.
Using Lower Anchorages or

Mounting the anchorage hook
Safety Belts
• Install the guidance fixtures as explained
on page 46.
• Guide the anchorage hook into the guide ~WARNING
fixture.
• Press the anchorage hook with the • Improper installation of child re-
spring catch release onto the lower anchor- straints will increase the risk of in-
age so that the anchorage hook locks into juries in a crash.
place. • Always refer to the CRs
Pull on the anchorage hook to make sure manufacturer's instructions for
that it is properly attached to the lower an- proper installation of the CR and
chorage- see illustration. correct use of tether straps as well
• Tighten the strap following the CR as the lower anchorages or safety
manufacturer's instructions. belts in your vehicle.
44 - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - -- - - - - CHILD SAFETY
SAFETY FIRST
Seat Markings for Lower Anchorages
Fig. 1 The illustration above shows the Fig. 2 The illustration above shows the
location of the circular seat markings location of lower anchorages.
for the lower anchorages for the out-
board rear seating positions. The lower anchorages are located between
the rear sea tback and the rear seat cushion
The circular markings on the seat help you -see Fig. 2.
to locate the lower anchorages for the two
rear outboard seating position s, see illust ra-
tion. ~WARNING
~WARNING straints will increase the risk of in-
jury in a crash.
For installation of a child restraint • Always follow the CRs
in your Volkswagen, always refer manufacturer's instructions for
to the instructions provided by the proper installation of the CR and
manufacturer of your child re- correct use of tether straps as well
straint. as the lower anchorages or sa fety
belts in your vehicle.
• Please be sure to read and heed
the important information and
WARNINGS about child safety and
the insta llation of CRs in this
Booklet.
CHILD SAFETY - - - - - -- - -- - -- - - - - - - - - 45
SAFETY FIRST
Guidance Fixtures for Lower Anchorages
Special guidance fixtures increase the con- Installing the guidance fixtures
venience of the lower anchorages and help First push the seat cushion down so that the
protect the seat material from possible ower anchorages are visible.
damage when installing child restraints that
have rigid lower anchorages and not straps Hold the guide fixture with the part number
w ith hooks. These guidance fixtures are ei- facing downward and push it in direction of
ther supplied w ith your Volkswagen as stan- arrow onto the anchorage - see upper
dard equipment. or your authorized Volks- llustration.
wagen dealer can supply them. The groove in the gu1dance fixtures must
Attach the guidance fixtures to the lower snap into place over the lower anchorages
anchorages as shown in illustrations on nstalled in your Volkswagen.
pages 44 and 46.
Note
You may find it easier to install CRs
equipped with hooks attached to st raps
w ithout the guidance fixtures in place . If
this is the case. remove the guidance fix-
tures by pulling them off the anchorages.
However. the guidance fixtures help you to
locate the anchorages positions.
46 - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - CHILD SAFETY
SAFETY FIRST
Removing the guidance fixtures

• Remove the CR according the CR
g WARNING continued
manufacturer's instructions. • Never use the LATCH or tether
• Push the seat cushion down so that the anchorages to attach safety belts
lower anchorages are visible. or other kinds of occupant re-
straints.
• Pull the guidance fixtures off of the lower
anchorages and keep the guidance fixtures • CR tether anchorages and the
in a safe place. lower anchorages are only de-
signed to secure a CR that has
been equipped to use these an-
Notes chorages.
" " • On vehicles with folding rear • Tether anchorages and the low-
backrests, the guidance fixtures er anchorages are designed to
must be removed before folding the withstand only those loads im-
backrests to prevent damaging the posed by correctly fitted child re-
seat cushion. straints. Under no circumstances
can they be used safely for adult or
• Please keep the guidance fixtures child seat belts or harnesses.
in a safe place with the vehicle when
not in use. • Never mount more than one CR
to a single tether or to a lower an-
• If you leave the guidance fixtures chorage point. Attaching two
installed for several days, this could child restraints to a single anchor-
leave a mark on the upholstery on age point can cause the anchorage
the seat cushion and backrest in the to fail and cause serious personal
area that the guidance fixtures were injury in a crash.
installed. The upholstery would also
• Never use the tether anchor-
be permanently stretched around
ages and lower anchorages to
the guidance fixtures.
install three child restraints in
This applies especially to leather
your Volkswagen. If you must
~ seats. install three child restraints on the
• Always remove the guidance fix- rear seat of a Volkswagen with
tures when not in use. three seating positions in the rear,
you must use the vehicle safety
belt to install the child restraint in
~WARNING the center seating position.
Improper use of tether anchorages

or lower anchorages can cause se-
rious personal injury in a crash.
• Always follow the CR manufac-
turer's instructions for proper
installation and use of child re-
~. straint systems.
CHILD S A F E T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 47
SAFETY FIRST
Installing a Child restraint
using the LATCH system
Make sure the seat back of the rear seat • Pull on the anchorage hooks to make
bench is in the upright position and securely sure that they are firmly attached to the an-
latched in place. chorage by the spring catch of the hook.
There are two possibilities to attach a • Tighten the tether strap firmly following
LATCH-CR to the the lower anchorages for the CR manufacturer's instructions.
the outboard seating position:
Pull on the CRonce you've mounted
it to make sure it's secure!
Rigid latches on bars that extend on
the back of the CR:
• Install the guidance fixtures. see pages
46and47. ~WARNING
• Insert the latches into the lower anchor- Improper installation of child re-
ages. Make sure you hear the CR click se- straints will increase the risk of in-
curely into place. jury in a crash.
Pull on the CRonce you've mounted • Always follow the CRs
it to make sure it's secure! manufacturer's instructions for
proper installation of the CR and
correct use of tether straps as well
Connecting the attachments to ad- as the lower anchorages or safety
justable straps: belts in your vehicle.
• Both attaching straps with anchorage • Please be sure to read and heed
hooks on the CR must be securely attached the important information and
to the lower anchorages and then pulled WARNINGS about child safety and
tight according to the CR manu facturer's the installation of CRs in this
instructions,- see also page 44. Booklet.
• Release or deploy the tether strap and
the child restraint according the CR
manufacturer's instructions.
• Guide the upper tether strap under the
rear head restra int (raise the head restraint
if necessary) and attach the tet her strap an-
chorage hook into the opening of the tether
anchorage.
To locate the tether anchorages on your ve-
hicle. see page 40.
48 - -- - -- - - - -- - - -- - - -- - - CHILD SAFETY
SAFETY FIRST
Head restraints
I 81S-017P I
The padded head restraints are adjustable.
Position the head restraints according to the
occupant's height Properly positioned head
restraints. with the use of safety belts. help
to offer effective protection in most acci-
dent situations .
For maximum protection, the upper
edge should be at least at eye level
or higher - see left illustration.
~WARNING
Head restraints are designed to
help reduce injuries in an accident.
Do not drive the vehicle without
the head restraints in place and Rear head restraints
properly adjusted. To remove the head restraints, fold the
rear backrest slightly forward and pull the
Height adjustment (arrow 1) head restraint upward until it stops. Then
For height adjustment. grasp firmly with press the button (arrow 3 ) on the rod. While
both hands and pull up or down. To push the doing this, pull the head restraint upwards
front head restraints dow n, press the but- and remove.
ton (arrow 2 ). Installation
Removal Front head restraints
Front head restraints To reinstall , guide the two rods of the
To remove the head restraints, pull the headrest into the guides, press the button
head restraint upward until it stops. Then (arrow 2 ) at the same time and push the
press the button (arrow 2 ). While doing this, headrest down into place.
pull the head restraint upward and remove. Rear head restraints
To reinsta ll, push the two rods of the
headrest into the guides and push the head-
rest down into place.
HEAD RESTRAINTS - - - - -- - - - -- - - -- - - - - 49
SAFETY FIRST
Front seats
~WARNING
• Always sit as far away from the
steering wheel and the instrument
panel as possible.
• Never sit less than 1 0 inches (25
em) from the steering wheel and
the instrument panel.
• Do not adjust seats while the ve-
hicle is moving. Your seat may
move unexpectedly, causing sud-
den loss of vehicle control and per-
The correct positioning of the seats is im- sonal injury.
portant: • Passengers must always keep
- so that you can reach all the controls on their feet on the floor whenever
the vehicle is moving. Never place
the vehicle quickly and safely;
feet on the dashboard or on top of
- so that you can drive or ride relaxed the seats. In a crash, serious per-
which helps reduce fatigue sonal injury can result from an im-
- and for maximum protection of- proper seating position.
fered by the safety belts and air-
bag system.
Therefore, always adjust the position of the

front seats as descrited on the following
pages and in the chapter " Front seats " ,
Booklet 3. 1.
Remember to adjust the seats before fas-
tening the safety belts and before driving
off. Always be sure to follow these general
guidelines:
50 ------------------------------------------- FRONTSEATS
SAFETY FIRST
~WARNING
• Never sit closer than 1 0 inches
(25 em) to the steering wheel.
• If you cannot sit more than 1 0
inches (25 em) from the steering
wheel, we recommend that you in-
vestigate whether adapt ive equip-
ment may be available to he lp you
reach the pedals and increase your
seating distance from the steering
I B4S-421K I wheel.
• If it is impossible for you to sit
Driver's seat at least 10 inches (25 em) or more
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is from the steering wheel, the Na-
unfolding, the driver must not sit any closer tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad-
to the steering wheel than necessary and al- ministration (NHTSA) may permit
ways properly wear the three point safety you to have an on/off switch for
bel t provided. the airbag installed. For address
We recommend that you adjust the driver's and telephone number of NHTSA-
seat as follows: see below:
- adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so To contact NHTSA. you may either call the
that you can easily push the pedals all the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at:
way whi le keeping your knee slightly 1- 800-424- 9393
bent.
(or 366- 0123 in Washingto n, D.C. area)
- adjust the seatback so that when you sit
or write to:
with your back against the sea tback, you
can still grasp the top of the steering NHTSA,
w heel. U.S. Department of Transporta tio n,
Wash ington, D.C. 20590.
- adjust the steering wheel so that the dis-
tance from the center of your breastbone
to the center of the airbag cover on the
steering wheel must be at least 10
inches (25 em) or more.
See illustrat ion above and chapter
" Front seats " , Booklet 3 . 1.
FRONTSEATS ------------------------------------------ 51
SAFETY FIRST
Front passenger's seat

~WARNING
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is
unfolding, the adult front seat passenger • To reduce the risk of personal in-
must not si t any closer to the instrument jury in a crash, front seat passen-
panel than necessary and always properly gers must never ride in a moving
wear available three point belts. vehicle with the seatback re-
We recommend that you adjust the passen- clined. Safety belts offer protec-
ger's seat as follows: tion only when the seatback is up-
right and belts are properly posi-
tioned on the body. The more the
- backrest upright (never reclined) seatback is reclined, the greater
- place your feet on the floor in front of the the risk of personal injury from an
passenger's seat out-of- position safety belt.
- adjust the passenger's seat as far as pos- • For driver's and passenger's
sible to the rea r of the fore and aft protection, make sure front seats
adjustment range. and seatbacks are securely locked
For safety information on trans- in place.
porting children on the front • Never store items under the
passenger seat - see page 30. seats. Loose objects can interfere
with the seat latching mechanism
and can also cause personal injury
'41 WARNING in a crash.
• Always keep both feet on the

floor in front of the seat.
• Never place your feet on the in-
strument panel or on the seat. If
the airbag inflates and your feet
are on the instrument panel or on
the seat, your could receive seri-
ous personal injuries.
52 ------------------------------------------- FRONTSEATS
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A c
Adjusting Center safety belt on the rear seat 14
-Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Child restraint (CR) Anchors . . . . . 39
- Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Child restraint anchorages . . . . . . . 43
Air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Child restraints
- Care. service and disposal . . . . 29 - Important information
· b ags .............. .
- Frant a1r 23 about child restraints and
_ Head airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 the front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
·b d - Securing on the rear seat using
- How many a1r ags oes my h f b 1 38
vehicle have? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 C . t e ~ente r sa ety e t ....... .
- How the Airbag hlld sa ety · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 30
system works ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 fhi_ld sea~ - Installing a rear
- Importance of proper acmg child seat · · · · · · · . . . . . . . . . 22
· pos1t1on
seat1ng · · ........ ... . . 19 Child seats - Older children . . . . . 35
- Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Comfort clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
- System components . . . . . . . . 18 Convertible child seats . . . . . . . . . . 32
-What happens when the Convertible locking feature . . . . . . . 9
airbags deploy? .. .. ... . .. ... 19 Convertible locking retractor . . . . . 36
-When must the system be -Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
inspected? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 - Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
-Where are my airbags located? 17 CR (Child Restra int) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Anchors for a child
restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Auto Safety Hotline ............. 21 D
Dirty safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
B Driver's seat
-Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
- Proper position . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
-What happens when the
belt tensioner is activated? . . . 13
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
ALPHABETICAL INDEX - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 53
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
E G
Extenders for the safety belt . . . . . 15 Guide fixtures .. . ... .... ........ 46
F H
Fastening and unfastening Head airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
- Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
- Center safety belt on the - Proper position for maximum
rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 14 protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
- Child seat on the center -Removing and Installing .. . .. 49
position on the rear seat . . . . . . 38 Heavy clothing and safety belts . . . 8
- Child seats on the outer Height adjustors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
rear seat position . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
How can I adjust the height
- Convertible child seats . . . . . . . 32 of my safety belt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
-I nfant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 How can I tell when the safety
-LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 belt is securely locked? . . . . . . . . . 10
- Safety belt extender . . . . . . . . . 16 How many airbags does
- Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 13 my vehicle have? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fasteni ng your safety belt . . . . . . . 10 How to attach the tether
Forward facing child seat, strap on the Sedan model? . ..... 42
- Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 How to attach the tether
strap on the Wagon model? ..... 42
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
How to fasten the rear
Front passenger's seat.
center safety belt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
- Proper position . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Front seats .. . ... ... . . .... . .. . . How to use this Manual? . . . . . . . . . 2
50
How to wear safety belts
-How to adjust? . .. . . ... ... . . 50 properly? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
54 - - - -- - -- - - - - - -- - -- - ALPHBETICAL INDEX
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
I K
Important information about Keep this manual with your vehicle 2
this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Indicator light
-Ai r bag system ... ...... . .. . 18 L
- What should I do if the airbag Lap-shoulder belt •••••••••• 0 •••• 9
indicator light comes on
and stays on? . ............. . 18 LATCH (Lower Anchor and
Tether for Children) . . . . . . 39
Infant sea ts .. ... . . . . .......... . 31
LATCH system .... ... .......... 48
Installing
- Attaching a child restraint
- Booster seats . . ... ...... .. . 33 to the LATCH system ... . ... . 48
- Child seat on the outer rear -Seat marki ngs • 0 •• ••• ••••••• 45
seat position . ........... . .. . 36
Locking retractor ............. . . 36
- Child seat to LATCH system . . 48
Lower Anchor and Tether
- Child seat to lower for Children (LATCH) ... ...... ... 39
anchorage point .......... . . . 43
Lower anchorages .............. 43
-Child seat usi ng the
LATCH system . ... .. .... . . . . 39 - Guide fixtures • 0 ••••• 0 •••••• 46
- Convertible child seats . ..... . 32 -Seat markings . .... . .. ...... 45
- Infant seats ...... . ... ..... . 31
-Tether strap to anchorage
point on the Sedan model .... 42 N
-Tether strap to anchorage Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
point on the Wagon model . . . 42
Installing a child restraint . . . . . . . . 48
p
Passenger's seat.
- Proper position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Pregnant women,
- Special considerations when
wearing a safety belt . . . . . . . . . 12
ALPHABETICAL INDEX - - - -- -- - - - -- - - -- - - 55
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
R
Rear center safety belt . . . . . . . . . . 14 - Making sure all passengers
- How to fasten? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 are correctly restrained . . . . . . . . 9
- Making sure the rear - Older children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
seatback is securely latched . . . 9 - Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
- Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - Retractors - how they work . . . 9
Rear-facing child seat, - Special considerations
- Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 for pregnant women . . . . . . . . 12
Release button on the buckle . . . . 13 -Torn or frayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Retractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
-Warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
s -What can happen if you do

not wear your safety belt? ..... 4
-What happens if you wear
Safety belt, - Lap-shoulder belt . . . 9
your safety belt too loose? . . . . 12
Safety belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . 15
-When must safety belts
- Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 be replaced? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
- Precautions your should - When would a safety belt
take when using . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 lock up? . .. .................. 9
- Use with a child restraint . . . . . 15 - Why safety belts protect? . . . . . 6
Safety belt height adjustors . . . . . . 11 Safety first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Safety belt warning light . . . . . . . . . 7 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Seating capacity of your vehicle . . . 9
- Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Seating position
- How can I adjust the height - Distance between the driver
of my safety belt? . . . . . . . . . . . 11 and the steering wheel ... ... . 21
- How can I tell when the belt Seat markings for
is securely locked? . . . . . . . . . . 10 lower anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
-How to fasten? ............. 10 Securing a child seat . . . . . . . . 36, 38
-How to wear properly? ....... 8 Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 25, 28
Side Curtain Protection . . . . . . 17, 28
Steering wheel
- Distance between the driver
and steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . 21
56 - - - -- - - - -- -- - - -- -- - ALPHBETICAL INDEX
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
T w
Tensioner for the safety belt Warning light in the
- Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tether anchors .. ..... ... . .. .... 40
Warning system . .. . .. ... . . ..... 7
Tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
What can happen if you do not
- How to attach on the wear your safety belt? ....... .... 4
Sedan model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
What happens if you wear your
- How to attach on the safety belt too loose? . . . . . . . . . . . 12
.
Wagon model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
What happens w hen the airbags
deploy? ........ .. ........... .. 19
Torn safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
What happens w hen the belt
tensioner is activated? . . . . . . . . . . 13
u What should I do if the airbag
indicator light comes on and
Unfastening your safety belt ..... 13 stays on? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
When must safety belts
be replaced? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
When would a safety belt lock up? 9
W here are my airbags located? . . 17
Why safety belts protect? . . . . . . . . 6
ALPHABETICAL INDEX - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - 57
j
It has always been VOLKSWAGEN's policy All rights reserved. May not be reproduced
to continuously improve its products. or translated in whole or in part without the
VOLKSWAGEN, therefore, reserves the written consent of VOLKSWAGEN AG.
right to make changes in design and specifi- Specifications are subject to change with-
cations, and to make additions or improve- out notice
ments to its products without incurring any
obligation to install them on products pre-
'Xiously manufactured.
<£> Printed on environmentally friendly
paper (bleached without chlorine, recy-
lext,
illustrations and specifications in this clable). Printed in Germany
manual are based on information and
knowledge available at the time of printing. © 2002 VOLKSWAGEN AG
2.1 2004 Passel I Safety first I Nordomeriko englisch 05.03 • 241.551.PAS.21
Controls and Operating
Equipment
your booklet.
Vehicle Equipment Table of Contents

This manual describes all the equipment in- On the following page, you will find the
tended to be offered at the time of pnnt1ng. Table of Contents which describes all the
Some of the equipment may be available at features of your vehicle in the order they ap-
a later date or not at all. pear m th1s manual.
*
Indication of Directions
Please note that items marked with
an asterisk may be standard on cer- Whenever a direction is specified (for exam-
tain models. optional on others or not avail- ple: left. right, forward. backward, etc.), you
able on your model. should 1magine yourself as sitt1ng m the ve-
hicle facing in the driving direct1on. If some-
Notes about Environment thing is explained which is different from
this position, it will be clea rly identified.
Texts identified by this sym-
bol and written in italics are WARNINGS
important notes regarding
the environment and how you can
help protect it.
~WARNINGS
Illustrations like this throughout this manual.
Each illustration in the manual shows a fea-
ture and I or equipment which your veh1cle
Texts printed in bold type refer to
may or may not have. dependmg on the possible damage to your vehicle, or
model. The illustrations are simply to show
to other important information.
you how a feature looks and its funct1on.
Alphabetical Index A If one of the Warning and indicator

W lights marked with a STOP-sign Illu-
At the back of th is book. you will f1nd an ex- minates while you are driving, move
tensive Alphabetical Index. Th1s will help a safe distance off the road. turn off the en-
you to find information quickly by us1ng key gme, turn on the emergency flasher and use
words. other warning devices to alert other motor-
ists Go to listed page in your booklet for ex-
planations.
i CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND SEATS AND STORAGE

CONTROLS Head restraints ................ 561
General illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . 6 Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 j
Instrument cluster ........... . ... 8 Pedals ........................ 67 !
Warning I Indicator lights . . . . . . . . 15 Adjustable steering column . . . . . 68 '
Multi-function steering wheel . . . . 24 Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
OPENING AND CLOSING Hat shelf ...................... 71 :
Luggage compartment .. . ....... 71 ·
Keys ................. . ... ····· 25
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 ,
Remote control . .... ... .... ... . 27
· Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 .
Ant1-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . 30 .
Doors, Power locks ............. 3 1 Cigarette lighter I Socket . ...... . 76 1
Trunk I Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Ashtrays ..................... . 781
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Glove compartment ........... . 79~
Power roof .................... 40 HEATING, VENTILATION AND

AIR CONDITIONING
CLEAR VISION
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 I
Switches ...................... 42 Cl. .

1matron1c ............ . ...... . 87
Turn signals I High beam lever ... 45
Wiper and washer system ....... 46 ON THE ROAD
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Automatic transmission (liptronic) 93
Interior lights .................. 49 Manual transmission ............ 99
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 .
Coat hooks I Assist handles . . . . . 52 Parking brake lever . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Starting procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Stopping engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 I
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . 104 :

Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
2------------------------ INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT
General illustration
3 INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS 4

~------------------------------------------------
Pos. Page Pos. Page
1 - Power window switches ........ 36 15- Switch and lock for rear lid ....... 35
2- Power locking switch . .. . ....... 33 16 - Fuse panel ........... Booklet 3.2
3- Outside mirrors adjuster . . . . . . . . . 50 17 - Release lever for
4- Switch for lights ... . ... ..... ... . 42 engine hood ......... Booklet 3.2
18 - Data Link Connector ( DLC ) for
5- Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 91 On Board Diagnostics ( OBD ) .... 22
6- Turn signals I High beam lever .... 45 19- Horn ( works only when
with knobs for cruise control .... 105 the ignition is switched on )
7- Instrument cluster illumination ... 42 Driver's airbag ........ Booklet 2.1
~
8- Instrument cluster: 20- Lever for adjustable
Instruments ................. . ... 8 steering wheel ................. 68
Warning and Indicator lights ...... 15 21 - Steering lock I ignition I
9- Windshield wiper I washer lever .. 46 starter switch .......... .. ..... 101
with knobs for 22 -Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
multi-function indicator . . . . . . . . . . 11 Cigarette lighter ................ 76
10 - Switches for ... 23 - par k.1ng b ra ke 1ever ..... .. ..... 100
... rear window defogger ......... 43
... heated driver's seat ........... 43 24 - Selector lever
... anti-slip-regulation* ........... 23 ( automatic transmission ) . . . . . . . 93
Gearshift lever
11 - Radioll ( manual transmission ) .......... 99
12 - Switches for ... 25- cup ho ld er ..................... 74
... emergency flasher ........... 43
... heated front passenger's seat .. 43 26 - Climate controls for .. .
... air conditioning ....... . ....... 80
~ 13 - Front passenger's ... climatronic .......... . ....... 87
airbag ............... Booklet 2.1
27 -Glove compartment . . ..... .· .... . 79
14 - Fuel filler flap release switch ..... 44 Glove compartment air vent .. .. .. 79
Notes
• Some features mentioned are
standard equipment on some mo-
dels only and options on others.
• For technical reasons, the arran-
gement of the switches and indica-
11 A separate instructions brochure is provided tor/warning lights may differ. The
for your factory-installed radio. governing factor is the symbol on
If you replace your radio, please be sure tore- the switch itself.
ad the notes in the chapter "Do-it-yourself
Service", Booklet 3.2 .
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND C O N T R O L S - - - - - - - - - - - - 5

Warning and indicator lights
Symbol Symbol Name Page

Color
··-
,.'( Yellow Airbag system 16
¢¢ Green Turn signals 16
0
Red
Red
Engine oil pressure
Generator
r• 21
19
lr
G
BRAKE Red Brake ( US models )
~ 18
((D) Red Brake ( Canada models )

II 18
~D Blue High beam 16
!A
'f7'
Red Safety belt 19
_f_ Red Engine coolant level. temperature

I 19
G Yellow Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) 22 """'

ABS Yellow Anti-Lock Brake System ( US models ) 17
(@)) Yellow Anti-Lock Brake System ( Canada models ) 17
CRUISE Green Cruise Control ( US models ) 16
~ Green Cruise Control ( Canada models ) 16

lr
6 - - - - - - - - -- -- - INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

Symbol Symbol Name See page

color
Q Yellow Windshield washer fluid level too low 22
[] Yellow Fuel level too low 22
Red Door I rear lid open 22

""' rn:J·
'
li1 Red Emergency flasher 43
ow Yellow Rear window defogger 43
@ Yellow Anti-Slip Regulation* 23
EPC Yellow Electronic Power Control* 19
'~0''
I I Yellow Front brake pads worn" 16
((S)) Green Automatic Shift Lock (ASU 16

......
Yellow Electronic immobilizer 17
~
I
Notes
If one of the lights marked with 8Some of the lights mentioned are on certain
illuminates while you are driving, models only and may be options on other
move a safe distance off the road. models.
Turn off the engine, turn on the
emergency flasher and use other
warning devices to alert other moto-
rists. Go to listed page in your boo-
klet for explanations.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS - -- - - -- - - -- - 7

Instrument cluster
The arrangement of the instruments in the 1 - Tachometer

cluster may vary depending on model and
engine version. The red area at the end of the scale indi-
cates maximum permissible engine RPM
The illustration shows the arrangement of (revolutions per minute) for all gears after
the instrument cluster in a U.S. vehicle. the break-in period. Before reaching this
area. select the next higher gear or selector
Pos. Page lever position "0 ," or ease your foot off the
1 - Tachometer .. ..... . ...... . .. . . .. 8 accelerator pedal.
2 - Engine coolant ~ Upshifting ea rly saves fuel and
temperature gauge .. . . .. ... . .. .. 9 reduces engine noise.
3- Fuel gauge ........... .... ...... 10 Shift to the next lower gear when engine
4 - Speedometer I odometer . .... ... 10 RPM drops below 1.500 RPMs.
5 - Digital clock . ....... . .... . ..... 10
6- Display
- Multi-Function Indicator .. . . . ... 11
- Selector lever position
(only vehicles with automatic
transmission) . ... . ... . . . . . . .... 14
7 - Odometer I trip odometer .. ... ... 14
Warning I indicator lights .. . .... ..... 15
8 - - - - -- - - - - -- - INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

CONTROLS AND EQUIPMEN T
C - Warn ing light

If the light illuminates when driving, first
check the coolant temperature gauge.
If the needle is in the normal range, add
coolant at the next opportunity.
If the needle is in the warning range, the
coolant temperature is too high.
Move the vehicle a safe distance off the
road, stop the engine and depress the
emergency flasher switch.
Notes
• Do not install accessories (fog
2 - Engine coolant lights or insect screens, for etc_) un-
temperature gauge - F- derneath or on top of the front bum-
The needle in the coolant temperature per. They may restrict engine coo-
gauge will indicate the temperature of the ling and cause engine damage.
coolant shortly after the ignition is switched • The front spoiler also functions
on. as a duct for cooling air. If the spoi-
When the ignition is switched on, the warn- ler is damaged or torn off (driving
ing light (c ) illuminates for a few seconds as over a curb), this could cause engine
a functional check. overheating. Contact the nearest
authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer
A - Engine cold
for assistance.
Avoid high engine speeds and heavy
throttle when the needle is at the lower end
of the dial.
B- Normal temperature
During normal running, the needle will stay
somewhere in the middle of the diaL If the
engine is working hard at high outside tem-
peratures, the needle may also go farther
upwards. This is no cause for concern
as long as the coolant temperature
warning light does not start illumi-
nating.
If the coolant gauge needle approaches the
right end of the scale and the engine ap-
pears to be overheating, turn off the air con-
ditioner.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS - - -- - -- - -- -- 9

3 - Fuel gauge i) 5- Digital clock

When the ignition is on, the needle on the To set the time on the digital clock, use t he
fuel gauge will display the fu el level in the knob next to the tachometer.
tank. • To set the hours. turn the knob counter-
The fuel tank capacity is approximately 16.4 clockwise and hold (arrow 1 ). If you turn the
gallons (62 liters). knob quickly and then release. you can set
When the needle reaches the red area (ar- the individual hour.
row). the warning light D will illuminate. • To set the minutes. turn the knob clock-
(see illustration). wise and hold (arrow 2 ). If you turn the knob
When the warning light illuminates. there is quickly and then release. you can set the in-
approximately 2. 1 U.S. gallons (8 liters) of dividual minute.
fuel left in the tank. Time to refuel.
You can set the clock time exactly to the
second using the minute button:
4 - Speedometer I odometer • Turn the knob to the right until it is just
Refer to "Break-In Period" before driving one minute before the actual correct time.
off, Booklet 3.2. • Then turn the knob to the next full minute
The speedometer indicates the speed of when. for example, you hear the time signal
the vehicle. in the radio.
- On U.S. models. the outer row of num-
bers (large numbers) indicates the vehi-
cle speed in miles per hour (mph).
- The inner row (small numbers) indicates
the vehicle speed in kilometres per hour
(km/h).
10 - -- - - -- -- - - -- INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

6 - Multi-Function Indicator* By repeatedly depressing button B in the

windshield wiper lever with the ignition
The MFA (M ulti-Funktions-A nzeige) or switched on, the additional information is
Multi-Function Indicator shows the follow- displayed.
ing useful information:
If you depress the upper part of button B.
• Outside temperature each individual function will be shown in se-
• Momentary fuel consumption quence.
• Average fuel consumption If you depress the bottom part of button B.
each individual function will be shown in re-
• Distance driven verse sequence.
• Average driving speed
• lime driven The memories
• Miles or kilometres to empty The system is equipped w ith two automatic
With the exception of time. the symbol for memories:
the function shown appears at the upper The single trip memory* ("1" shown
edge of the display. The illustration shows on the upper right side of the display
the average fuel consumption. - see left illustration) accumulates and
Note stores the following data from the time you
If a Warning /Indicator light comes switch on the ignition until you switch it off:
on, an additional text will be shown driving time. distance driven and the
in the Multi-Function , Indicator* amount of fuel used.
display to provide you with further When the ionition is turned on again. accu-
information. The previous MFA-In- mulation and computations continue. How-
formation will return after approxi- ever. if the ignition remains off for two
mately 10 seconds. hours or longer. stored information is au-
tomatically deleted.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS - -- - - - - -- - - - 11

--------------------------------------------------~
The total trip memory ("2" shown on All displayed temperatures are momentary.
the upper right side of the display) They are not stored in memory.
stores accumulated data covering any num- After you switch off the ignition, the last
ber of successive trips, regardless of how temperature displayed will remain in the
long the ignition is off between trips. Stora- memory for up to 45 minutes. If you switch
ge capacity of the total trip memory is: on the ignition after this period, or if you
Driving time - 100 hours drive the vehicle faster than about 20 mph
Distance driven - 9,999 miles (9 999 km) or 30 km/h within the 45 minute period, the
new actual outside temperature will be dis-
Fuel consumed- 999 gallons (999 liters). played.
To recall information. slide switch knob A
on the windshield wiper lever to the desired
position. Outside temperature ° F (C) ~f~
1 - Single trip memory Displayed temperature will range between
2 - Total trip memory -40°F and + 136°F ( -40°C and +58°C ).
The following data can be recalled for dis- When the vehicle is not moving, or when
play: you are driving at very low speeds. the tem-
perature displayed may be slightly higher
• Average fuel consumption than the outside temperature. This is
• Distance driven caused by heat radiated from the engine.
• Average driving speed. At outside temperatures between +21 ° F
and +39° F (-7°C and +4°C), an ice crystal
• Driving time symbol also appears in the display (icy road
If one of the stored values is exceeded, then warning).
the total trip memory will be erased and re- This symbol first flashes for about 5 sec-
calculated once again. Unlike the single trip onds, then stays on until the outside tem-
memory, the total trip memory won't be perature climbs above +39°F (+4°C) or
erased if you have stopped for more than drops below +2 1°F (-7°C).
two hours.
If an icy road warning occurs, the
Erasing the memories multifunction display will switch
from the currently displayed func-
With the ignition on. you can erase each me-
tion to the outside temperature dis-
mory separately. Press button A and hold
play (icy road warning).
for longer than two seconds selected func-
tion will be erased.
If you disconnect the battery, all stored in-
formation will be erased .
,4 WARNING
If you are going to use the outside

The displays temperature display to determine
When the ignition is switched on, "1 " or frost conditions, remember that
"2" will appear in the display according to roads can even ice over at tempe-
which memory is switched on. ratures above 39° F (+4° C).
Press the rocker switch B on the windshield
wiper lever to return to the previously dis-
played function.
12 -------------------------- INSTRUMENTPANELANDCONTROLS
~--------------------------------------------------
MPG (111 00 km) - mi (km) -
Momentary fuel consumption Distance covered
The fuel consumption at the moment will be In position 1 (" 1" shown in the display),
indicated in mpg (1/1 00 km). the distance covered from the time you
The consumption is calculated about every switched on the ignition until you switch it
30 yards (metres). If you stop your vehicle, off is displayed -see "single trip."
the last value calculated will stay in the dis- In position 2 ("2" shown in the display),
play. You can use this information to adapt the distance covered for all single trips is
your driving to match the fuel consumption displayed - see "single trip."
you want. Maximum distance covered: 9,999 miles
If you display fuel consumption just after (9,999 km). If you exceed this, the display
~ starting the engine, then the average con- will go back to zero.
. sumption for the first 30-40 yards (metres)
will be shown.
0 MPH (km I h)-
Average speed
0 MPG (1/100 km)- The information under "average fuel con-
Average fuel consumption sumption" also applies to "average speed."
This mode displays average fuel consump-
tion not momentary fuel consumption.
When the ignition has been switched on or min-
the existing memory erased, the average Driving time
fuel consumption is indicated, after about Maximum driving time display: 99 hours
10 of seconds of driving and a distance of and 59 minutes. When you exceed this, the
30 yards (metres). Up to this point, a dash display will go back to zero.
appears instead of a number. During the
trip, the indicated value is updated every 5
seconds.
In position 1 ("1" shown in the display)
it) mi (km)-
the average consumption for the current
Miles or kilometres to empty
" trip is indicated - see page 11 "Single trip The displayed information (indicated in
memory". stages of 5 miles or 10 kilometres) is based
In position 2 ("2" shown in the display) on the average fuel consumption computed
the average consumption indicated is for all during the last 20 miles or 30 kilometers.
trips since the last time the memory was This feature informs the driver how many
erased - see also "Total trip memory" on miles or kilometres of normal and smooth
page 11. driving can be covered with whatever
Note amount of fuel remains in the tank. Fuel
economy is the result of good driving habits.
The amount of fuel consumed will not be
displayed.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND C O N T R O L S - - - - - - - - - - - - 13

6 - Selector lever position 7- Odometer I

display* Trip odometer
Vehicles w ith The odometer indicates distances.
Automatic transmission only USA models: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . miles
When the ignition is switched on, the en- Canada models: . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometres
gaged selector lever position will appear The upper odometer indicates the total dis-
bright against a dark background while the tance driven. The lower odometer indicates
other positions appear just the opposite. the distance driven since the last time the
If all the positions appear bright against a trip odometer was reset. You can use the
dark background at the same time, there trip odometer to record the distance cov-
may be a malfunction in the electronic sys- ered on a single trip.
tem. See page 95 for more information on On the trip odometer, the last digit in indi-
the display. cates either 1/ 10 of a mile or 100 metres.
You can set the trip odometer back to zero
by pressing the reset knob next to the
speedometer.
To record a distance. reset the trip odome-
ter to zero by pressing and holding the but-
ton for longer than 1 second.
14 - -- - - - - - - - - - - INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

CONTROLS A ND EQUIPMENT
Your vehicle is equipped with several impor- ~s. ~~

tant warning and indicator lights to help you 1 - Airbag-System ........ . .. . ..... 16
monitor the continued reliable operation of
your vehicle. Please be sure to get to know 2- Cruise control* . ................ 16
these lights so if one should come on you 3 - Anti Shift Lock (ASU ........ .... 16
know what to do. 4- Turn signals .. . .. .. ........ . .. . . 16
5- Front brake pads worn ........ . . 16
6- High beam ... ... .......... . .... 16
,~WARNING
7 - Anti-lock brake system ..... . .... 17
• Failure to heed warning lights 8- Electronic immobilizer .......... 17
and other important vehicle infor-
9 - Brakes ................... . .... 18
mation may result in serious per-
sonal injury or vehicle damage. 10 -Generator ...... . ...... . ....... 19
• Whenever stalled or stopped for 11 -Safety belts ............... . .... 19
repair, move the vehicle a safe dis- 12 -Electronic power control .. . ...... 19
tance off the road, stop the en- 13- Engine coolant temperature I level 19
gine, and turn on the emergency
flasher - see page 43. 14- Engine oil pressure .. . ....... . .. 21
• The engine compartment of any
15 -Door I Rear lid open ... .. ........ 22
motor vehicle is a potentially haz- 16 -Windshield washer .. . .......... 22
ardous area. Before you check 17 -Fuel level too low ............... 22
anything in the engine compart-
18- Malfunction indicator lamp ...... 22
ment, stop the engine and let it
cool down . Always exercise ex- 19- Anti-Slip Regulation* ...... . .. ... 23
treme caution when working un- Note
der the engine hood. Always heed If a Warning /Indicator light comes
all WARNINGS on page 104, chap- on, an additional text will be shown
ter " Engine compartment" in this in the Multi-Function Indicator* dis-
booklet and chapter "CHECKING play to provide you with further
AND FILLING " Booklet 3 .2 - information. The previous MFA-In-
formation will return after approxi-
mately 1 0 seconds.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS - - - - - -- - - - -- 15

1 - Airbag system ~i' 4 - Turn signals

The indicator light must come on when the See " Turn signals I High beam lever" on
ignition is switched on and go out after a page 45 for details.
few seconds. If the light doesn't go out, or
if it comes on while you're driving, there is 5 - Front brake pads worn (Q)
a fault in the airbag system. Have the front brake pads inspected by a
If the indicator light does not come on when VO LKSWAGEN workshop . We recom-
the ignition is switched on, this also indi- mend that you have the rear brake pads or
cates a system malfunction. If any of these lining~ in~pecled al the same lime.
conditions occur, have the airbag system in-
spected immedia tely by your authorized
6- High beam ~D
VOLKSWAGEN dealer. See chapter "AIR- The indicator lamp lights up when the high
BAG-SYSTEM ", Booklet 2. 1. for details. beams are switched on or when the head-
light flasher is used.
2 - Cruise control CRUISE See "Turn signals I Headlight dimmer
The indicator light comes on w hen the switch lever" on page 45 for detail s.
cruise con trol system is switched on and
goes out w henn the system is switched off.
3 - Automatic (8)
Shift Lock (ASL)
Your VOLKSWAGEN is equipped with an au-
toma tic Shift Lock (ASU. The ASL is an elec-
tromechanical device that locks the selec-
tor lever in the P (Park) and N (Neutral)
positions when the ignition is on.
You must press the brake pedal before the
selector lever can be moved out of either
position. See page 95 for details.
16 - - - - - -- - - - -- - INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

7 - Anti- lock bral<e Electronic differential lock (EDL)*

system 1 l ABS The EDL system works together with the
This warning light monitors the ABS and ABS. The ABS warning light will come on if
EDL (Electronic Differential Lock)* there is a malfunction in the EDL system.
systems. The light will come on for a few See your authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer
seconds when the ignition is switched on. as soon as possible.
The light will go out after an automatic
check sequence. WARNING'4
~WARNING • If both warning lights ( ABS and
BRAKE warning light ) come on at
If the ABS warning light does not the same time, the rear wheels
go out, or if it comes on while dri- could lock up first under hard
ving, the ABS system is not wor- braking. Rear wheel brake lock-up
king properly. The vehicle can can cause loss of vehicle control
then be stopped only with the and an accident. Have your ve-
standard brakes (without ABS). hicle repaired immediately by your
You won't have the protection authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer
ABS provides. Contact your or a qualified workshop. Drive
VOLKSWAGEN dealer as soon as slowly and avoid sudden, hard
possible. brake application.
For additional information on the ABS sys-

tem, see chapter "OPTIMAL TECHNOLO- 8 - Electronic immobilizer ~
GY", Booklet 3 .2.
When the igntion is switched on an auto-
matic key data test takes place. This data
If an ABS problem exists: test is confirmed when the warning light
• The ABS warning light illumina- comes on and then goes out after about 2
tes. The vehicle can still be braked, seconds. If a non-authorized key is used t he
however, the ABS will not work. Go warning light will blink continously . The en-
to your authorized VOLKSWAGEN gine will not start. See also page 102.
dealer as soon as possible.
• The ABS warning light and the
brake warning light illuminate toge-
ther. The ABS will not work and you
will notice a change in braking cha-
racteristics and performance.
1l On Canada vehicles. this warning light will indi-

cate a malfunction in the ABS system. (§ )
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS - -- - - -- - -- - - 17

9 - Brake 1 > BRAKE ,~WARNING continued

The light illuminates when the ignition is
turned on and turns off after a few seconds. • If the brake warning light does
when the parking brake is fully released. not go out after a few seconds and
This indicates that the brake warning light is the parking brake released, or
functioning properly. lights up while you are driving, the
Note fluid level in the brake fluid reser-
voir is too low. If you believe that
Please remember: it is safe to do so, proceed immedi-
The daytime running lights work only when ately at low speed to the nearest
the parking brake lever is fully released. authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer
A If the brake warning light does or qualified workshop and have
W not illuminate when the ignition the brake system inspected.
is turned on, a malfunction may exi- • Please be very careful and be
st in the electrical system. Contact sure to remember that after sever-
the nearest authorized VOLKS- al brake applications, you will
WAGEN dealer for assistance. need greater pressure on the brake
pedal to stop your vehicle. Conse-
~WARNING quently, you must allow for in-
creased braking distances. Trying
• If both warning lights ( ABS and
to brake as quickly as usual could
BRAKE warning light ) come on at
lead to an accident.
the same time, the rear wheels
could lock up first under hard
braking. Rear wheel brake lock- up
can cause loss of vehicle control
and an accident. Have your ve-
hicle repaired immediately by your
authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer
or a qualified workshop. Drive
slowly and avoid sudden, hard
brake application.
11On Canada vehicles. this warning light will indi-
cate a malfunction in the ABS system. ((D)
18 - - - - - - - - - - - - - INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

1 0 - Generator 0 Fasten your safety belt now and

This light comes on when the ignition is make sure that your passengers also
turned on and goes out after the engine is properly put on their safety belts.
started. If the light does not go out after Please be sure to read the chapter
starting and revving up the engine momen- "Safety belts", Booklet 2 . 1.
tarily or lights up while driving, there may be
a malfunction in the electrical system, or the
belts driving the alternator may be loose or 12 - Electronic power
broken. control EPC
• If the warning light comes on If a malfunction in the engine electronics
W while driving, stop the vehicle should occur, the EPC will blink. The engine
and turn off the engine. Inspect the control automatically switches to a back-up
belts. program. You will notice, however, a reduc-
tion in engine power. Please contact an au-
1'11 Always heed all WARNINGS thorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer as soon as
f!!l on page 1 04, chapter possible.
"Engine compartment" in this
booklet and chapter "CHECKING
AND FILLING" , Booklet 3.2. 13 - Engine coolant
temperature /level -f-
If the belt for the generator is broken or This light comes on for a few seconds just
loose, you can still drive to the nearest au- as a functional check when you switch on
thorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer, since the the ignition.
engine coolant pump is driven by a separate If the light does not go off after-
belt. However, since the battery will start to wards, or starts to blink while you
discharge, you should switch off all unnec- are driving, either the coolant tem-
essary electrical equipment. perature is too high, or the coolant
level is too low.
•
Move the vehicle a safe dis-
11 - Safety belts ~ W
t a nce off the road, stop the en-
Your vehicle has a warning light to remind gine, depress the emergency flasher
you to wear your safety belt and to make switch, turn off the engine and let it
sure that others do too. cool down.
After switching on the ignition, the warning Check coolant level. Top up as necessary
light in the instrument cluster will come on (see "Cooling system," chapter " CHECK-
for about 6 seconds along with a warning ING AND FILLING " , Booklet 3 .2 .).
tone. As soon as you fasten your safety
belt, the warning tone will stop.
1'11 Always heed all WARNINGS
The warning light. however, will be on for
the entire 6 seconds.
f!!l on next page.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS - - - - - - -- - -- - 19

'4 WARNING ,4 WARNING conti nued

• The engine compartment of any - To help avoid being burned, do
motor vehicle is a potentially haz- not spill antifreeze or coolant on
ardous area. Before you check any- the exhaust system or hot engi-
thing in the engine compartment, ne parts. Under some condi-
stop the engine and let it cool tions, the ethylene glycol in en-
down. Always exercise extreme gine coolant can catch fire.
caution when working under the
engine hood. Heed all of the
WARNINGS on page 1 04, chapter
g Always heed all WARNINGS
"Engine compartment" in this
booklet and chapter "CHECKING ~ on page 1 04, chapter "En-
AND FILLING " , Booklet 3.2. gine compartment" in this book-
• To reduce the risk o f being
let and chapter "CHECKING AND
burned, never open the hood if you FILLING", Booklet 3.2.
see or hear steam or coolant es-
caping from the engine compart-
ment. Wait until no steam or cool- • If the coolant level is normal, check the
ant can be seen or heard before fuse for the radiator fan . Replace the fuse if
carefully opening the hood. necessary- see "Fuses," chapter "WHAT
DO I DO NOW" , Booklet 3.2.
• Never touch the radiator fan. It
is temperature controlled and can a If the fuse is not blown, the belt
switch on suddenly - even when W driving the water pump is not
the ignition is off and the key is re- broken and the warning light still
moved. does not go out, do not continue dri-
ving because serious engine dama-
• Reduce the risk of scalding from ge can occur. See your VOLKS-
hot coolant by following these WAGEN dealer.
steps:
• If the coolant level and the V-belt are nor-
- If the coolant reservoir cap must
mal, the fuse is not blown and the warning
be removed, wait until the engi- light has gone out. the malfunction may be
ne has cooled down. in the radiator fan. You can continue driving
- Protect face, hands, and arms to the nearest authorized VOLKSWAGEN
from escaping fluid and steam dealer. The wind from the moving vehicle
by covering the cap with a large, will be enough to keep the engine cool. Ho-
thick rag. wever, avoid idling for a long time or driving
- Turn the cap slowly and very ca- very slowly.
refully in a counter-clockwise Refer to "Coolant temperature gauge" on
direction while applying light, page 9 for details.
downward pressure on the top
of the cap.
20 - - - - - -- - -- - - - INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

Notes If the engine oil level is normal but

the light continues to flash, do not
• Do not install a ccessories (fog
continue operating the vehicle. En-
lights or insect screens, for exam-
gine damage may occur.
ple) underneath or on top of the
front bumper. They may restrict en- Turn off the engine and contact the nearest
gine cooling and cause engine da- authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer for assis-
mage. tance.
• The front spoiler also serves as a The oil pressure light is not an indi-
duct for cooling air. If the spoiler cator for low engine oil level. To
should be damaged or even torn off check the oil level, always use the
(for example when driving over a dipstick- see "Engine oil", chapter
curb), this could cause engine over- "CHECKING AND FILLING" ,
heating. Contact your authorized Booklet 3.2.
VOLKSWAGEN dealer. Make it a habit to have the engine oil
level checked with every fuel filling.
14 -Engine oil pressure ~ A Always heed all WARNINGS

When the ignition is turned on. the oil pres- ~ on page 1 04, chapter "En-
sure warning light comes on for a few sec- gine compartment" in this book-
onds for a bulb check. let and cha p t er "CHECKING AND
a If the w a rning light does not FILLING", Booklet 3 .2.
W turn off or flashes while driving
(a bove 1500 engine rpm) a buzzer
will sound. This indicates that the
oil pressure is too low. Immediately
stop the engine, che ck the e ngine oil
leve l a nd add oil if necessary.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS - -- - - -- -- - - - 21

15 -Door I Rear lid open U:U· 18 -Malfunction

' Indicator Lamp (MIL) G
The warning light comes on w hen the igni-
tion is on and a door or the rear lid is open. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is
Additionally a warning tone will sound and part of the On Board Diagnostic system
a warning text is shown in the display of the (080). The MI L is a required indicator to
instrument cluster. This is to remind you to alert the driver of an emission related mal-
close the door or the rear lid. function.
The light should go out w hen the door or the The light comes on when the ignition is
rear lid is closed properly. switched on and w ill go out after the engine
is started and the idle has stabilized. This is
to assure you that the MIL is working prop-
16 -Windshield washer fluid .. . erly.
level too low Q If the lamp does not go out after the
The warning light wil come on when the engine is started. or if it comes on while
windshield washer fluid level gets too low. you 're driving, there is a malfunction in the
Additionally a warning tone w ill sound and engine system.
a text is shown in the display of the instru- If the lamp starts blinking, t he catalytic con-
ment cluster. This is to remind you to fill up verter could be damaged.
the fluid container. Continue driving with reduced power
Refill the windshield washer fluid container and have the cause corrected right away by
-see "Windshield I headlight washer con- an authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer or a
tainer." chapter " CHECKING AND FILL- qualified workshop.
ING " , Booklet 3 .2.
17 -Fuel level too low iU

The warning light will come on when the
fuel level gets too low. Time to refuel.
Additionally a warning tone will sound and
a text is shown in the display of the instru-
ment cluster. This is to remind you to fill up
the tank.
See "Fuel tank," chapter "FILLING YOUR
TANK", Booklet 3 .2.
22 - - -- - -- - - - -- INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

Data Link Connector (DLC) for 19 -Anti-Slip Regulation * @

On Board Diagnostic System
The warning light comes on when the igni-
(OBD)
tion is swi tched on and goes out again after
The On Board Diagnostics in you r vehicle about 2 seconds.
monitors the various components of your
The light w ill start flashing when the vehicle
emission control system. Each controlled
is moving if the Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR)
component in your engine system has been
is activated.
coded. In case of a malfunction the respec-
tive component in question w ill be identi- The warning light wi ll light up continuously
fied and the fault stored in the form of a if the system is switched off manually, or if
code in the control module 's memory. a malfunction should occur.
The stored data can only be displayed with Since the ASR operates together with the
special testing equipment (generic scan Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). the ASR
tool for OBD) to assure an accurate diagno- warning light will also come on if a fault
sis. should occur in the ABS.
To connect the special testing equipment. See chapter " OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY",
push the plug into the Data Link Connector Booklet 3.2. for more information.
(DLC) located to the right of the release le-
ver for engine hood.
Your authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer or a
qualified workshop can interpret the code
and make the necessary correction.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS - -- - -- -- - -- - 23

Multi-function steering wheel *
Cruise control system* Radio system *

To switch On or Off the cruise control sys- Rocke r switch 3
tem completely, please refer to page 105. Press the upper half of the switch VOL + -
However vehicles with the multifunction
to increase the volume
steering wheel do not come with the button
B on the turn signal lever. Press the lower lhalf of the switch VOL -
- to decrease the volume
Rocker switch 1
Rocker switch 4
Lower half of the switch SET - :
Press once - the current speed will be 6. Press upper surface:
stored.
- Station seek up (Radio)
Press twice - slow down.
- Fast forward (Cassette operation*)
The speed will be reduced as long as you
hold the switch down. The speed at the mo- - Track search forwards (CD operation*)
ment you re lease the switch will be stored.
Upper half of the switch RES + : V Press lower surface:
Press once- resume stored speed.
Press twice- accelerate. - Station seek down (Radio)
The speed will increase as long as you hold - Fast rewind (Cassette operation*)
the switch down. The speed at the moment - Track search backwards (CD operation*)
you release the switc will be stored.
Rocker switch 2
Lighting
Lower half of the switch CANCEL :
There is a button on the left hand side (see
Press once- the cruise control system* is
arrow) to switch the button lighting of the
switched off temporarily. The speed to be
multi-funct ion steering w heel on and off.
maintained is stored. Press RES + once in
order to resume the stored speed.
Further notes on page 105.
24 - - - - - -- - - - - - - INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS

Keys
A - Master key with

Remote Control
This key fits all locks on the vehicle. This
key allows you to open/close your vehicle
and to set the anti-theft alarm system.To
fold the key out, press the release button.
To fold the key back into place, press there-
lease button again.
Push the red button to activate the panic
f unction The horn sounds and the turn sig-
nals wil l flash for approximately 30 seconds.
For more information see page 27 .
Three keys and a key tag are provided with
your VOLKSWAGEN:
A- Two folding master keys w ith remote ~WARNING
control
Do not leave children unattended
B - One valet key in the vehicle especially with ac-
C-One tag cess to the remote control. The re-
mote control could be used to lock
the doors delaying access to the
~WARNING children in an emergency.
Do not leave your vehicle unatten-

ded with the key in the ignition To replace batteries
lock. Entry by unauthorized per- of the remote control:
sons could endanger you or harm
the vehicle. Always lock all doors
Your authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer can
and take the key.
change the batteries lor you.
Note
If you open the driver's door with the key left
in the ignition lock. a chime w ill sound.
This is your reminder to remove the key and
lock the door.
OPENING AND CLOSING - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - 25

B- Valet key C- Key tag

This key is for the driver's door and the The key tag contains the key number that is
steering I ignition lock only. needed to obtain replacement keys. Your
The lockable glove compartment (located Volkswagen dealer can order replacement
underneath the passenger airbag) and the keys only if they have this number.
rear lid cannot be opened with this key. To protect against theft:
You also cannot unlock the rear seat back- • Record and keep the key number in a se-
rest with this key (Sedan only). cure place. Do not keep it in the vehi-
If you have to leave a key with somebody cle.
else. it may be advisable to give them this If you sell the vehicle. give the buyer this
key only. key tag.
~WARNING Key replacement
• Do not leave children unatten- For security reasons , replacement

ded in the vehicle, especially with keys are only available from Volks-
access to vehicle keys. Unsupervi- wagen dealers.
sed use of the keys can result in If you need a duplicate key, provide the key
starting of the engine or use of ve- number to your VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
hicle systems such as the power
windows*, etc. which could result
in serious injury.
• Do not remove key from stee-
ring lock while you are driving or
as the vehicle is rolling to a stop.
The steering column will lock up
and you will not be able t o steer
the vehicle.
26 - - - - - -- -- - - - - - -- - OPENING AND CLOSING

Remote control
I B45-603K I
General description ~WARNING
The remote control allows you to do the fol-
lowing without having to use your key: Do not leave children unattended
in the vehicle especially with ac-
- Lock or unlock your vehicle via the power cess to the remote control. The re-
locking system (at the same time, activa- mote control could be used to lock
ting or deactivating the anti-theft alarm the doors delaying acce ss to the
system) children in an emergency.
- Use the selective unlock feature
(open the driver's door only) How the remote control works
- Switch on the intenor lights Button A unlocks the vehicle. After unlock-
- Unlock the rear lid ing the vehicle, you have 30 seconds to
open a door. If you wait longer than 30 sec-
- Activating the "panic function" onds. the vehicle will automatically lock it-
The remote transmitter and the batteries self once again. This prevents you from un-
are located in the key. The receiver for the intentionally unlocking the vehicle while you
signal is inside the passenger compart- are standing within the range of effective-
ment. Your authorized VOLKSWAGEN deal- ness of the remote control.
er can change the batteries for you. The anti-theft alarm system is turned off for
these 30 seconds. If the veh icle locks itself
The operating range (blue) for the re- again, the alarm system wi ll be reactivated.
mote control is shown in the illustration .
Maximum range of effectiveness depends
on several things. If the batteries are weak, Unfolding I folding the
th e range w ill decrease. master key (remote control)
Note If you want to lock or unlock your vehicle us-
In exceptional cases, the remote control ing your key, you have to unfold your key
could be activated unintentionally, even if first by pushing button E. To fold the key
you are out of the operating range. Please back into place. press the button again .
use the remote control only if you attempt
to use one of the functions.
OPENING AND CLOSING - - - -- - -- - - - - - - -- 27

Unlocking and locking PANIC switch

Unlocking (button D)
Stand near the vehicle (inside the effective By pushing the red button D you will engage
ra nge). point the key toward the vehicle and the "panic function." The horn sounds and
press button A one time: the turn signals will flash for approximately
30 seconds.
Just t he driver's door w ill be unlocked and
the anti-theft alarm system is switched off. Press button D again to switch off the "pan-
ic function."
Press button A two times and you unlock
all the doors. Remember- the panic function can be seen
and heard by other motorists and I or per-
The anti-theft alarm system is switched off.
sons near your vehicle. Do not use it unnec-
Locking essarily.
To lock. press button C. Use the panic function only if you
are in an emergency situation.
Switching on I off the
anti-theft alarm system Resetting the remote control
The alarm system is switched on automati- If your vehicle wi ll not unlock using the re-
cally whenever you lock the vehicle and all mote control. it could be that the code for
doors are closed. This will be confirmed the control unit and key needs to be reset.
with one beep and one flash of all turn sig- This can occur if you frequently use the re-
nals as well as the indicator lights of the turn mote control while standing outside of the
signals in the instrument cluster. effective range.
The system switches off when you unlock If this happens. then you need to reset (syn-
the vehicle. This will be confirmed with two chronize) the remote control.
flashes of all turn signals as well as the indi-
cator lights of the turn signals in the instru-
ment cluster. Resetting the key
Note
Remote rear lid release You have only 1 minute to reset the
remote control.
To unlock. stand near the vehicle (inside the
effective range). point the key toward the 1 - Press button A or button C one t ime
vehicle. press and hold button B for about for one second. The vehicle remains
three seconds. locked. The control unit recognizes only
one key code via the master key.
This will be confirmed with two flashes of
all turn signals as well as the indicator lights 2 - Lock or unlock the vehicle with the ma-
of the turn signals in the instrument cluster. ster key.
The resetting procedure is now complete.

The key code is part of the master key.
When you insert the master key. a new
code is created between the control unit
and the key.
28 - -- -- - - - - - -- -- - - - OPENING AND CLOSING

Programming the remote control

1 - Insert the master key into the ignition
lock and switch on the ignition
(don't start the engine ! )
2 - Lock the vehicle from the outside ma-
nually using the second master key or
valet key.
3 - Press button A or button C on the re-
mote control one time and then wait
at least 2 seconds .
4- Press either button once again one ti-
I B45-60 3K I me.
5- Turn off t he ignition and remove the key
Manually programming the
from the ignition lock.
remote control
The manual programming procedure is
If you need an additional remote cont rol for complete. The remote control is funct ional
your vehicle. then your authorized VOLKS- again.
WAGEN dealer must program it for you.
Notes
It is possible to have a maximum of four re-
mote controls for your vehicle. • You have only 30 seconds to per-
form steps 2 through 4.
The key must be programmed in order to
fully use the remote control featu re. • Each new key must also be programmed
Contact the nearest aut horized VO LKS- as described here.
WAGEN dealer for more information.
OPENING AND CLOSING - - - -- -- - - - - - - - - - 29

CON TROLS AND EQUIPMENT
Anti-theft alarm system
The anti-theft alarm system makes it diffi- Notes

cult for someone to break into your vehicle. • If you must leave your vehicle parked for
The system triggers an audible alarm and a long period of time, the system warning
switches on the emergency flasher if it sen- light in the driver's door will go out after 28
ses unauthorized interference wi th the ve- days. This is meant to conserve battery
hicle. power. The system is still operating.
You can turn on the system using either
• If the alarm has sounded one time, and
your key or the remote control.
t hen the vehicle is forced open again (for ex-
When you lock the vehicle, you turn on the ample. someone tries to forcibly open a
alarm syst em automa tically. Sim ply turn the door, and then tries to force open t he rear
key to the lock position or use the remote lid). the signal wi ll sound once again.
control.
• You can turn on I off the alarm system
The alarm sounds when (on a locked ve- using your remote control. For more de-
hicle) tails. see " Remote Control " on page 27.
• a door,
• the engine hood, or
• the rear lid is forced open,
• or when the ignition is switched on.
The horn will sound and the emergency
flashers will blink for about 30 seconds.
30 - -- - - - -- - - - - - -- - - OPENING AND CLOSING

Doors, Power locks
The power locking system simultaneously Locking with key

locks or unlocks the doors. 1 - Insert the key into the lock in the dri-
• To lock and unlock the vehicle from the ver's door.
outside, turn the key in the lock of the dri- 2 _ Turn the key clockwise once.
ver's door.
When you lock the vehicle:
• To lock and unlock the vehicle from the
inside, press the power locking switch in - all doors are locked, (locking knobs le-
the front doors. See page 33. wer),
• You can also lock and unlock the vehicle - the anti-theft alarm system is imme-
using the remote control. See page 27 . diately activated.
• The anti-theft alarm system switches on - the vehicle interior lights turn off, and
or off whenever you lock or unlock the vehi- - the anti-theft alarm system* readiness
cle with the key or remote control. light near the driver's door locking knob
will start to blink.
Unlocking w ith key
1 - Insert the key into the lock of driver's ~WARNING
door.
When you lock your vehicle from
2 - Turn the key one time only:
the outside, nobody - especially
Just the driver's door is unlocked (se-
children- should remain inside the
lective unlock feature) .
vehicle. Remember, when you lock
The anti-theft alarm system is turned
the vehicle from the outside the
off and the interior lights will come on
windows cannot be opened from
for about 20 seconds (see page 49).
the inside (in vehicles with power
3- Turn the key two times: windows) -see page 37.
All the vehicle doors are unlocked and
the anti-thef t alarm system is turned
off immediately. For more details see next page.
If yo ur power locking system should not
work, you can still open your vehicle manu-
ally using the key. The locks themselves are
still functional.
To open all windows (vehicles equipped
with power windows):
1 - Insert the key into the lock in the dri-
ver's door.
2 - Turn clockwise and hold the key in the
open position.
OPENING AND CLOSING - - - -- -- -- - - - -- - - - 31

If your vehicle is equipped with power win-

dows and I or a power sunroof*, you can al-
so close any open windows and I or the sun-
roof when you lock your vehicle. Insert the
key into the driver's lock, turn it to the lock
position and hold until the windows and
sunroof are completely closed.
By depressing the locking knobs in
the doors, you can also lock the vehicle,
however the anti-theft alarm system will
not be turned on.
If the driver's door is open, or not
closed properly, you will not be able to
lock the vehicle.
Notes
If you have locked your vehicle you
can still unlock each door from the
inside individually: On the front
doors, pull the handle once; on the
rear doors, pull the handle twice.
32 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - OPENING AND CLOSING

Power locking switch ~WARNING

The entire vehicle can be locked I unlocked
from the inside by using the power locking • If you use the power locking
switch in the driver's or in the front passen- switch, remember that all the ve-
ger's door. hicle doors will lock.
locking doors from the inside can
The switches also work when the ignition is help prevent inadvertent door
off. opening during an accident and
• To lock all doors simultaneously, can also prevent unwanted entry
press part A of power locking switch {the from the outside. Locked doors
left illustration shows the switch in the dri- can, however, delay assistance to
ver's door on vehicles with power windows vehicle occupants and rescue
and the right illustration shows the passen- from the outside in an accident or
ger's door). other emergency.
If the driver's door is open, it will not lock. • Do not leave children inside the
This prevents you from locking yourself out vehicle unsupervised. If the lock-
of your vehicle. ing knobs of all doors are de-
If you use the power locking switch. the pressed, the vehicle will be locked.
anti- theh alarm system is not activated. In an emergency it would be im-
possible to open the doors from
• To unlock all doors at the same time, the outside without the key.
press part B of the switch.
Note
If you have locked your vehicle you
can still unlock each door from the
inside individually: On the front
doors, pull the handle once; on the
rear doors, pull the handle twice.
OPENING AND CLOSING - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 33

Automatic locking at vehicle

speed higher than 1 0 mph
(15 km/h}
The power locking system can be program-
med by your authorized VOLKSWAGEN
dealer so that all the doors and the rear lid
on your vehicle lock automatically when
the vehicle is moving faster than 10 mph
(15 km /h).
If this feature is activated, the veh icle wi ll
automa tically unlock when you remove the
key from the ignition lock.
Driver's side rear door
~WARNING
Do not remove key from steering
lock while you are driving or as the
vehicle is rolling to a stop.
The steering column will lock up,
and you will not be able to steer
the vehicle.
Of course you can always open the

vehicle using the power locking
switch or by pulling the front door
handle once and the rear door hand-
le twice.
Passenger's side rear door
Contact t he nearest authorized VO LKS-
WAGEN dealer for more information. Using the child safety lock
Using a key from your vehicle, move the slot
Child safety lock, Rear doors of the lock in the direction of the arrow - re-
To prevent chi ldren in the back seat from ac- fer to A . The inside door opening handle is
cidenta lly opening the rear doors, a safety blocked and door can only be opened from
mechanism is provided on each rea r door. the outside. Make sure the door locking
knob is in the up position.
Deactivating t he child safety lock

Again. using a key or other suitable object.
move the slot of the lock in the opposite
way - refer to B. You can now open the door
from the inside. Remember that the locking
knob must be in the up position.
34 - - - - - -- - - - - - -- - - - - OPENING AND CLOSING

Trunk I Rear lid
~WARNING
• After closing the rear lid, always
pull up on it to make sure that it is
properly closed. Otherwise it
could open suddenly when the ve-
P ai
hicle is moving, even though the
key has been turned to the locked
position.
• To help prevent poisonous ex-
haust gas from being drawn into
B45-612K the vehicle, always keep the rear
lid closed while driving. Never
The lock is located above the licence plate transport objects larger than
holder- see arrow. those fitting completely into the
Lock positions: luggage area, because the rear lid
cannot be fully closed.
Position A:
• Never leave your vehicle unat-
The rear lid can be unlocked by:
tended especially with the rear lid
- using the remote control, see page 28 left open. A child could crawl into
- using the switch on the driver's door pa- the vehicle through the luggage
nel, see page 44. The switch also works compartment and pull the lid shut
with the ignition switched off. becoming trapped and unable to
get out. To reduce the risk of per-
Position B: sonal injury, never let children play
If a fault should appear in the locking in or around your vehicle. Always
system, or if the vehicle's battery is dis- keep the rear lid, as well the ve-
charged, it is still possible to open the rear hicle doors, closed when not in
lid manually using your vehicle key: use.
Turn key to the left all the way (counter- For further information see " Luggage
clockwise). The rear lid will pop open. compartment" on page 71 .
Note
Locking the switch on the driver's A warning light illuminates when the igni-
door panel for the rear lid release tion is on and the rear lid is open, see page
It is possible to turn off the switch by insert- 22. Additionally a warning tone will sound
ing the master key into the lock and turning and a warning text is displayed on the instru-
it clockwise. You can turn on the switch ment cluster. Th is is a reminder to close the
again by turning the key counterclockwise. trunk/rear lid. The light turns off when the
trunk/rear lid is closed properly.
OPENING AND CLOSING - -- - - - -- - - - - - - - - 35

Power windows*
All windows are equipped w ith pinch

protection .
This means that if something should block
the window while it is closing, it will stop au-
tomatically and then immediately open
again.
Please note that when closing the
windows from the outside, using
the key, the function of the "Pinch
protection " is switched off. The
window will close regardless of any
obstacles.
The switches are located in the driver's

door. Also. the front passenger's door and ,~WARNING
each rear door has its own power window
switch. Be careful when closing the win-
dows. Check to see that no one is
Following switches are located in the driv-
in the way, or serious injury could
er's door (see illustration):
result.
1 - Driver's door
2 - Front passenger's door
3 - Safety switch The safety switch (3 ) in the armrest on the
driver's door can turn off the rear power win-
4 - Right rear door dows. This feature has been provided for
5 - Left rear door. the safety of small children riding in the rear
The switches 1 and 2 in the armrest on the of the vehicle.
driver's door are "dual function " Safety switch in " unlatched (up) posi-
switches. tion":
If the respective switch is pushed or pulled ... the switches in the rear doors are on and
to the first detent. the front window will the power w indows work.
open or close only as long as you push I pull Safety switch in "latched (depressed)
the switch. position":
If the respective switch is pushed up or ... the switches in the rear doors are
down all the way briefly, the window will switched off, the rear power windows can-
open or close automatically (one- not be raised or lowered with the rear
touch up feature, one-touch down switches.
feature).

~ on next page.
36 - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - OPENING AND CLOSING

Using power windows, ignition

~WARNING
ON
• Do not leave children unat- Opening
tended in the vehicle, especially
with access to vehicle keys. Unsu- Switches in the armrest on the
pervised use of the keys can result driver's door
in starting of the engine and use of - Front windows
vehicle systems such as power - Press switch on upper edge down to
windows, power sunroof, etc. first detent. The w indow will open as
which could result in serious inju- long as the swi tch is pressed down.
ry. Press swi tch down all the way briefly.
• Remember also that the power The window w ill open automatically
windows will continue to operate (one-touch down feature). If you
until the ignition key has been re- press the switch while the window is
moved and one of the front doors opening, the window w ill stop where it
has been opened. is.
• Be careful when closing the win- - Rear windows
dows. Check to see that no one is - Press switch on upper edge down. The
in the way, or serious injury could window will open as long as the switch
result! is pressed down .
• Switch off the power to the rear
windows- if necessary- using the
safety switch 3 (see illustration on Switch in the passenger's door
page 36). - Press lower edge of rocker switch. The
• Always remove the ignition key w indow will open as long as the switch
whenever you leave your vehicle. is pressed.
• If you lock your vehicle from the
outside, no one especially children Switches in the rear doors
should remain in the vehicle. The - Press lower edge of rocker switch. The
windows will not open in case of respective window wi ll open as long as
an emergency. the switch is pressed.
• Do not stick anything on the
windows or the windshield that
may interfere with the driver's vi-
sion.
OPENING AND CLOSING - -- -- -- - - - -- -- -- - 37

Closing "Pinch Protection"

1 - If something interferes with a power
~WARNING window while it is closing, it will stop
and then immediately open again .
• Be careful when closing the win-
dows. 2 - After the window has opened, you
have to lift the switch within 10 se-
• Check to see that no one is in conds to try to close it again . The win-
the way, or serious injury could re- dow will now move upwards with grea-
sult. ter force . If the window is still
prevented from closing, it will stay
Switches in the driver's door open.
- Front windows : 3 - If the window stays open, you have to
lift the switch again within 5 seconds in
- Pull switch on upper edge up to first de-
order to close the window. The pinch
tent. The window will close as long as protection is now switched off.
you pull the switch. The window will now close with
Pull switch on upper edge up all the maximum force.
way briefly, (one-touch up feature) .
The window will close automatically. If
you press the switch while the window Note
is opening, the window will stop where If you wait longer than 10 respec-
it is. tively 5 seconds between the steps
- Rear windows: described above, the window will
open completely when you press the
- Pull switch on upper edge. The window
switch again.
will close as long as you pull the switch .
Switch in the passenger door ~WARNING

- Push switch on upper edge . The window • Be careful when closing the win-
will close as long as you push the switch. dows while overriding the pinch
protection! r-
Switches in the rear doors • Check to see that no one is in
the way, or serious injury could re-
- Push switch on upper edge. The window sult.
will close as long as you push the switch.
38 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - OPENING AND CLOSING

Using power windows, ignition Notes

OFF If the vehicle battery is disconnected and
You can still use the power windows for then reconnected, or, if the battery be-
about 10 minutes after the ignition is comes completely discharged. the automa-
switched off even if the ignition key has tic closing and opening funct ion will be de-
been removed as long as the driver's door activat ed and will no longer work.
or passenger's door are not opened. To reactivate this f eature, do the following :
The automatic closi ng feature (one-touch- - Lock the vehicl e via the driver's door.
up) does not work once the ignition has Make sure that all the doors and w in-
been switched off. The window can only be dows are completely closed.
closed as long as the switch is activated.
- Unlock the vehicle one more time.
If the driver's or the front passenger's w in-
dows are hard to close because of stiffness - Turn the key to the lock posit ion a second
or are obstructed by an object when closing time and hold the key in the lock position
(pinch protection) the window wi ll open im- for at least 1 second.
mediately. Automatic closing I opening is now reacti-
ln this case the window can be closed again vated.
only when the ignition is switched on.
The windows can also be closed or opened
from the outside. To do this. the key must
be held in the close or open position in the
lock on the driver's door.
The window closes without pinch
protection.
OPENING AND CLOSING - - -- - -- - - - - -- - -- 39

Power roof*
Closing:
Turn the switch to position A.
The power roof also has the "pinch
protection feature" . If something inter-
feres with a power roof while it is closing, it
will stop and then immediately open again.
Tore-close the power roof push and hold
the switch until the roof completely closes.
The pinch protection is now
switched off. The power roof will
now close with m aximum force.
I B45-518K I
The power roof is opened and closed with ~WARNING
the ignition on by turning the rotary switch.
You can still open or close the roof for • Be careful when closing the
approximately 10 minutes after switching power roof while overriding the
off the ignition- even if the key has been re- pinch protection!
moved- as long as the driver's door or front • Check to see that no one is in
passenger's door hasn't been opened. the way, or serious injury could re-
Always close the roof completely if you are sult.
going to park your vehicle and leave.
Note
~ WARNING If the battery has been disconnected and
then reconnected again, the power roof
• Be careful when closing the sun- may not close properly. Press the switch
roof/tilt roof. Not paying attention at the fron t edge for longer than 10 sec-
could cause you or others to be onds.
caught and injured as the roof Roof, Raising
closes. To help avoid injuries
Turn the switch to position D .
caused by closing the roof, always
take your key whenever you leave
your vehicle. Closing
Turn the switch to position A.
The power roof closes, however the
Opening pinch protection is off.
Turn the rotary switch clockwise until to the
desired position. In position C. the roof
opens to the "Comfort " position.
If you want to open the roof all the way, turn
the switch until it reaches position B. How-
ever, wind noise may occur at this position.
40 - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - OPENING AND CLOSING

Notes
• The rotary switch can be set to any inter-
mediate position.
• When the glass roof opens, the sun visor
used to keep out strong sunlight is also ope-
ned automatically. If desired, the visor can
be slid shut manually when the power roof
is closed.
Convenience closing
You can also close the sunroof from the out-
side when locking your vehicle:
Emergency closing
Hold the key in the close position in the driv-
er's door. If you cannot close the roof w ith the electric
switch, you can still close the roof manually.
• Remove the plastic cover from the rear
side (arrow) using a screwdriver.
• Remove the crank from the holder, insert
it into the hole until it seats (overcoming the
spring force) and turn the crank to close the
roof.
• Put the crank back in the holder and rein-
stall the cover.
Note
If you are unable to close the roof manually,
contact your authorized VOLKSWAG EN
dealer for assistance.
OPENING AND CLOSING - -- - - - -- - -- - - - - - 41

Switches
''''' I
· , - , - - ,- ,- , - , - ;J
I~ . . 1 - Lights -YJ-
' •'
r
El - Daytime running lights
-- \.
When the ignition is switched on and the
hand brake is not pulled up, the headlights
(low beam with reduced brightness) w ill au-
tomatically come on. No other lights on the
outside of your vehicle will be on and the in-
strument lights will also be off.
~0 - Low and high beam
I B45-397P I The headlights work only when the ignition
is switched on.
Information on high beam, low beam and
~WARNING headlight flasher, see page 45.
Accidents can happen when you If the headlight switch is leh on and the igni-
cannot see the road ahead and tion key IS removed a chime will sound
when you cannot be seen by other when the driver's door is opened. This is
motorists. your reminder to switch off the lights before
leaving t he veh icle.
- Never use daytime running
~ights to see where you ' re go-
mg. They are not bright enough Front fog lights*
and won't let you see for enough
ahead for safety, especially at With the li~~t switch turned to the low 1high
dusk or when it's dark. beam pos1t1on. pull the switch out to the de-
tent point.
- Rear tail lights do not light up
when daytime running lights are The indicator light next to the fog light sym-
on. A vehicle without rear tail bol comes on.
lights turned on cannot be seen
by others in bad weather at dusk
or when its dark. 2 - Instrument illumination (;~
- Always turn on the headlights With the lights switched on, turn the thumb
so that you can see ahead and so wheel to adjust the brightness of the instru-
that others can see your vehicle
ments.
from the back.
42 - - - -- -- - - - - - - - -- -- - CLEAR VISION
4 - Emergency flasher ~
The emergency flasher works when the
ignition is off or on.
If your vehicle is disabled or parked under
emergency conditions. depress the switch
to make all turn signals flash at the same
time. The warning light in the switch and
the indicator lights in the instrument cluster
flash too.
~WARNING
3 - Rear window defogger QUJ To avoid being struck by another

vehicle, move your vehicle a safe
The rear window defogger works only with distance off the road when stalled
the ignition on. or stopped for repairs. Do not park
Press the switch to turn on the rear window or operate the vehicle in areas
defogger. where the hot exhaust system may
The control light in the switch will light up to come in contact with dry grass,
remind you that the defogger is switched brush, fuel spill or other material
on. that can cause fire.
& Switch off the defogger when
C!l5 the rear window is clear. When
you save electricity, you use less 5 - Electrically heated ... n
fuel. See "Operate you vehicle eco- driver seat, ~
nomically and minimize pollution," With the ignition on, the seat cushion and
chapter "DRIVING AND PROTECT- backrest of the driver's seat can be heated.
ING OUR ENVIRONMENT" Booklet The heating elements in the seat s can be
3.2. turned on and regu lated with the thumb-
Note whee l switch.
The rear window defogger switches To swi tch off the seat heating, turn the
itself off automatically after 1 0 min- thumbwheel switch to the detent position.
utes. The control light in the switch
will also go out.
The rear w indow defogger is not designed
to melt snow. Therefore, always remove
heavy snow and ice accumulations before
driving off .
CLEAR VISION - - - - -- -- - - - - - -- - - - - - 43
6 - Electrically heated Switches in the driver's door

passenger seat panel
With the ignition on, the seat cushion and A -Fuel filler flap release
backrest of the passenger's seat can be
heated. Pull up the switch to unlock the fuel filler
flap. The switch works also with the ignition
The heating elements in the seats can be off.
turned on and regulated with the thumb 8 _ Rear lid release
wheel switch.
To switch off the seat heating, turn the Pull up the switch to unlock the rear lid.
thumbwheel switch to the detent position. The switch works also with the ignition off.
A warning light comes on when the ignition
is on and the rear lid is open. Additiona lly a
7 - Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR)* warning tone will sound and a warning text
with Electronic Differential is shown in the display of the instrument
Lock (EDL) cluster. This is to remind you to close the
The ASR with EDL is switched on auto- rear lid. The light should go out when the
matically when the engine is started. If re- rear lid is closed properly.
quired, it can also be switched on and off Locking the switch for the rear lid
manually by briefly pressing the switch. release
When the system is switched off, the warn- It is possible to turn off the switch by insert-
ing light comes on. See page 23. ing the master key into the lock and turning
See " Electronic Differential Lock (EDU," it clockwise. You can turn on the switch
and .. Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) " chapter again by turning the key counterclockwise.
" OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY", Booklet
3 .2.) for further details.
44 - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - -- -- CLEAR VISION
Turn signals I High beam lever
Lane changer
Move the lever up ( 1 ) or down ( 2 ) just to
the point of resistance - the indicator light
must also flash at the same time. The lever
will return to its normal position when re-
leased.
High beam On/Off

The headlights work only when the ignition
is switched on.
Switching on:
Turn signals With the headlights on, push the lever for-
ward (4 ).
The turn signal indicator light flashes w hen The blue indicator light in the instrument
you operate the lever (ignition on). cluster will come on.
Lever up ( 1 ) - right turn signal The headlights still stay on when you switch
Lever down ( 2 ) - left turn signal. on the high beam.
The tu rn signals are cancelled automatically Switching off:
when you have completed a turn (for exam- Pull the lever (3 ) towards you.
ple. when turning a corner). and tho steering
wheel returns to the straight ahead posi-
tion. Headlight flasher
If a turn signal fails. the indicator light You can signal w 1th your high beams by pull-
flashes about twice as fast as usual. A light
ing the lever toward the steering wheel
bulb may have to be replaced. (position 3 ).
When fl ashing the high beams, the blue in-
dicat or light in t he instrument cluster will
come on.
CLEAR VISION --------------------------------- 45

Wiper and washer system
The wiper and washer system works only

when the ignition is on.
The heated * washer jets do not have a
separate switch. Depending on the outside
temperature. the heated washer jets will
operate when the ignition is on.
To prevent damage to the wiping sy-
stem, always loosen blades frozen
to glass before operating w ipers.
Notes
• Filling washer container. see "Winds-
hield washer container". chapter " CHEK- • Wiper off:
KING AND FILLING " , Booklet 3 .2. for Lever in position 0
further details.
• Intermittent wiping:
• Replacing w iper blades. see next page .
Lever in position 1
You can adjust to wiping intervals to four dif-
, . WARNING ferent settings using th e small lever A .
Turn the small lever A
Always heed WARNINGS on page to the right - shorter intervals
47.
Turn the small lever A
to the left - longer intervals
In each setting, the intervals are also con-
trolled by the speed of the vehicle.
• Low wiper speed:
Lever in position 2
• High wiper speed:
Lever in position 3
• One-tap w iping:
Lever in position 4
• Automatic wiper I washer
Pull lever toward steering wheel and hold-
wipers and washer work (position 5 ).
Release lever - washer stops and the w ip-
ers keep going for about four seconds .
46 - -- - - -- - -- - - - -- - - - - - CLEAR VISION
Rain sensor*
~WARNING
The rain sensor is part of t he intermittent
wiping function. When you have the inter- • Worn or dirty wiper blades will
mittent wiping function switched on. the reduce visibility, making driving
ra in sensor automatically either shortens or hazardous. Clean blades regularly
lengthens the pause between w ipes de- to remove road film and car wash
pending on how hard it's raining. wax buildup. Use an alcohol base
Use switch A on the wiper lever to adjust cleaning solution, a lint free cloth
the sensitivity level of the rain sensor. and wipe along the blade.
Intermittent wiping and rain sensor func- • Clean all inside and outside win-
tions are deactivated when the ignition is dow glass regularly. Use an alco-
turned off, and reactivated when the inter- hol base cleaning solution and
mittent wiping switch is turned on again. wipe dry with a lint free or a cham-
ois.
• Do not use the wiper/washer in
freezing weather without first
warming the windshield with the
defrosters. The washer solution
may freeze on the windshield and
reduce visibility.
• To prevent scratching the glass,
avoid running the wiper blades
over a dry windshield. A scratched
windshield will reduce visibility
and increase glare at night.
CLEAR VISION - -- -- - - - - - -- -- - -- -- - 47
Wiper blades
Wiper blades must be in good condition so

that you can see clearly through the winds-
hield.
Clean your wiper blades regularly with a
windshield washer solution to prevent
streaking. If the blades are very dirty, for ex-
ample with insects. carefully clean the
blades with a sponge or a soft brush.
If the wiper blades begin to streak the wind-
shield. this could be caused by residue left
on the w indshield by automatic car washes.
Fill the windshield washer container with a
special solution available at your VOLKS-
WAGEN dealer to remove the residue. Replacing windshield wiper
To prevent damage to the wiping sy- blades
stem, always loosen blades frozen • Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-
to glass before operating w ipers. shield and pivot the wiper blade mount
Be sure to inspect the condition of your wip- away from the wiper arm.
er blades regularly. For safety reasons. re- • Remove the wiper blade from the mount
place your wiper blades once or twice a year by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
if necessary. See your VOLKSWAGEN deal-
er for replacement blades.
Installing new windshield wiper
Notes blades
• Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes affect the • Install the new wiper blade by pushing in
cleanability of the windshield. the opposite direction of the arrow.
• Pivot the wiper blade mount back and
• To prevent damage to wiper bla- lower the wiper arm back on to the wind-
des, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
shield. r
near the wiper blades.
• To prevent damage to the wiper Note
arms or other components, do not Always install the longer wiper blade to the
attempt to move the wipers by hand. driver side.
48 - -- - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - - - CLEAR VISION
Interior lights
S45·146C
A - Front interior light Rear interior light

Switch positions: Switch positions:
- Off 0 - Off 0
- To right- a light illuminates - Center position - light illuminates ~
when a door opens when a door opens
- To left- light stays on W-' - The light stays on W-'
Lights w ith delayed turn-off will stay on for
approximately 30 seconds after you've Interior light control
closed the doors.
The interior light illuminates ...
-whenever you unlock the vehicle, or
B - Front map light - open a door, or
- Press switch B to turn light on or off. - remove the ignition key
as long as the switch on either of the interior
lights is in position ~
Glove compartment light
The light goes off as soon as you lock the ve-
The light in the glove compartment only illu- hicle or switch on the ignition.
minates when the glove box is open.
The light will stay on for about 10 minutes
That's why it's always important to make if you leave a door open.
sure the glove compartment is always
properly closed , otherwise you cou ld
drain the battery. Front door panel light
The light in the front door panel comes on
only whenever the doors are open.
Luggage compartment light
The light illuminates when you open the
trunk/rear lid, even when the ignition is off.
Ensure that the trunk/rear lid is always
properly closed. otherwise you could
drain the battery.
CLEAR VISION - - -- -- - - -- -- - - -- - - -- · 49
Mirrors
Self-dimming*
When the ignition is switched on the interior
mirror will darken automatically depending
:
on the amount of light shining into the ve-
hicle from the rea r (e. g. headlights).
((_ ) The mirror will return to the original state

(i. e. not anti-dazzle) when the reverse gear
is selected or the selector lever is moved to
~k@
position R on the automatic transmission.
• Press button A to switch off the self
dimming system completely. When the but-
f}U-20SK ton is pressed, the indicator light B will go
out.
Adjust the outside and inside mirrors before
driving and after adjusting your seat to the • Press the button again to switch the sy-
proper driving position . It's important for stem on. The indicator light B comes on .
safe driving that you have good vi sion to the
Outside mirrors
rear.
The outside mirrors are hinged and yield
Inside day- night mirror when pushed from either direction.
Manual adjustment Adjust the outside mirrors so that you can
You can adjust the day-night mirror from barely see the side of your own vehicle.
clear daylight visibility to non-glare visibility This setting ensu res the best possible field
at night by moving the lever at the bottom of view and enables you check the mirror
of the mirror. setting at a glance.
To ensure the best possible anti-glare ef- ,~WARNING
fect, the lever on the lower edge of the mir-
ror should be pointing forwards before the • The right hand outside mirror
basic setting is made. has a convex (curved) surface. Re-
Daylight driving - lever to front member that vehicles or other ob-
Night driving - lever to rear. jects seen in a convex mirror will
appear smaller and farther away
than when seen in a flat mirror. If
you use this mirror to estimate dis-
tances of following vehicles when
changing lanes, you could esti-
mate incorrectly and cause an ac-
cident.
• Whenever possible, use the in-
side mirror to determine the actual
distance and size of vehicles or
other objects seen in the convex
mirror.
50 - - - - -- - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - CLEAR VISION
Memory for outside mirrors*

Vehicles equipped with memory driver's
seat* also have a "memory" for the out-
side mirrors.
The position of the outside mirrors will auto-
matically be "memorized" whenever a driv-
er's seat position is memorized - see page
62.
First adjust the driver's seat position. Then
adjust the outside mirrors.
Folding down the outside mirror
passenger's side"
Power outside mirrors When you move the gearshift or selector le-
ver of your automatic transmission into "R "
You can change the setting of both outside (Reverse). the outside mirror on the passen-
mirrors using the "joystick." ger's side will tilt slightly downwards pro-
L - Outside mirror on the driver's side vided that you have moved the "joys-
R - Outside mirror on the passenger's side tick"into position R, see illustration.
A -Mirror heating This makes it possible to see the edge of
the curb when parking your vehicle. The
The mirror surface w ill move in the same di-
mirror w ill return to it s original position as
rection as you move the joystick.
soon as you move the gearshift or selector
If the electrical adjustment of the mirror lever of your automatic transmission out of
doesn't respond, adjust the mirror by hand "R " (Reverse) or if you move the "joystick"
by pushing lightly on the edge of the mirror of the outside mirrors out of position R.
glass. You can adjust the position of the right out-
If you move the joystick to position A , the side mirror according to individual needs -
mirrors will be electrically heated. see page KEIN MERKER.
Synchronized mirror adjustment
• If you adjust the driver's outside mirror
(l ) using the "joystick", the passenger's
mirror will automatically adjust at the same
time. Separate adjustment of the passen-
ger's mirror is not necessarily required. If
this should be necessary, just move the
joystick to position (R ) to switch over to the
passenger's mirror- the mirror can now be
adjusted.
• If the electrical adjustment of the mirror
doesn't respond, adjust the mirror by hand
by pushing lightly on the edge of the mirror
glass.
CLEAR VISION - - - - - - - - - -- - -- -- - -- - 51
Coat hooks I
Assist handles
The coat hooks are integrated into the rear

assist handles and are located above the
doors for the rear passengers. They are in-
tended for your convenience.
~WARNING
• The built-in coat hooks must
only be used for light weight cloth-
ing. Do not leave any heavy or
sharp edged objects in the pockets
which may interfere with the side
airbag deployment and can cause
Folding outside mirrors personal injury in an accident.
Towards the vehicle Always heed all WARNINGS in
chapter "AIRBAG SYSTEM" Book-
It is possible to fold the outside mirror all the let 2 . 1.
w ay against the vehicle. Pull th e mirror hou-
sing towards the vehicle. • Do not hang heavy objects on
the coat hooks, as they could
For example, before going through an au- cause personal injury in a sudden
tomatic car wash. pull the mirror housing stop.
backwards against the vehicle.
• Hang clothes in such a way that
~ WARNING they do not impair the driver's vi-
sion.
When folding a mirror backwards,
make sure you do not get your fin-
gers caught between the mirror
and the mirror base.
Mirrors with power "fold flat"

function *
You can also use the joystick to "fold flat"
the power mirrors.
In addition to the other power mirror fea-
tures, you can:
B - "fold flat"* both outside mirrors
If you wan t to "unfold" both outside mirrors
again, simply move the "joystick" to any
other position than B.
Note
If the mirror is moved out of place (for exam-
ple if the mirror hits something while park-
ing your vehicle) you must fold the mirror
flat using the power feature . Do notre-
adjust the mirror by hand.
52 - -- -- -- - - -- - - - - - - -- - CLEAR VISION
Sun visors
You can lift the visors out of the center

mounting and move them toward the door
windows to protect against side glare.
In certain models there is a little sun visor
under the interior light. You can fold it down.
Vanity mirrors may have a sliding cover*.
On the illuminated• mirrors. the mirror
lights can be turned on and off with the slid-
ing cover. The lighting is also automatically
switched off or on when you raise or lower
the sun visor.
Homelink " 1 - Channel 1

Universal Transmitter * 2- Channel2
The Homelink'"' Universal Transmitter is lo- 3- Channel3
cated on the driver's side sun visor. A- Indicator Light
This innovative feature will learn the radio B - Optimal placement of hand-held
frequency codes of most current transmit- transmitter during training.
ters used to activate garage doors. entry
door locks. estate gates. security systems. Note
and home or office light1ng. Do not use this Homelink ~ Univer-
The Homelink •· Universal Transmitter is ca- sal Transmitter with any garage
pable of operating up to three separately door opener that lacks the safety
controlled devices. stop and reverse feature as required
by federal safety standards. This in-
The Home link •· operates off the vehicles cludes any garage door opener
battery and charging system and has non- model manufactured before April 1,
volatile memory. If the battery dies or is dis- 1982.
connected. Home link " will retain all pro-
gramming. A garage door opener which cannot
detect an object, signaling the d oor
to stop and reverse does not meet
,_.WARNING current federal safety standards.
Using a garage door opener without
When programming the Home- these features increases risk of seri-
Link<! Universal Transmitter, you ous injury or death.
may be operating a garage door or For more information, call toll-free:
estate gate. Make sure that people 1 (800) 355-3515.
and objects are out of the way to
prevent potential harm or damage.
CLEAR VISION - - - - - - -- -- - - ---

Training a Garage Door

Equipped with Rolling Code
To train your rolling code garage door
opener to operate from your Homelink®
Universal Transmitter, follow these steps
after completing the "Program-
ming" port ion of this text (the aid of a sec-
ond person may make the training quicker
and easier):
1 - Locate and press and release the
training (or "learning") button on the
garage door opener motor head unit.
(Exact location and color of the button
Initial Programming of the may vary by garage door opener brand .)
Homelink Universal If there is difficulty locating the training
Transmitter button, reference the garage door ope-
ner owner's manual or call toll free:
1 - Turn the ignition switch on. 1-800-355-3515.
2 - Simultaneously press and hold chan- _
2 Return to the vehicle and press and re-
nels 1 and 3 - releasing only when the lease the programmed Homelink®
indicator light (A ) begins to flash after channel. Press and release the Home-
20 seconds. Link® channel a second time to com-
3- Hold the end of the hand-held transmit- plete the programming process. (Some
ter of the device you wish to train ap- garage door openers may require you
proximately 2 inches away from the to do this procedure a third time.)
surface of the Homelink® channels - The garage door opener should now recog-
keeping the indicator light in view. nize the Homelink® Universal Transmitter.
4 - Using both hands, simultaneously push You may use either the hand-held transmit-
the hand-held transmitter bu tton and ter or the Home link® Universal Transmitter
one of the Homelink® channels. Do to activate the garage door.
not release until step 5 has been com-
pleted. Operating the Homelink ' Uni-
5 - The Homelink® indicator light will flash versal Transmitter
first slowly, and then rapidly. When the 1 - Turn the ignition switch on.
indicator light flashes rapidly, both the 2 _ Select and firmly press and release the
button and channel may be released. appropriate channel (1 , 2 , or 3 ) to acti-
If you wish, repeat procedures 3 through 5 vate the trained device (e.g. garage
to program the remaining channels. door, estate gate, home security sy-
If a garage door opener has been pro- stem, entry door lock, or home or office
grammed but does not activate with lighting).
Homelink®, proceed to the following sec-
ion: "Training a Garage Door Equipped with
ling Code".
Erasing the Homelink Univer- Accessories

sal Transmitter's Programming Accessories for the Homelink ~· Universal
1 - Turn the ignition switch on. Transmitter are available through various
sources.
2 - Simultaneously press and hold chan-
nels 1 and 3 until the indicator light be- If you would like additional information on
gins to flash after 20 seconds. Homelink®. where to purchase the
3- Release both buttons. Homelink® compatible products, or would
like to purchase the Homelink® Home
This process will erase the trained codes of Lighting Package, please call toll-free:
the three channels or erase the factory set 1-800-355-3515.
default codes.
The Homelinkq.> Universal Transmitter is
now in the train (or programming) mode and Notes
can be programmed at any time following This device complies with FCC rules
steps 3 through 5 in the "Programming" part 15. Operation is subject to following
portion of this text. conditions:
Reprogramming a Single Home- 1 - This device may not cause any harmful
interference and
Link Universal Transmitter
2 - This device must accept any interfer-
Channel
ence that may be received including in-
If a Homelink'" channel has been pro- terference that may cause undesired
grammed to activate a device. and it has operation.
been decided to program another device us-
ing the same Home link • channel, follow The transmitter has been tested and
these steps: complies with FCC and DOC/MDC
1 - Press and hold the desired Home link® rules_ Changes or modifications not
button for approximately 20 seconds. expressly approved by the party re-
Do not release until step 3 has been sponsible for compliance could void
completed. the user's authority to opera te the
2- When the indicator light begins to flash device.
slowly, position the hand-held transmit-
ter approximately 2 inches away from DOC: ISTC 1763 102 264
the Homelink'l<,) surface. Press and Prince MODEL/FCC ID: CB2 V94800
hold the hand-held transmitter button.
3 - The indicator light will flash, first slowly,
and then rapidly. When the indicator
light begins to flash rapidly, release
both the button and channel.
The previous device has now been erased
and the new device has been programmed
into Homelinki.R' . This procedure will not af-
fect any other programmed Homelink®
channels.
CLEAR VISION - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - 55
Head restraints
The padded head restraints are adjustable.

Position the head restraints according to the
occupant's height. Properly positioned head
restraints, with the use of safety belts, help
to offer effective protection in most acci-
dent situations.
For maximum protection, the upper
edge should be at least at eye level
or higher - see upper illustration_
,4 WARNING
Head restraints are designed to

help reduce injuries in an accident.
Do not drive the vehicle without Rear head restraints
the head restraints in place and
To remove the head restraints, fold the
properly adjusted.
rear backrest slightly forward and pull the
head restraint upward until it stops. Then
Height adjustment (arrow 1)
press the button (arrow 3 ) on the rod. While
For height adjustment, grasp firmly with doing this, pull the head restraint upwards
both hands and pull up or down. To push the and remove.
front head restraints down, press the but-
ton (arrow 2 ). Installation
Removal Front head restraints
To reinstall , guide the two rods of the
Front head restraints
headrest into the guides. press the button
To remove the head restraints. pull the (arrow 2 ) at the same time and push the
head restraint upward until it stops. Then headrest down into place.
press the button (arrow 2 ). While doing this. Rear head restraints
pull the head restraint upward and remove.
To reinstall, push the two rods of the
headrest into the guides and push the head-
rest down into place.
56 - - - - - - - - - - -- -- - - - SEATS AND STORAGE

Front seats
The correct positioning of the seats is im-

portant:
so that you can reach all the controls on
the vehicle quickly and safely;
- so that you can drive or ride relaxed
which helps reduce fatigue;
and for maximum protection offe-
red by the safety belts and airbag
system.
Therefore, always adjust the position of the
seat as described on the following pages. I B45· 421K I
Remember to adjust the seats before fas-
tening the safety belts and before driving Driver's seat
off. Always be sure to follow these general
guidelines: To avoid contact w ith the airbag while it is
unfolding, the driver must not sit any closer
to the st eering wheel than necessary and al-
~WARNING ways properly w ear the three point safety
belt provided .
• Always sit as far away from the We recommend that you adjust the driver's
steering wheel and the instrument seat as follows:
panel as possible. - adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so
• Never sit less than 1 0 inches (25 that you ca n easily push the pedals all the
em.) from the steering wheel and way w hile keeping your knee slightly
the instrument paneL bent.
• Do not adjust seats while the ve- - adjust the seatback so that when you sit
hicle is moving. Your seat may w ith your back against the seatback, you
move unexpectedly, causing sud- can still grasp the top of the steering
den loss of vehicle control and per- whee l.
sonal injury.
- adjust the steering w heel so that the dis-
• Passengers must always keep tance from the center of your breastbone
their feet on the floor whenever to the center of the airbag cover on the
the vehicle is moving. Never place steering wheel must be at least 10
feet on the dashboard or on top of inches (25 em .) or more. (See illustration
the seats. In an accident, serious above.
personal injury can result from an
improper seating position.
~ on next page.
SEATS AND STORAGE - - -- - - - -- - - - - - - - - 57

CONTROLS A ND EQUIPMENT
~WARNING ~WARNING
• Never sit closer than 10 inches • Always keep both feet on the
(25 em.) to the steering wheel. floor in front of the seat.
• If you cannot sit more than 1 0 • Never place your feet on the in-
inches (25 em.) from the steering strument panel or on the seat. If
wheel, we recommend that you in- the airbag inflates and your feet
vestigate whether adaptive equip- are on the instrument panel or on
ment may be available to help you the seat, your could receive seri-
reach the pedals and increase your ous personal injuries.
For safe ty information on transporting chil-
wheel.
dren on the front passenger seat be sure to
read all the information on " lnfant seats,
Convertible seats and Booster seats." see
Front passenger's seat chapter "CHILO SAFETY", Booklet 2. 1.
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is
unfolding, the adult front seat passenger
must not sit any closer to the instrum ent
~WARNING
panel than necessary and always properly • To reduce the risk of personal in-
wear available three point bel ts. jury in an accident, front seat pas-
We recommend that you adjust the passen· sengers must never ride in a mov-
ger's seat in the following manner: ing vehicle with the seatback re-
- Adjust the backrest to the upright posi- clined. Safety belts offer protec-
tion. Do not recline. tion only when the seatback is up-
right and belts are properly posi-
- Place your feet on the floor in front of the tioned on the body. The more the
passenger's seat. seatback is reclined, the greater
- Adjust the passenger's sea t to the rear of the risk of personal injury from an
the fore and aft adjustment range. out-of-position safety belt.
• For driver's and passenger's
protection, make sure front seats
and seat backs are securely locked
in place.
• Never store items under the
seats. Loose objects can interfere
with the seat latching mechanism
and can also cause personal injury
in an accident.
58 ----------------------------------- SEATSANDSTORAGE
2 - Lumbar support*
Adjust the backrest support by turning the
adjuster wheel. This give more support to
the natural curvature of your spine and will
help reduce fatigue especially during longer
trips.
3 - Seatback adjustment
W ith your body weight taken off the seat-
back, turn wheel on the outboard side of the
seat cushion.
Manually adjustable driver and 4- Height adjustment

front passenger seats By "pumping" the lever on the outside of
1 - Forward and backward adjust- the seat. you can raise or lower the seat.
ment • Raising: Pull the handle upward in a
• Pull handle. "pumping" motion to raise the seat.
• Slide seat into position. • Lowering: Press the handle downward

in a "pumping" motion to lower the seat.
• Release the handle and move the seat
slightly back or forth to make sure it is secu-
rely locked into position.
SEATS AND STORAGE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 59

Electrically adjustable driver

and front passenger seat*
Before adjusting your seat there are some
important considerations to keep in mind.
• To prevent interference with the seat ad-
justment, never store anything under the
seats.
• The front seats should be adjusted befo-
re fastening the safety belts.
~WARNING
Because the seats can be electri-
Seat adjustment
cally adjusted with the ignition
key removed, never leave children The front seat adjustment control switches
unattended in the vehicle. Unsu- A and B are located on the outboard side of
pervised use of the electric seat each seat. The controls also work with the
adjustments may cause serious in- ignition off.
jury. The adjuster wheel C can be used to adjust
the lumbar support mechanically:
Adjust the backrest support by turning the
adjuster wheel in the backrest. This will give
you more or less support for the natural
curve of your lower back to minimize fa-
tigue, especially during long trips.
60 ----------------------------------- SEATSANOSTORAGE
Switch A Switch B
Press the switch as indicated by the arrows Press the switch as indicated by the arrows
to move the seat. to adjust the backrest.
1 - moves seat back I forwa rd 1 - forward: backrest further upright
2 - raises I lowers seat at the front 2 - to the rear: backrest further reclined
3- raises I lowers seat at the rear
2 and 3 together - ra ises I lowers w hole
seat ~WARNING
The backrest must not be inclined
too far to the back when the vehi-
cle is in motion, otherwise, this
would hamper the effectiveness of
the safety belts.
SEATS AND STORAGE - -- -- - - - - -- -- - - -- 61

Storing the settings for the driver's

seat and the two outside mirrors:
• Turn the ignition on; make certain that the
red button (E) is in t he pushed-in (down)
position.
• Adjust the driver's seat (see page 60)
and the two outside mirrors (see page 50).
• Hold the button that you wish to use (01,
02 or 03) down for about 3 (seconds until
you hear the confirmation tone).
Saving the setting for the right
side mirror for travel in reverse
Memory for driver's seat and The mirror can be adjusted so that you can
outside mirrors* see the right rear wheel, for example.
The memory for the driver's seat and the • Turn the ignition on.
two outside mirrors allows you to memorize • Rotate the outside mirror selector switch
your seat and outside mirror positions. to position R (see page 51).
Three different persons can save their indi- • Adjust the mirror until you can see the
vidual settings, each using one of the three right rear wheel.
memory buttons (01, 02. 03).
• Put the vehicle into reverse gear.
When one of these three drivers wishes to
use the vehicle, all he or she needs to do is • Hold down the button that you wish to
to press the appropriate button and the driv- use for your settings (01 , 02, 03) for about
er's seat and outside mirrors wi ll automati- 3 seconds (until you hear the confirmation
cally move to the driver's memorized posi- tone).
tions.
62 ---------------------------------- SEATSANDSTORAGE
Recalling the seat and outside Recalling the memory position for
mirror setting the right side mirror for backing
up
Quick-touch memory (before the
driver sits down)
• Place the mirror selector switch on the
right-side mirror.
• Ignition off. door open.
• Shift into reverse gear.
• Briefly press the button for the given dri- The right side mirror will automatically
ver (01. 02, 03). move to the memorized position.
The driver's seat and the outside mirrors w ill Use the E (red) button to turn off the memo-
automatically travel to the preset position. ry function (off= button up). To automatical-
Memory travel (driver seated in vely stop movements that are in progress,
hicle) simply press this button (also functions as
• Ignition off. door open or closed. EMERGENCY STOP).
• Press the appropriate button for the gi-

ven driver (01, 02, 03). holding it down until
the driver's seat and outside mirror posi-
tions are reached (adjustment stops when
you release the button).
The driver's seat and the outside mirrors will
automatically travel to the memorized posi-
tion.
SEATSANDSTORAGE --------------------------------- 63
How to coordinate the remote Notes

control to a memory button* ? • If you have assigned a seat and mirror
You can use the remote control to recall an setting to a memory button using the ma-
individual seating position stored in memo- ster key, and then reassign a new setting
ry. using a different key, the "old" setting will
be erased and the new one will be memori-
We recommend that you coordinate the left zed in its place.
memory button to the master key of your
vehicle supplied by the factory, and the cen- • The assignment of a master key to a me-
ter button the other ones. mory button is maintained even if you store
You can obtain up to four additional master new seat and mirror adjustments to this
button.
keys for your vehicle from your authorized
Volkswagen dealer. • If the vehicle battery is disconnected, all
Assigning a seat and mirror setting
assignments between the remote control
and memory buttons are erased.
to a memory button using the re-
mote control :
After you have adjusted your seat and the
inside mirror, you have 1 0 seconds to as-
sign this setting to a memory button via the
remote control.
• Remove the key from the ignition lock.
• Press the .. open .. button on the remote
control (see page 27). and hold it until you
hear an acoustic signal to let you know that
the seat and mirror positions have been as-
signed to a memory button.
64 - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- - SEATS AND STORAGE

Emergency Off Initializing the memory system*

Use the E (red) button to turn off the After disconnecting the veh icle battery, you
memory function (off = button up). must "reinitialize" the memory system,
To automatically stop movements otherwise is it no longer possible to store
that are in progress, simply press things in memory.
this button (also functions as EMER- • Open the driver's door.
GENCY STOP).
• Switch the ignition on.
• Move the seat to the front and top stops
(see page 61 ).
Notes on using the locking
switch E • Move the backrest forward to the stop
(see page 61).
After pressing the locking switch E. the me-
mory system is permanently switched off. The memory system is now reinitialized and
You can then only adjust the seat and the thus again fully functional.
outside mirrors manually. By pressing the
locking switch E again, you can switch the
memory system back on. However, any re-
trieva l procedure that has been interrupted
w ill not be cont inued.
We recommend you switch the memory off
with locking switch E if the vehicle will be
used only temporarily by a driver whose
seat and mirror adjustments do not need to
be stored.
SEATS AND STORAGE - -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - 65

Armrest*
Front Rear
The armrests for the driver and front pas- The armrest in the center of the rear seat
senger can be adjusted for your comfort: can be folded down for increased comfort.
• Lift the armrest slowly and slide it for- or The storage bin in the armrest can be
backwards until it is in a comfortable posi- opened by pulling the release catch (see left
tion. arrow).
The storage bin beneath the armrest can
be opened by lifting up the armrest as far as
it will go.
Pedals
The movement of the pedals must Floor mats *

never be obstructed by a floor mat
Only use floor mats which leave the pedals
or any other object.
free and unobstructed.
• If one of the two brake circuits fails. in- Floor mat fasteners are installed in the foot-
creased brake pedal travel is required to wells of the front seats.
bring the vehicle to a full stop.
Floor mats used in your vehicle must be at-
• You should always be able to depress the
tached to these fasteners. This will prevent
accelerator and the clutch pedals all the way
the floor mats from sliding into positions
down to the floor.
that could interfere with the safe operation
• All pedals must be able to return to their of your vehicle.
original position unhindered.
When reinstalling the floor mat. make sure
Only use floor mats which leave the that the fastener is properly secured. Other-
pedal area free and can be secured wise there is a risk that the mat could slip
with floor mat fasteners. forward and obstruct the pedals.
Suitable VOLKSWAGEN floor mats can be
~WARNING obtained from a VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
Never place any objects in the area

of the pedals. In case of sudden ~WARNING
braking or an accident, an object
could interfere with pedal func- Do not install additional floor mats
tion. You would not be able to bra- on top of existing floor mats be-
ke, depress the clutch, or accelera- cause you will not be able to fasten
te. them down.
If you remove the floor mats for
cleaning, be sure to fasten them
again securely when reinstalling.
SEATS AND STORAGE ---------------------------------- 67

Adjustable steering column (tilt and telescopic)
The height and reach of the steering wheel

can be adjusted to increase your comfort. ,~ WARNING continued
• Push down on the lever A below the • The front seats must not be
steering column as far as it will go (see left pushed too close to the steering
illustration). wheel or to the instrument panel.
• Adjust the steering wheel so that the dis- Never sit closer than 10 inches (25
tance f rom the center of your breastbone to em.) to the steering wheel.
the center of the airbag cover on the stee- • If you cannot sit more than 1 0
ring wheel must be at least 10 inches inches (25 em.) from the steering
(25 em) or more (see right illustration). wheel, we recommend that you in-
• Pull the lever A back up as far as it will go vestigate whether adaptive equip-
and push it against the steering column to ment may be available to help you
lock. reach the pedals and increase your
~WARNING wheel.
• Pointing the steering wheel to-
• After adjusting the steering ward your face decreases the abili-
wheel, push the steering wheel ad- ty of the supplemental driver's air-
justment lever back up as far as it bag to protect you in an accident.
will go. This ensures the position
• Always hold the steering wheel
of the steering wheel cannot be al- on the outside of the steering
tered unintenti onally when the ve- wheel rim with your hands at the
hicle is moving. 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions
• To help prevent loss of vehicle to help reduce the risk of personal
control and an accident, adjust the injury if the driver's airbag in-
steering whe el only when the ve- flates. Never hold the steering
hicle is not moving. wheel at the 12 o'clock position or
• Holding the steering wheel the with your h a nds at other positions
wrong way can cause serious inju- inside the steering wheel rim or on
ries to the hands, arms and head if the steering wheel hub.
the driver's airbag inflates.
Rear seat
General hints
You can increase the loading surface in the
rear by folding down t he rear backrest to
form a deck.
The rear backrest is divided into two sec-
tions - one third/two thirds. You can fold
down either or both parts of the backrest.
~WARNING
• Do not allow passengers to
occupy the rear load surface while
the vehicle is in motion. Vehicle
occupants must always be proper-
ly restrained.
• Do not Jet anyone ride in the ve-
hicle without the head restraints
provided. Head restraints help re-
duce injuries.
• Loose items inside the passen-
ger compartment, can fly forward
in an accident or sudden maneuver
and mJure occupants. Always
store articles in the luggage
compartment and use the tie-
down hooks, especially when the Folding the backrest forward
rear backrests have been folded Pull the re lease handle A and fold the back-
down. rest forward. When you do this. you will see
a red mark on the handle.
You don't need to remove the headrests. if
Note
the front seats far enough forward so that
To prevent damage, before the rear back- the two don't touch ..
rest is folded forward make sure the front
seats are moved forward so that the rear Lockable backrest
backrest does not come in contact with If you are not able to pull up the release han-
them . dle A, then you must unlock the backrest
using the key B.
Do not let the safety belt lie over the
backrest when it is folded forward,
otherwise the belt tensioner may ac-
tivate in the case of an accident.

~ on next page.
SEATS AND STORAGE --------------------------------- 69

Raising the backrest

Pull the backrest up until it latches securely
into place. When it is latched, you will not be
able to see the red mark on the button A .
When folding the backrest back into
place, make sure the safety belt
doesn't get caught, otherwise you
could damage it.
~WARNING
• The backrest must always be se-
curely latched so that the safety
belts can work properly to help
protect all back seat passengers.
• Objects stored in the luggage
compartment will not fly forward
during sudden braking.
• Never allow safety belts to be-
come damaged by being caught in
door or seat hardware.
• Torn or frayed safety belts can
tear and damaged belt hardware
can break in an accident. Inspect
belts periodically.
If belts show damage to w ebbing,
bindings, buckles, or retractors,
have them replaced.
70 ----------------------------------- SEATS AND STORAGE

Hat shelf Luggage compartment
You can place light articles of clothing on the Increasing size of the luggage
hat shelf behind the seatback. compartment
Remember, though, that placing articles of You ca n fold the backrest forward to in-
clothing on the hat shelf can block the driv- crease the size of the luggage compart-
er's vision through the rear view mirror. ment.
Si nce t he passenger compartment is vent i-
lated by means of vent slots between the Transporting heavy objects
hat shelf and rear window, be sure not to
block the vent slot w ith any items you may Transport ing heavy objects can change the
place on t he hat shelf. way your vehicle behaves. For best han-
dling under th ese conditions. distribute
loads evenly.
~WARNING
Always place heavy cargo as far forward as
Whenever you're driving, do not possible in the luggage compartment.
place any hard objects on the hat When transporting heavy objects. drive
self, or allow your pet to sit on it. slowly and avoid sudden maneuvers.
These could become a hazard for Stale air escapes to t he outside through
vehicle occupants in the event of slots in the trim panels on the side of the lug-
sudden braking or a traffic acci- gage compartment. Be sure to keep these
dent! slots free and open.
In addition, you can damage the rear w in-
dow defroster wi res if you place objects on ,...., WARNING
the shelf.
• Never exceed the Gross Axle
Sun Shade*
Weight Rating or the Gross Vehicle
The sun shade can be used to cut glare Weight Rating specified on the
through the rear window. safety compliance sticker on the
Pull out the shade from the hat shelf and en- left door jamb. Exceeding permis-
gage it in the hooks on the upper part of the sible weight ratings can change
window frame. the way the vehicle handles and
could result in accidents, personal
injury, and vehicle damage.
• Do not allow passengers to
occupy the rear load surface while
the vehicle is in motion. Ve hicle
occupants must always be p roper-
ly restrained.
SEATS AND STORAGE - - - - - - -- -- -- - - -- - 71

,41 WARNING continued
• Loose items inside the passen-

ger compartment, can fly forward
in an accident or sudden maneuver
and injure occupants. Always
store articles in the luggage
compartment and use the tie-
down hooks, especially when the
rear seat backs have been folded
down.
• To help prevent poisonous ex-
haust gas from being drawn into
the vehicle, always keep the rear lie-down hooks
lid closed while driving. Never
There are four tie-down hooks in the lug-
transport objects larger than
those fitting completely into the
gage compartment (arrows). Use these
hooks to secure objects.
luggage area, because the rear lid
cannot be fully closed.
• Never leave your vehicle unat- Air circulation
tended especially with the rear lid
left open. A child could crawl into Air circulation helps to reduce window fog-
the vehicle through the luggage ging. Stale air escapes to the outside
compartment and pull the lid shut through slots in the trim panels on the side
becoming trapped and unable to of the luggage compartment. Be sure to
get out. To reduce the risk of per- keep these slots free and open.
sonal injury, never let children play
in or around your vehicle. Always
keep the rear lid, as well the ve-
hicle doors, closed when not in
use.
• If you must drive with the rear
lid open under exceptional circum-
stances always take the following
precautions to help reduce the risk
of deadly carbon monoxide (CO)
from the exhaust system from be-
ing drawn into the passengers
compartment:
- open all of the windows
- turn off the air recirculation
switch
- turn on the fan to the highest
speed
Roof rack*
If a roof rack or similar luggage ca rrying Loading a roof rack

equipment is to be installed, please note the
Always distribute the loads evenly. Each
following:
cross bar can carry 100 lbs (50 kg) when the
• To enhance the vehicle's streamlined de- weight is evenly distributed over the entire
sign, rain gutters have been molded into the length of the cross bar.
roof. Therefore, it is not possible to use nor- However, the total maximum per-
mal roof racks. Only install a roof rack speci-
missible load carrying capacity of
fically designed for this veh icle. Please ask
220 lbs (100 kg) for the roof rack in-
your VOLKSWAGEN dealer about approved stallation (including weight the roof
modular roof racks for your vehicle. rack system) must not be exceeded
• These approved roof racks are the basis -see "Weights", Booklet 3_3.
for a complete roof rack system. Additional
attachments for the basic roof rack are ne-
cessary to safely tra nsport luggage, bicy- ~WARNING
cles, surf boards, skis or small boats.
• Improper use of a roof rack can
• All necessary hardware for these sy- cause accidents and personal inju-
stems is available from your VOLKS- ries.
WAGEN dealer. • The use of a roof rack can nega-
Note tively affect the way a vehicle han-
• Any damage to the vehicle cau- dles.
sed by using roof racks or other ty- • Cargo that is large, heavy,
pes of cross bars that have not been bulky, long or flat will have a great-
approved by VOLKSWAGEN for your er negative influence on the ve-
vehicle or incorrect roof rack instal- hicle's aerodynamics, center of
lation is not covered by the Warran- gravity and overall handling.
ty. • Never exceed the maximum per-
missible load carrying capacity of
~WARNING the roof of your vehicle.
• Use of an unapproved roof rack • Always drive slowly, avoid sud-
or incorrect mounting of an ap- den braking and mane uvers when
proved roof rack can cause the transporting cargo on the roof of
roof rack or the items carried on it your vehicle.
to fall off the roof onto the road .
• Objects falling from the roof of
a vehicle can cause an accident
and personal injury.
• Only mount the system between
the markings shown in the illustra-
tion on next page.
• The roof rack system must be
installed exactly according to the
instructions provided.
SEATSANDSTORAGE --------------------------------- - 73
Cup holders
Roof rack Installing Front cup holder

The roof rack system must be instal- The above illustration shows the front cup
led exactly according to the instruc- holder next to the parking brake lever.
tions provided.
You can mount the system only between
the markings shown in the illustration. Each ,~WARNING
marking is located in the door frame (see ar-
rows) . Never carry any beverage contai-
Ensure that the rear hatch does not touch ners with hot liquids, such as hot
the load being carried on the roof. coffee or hot tea, in the vehicle
while it is moving. In case of an ac-
cident, sudden braking or other ve-
When to remove the roof rack hicle movement, hot liquid could
spill, causing scalding burns. Spil-
If you have installed a roof rack on your ve-
led hot liquid can also cause an ac-
hicle, it is best to ask the car wash operator
cident and personal injury.
if it should be removed before going
through an automatic car wash.
When not in use. remove the roof rack tore-
duce wind noise. improve handling, fuel
consumption and guard against theft.
Rear cup holder Removing rear cup holder:

The storage bin is located in the armrest Press and hold the two buttons (see arrows)
and has a removable cup holder. Pull the re- and remove the beverage holder. You can
lease catch (see left arrow) to open the stor- store the cup holder by placing it in the in-
age bin. side of the armrest cover.
See next page for removal and installation Installing rear cup holder:
of the rear cup holder. Press the two buttons and insert the bever-
age holder. You will hear a "click" when the
beverage holder is securely locked in place.
~WARNING Make sure that the beverage holder
is correctly and securely installed
Never carry any beverage contai- before you use it. A loose beverage
ners with hot liquids, such as hot holder can fall apart and possibly
coffee or hot tea, in the vehicle spill the liquid. Pull to check!
while it is moving. In case of an ac-
cident, sudden braking or other ve-
hicle move ment, hot liquid could
spill, causing scalding burns. Spil-
led hot liquid can also cause an ac-
cident and personal injury.
SEATS AND STORAGE - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - 75

CON TROLS AND EQUIPMENT
Cigarette lighter* I Socket
Push the knob in. When the cigarette

lighter is ready for use, the knob will pop
out again.
The socket for the cigarette lighter can be
used for 12 volt appliances with maximum
consumption of up to 120 watts, such as a
hand spot light. small vacuum cleaner, etc.
~WARNING
The cigarette lighter and socket
remain functional even after the
ignition key is removed.
Therefore, to avoid injury, never
leave children inside the vehicle
Rear Socket*
without supervision . There is a socket locaded on the backside of
the centre console.
Remember, you can discharge the battery if
the engine is not running and power is used To open or close you have to push the lower
part of the surface.
to run an appliance connected to the socket.
For more information, see "Additional ac- This socket may be used for 12 volt ap-
cessories. Modifications and Parts replace- pliances with maximum consumption of up
ment," chapter " KEEPING YOUR VEHICLE to 120 watts. such as hand spot light, small
IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION" , vacuum cleaner, etc.
Booklet 3.2.).
~WARNING
The socket remain functional even
after the ignition key is removed.

without supervision.
Remember, you can discharge the battery if
the engine is not running and power is used
For more information. see "Additional ac-
cessories. Modifications and Parts replace-
ment, " chapter " KEEPING YOUR VEHICLE
IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION ",
Booklet 3.2.).
76 ·- - - - - -- - - - -- - -- - - SEATS AND STORAGE

Socket in luggage
compartment
There is a socket in the right trim panel in the
luggage compartment.
This socket may be used for 12 volt ap-
pliances with maximum consumption of up
to 120 wa tts. such as hand spot light. small
vacuum cleaner, etc.
,~WARNING
The socket remain functional even
after the ignition key is removed.

without supervision.
Remember. you can discharge the battery if
the engine is not running and power is used
For more information, see "Additional ac-
cessories, Modifications and Parts replace-
ment." chapter " KEEPING YOUR VEHICLE
IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION",
Booklet 3.2. ).
SEATS AND STORAGE - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - 77

Ashtrays
~WARNING
Using ashtrays as waste paper re-
ceptacles is a fire hazard.
Front
To open you have to push the cover of the
panel to the front.
Removing :
Open the ashtray and pull to remove.
Inserting:
Place the ashtray into the guides and push
it in.
Rear
To open you have to push the upper part of
the sureface.
Removing:
Open the ashtray and pull to remove.
Inserting:
Place the ashtray into the guides and push
it in.
78 ----------------------------------- SEATSANOSTORAGE
Glove compartment
Your VOLKSWAGEN has a lockable glove

compartment. Only the master keys w ill
lock or unlock the glove compart ment. To
open the lockable glove compartment, lift
the handle.
,~WARNING
To reduce the risk of personal inju-
ry in an accident or sudden stop,
always keep the glove compart-
ment closed while driving.
Cooled air* in the glove com-

partment
Ve hicles equipped w ith air conditioning or
Climatronic, have a vent opening in the
glove box. Whenever the air conditioner is
switched on. cooled air will also flow into
the glove box.
You can adjust the air flow direction by turn·
ing the vent opening in either direction.
SEATS AND STORAGE - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - - 79

Air conditioning
The air conditioning system combines both

heating and cooling for maximum comfort. ,_4 WARNING continued
The air conditioning system works only with • Maximum heating output and
the engine running and when the outside fast defrosting will occur only af-
temperature is higher than +40 °F ( +5 °C). ter the engine has reached operat-
and with the fan switch B turned to one of ing temperature. Wait until you
positions 1 to 4. have good visibility before moving
When you switch on the air conditioner, your vehicle.
both the temperature and the humidity in
the vehicle are reduced. This will help make
passengers feel more comfortable and will Operating control
prevent the windows from fogging up on
days when the humidity is very high . A- Temperature control switch
B- Fan switch for ventilation
~WARNING C- Airflow distribution switch
• For clear visibility and safe driv- D- Air conditioner ON I OFF button
ing, it is extremely important that E - Air recirculation button
you follow the operating instruc-
tions on the proper use and func-
Switch A - Temperature control
tion of the ventilation/heating, de-
fogging/defrosting and air condi- - Turn the switch clockwise for warmer air.
tioning system in this manual. If in - Turn the switch counterclockwise for
doubt, consult your VOLKS- cooler air.
WAGEN dealer.
• Good visibility comes with Switch B - Fan switch
clean windows free of fog, con- The air flow volume can be set to four differ-
densation and frost. ent speeds.
In position 0 of the fan switch the
fan and the air conditioning are tur-
ned off.
80 - - - - - -- - - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

Tu rn knob Air is directed ... Air comes out of Small amounts of

to symbol ... vents ... air from vents ...
.. .to the windshield 1, 2, 6 4

@
0
... into the footwells 5 1, 2, 4, 6
"c::=O
t-;J ... into the passenger

compartment and footwells
3,4, 5 1, 2, 6
.0
.;f) ... into the passenger 3,4 -
compartment
To prevent the windows from fogging up, al- Button E - Air recirculation
ways set the fan to a low speed when driv- The air recirculation feature helps to prevent
ing slowly. fumes (for example, when driving through
The dust and pollen filter* traps air contami- a tunnel or standing in a traffic jam) and dust
nants regardless oi which speed you set the from entering the vehicle interior.
fan switch B. To switch on the air recirculation. press but-
Switch C - Airflow distribution ton E_ When you press this button, the sym-
The airflow distribution switch C controls bol lights up.
the outlets. To switch off the air recirculation, press
button E again. The symbol light will go out.
Button D - Air conditioning ON/
Th e control light in the switch is
OFF button
your reminder that the air recircula-
Press this button to switch on the air condition switch is switched on_
tioning. When the button is pressed, the
"AC" symbol lights up.
Press the button again to switch the system Always heed all WARNINGS
off. The "AC" symbol goes out. on next page.
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING - - - - - -- - - 81

If you need to heat or cool the vehicle quick- Air outlets

ly, you can use the air recirculation feature. Depending on the setting of the tempera-
Air from inside the vehicle will be heated
ture control A and buttons D and E. heated
and directed back into the vehicle interior. or unheated outside air or cooled air wi ll
Note come out of all vents.
You can press both the air conditioner but- The a1rflow distribution switch C controls
ton D and the air recirculation button E at the outlets.
the same time. Outlets 3 and 4 can be opened or closed
separately with the thumbwheel next to
~ WARNING each outlet.
• You will not receive any fresh Vent closed:
outside air when air recirculation Thumbwheel to .... . . ......... .. ... ()
is on_ Do not use this setting over Vent open:
long periods of time because stale Thumbwheel to
air contributes to fatigue and re-
duced driver alertness. By turning the large thumbwheel of vents 3
and 4 in either direction the air flow can be
• If the windows fog up, press the directed up and down .
air recirculation switch again to
switch off the air recirculation When the small thumbwheel below the
function. grille is rotated to the left or right. the air
f ow direction is changed sideways.
The rear footwells are heated and cooled at
Note the same time when you select outlets 5.
Do not smoke when you select air recircula-
tion. Smoke drawn into the ventilation sys- Defrosting windshield and
tem will leave smelly deposits on the evapo-
rat or, resulting in permanent odors
side windows
whenever you switch on the air conditioner. • Turn the temperature control switch A all
These odors can be eliminated only by ex- the way to the right
changing the evaporator which is time con- • Turn the fan switch B to position 3.
suming and expensive.
For safety reasons, it is not possible
0
:wTtU:~ ~~ airfl.ow. dis.t~ibuti.on ... ... .\W
to use the air recirculation feature,
• Close vent s 3.
~~~;dy~u: s~i~~h .~
h·a·v·e ............ ®. • Additional warm air can also be directed
In addition, the air recirculation feature to the side w indows via vents 4.
switches itself off whenever you turn
switch C from the "footwell" setting to the
"defrost" setting.
82 - - -- - -- - - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

Defogging windshield and D Always heed all WARNINGS

side windows ~ and the instructions for
If high humidity causes your windows to fog using the air recirculation feature
up (for example on a rainy day). set the con- on page 81 .
trols as follows:
• Turn the temperature control switch A ,
into the heat range if necessary. Keeping interior comfortable
• Turn the fan switch B to position 2 or 3. After the wi ndows have he en defogged. we
recommend the following settings:
:wit~~ t~oa.i~~~~. di·s·t~ib~.t i.~~ . ..... .® • Turn the temperature switch A to the de-
sired position.
• Press the air conditioner button D to
sw itch on the air conditioning. • Turn the fan switch B t o the desired posi-
tion.
• Close vents 3.
• Turn the air flow distribution
• Additional wa rm air can also be directed switch C between ... . .. .. .. ... .
to the side window s via vents 4.
Heating interior quickly and ........................... .
• Turn temperature control switch A all the • If the w indshield is fogging up,
w ay to the right. turn the switch C to .. . . .. . ..... .
• Turn the fan switch B to position 3. • Open vents 3 and 4 partially or all the way
and adjust as desired.
• Turn the airflow distribution o
swi tch C to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ·~
• If the winds hield fogs up, turn <Iii)
the switch C to . .. .. ............. . '4W
• Open vents 3 and 4 partially or all the w ay
and adjust as desired.
• Press the air recircu lation button E .
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING - -- -- -- - - 83

Normal cooling Maximum cooling

• Turn the temperature control switch A to • Close all windows and the sunroof*.
the desired temperature (you can also set it • Turn the temperature control switch A
for heating). all the way to the left.
• Turn the fan switch B to the desired
position.
• Turn the airflow distribution switch C
• Turn the fan switch B to position 4.
• Turn the airflow distribution
switch C to .................... . ;;1)
.0
to the desired position.
If the airflow distribution switch is in
If the airflow distribution switch is in;J this position, then at least one vent
this position. then at least one vent
must always be open, otherwise the
must always be open, otherwise the
air conditioner can ice up.
air conditioner can ice up.
• Press the air conditioner button D
• Press the air conditioning button D
to switch on the air conditioning.
to switch on the air conditioning.
• Press the air recirculation button E
• Adjust vents 3 and 4 as desired.
to switch on the air recirculation.
Outside air will be drawn in and cooled.
~ and the instructions for
using the air recirculation feature
on page 81.
• Adjust vents 3 and 4 as desired.
One vent must always be open,
otherwise the air conditioner can
ice up.
84 - - - - - -- - - HEATING. VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

Ventilation (fresh air) General hints

Unheated outside air wi ll flow from vents 3 • To prevent the wi ndows from fogging up,
and 4 w hen you set the control switches as always set the fan switch 8 to a low speed
follows: when driving slowly and turn @
• Turn the temperature control switch A switch C to position ............ .
all the way to the left. • The controls A and C can also be set to
• Turn the fan switch B to the desired any intermediate position .
position. • If the w indows still fog up, this may be
• Turn the airflow distribution caused by reduced airflow through the dust
switch C to . . .... . .. .. . . . .. . and pollen filt er- see " Dust and pollen fil-
chapter " KEEPING YOUR VEHICLE IN
• If the wi ndshield fogs up, turn @ ter,"
GOOD WORKING CONDIT/ON", Boo-
the switch C to . . .... .. . . ........ . klet 3.2.).
• Press the air conditioner button D • Keep the air intake slot in front of the
to switch off the air conditioning. windshield free of ice, snow and leaves in
• Open vents 3 and 4. order to maintain the proper functioning of
the heating and ventilation systems.
How to use the air conditioning
• If you have not used the air conditioner
more economically for a long time, you may notice some odors
When using the air conditioning, the air con- w hen you switch it on. To prevent this,
ditioner compressor decreases engine switch on the air conditioner even in the
power and increases fuel consumption. To winter at least once a month on the highest
keep air conditioner use to a minimum, fan speed. When you do this, open the win-
please keep the following in mind: dows for a short time.
• If your vehicle has been standing outside • Air escape t hrough vents under the rear
in the hot sun, first open a window or door w indow. When placing items of clothing on
to let the hot air escape before driving off. the luggage com partment cover, therefore,
• Do not use the air conditioning if the wi n- please ensure that th e openings are not co-
dows or sunroof* are open. vered .
• If the desired temperature can be re- • Vehicle heating depends upon the tem-
ached without having to switch on the air perature of the engine coolant. Therefore,
conditioner, then use fresh air operation. your vehicle interior will warm up faster
when the engine has reached its operating
temperature.
HEATING, VEN TILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING - - - - - - - - - 85

If the airflow is not cool... Maintenance

• Outside temperature is below+42oF The condenser should be checked from
(+5 °C). time to time by your VOLKSWAGEN dealer
• Check the air conditioning fuse on the fu- to make sure it's clean. If clogged with dirt
se panel- see "Fuses", Booklet 3.2. or insects. the condenser should be
Have it replaced. if necessary. washed down with water.
Should you suspect that your air condition- After the winter months and bef ore ex-
tended summer use. the air condit ioning
ing system is damaged and the fuse is not
blown. switch off the air conditioning by should be checked and, if necessary, ser-
pressmg the button D and see your VOLKS- VICed by your VO LKSWAGEN dealer.
WAGEN dealer for assistance.
If water drips under the
veh icle .. .
When the outside temperature is high and
the air very humid, condensed water from
the air conditioner can drip under the ve-
hicle. This is normal and does not indicate
a leak.
86 - - - - -- - - - HEATING. VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

Climatronic*
The air conditioner is fully automa-

tic, and is designed to m aintain a comf?rta- ,~ WARNING continued
ble and uniform climate inside the veh1cle.
• Good visibility comes with
The temperature of the air supplied to the clean windows free of fog, con-
interior, the fan speed, air distribution and densation and frost.
volume of air delivery are regulated auto-
matically.
• Maximum heating output and
fast defrosting will occur only af-
This automatic climate control program can ter the engine has reached operat-
also be adjusted manually by the driver and ing temperature. Wait until you
the front passenger. have good visibility before moving
your vehicle.
~WARNING
• For clear visibility and safe driv- Note
ing, it is extremely important that Do not smoke when you have the air
you follow the operating instruc- conditioner switched on. With the
tions on the proper use and func- Climatronic system, the air recircu-
tion of the ventilation/heating, de- lation feature is on whenever you
fogging/defrosting and air con~i switch on the air conditioner. Smo-
tioning system in this manual. If m ke drawn into the ventilation sy-
doubt, consult your VOLKS- stem will leave smelly deposits on
WAGEN dealer. the evaporator, resulting in perma-
nent odors whenever you switch on
the air conditioner. These odors can
be eliminated only by exchanging
the evaporator which is time consu-
ming and expensive.
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING - - -- -- - - - 87

Operating controls Using the system

1- Button- windshield defrosting Recommended standard setting for
2- Display - fan speed I OFF (system off) all-year operation:
3- Display - outside temperature Select a temperature of 71 °F
4- Display -windshield defrosting (22 °C) and press AUTO button.
5- Display -air recirculation With this setting, you attain maximum com-
6- Display- airflow distribution fort in the least amount of time.
You only need to change this setting to
7- Display- selected inside temperature
meet your personal needs.
8- Display - AUTO (automatic setting) or
Air outlets - see page 91.
ECON (compressor off)
With the ignition switched on, the system
9 - Button -automatic operation
normally works in the "AUTO" mode. Dis-
10 - Button - air recirculation plays 2 , 3 , 7 and 8 will appear. (see list in
11 - Button to decrease fan speed and left column).
air conditione r "OFF" button The Climatronic* automatically maintains
12 - Button - increase fan speed the selected interior temperature.
13 -Button - air flow into the vehicle In addition, the air temperature. fan speed
14- Button- air flow into the foot wells and air flow distribution are maintained.
15- Button- "COOLER" The system also adjusts the inside tempera-
ture even if the vehicle has been left stand-
16- Button- "WARMER " ing in the sun. You do not need to adjust the
17 - Button - "ECON" (compressor off) system manually and then switch it back to
18 - Passenger compartment temperature "AUTO."
sensor (18a and 18b)
88 - - - - - - - -- HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

After you swit ch off the ignition: Manual operation of the Clima-
- your settings w ill remain stored. tronic * system
- if "air recirculation" was on, the setting AUTO offers the most comfortable setting
wil l be erased about 20 minutes after the for you and passengers all year round under
ignition is switched off. most circumstances.
There may be times when you want to
Switching between Fahrenheit and override the A UTO operation and change
Centigrade some of the AUTO settings to operate t he
Climatronic* system manually.
First, press and hold button 17, then press
button 9 . • Press buttons 15 and 16 to adjust the in-
side temperature.
Notes for using "AUTO" • Use buttons 11 and 12 to increase or de-

crease the fan speed and/or air flow distri-
• You can adjust the inside temperature by bution. The number of bars in position 2 of
using button 15 and 16. Your setting will be the display will increase or decrease accor-
stored in memory until you choose a diffe- dingly.
rent tempera ture.
• Press button 1 to:
• Yo u can set the inside t emperature bet-
- switch off ECON
ween 64 ° F and 86 ° F ( + 18 °C and+29 °C).
W ithin this range, the temperature will be - switch off air recirculation
automatically maintained. - defrost the windshield or to keep it from
• If you select a temperature below 64 ° F steaming up (point outlets 4 towards the
(+ 18 °C). " LO" will appear in the display. If side windows)
you select a temperature above 86 ° F (+29 - defrost the windshield or to keep it from
° C), " HI " will appear in the display. steaming up (point outlets 4 towards the
In both these settings (" HI"/"LO"). the sys- side w indows) if , for example, someone
t em wi ll run continuously at maximum heat- gets into the vehicle and is wearing wet
ing or cooling. clothing.
• AUTO stays on even if you change the • Press button 10 to switch on air recir-
fan speed up or down for one stage. culation. Symbol S appears in the display.
• Under certain conditions, the system will Press button 1 and the air recirculation
automatically adjust itself for you r optimum switches off. To switch it on again, simply
comfort. For example, after you start you r press button 1 0 .
vehicle when it is cold. air will be directed in- The air recirculation feature helps to prevent
to the footwells . This is to preven t the w in- fumes (for example, w hen driving through
dows from fogging up if it is humid at the ti- a tunne l or standing in a traffic jam) and dust
me. from entering into th e vehicle interior.
HEATING. VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING - -- -- - -- - 89

Avoid smoking when you select air recircu- • You can direct the air flow into the foot-
lation. Smoke drawn in will leave deposits wells or into the vehicle compartment by
on the evaporator. resulting in permanent pressing buttons 13 and 14. You can press
odors whenever you switch on the air condi- buttons 1 , 13 and 14 in different combina-
tioner. This can be eliminated only by ex- tions.
changing the evapora:or which is time con-
When you use ECON-button 17. the
suming and expensive.
compressor w ill be shut off. Using
• If you need to warm up or cool down the ECON reaches and maintains the desired in-
vehicle interior quickly, usc the air recircula- side temperature automatically and as
tion feature. Air from inside the vehicle will quick as possible.
be heated or cooled and then redirected Remember that when you use ECON. you
back into the vehicle. cannot select an inside temperature lower
The symbol 5 will appear to remind than the temperature outside. Whenever
you that the air recirculation is swit- you press button 1 , ECON switches off au-
ched on. toma tically. To switch ECON on again, press
17.
~WARNING To use ECON and the air recirculation at the
• You will not receive any fresh
same time, first press button 10 and then
outside air when a ir recirculation
the ECON button 17. Pressing buttons 1 , 9
is on. Do not use this setting over
or 1 0 switches off ECON.
long periods of time because stale Pressing button 11 switches off the sys-
air contributes to fatigue and re- tem completely. Press the button until
duced driver alertness. "OFF " appears in the display. Use this func-
• If the windows fog up, press the
tion only in special cases, for example if
there is a defect in the heating and ventila-
air recirculation switch again to
tion system.
switch off the air recirculation
function . Note
If you no longer require any special setting,
press button 9 !AUTO) once again.
90 - -- - -- -- - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

Air vents General Notes

Heated air, outside air (ECON) or cooled air • Make sure that the temperature sensors
(AUTO) wi ll come out of all the vents after next to the display (position 18a and 18b)
you have pressed the appropriat e button. are not covered.
Buttons 1 , 13 and 14 control the air vents. • Keeping the air intake slots in front of the
Out lets 3 and 4 can be opened or closed windshield free from ice, snow and debris
separately with the respective thumbwheel helps to make sure t hat the Clima tronic*
next to the outlets. wil l work properly.
Vent closed: • Veh icle heating depends upon the tem-
Vent open :
Thumbwheel to
.0
Thumbwheel to .. . .. . . . ... . ........ 0
;;fJ
perature of the engine coolant- therefore,
your vehicle interior will warm up only when
the engine has reached its operat ing tempe-
rature.
By turning the large th umbwheel of vents 3
and 4 in either direction the air flow can be • If you have not used AUTO for a long ti-
directed up and down . me, you may detect some odors when you
switch it on.
When the small thumbwheel below the To prevent this. you should switch on air
grille is rotated to the left or right, the air cond itioner - even in the w inter - at least
flow direction is changed sideways. once a month and run it at the highest
The rear footwells are heated and cooled at speed. Open the windows for a short time
the same time when you select outlets 5. when doing this.
• Air escape through vents under the rear
window. When placing items of clothing on
the luggage compartment cover. therefore,
please ensure that the openings are not co-
vered.
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING - - - - - - - - - 91

How to use Climatronic more If water drips under the

economically vehicle .. .
The air conditioner decreases engine output When the outside temperature is high and
and increases fuel consumption. Use the the air very humid. condensed water from
air conditioning only when necessary and the air conditioner can drip under the ve-
please keep the following in mind: hicle. This is normal and does not indicate a
• If your vehicle has been standing outside leak.
in the hot sun, first open a window or door
to let the hot air escape before driving off.
Maintenance
• Do not use the air conditioner if you have
any windows or the sunroof* open when The condenser should be checked from
driving. time to time by your VOLKSWAGEN dealer
to make sure it is clean. If clogged with dirt
• Use ECON whenever you can to make or insects. the condenser should be
the vehicle interior comfortable without ha- washed down with water.
ving to use the air conditioning .
After the winter months and before ex-
tended summer use, the air conditioning
If the airflow is not cool... should be checked and. if necessary, ser-
viced by your VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
• Outside temperature is below +42°F
(+5 °C).
• Check the air conditioning fuse on the fu-
se panel- see "Fuses", Booklet 3 .2 .
Have it replaced, if necessary.
Should you suspect that your air condition-
ing system is damaged and the fuse is not
blown, switch off the air conditioning by
pressing the button 17 and see your
VOLKSWAGEN dealer for assistance.
92 - - - - - - - - - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR·CONDITIONING

Automatic transmission (Tiptronic ® )*
The transmission will automatically select

the sporty shift programs when you drive
at higher speeds, or with heavy acceleration
and frequently changing speeds. Upshifts
are then delayed to make full use of engine
power, and downshifting takes place at hig-
her engine speeds than in the economy pro-
grams.
The selection of the most suitable shift pro-
gram is a continuous automatic process.
Regardless of this, the driver can also make
the transmission switch to a sporty pro-
gram by pressing down the gas pedal
Your vehicle is equipped with an electroni- quickly.
cally controlled automatic transmission, up- This causes the transmission to shift down
shifting and downshifting automatically into a lower gear and makes quick accelera-
take place depending on which shift pro- tion possible (for example to pass another
gram is chosen. You can also manually se- vehicle). You do not need to depress the gas
lect a shift program (Tiptronic ® ). pedal into the kick-down range . After the
transmission has upshifted again, the origi-
nal program is selected according to your
Ignition key safety interlock
driving style.
After switching off the ignition, you can re- An additional shift program allows the auto-
move the ignition key only when the selec- matic transmission to select the right gear
tor lever is in the P (Park) position. When for uphill and downhill gradients.
the ignition key is removed, the selector le-
ver will be locked in the P (Park) position. This prevents the transmission from shift-
ing up and down unnecessarily on hills. The
Shift programs transmission will shift down to a lower gear
when the driver presses the brake pedal on
The transmission is "self adapting" and will a downhill gradient. This makes use of the
automatically select the most appropri- braking effect of t he engine without the
ate shift program suited to the driving condi- need to manually shift down.
tions and driving style.
With this function the transmission will only
The transmission will select one of the eco- shift down as far as 2nd gear.
nomy programs when you drive at a steady
speed or at gradually changing speeds with-
out heavy acceleration. This gives best fuel
efficiency, w ith early upshifting and delayed
downshifting.
ONTHEROAD --------------------------------------- 93
To upshift. push the selector lever forward

Tiptronic® :o the "+" plus position. To downshift, pull
By using the " Tiptronic®." you can manu- 1he lever to the .. _ .. minus position.
ally select gears. When accelerating, the transmission will
automatically shift into gears "1 ". " 2 ". " 3 "
To use "Tiptronic® ". with the selector le-
or " 4 " before it reaches the maximum
ver in the" D " position, push the lever to the rpm's.
right. You can do this while the vehicle is
moving or when the vehicle is at a standstill. When you shift into the next lower gear, the
The display will show " 5 ", "4 ", "3 ", " 2 " engine will downshift only when there is no
and " 1 " as soon as the selector lever is possibility of overrevving.
switched over. The gear you select will also When the kickdown is activated, the trans-
be highlighted. See illustration. mission will shift down to the next lowest
gear regardless of the vehicle and engine
speeds.
94 ---------------------------------------- 0NTHEROAD
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) (@)

Your VOLKSWAGEN is equipped with an au-
tomatic Shift Lock (ASL). The ASL is an elec-
tromechanical device that locks the selec-
tor lever in the P (Park) and N (Neutral)
positions when the ignition is on.
You must press the brake pedal before the
selector lever can be moved out of either
position. This prevents the selector lever
f rom being unintentionally moved into a
driving position, resu lting in unwanted ve-
hicle movement.
In selector lever positions P (Park) and N
(Neutral), the following instruction* ap- Display
pears in the instrument cluster as a remind- When the ignition is switched on, the posi-
er for the driver: tion of the selector lever is indicated by the
"When Stationary Apply Footbrake display in the instrument cluster. The il-
While Selecting Gear" lustration shows selector position D en-
A time delay element prevents the selector gaged .
lever from locking w hen it is moved through The engaged selector lever position will ap-
the "N " (Neutral) position (for example, pear bright against a dark background while
shifting from "R " to "D "). The locking ele- the other positions appear just the opposite.
ment only locks the selector lever if it is left
in the" N " (Neutral) position for more than Selector lever positions
approx. one second without the brake pedal
being depressed. P- Park
In the N (Neutral) position, the selector le- Engage P (Park) only when the vehicle is
ver will not lock when the vehicle is moving st ationary. Therefore, when parking your
faster than 3 mph (5 km/h). veh icle, apply the parking brake first, and
then move the selector lever completely to
position P. To do this depress the but-
ton in the handle of the selector le-
ver and push it through R to P. The
transmission is then mechanically locked.
To move the selector lever out of the P
(Park) position you must first insert the
ignition key into the ignition lock and turn
the key.
Before you move the selector lever
from the P (Park) position to R (Re-
verse) or any other position, you
must always apply the brake pedal
before and while depressing the but-
ton in the handle of the selector le-
ver.
ONTHEROAD --------------------------------------- 95
Shift out of the P (Park) position before re-

D - Normal driving position
leasing the parking brake. Position D is for normal city and highway
When the vehicle is parked on a steep hill, driving. It ranges from zero to top speed and
shifting out of P (Park) may be a little hard-
all five gears shift automatically, depending
er. This is due to the vehicle's weight ex- on engine load, driving speed and automati-
erted on the transmission. cally selected shift programs.
R- Reverse to position 4 you have to depress the
button in the handle of the selector
Reverse should be selected only when the lever.
vehicle has come to a full stop and the en-
gine is running at idle speed. In some circumstances it may be advisable
to temporarily engage one of the following ~
Before you move the selector lever selector positions.
to R (Reverse), press the button in
the handle of the selector lever.
When the ignition is switched on, the back- 4 - Position for hilly stretches
up lights come on when the selector lever This selector lever position is recom-
is moved into the "R" position. mended in situations where the transmis-
sion shifts frequently between fourth and
N _ Neutral fifth gears in position D. Also, in position 4
the engine's braking effect is greater than in
Shift to this pos1t1on for standing with D.
brakes applied. In position 4, the first, second, third and
Before you move the selector lever fourth gears will engage automatically.
from N (Neutral) to R position you
have to depress the button in the Top speed
handle of the selector lever. Please note that the top speed of
When the vehicle is stationary or at the vehicle can only be reached in
speeds below 3 mph (5 kmlh), you 4th gear.
must always apply the foot-brake
before and while moving the lever 3 - Position for mountainous
out of N-Neutral. regions
Do not use N (Neutral) for coasting This position is to be used for mountain driv-
downhill. Coasting downhill with ing with long uphill and downhill gradients or
the transmission in Neutral and the slow driving, and also when you want to ma-
engine not operating will result in ke use of the engine braking, which is more
damage to the automatic transmis- effective than in 4. In 3, only the first, sec-
sion. ond and third gears will engage automatical-
ly.
to position 2 you have to depress the
button in the handle of the selector
lever. r
9 6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ON THE ROAD
2 - Position for steep hills Selecting a driving position

This position is to be used for extremely
steep uphill and downhill gradients or slow ~WARNING
driving. It also provides for maximum en- • When the selector lever is in a
gine braking effect. To engage this gear, driving position, the vehicle may
depress the button in the handle of creep even at idle speed. There-
the selector lever first. In 2 the trans- fore, do not release the parking
mission will start in the first gear and only brake or foot brake until you are
upshift to the second gear. ready to move, because power is
When manually downshifting, the selector transmitted to the wheels as soon
lever will move into the lower gear position, as a driving position is engaged.
however the automatic transmission itself • If the engine must be running,
will not downshift until there is no possibil- never have any driving position en-
ity of overrevving. gaged when checking under the
hood. Make sure the selector lever
is securely locked into the P posi-
Kick-down device tion with the parking brake firmly
The kick-down device gives maximum ac- set. Otherwise, any increase in en-
celeration when the accelerator pedal is gine speed may set the vehicle in
pressed down past the full throttle position. motion, even with the parking
Depending on road speed and engine brake applied.
speed, the upshift is either delayed (forced • Do not accelerate while select-
throttle) or the transmission changes down ing a driving position. At this time
into the next lower gear. the engine must run at idle speed
so that no undue stress will be
~WARNING placed on the automatic clutches
in the transmission.
• Be careful when using the kick-
down on slippery roads. Rapid ac- • If the selector lever is uninten-
celeration may cause skidding. tionally moved into N (Neutral)
while you are driving, take your
foot off the accelerator pedal and
wait until the engine speed has
Driving the automatic dropped to idle speed before se-
transmission lecting a driving position.
Starting the engine • Never shift into R (Reverse) or P
(Park) when the vehicle is in mo-
The selector lever must be in N (Neutral) tion.
or P (Park). If one of the driving positions
is engaged a safety switch will prevent the
engine from being started.
Starting off
Select a gear. Wait for the transmis-
sion to engage the gear (a slight move-
ment can be felt}. Then press the accelera-
tor pedal.
ONTHEROAD --------------------------------------- 97
Maneuvering Stopping
When alternating between forward (0 ) and • When stopping briefly, at a traffic light for
reverse (R )- for instance. while maneuver- example, it is not necessary to move these-
ing the vehicle into a tight parking space - lector lever to N (Neutral). Simply apply
shift only when the vehicle has come to a the foot brakes.
full stop and the engine is running at idle • The driving positions must never be used
speed. for holding the vehicle on a hill. Always use
your foot brakes when stopped on inclines.
Parking
Engage P (Park) only when the vehicle is ~WARNING
not moving. When parking your vehicle. ap-
ply the parking brake first, and then move • Never get out of the driver's seat 1 ~
when the engine is running. I'
the selector lever completely to position P.
To do this, depress the button in the • If you must get out of the ve-
handle of the selector lever and hicle, move the selector lever se-
push it through R to P. The transmission curely into the P (Park) position
is t hen mechanically locked. and apply parking brake firmly.
To move the selector lever out of the P
(Park) position you must first insert the
ignition key into the ignition lock and turn. Emergency starting
Before you move the selector lever Your VOLKSWAGEN with automatic trans-
from the P (Park) position, you must mission cannot be started by pushing
always apply the brake pedal before or towing. If engine does not start be-
and while depressing the button in cause of discharged battery, the vehicle can
the handle of the selector lever. be started with jumper cables. Refer to
Shift out of the P (Park) position before re- "Emergency starting with jumper cables".
leasing the parking brake. see Booklet 3 .2 . Should the engine fail to
start. consult your nearest VOLKSWAGEN
When the vehicle is parked on a steep hill, dealer.
shifting out of P (Park) may be a little hard-
er. This is due to the vehicle's weight ex-
erted on the transmission. Towing
To tow the vehicle.
g Always heed all WARNINGS see "Emergency towing ", Booklet 3.2.
~ on page 1 00.
98 - - - -- - -- - -- -- - -- - -- - ON THE ROAD
Manual transmission Power steering
When the engine is running, never hold the

steering wheel turned all the way to the
right or to the left for longer than 15 se-
conds. The power steering pump will over-
heat the hydraulic fluid if you hold the stee-
ring wheel all the way turned.
This will damage the power steering

system!
Each time the steering wheel is turned all
the way to the right or left when stopped.
you will hear noises caused by the severe
stress placed on the power steering pump.
Gearshift lever At the same time. engine idle speed drops.
Your VOLKSWAGEN with manual transmis-
sion is equipped with an "interlock-fea-
ture". You must depress the clutch
pedal all the way before you can
start the engine.
Always depress the clutch pedal ful-
ly when changing gears. Do not hold
the vehicle on a hill with the clutch
pedal partially depressed. This may
cause premature clutch wear or da-
mage.
Resting your hand on the gearshift
lever knob while driving will cause
premature wear in the transm ission.
Drive in 5th gear for optimum fuel economy
when cruising. However. if more accelera-
tion is required (when passing, for exam-
ple). shift down.
Gearshift pattern
Shift into R (Reverse) only when the
vehicle is not moving.
To engage R (Reverse), move lever to
right and pull backward.
Especially after driving forward, stop the ve-
hicle completely, shift and rest briefly into
Neutral before shifting into Reverse.
The back-up lights go on when you shift
into Reverse with the ignition on
ONTHEROA0 --------------------------------------- 99
Parking brake lever
~WARNING
• Always release the parking
brake fully. A partially engaged
brake will overheat the rear
brakes, reduce their effective-
ness, and cause excessive wear.
This could lead to brake failure
and an accident.
• Always set the parking brake
when parking your vehicle.
• Move the selector lever to "P"
The parking brake lever is between the front (automatic transmission) or move
seats. the gearshift lever to "R" or "1"
(manual transmission).
Setting the Parking Brake:
• When parking on hills, also turn
Pull up the lever until strong resistance is the wheels so that the front
felt. wheels will first run into the curb
The parking brake must be pulled up all the if the vehicle starts to roll.
way to ensure that the vehicle cannot - parking headed downhill, al-
move. When the ignition is on. the brake ways turn the front wheels to-
warnmg light will illuminate. ward the curb.
Releasing the Parking Brake: - parking headed uphill, always
1 - Press and hold the brake pedal while return the front wheels away from
leasing the parking brake. the curb.
2 - Slightly pull up the lever. • Do not leave children unat-
3 - Press the release button (arrow). tended in the vehicle. A child
could release the parking brake
4- Push the lever all the way down.
and I or move the selector I gear-
When the parking brake is fully released, shift lever and allow the vehicle to
the brake warning light will turn off. move caus ing an accident and per-
Notes sonal injury.
• If you should drive faster than 4 mph
(6 km/h) w ith the parking brake still enga-
ged, you will hear a warning chime in addi-
tion to the warning light.
• When the ignition is switched on and the
hand brake is not fully released. the daytime
running lights (low beam with reduced
brightness) will not light up!
100 - - - - - -- - - - - -- -- - - - - ON THE ROAD

Ignition switch
~WARNING
For vehicles with
manual transmission:
• To prevent sudden and unin-
tended vehicle movement, a lways
firmly set the parking brake when
you remove the ignition key. Re-
moving the ignition key will not
lock the gearshift lever. The ve-
hicle can move if the lever is
moved out of gear.
• Never remove the key from
Your VOLKSWAGEN has an ignition switch
steering lock or turn the key off
with an anti-theft steering column lock.
(ignition off) while the vehicle is
moving. The steering wheel will
Switch positions lock, causing loss of control.
1 - Ignition off I engine off - steering
wheel can be ocked.
2- Ignition on I steering unlocked.
Note If it is difficult to turn the key from posi-
Whenever you leave the vehicle unat- tion 1 to 2 . move the steering wheel
tended. pull out the key, turn the steering until the key turns freely.
wheel to the left or right until it locks and 3 • Starter engages. Key returns to posi-
make sure that the vehicle is closed and tion 2 as soon as it is released. For
locked. "Starting procedures". see following
pages.
~WARNING In position 3 , the power supply to the head-

Do not leave children unattended lights. windshield wipers, blower motor and
in the vehicle. Unsupervised use of rear window defogger is temporarily inter-
v e hicle controls can cause serious rupted to conserve battery power.
personal injuries. Before the starter can be operated again the
key must be turned back to position 1.
The non- repeat lock in the ignition switch
Ignition k ey safety interlock prevents the starter from being operated
On vehicles with automatic transmission when engine is runn ing (this could damage
you can remove the ignition key only when the starter).
the selector lever is in the P (Park) posi- In positions 2 and 3 several warning I indi-
tion. When the key is removed, the selector cator lights will come on . Refer to "Warn-
lever will be locked in "P." ing I indicator lights" for details.
ON THE ROAD - - -- - -- - -- - - -- - - - -- - 101

Starting procedures
Chime
~WARNING
-
If you leave the key in the ignition/steering
lock, a chime will sound when the driver's • Always fasten safety belts be-
door is opened. This reminders you to refore driving.
move the key and lock the doors.
e Never start or let the engine run
in a confined or enclosed area. Ex-
Electronic immobilizer haust fumes from the engine con-
tain carbon monoxide, a colorless
The immobilizer prevents unauthorized per- and odorless gas. Carbon monox-
sons using your vehicle. ide can be fatal if inhaled .
A micro-chip is located in the head of the
• Never leave the engine idling
key which automatically deactivates the im- unattended. An unattended ve-
mobilizer when the key is inserted in the hicle with a running engine poses
ignition lock. a danger of personal injury or
The system is automatically activated whe n theft.
the ignition is switched off.
Note
The engine can thus only be started dib To avoid unnecessary engine
with a correctly coded genuine C?Jt5 wear and to reduce exhaust
Volkswagen key. emissions, do not let your vehicle
stand and warm up. Be ready to
Trouble free operation of your ve- drive off immediately after starting
hicle can only be guaranteed when your vehicle. Maintain moderate
using genuine keys. speed until the engine is completely
warm. Remember, the engine per-
forms best at operating temperatu-
re.
Manual transmission
Your VOLKSWAGEN with manual transmis-
sion is equipped w ith an "interlock-fea-
ture". You must depress the clutch
pedal all the way before you can
start the engine.
Automatic transmission *
The engine wi ll start only with the selector
lever in N (Neutral ) or P (Park).
102 ------------------------------------- 0NTHEROAD

Stopping engine
Starting engine Do not stop the engine immediately

after hard or extended driving. Keep
Never depress or even touch the gas
engine running for about two minu-
pedal while starting the engine re-
tes to prevent excessive heat build-
gardless of any outside or engine
up.
temperature. That applies especial-
ly to extrem low temperatures.
• As soon as the engine starts, release the ~WARNING
ignition key.
• Before you check anything in
• If the engine does not start the first time,
the engine compartment, stop the
or stalls. turn off the ignition and restart.
engine and let it cool down. Hot
• Do not operate the starter for more than components can burn skin on con-
10 seconds. tact.
• Allow approximately 30 seconds bet- • Never touch the radiator fan, it
ween each starting attempt. is temperature controlled and can
• When starting a very hot engine. it may switch on suddenly - even when
be necessary to slightly depress the gaspe- the ignition is off.
dal after starting the engine. e Always heed all WARNINGS on
page 104.
• If the engine still does not start. the fuse
for the electric fuel pump may be blown -
see "Fuses." chapter " WHAT DO I DO
Note
NOW? ", Booklet 3.2.
The ignition should not be switched
off as long as the vehicle is still mo-
Note
ving with a gear engaged. Otherwise
• On a vehicle with manual trans- fuel could get into the catalytic con-
mission, do not start the engine by verter and cause damage.
pushing or towing the vehicle for a
distance of more than 50 yards (50
meters). Fuel could get into the ca-
talytic converter and cause damage.
e Your VOLKSWAGEN with auto-
matic t ransmission cannot be star-
ted by pushing or towing.
• Before you try to start the engine
by pushing, you should try jump
starting the engine using the battery
from another vehicle -
see "Emergency starting," chapter
" WHAT DO I DO NOW?", Booklet 3 .2 .).
ONTHEROAD ------------- - - - - - - ------------------ - 103

Engine compartment
rJ~ WARNING rJ~ WARNING continued
Before you check a nything under • To avoid electrical shock and

the hood: personal injury while the engine is
• Switch off engine- remove igni- running or being started, never
t ion key. touch:
• Always fully set the parki ng - Ignition cables
brake, move selector lever to P - Other components of the high
(Park) (automatic transmission) or voltage electronic ignition sy-
gearshift lever to Neutral (manual stem.
t ransmission).
• Be especially careful if the en-
• Always let the engine cool gine must be running.
down. Hot components will burn
skin on contact. - Always fully set the parking bra-
ke and move the selector lever to
• Never spill fluids on hot engine P (Park) (automatic transmis-
components. These fluids can
sion) or Neutral (manual trans-
cause a fire. mission).
• Never touch the radiator fan, it
- Always exercise extreme cau-
is temperature controlled and can
tion to prevent neckties, jewel-
switch on suddenly - even when
ry, long hair or loose clothing
the i gnition is off.
from getting caught in the radia-
• If work on the fuel system or the tor fan, V-belts or other movin g
electrical system is necessary: parts.
- Always disconnect the battery.
- Never smoke or wor k nea r hea- Note
ters or open fla mes. When adding flu i ds, ensure that
- Always k e ep an approved fire they are poured into the proper con-
extinguisher i mmediately avai- tainer or filler opening. Otherwise,
lable. seri ous damage to vehicle systems
will occur.
r:{ib For early leak detection, regular-
~ ly inspect the vehicle floor panel
from underneath the vehicle. If you
see spots from oil or other vehicle
fluids, have your vehicle inspected
by a servi ce center.
104 --------------------------------------- 0NTHEROAD

Cruise control*
The system is operated with switch A and
button B located on the turn signal lever.
Note
Vehicle with the multi-function steer-
ing wheel do not come with the button B
on the turn signal lever- see page 24.
Switching the system on

Slide switch A to ON.
Setting the speed
For your driving comfort the cruise control When the vehicle reaches the speed to be
system can be used to keep the vehicle maintained. depress the bottom part of
speed constant beginning at about 20 mph button B (SET). Now you can ta ke your foot
(30 km/h). off the gas pedal.
When driving down a slope, the cruise con- - Increase the speed using the accelerator
trol may not be able to keep the vehicle pedal. When the pedal is released, the
speed constant. The weight of the vehicle system continues to control the vehicle
will cause the vehicle to go faster than you at the speed previously set.
may want. Use the foot brake to slow down. - This will not occur if the set speed is ex-
ceeded by the vehicle speed for more
than 5 minutes and more than 6 mph (1 0
~WARNING km/h). The speed will have to be set
again .
• To help keep the vehicle under
control, do not use the cruise con-
trol when driving on winding or Changing the speed
slippery roads, or in heavy or vary-
ing traffic. Decelerate I Set
• Only use cruise control when Press the bottom part of button B (-) to
traffic and weather conditions al- reduce the speed.
low you to drive at a steady speed. - By briefly pressing the bottom part of
• To prevent unintended opera- button B H. you reduce the speed in
tion of cruise control, turn it off stages. If you hold down the button. the
when it is not being used. speed automatically decreases.
• It is dangerous to use the Re- - When you release button B. the speed of
sume feature when the previously the vehicle at that time is the new speed
set speed is too fast for existing that is stored.
traffic conditions. - If the button is released below approxi-
mately 22 mph (30 km/h), the memory is
erased. The speed must be reset using
the bottom part of button B (-) after the
vehicle accelerates above 22 mph (30
km/h}.
ON THE ROAD - - - - - -- - - - -- - -- - - -- 105

To retrieve and resume the speed that was

previously stored, slide switch A to ON and
press the upper part of button B (RES) af-
ter taking your foot off the brake pedal.
~WARNING
It is dangerous to use the Resume
feature when the previously set
speed is too fast for existing traf-
fic conditions.
Accelerate I Set In addition, the system is temporarily

switched off if you are in N (Neutral)
You can increase speed by preesig the up- or in 1 .
per part of button B (+ ) without having to
press the gas pedal.
Vehicles with manual transmis-
- By pressing the upper part of button B sion:
(+)briefly, you can increase the speed in
stages. If you press and hold the but- The system is temporarily switched off by
ton in place, the speed increases stepping on the brake or clu tch pedal. or by
steadily. sliding switch A towards OFF.
- When you release the button B, the The speed you are going at the time you
speed of the vehicle at that time is the temporarily switched off the system is
new speed that is stored. stored and can be retrieved.
Cruise Control, Turning Off ~WARNING

Temporarily
It is dangerous to use the Resume
Vehicles with automatic feature when the previously set
transmission: speed is too fast for existing traf-
fic conditions.
The system is temporarily switched off by
stepping on the brake pedal, or by sliding
switch A towards OFF.
The speed of the vehicle is stored at this
time and can be retrieved.
The speed you are going at the time you
temporarily switcheo off the system is
stored and can be retrieved.
106 - -- - - - -- - - - - - - -- - - - ON THE ROAD

Setting the speed Cruise Control, Turning Off

If the speed was erased, or if no speed was Completely
set w hen the system was temporari ly
turned off, perform one of the following
steps to set the speed: ~WARNING
• Press the upper part off button B (+ )and
To prevent unintended operation
hold it until the desired speed is reached.
of cruise control, turn it off when
Release the switch and speed is stored.
it is not being used.
or
• Press the gas pedal until you reach the
desired speed and press the bottom part Vehicles with
of button B (SET) briefly The speed is sto- automatic transmission :
red . The system is completely switched off
by moving the selector lever into:
e P, N or R
• 1
or
• by sliding switch A to the right stop
(OFF).
• by switching off the ignition when the ve-
hicle is stopped.
Vehicles with
manual transmission:
• sliding switch A to the right stop (OFF)
• by switching off the ignition when the ve-
hicle is stopped.
ON THE ROAD - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - 107

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A
Adjustable steering column . . .... . ... 68 Alternator/Generator . . . ............. 19
Adjusting Anti-lock braking system (ABS) . . .... 17
- Climate controls ..... . .... . . . . . . 80 Anti-Slip regulation (ASRl
- Head Restraints . .. .. .. ..... .. .. 56 - Control switch ............. . . .. . 44
- Mirrors .... ........ ...... .. . ... 50 - Indicator light . ...... .. . .. . . . . .. . 23
-Seats ...... ..... .. . .. . ....... .. 57 Anti-Slip-Regu lation .. .. ......... .. . 44
Adjustments Head Restraints . ... . ... 56 Anti-theft alarm system . . .. . .. ... . .. 30
Adjustments - Mirror .......... .. . . . 50 ............... . .. .. See a/so Alarms
Air circulation - luggage compartment . 72 Armrest ..... . .. . .................. 66
Air conditioning ................. .. . 80 -Front .. . .. . ... .. . .. .. ... . . ..... 66
- Air recirculation ... .. . .. . .... .... 81 -Rear ... ..... ... . ...... . ....... 66
- ECON cooling . ... . . . . .... .. ... . 85 - Storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 75
- Fan switch ..... . .. . . . .... . ..... 80 Ashtrays ........... . ...... . ....... 78
- Maintenance .. . .. .... . ...... . .. 86 ASR (Anti-Slip Regulation) . .. . ....... 23
-Vents ........ ..... .. .. . . ....... 82 Assist handles .................... . 52
Air outlets ............ . ...... . ..... 82 Automatic locking .. .. .. . .. .. See Locks
Air recirculation Automatic transmission
-Air conditioning . ... .. . .... . .. ... 81 - Kick-Down ... . .. ... . .. . .. .. . .. . 97
- Climatronic .. ... . . ... .. ......... 89 - Tiptronic . .. .. . .. .. ... . . . ... . ... 94
Air vents -Towing ........ .... ............ 98
- Air conditioning .. ............ ... 82 Automatic transmission (5-speed) .... 93
- Climatronic ..................... 91 - Back-up lights .............. . ... 96
Airbag ..... . ...... See also Booklet 2.1 - Ignition key safety interlock .. . .. . 93
- Child safety .. .................. 34 Average driving speed indicator .... .. 11
- Indicator light ... .. . .. ........... 16 Average fuel consumption indicator . . . 11
Airbag indicator light . ... . .......... . 16
Alarm system ... ... . . . . . . .. . ... . .. . 30
Alarms
-Anti- theft system ........... .. .. 30
- Operation . .. . .......... ........ 30
- Setting ............. . ....... . .. 28
108 - - - -- - -- - - - -- - - - - ALPHABETICAL INDEX

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
8
Back-up lights ..................... 96 Chime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 42, 102
-Automatic transmission ...... . .. 96 - Door ....... . .................. 25
- Manual transmission ............ 99 - Ignition . ...................... 102
Backrest ... ..... . ....... . .. . . ... . . 69 -Oil ..... .. .. . .. . . . . . ....... ... . 21
-Folding . ..... . . .. ... . .... .. ... . 69 - Safety belt .. . ........ .. . .... ... 19
- Lockable .......... . ...... . ..... 69 Cigarette lighter .... . . .. ... .. .... . . . 76
- Raising ....................... . 70 Climate controls ...... . .... .. ....... 80
Backward adjustment of seats ...... . 59 See also Air conditioning ; Climatroni c
Battery replacement. remote key ..... 25 Climatronic ...... ........ .. .... ... . 87
Battery- vehicle ....... See Booklet 3.2 - air recirculation .. .. . . ........... 89
Beverage holder ..... . . . .. . ......... 74 -Air vents . ... . ... .. . . ..... . .... . 87
Brake- Warning light .. . .. . ... . ..... 18 - Automatic control ...... . .. . ..... 87
Brakes - Maintenance . .... . ..... . ... .... 92
- Fluid . ..... . ....... See Booklet 3.2 - Manual control ........ . .. . ..... 87
- Pads . . . ........ . . .. . ...... .... 16 - Operating controls . .... . .... .. .. 88
-Warning light ................... 18 Clock ............................. 10
-Wear indicator .................. 16 - Setting ........ ... ............. 10
Buzzer ............ ... ........ ..... 21 Coat hooks . . . . . ......... .... . ..... 52
........ . . ... ... . . ... See also Chime Controls
. ....... . . .. See also Climate controls
c
Car seat. Child ......... See Booklet 2.1
- Climate . . .. ..... .. ........... .. 80
- Interior light ..... .. ....... . .. ... 49
-Locks ........ . ... ............. 31
Cargo Net -Tie-down hooks ..... .... 72 -Remote ....... ...... ........... 27
Central locking system ..... ..... .... 31 - Unlocking window .............. 36
- Rear lid ..... .. . ... ..... .. . . ... . 35 Coolant temperature gauge ........... 9
Central locking systems .......... . . . 33 Cooling system
Child Safety, -Ch ild Car Seat ... .. .. . 58 - Engine ............. See Booklet 3.2
Child safety -Interior . ...... See Climate controls
................. See also Booklet 2.1 Cruise control ..................... 105
-Safety lock. rear doors .......... . 34 Cup-holder ...... ..... ............. 74
ALPHABEDCALINDEX --------------------------------- 109

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
D
Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -Adjustments - Electrical
Data Link Connector IDLC) ...... . ... 23 Forward & Backward . ... . . .... 61
Day-Night mirror ......... ..... . .. .. 50 Backrest ..... ............... . 61
Daytime running lights . . . ... . . . ..... 42 Height .......... . . . .. . ....... 61
Raise & Lower ... . ... . ....... 61
Defogging
Memory ......... ............ 62
- Side windows .. . . ... ......... .. 83 Driver's seat ....................... 57
-Windshield ................ .... . 83
- Adjustments. - Manual, - Height .. 59
-Windshield and side windows .... 83
Driver's seat-memory ... ....... .. ... 62
Defrosting Duplicate key . . ......... .. . .. . ... . . 26
- Rear window ............... .. .. 43
-Windshield and side windows 82, 89
Digital clock ..... . ............ ... .. 10 E
Dimmer switch, - Dashboard lights . .. 42 ECON cool ing . .......... . .......... 85
Displays .. See Multi-Function Indicator Electrical I Electronic
Distance driven indicator ............ 13 - Heated driver's seat .......... ... 43
DLC .............................. 23 - Heated passenger seat .......... 44
Doors ............................. 31 - Power locks .......... . ..... .... 31
- Automatic locking .. . ... . ........ 34 Electrical/Electronic. Seat Adjustment . 60
- Child safety lock. rear ............ 34 Electrically heated driver's seat ....... 43
-Closing .... .. ... .... ..... . ..... 31 Electrically heated passenger seat .... 44
-Locking with key ........... .. ... 31 Electronic Differential Lock .... .. ... . 44
-Opening .................. .... . 31 Electronic differential lock (EDU ...... 17
-Power locks ...... . ..... . .. . ... . 31 Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . 17, 102
-Unlocking with key . ..... ........ 31 Electronic power control (EPC) ... . ... 19
- Unlocking w ith remote . .. ... . . . .. 28 Emergency
Driver posit ion ............ .. . ... . . . 57 - Closing sunroof .... . . .... ... . ... 41
Driver's Seat - Flasher ............... . .... ... . 43
- Adjustments - Manual - Off (Seat Memory) . . .... .. . ..... 65
- Forward & Backward .... .. .. 59 Emergency brake ... . .............. 100
- Lumbar Support ....... . ..... 59 Emission control system
- Seatback ........ . . . . . . .. .. . 59 - Malfunction indicator . . ..... .. . .. 22
- Malfunction indicator light .... ... . 22
110 - - -- - - - -- - -- - -- - - ALPHABETICAL INDEX

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Engine Front doors .. ... . .. .. .. . ..... . . .. . . 31

- Compartment .. ... . ..... .. . ... 104 Front fog lights . .. . ....... ... . . . . .. . 42
- Coolant temperature .. . ....... . . . 9 Front interior light . . . . . . . ..... . .... . 49
- Fuel specifica tions . . See Booklet 3.2 Front map lights .. . .......... .. .... . 49
-fuel specs ... . ...... See booklet 3.2 Front passenger position .. . .. .... . . . 58
- Oil pressure . ... . .. .. . . ....... .. 21 Fron t passenger's seat. 58
- Oil specifications .... See Booklet 3.2 Front sea ts . .. .. .. . . .. . .. . ... . . . . . . 57
-Oil specs .. .. .. ... . See booklet 3.2 ....... . . .. . ... .... . ... See Booklet 2.1
- Specifications . .. .. . See Booklet 3.2 Fuel
- Windshild washer container - Consumption indicator, ... ... ... 11
.... . ........... See Booklet 3.2 + 3.3 - Momentary consumption
Envi ronment - Average consumption . .......... 13
-considerations . ... . . See Booklet 3.2 Fu el fil ler flap release .. . . . . .. . ... ... 44
- Starting procedures . .. . . . . ... . . 102 Fuel gauge . . . .. .. .. ............ .. . 10
Fuses .. . . ... . .. ... .... See Booklet 3.2
F
Fahrenheit to Centrigrade. setting .. .. 89 G
Fan Garage door opener - Homelink .. .. . . 53
- Climatronic . . . ..... . .. . ..... .... 87 Gasoline engine - starting . ...... ... 103
- Radiator . .... . . . ... See Booklet 3.2 Gauge
- Air condition ing ..... . . .. . . . . ... . 80 -Coolant temperature . . ...... .. . .. 9
- Switch - Air conditioning . .. .... .. 80 - Engine coolant tempera ture ... . . .. 9
Fastening Cargo Net ... ... . .. . ..... . 72 - Fuel . ..... ..... . .... ........... 10
Flasher, emergency . .. . .. . ... . .. . . .. 43 - Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Floor mats ... . .. . . .. . ... . . .. . .... .. 67 - Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fog lights- Front ... ... .. . .. . . ... . .. 42 - Tachometer . . ........ ....... . . .. 8
Folding Gearshift lever .. . ..... . ..... . ... .. . 99
-Outside mirrors ... . .... . . .. .. . .. 51 General illust ration . . ... .. . . . . . . ...... 3
- Rear backrest ... ....... . . .. .... 69 Generator . .. . .. .. . . . ... ..... . ..... 19
Forwa rd adjustment of sea ts ....... . . 59 Glove box light ...... . .... ......... . 49
Fresh air . .... . . .. .. . .............. 85 Glove Box/Compartment .. .. .. .. .... 79
Front armrest . , .......... . .. . ...... 66 -Air Vent . . ... . ........ .. . ... . .. . 79
Front door panel light .......... . .... 49 - Light .... . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. ....... 49
ALPHABEDCAL INDEX --------------------------------- 111

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
H I
Handbrake ........... . . .. ......... 100 Ignition ........... .. .............. 101
Hat shelf .......... ...... ...... . ... 71 - Key safety interlock ............. 93
Sun shade ....................... 71 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 102
Head Restraints .................... 56 Important information
· · · · · . ..... .......... See Booklet 2. 1 about this Manual . . ... . . . .......... 2
Height Adjustment ............... 56 Increasing size of
Installing ........................ 56 luggage compartment . ......... .. . 71
Removing ..... . .. .. .. ........ . .. 56 Indicator- Multifunction (MFA) ....... 11
Headlight Indicator lights ... . ............ .. .. . 15
- Dimmer switch . . ..... . ........ . 45 - Airbag system .... ..... ......... 16
- Flasher ........ ... ..... . ....... 45 -Anti-Lock brake system ......... 17
Headlight dimmer switch lever .... . .. 45 -Anti-Slip Regu lation . ............ 23
Headlight flasher . ...... ............ 45 -Brake ....... .. . . . . .......... .. 18
Heated - Door open ..... . . .... .......... 22
- Driver's seat ......... . .... . . . .. . 43 - Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . 17. 102
- Passenger's seat ......... . ... . .. 44 - Electronic power control . ... .. ... 19
-Window ........... . ........ . .. 43 - Engine coolant temperature level . 19
Heated driver's seat ................ 43 -Engine oil pressure .............. 21
Heated outside mirrors ... . . ... . ..... 51 - Front brake pads worn . ... . ...... 16
Heated passenger seat ........ . ..... 44 - Fuel level too low .... ........... 22
Heating . . ............... . ......... 80 - Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Heating interior quickly ... ........ . .. 83 - High beam. . .......... . ........ 16
Heating system ... See Clim ate contro ls - Malfunction indicator lamp .. . .. .. 22
Height adjustment of seats ....... . . . 59 - Safety belts .. .. ........ . ....... 19
High beam .... . ............ .. ... .. 16 -Trunk I Rear lid . ...... ... . ....... 22
High beam lever .. .......... .. ... . .. 45 -Turn signals ............ . ....... 16
Homelink . ...... ...... ... . ...... . . . 53 - Windshield washer .............. 22
Hood, opening ......... See Booklet 3.2 -Windshield washer fluid
level too low ................... 22
Hooks. lie-Down. Cargo Net .. . ..... 72
Inside day-night mirror .. ... ... . . . ... 50
Horn . . .. ........ .... ............... 3
Installing wiper blades . .. . .. ........ 48
................. See also Booklet 2.1
How to use the air conditioning
more economically ............. .. .. 85
How to use this Manual ...... . . .. .. . . 2
112 -------- ------------------ ------ ALPHABETICAL INDEX

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
L
Instrument cluster . .. .. .. ...... . .. ... 8 Lane changer .. . .. . ... . .. ... .... .. . 45
Instrument illumination ... . . .. ....... 42 Light switch ................ .... ... 42
Instrument panel ....... .. . .. ........ 3 Lighter ........ . .. . ................ 76
- Digita l clock ..... . .. . ...... ..... 10 Lights . .... ... .. .. . ......... . ...... 42
- Display, Multifunctioin indicator ... 11 -Backup ..... .... ....... ........ 96
- Engine coolant temperature gauge . 9 - Brake warning . .. ............... 18
-Fuel gauge . .. ......... .. ... .... 10 - Daytime running ................ 42
- Odometer .. . .... ... ... . ... ..... 10 - Door open .... . ...... . .. . . ..... 22
- Speedometer . .... . . .. ... . ...... 10 - Fog, front . . . ... . . . .... .. . . . .. .. 42
Interior light con trol ... . ........ ..... 49 - Front door panel .......... . ..... 49
Interior lights ... ..... . . . .... . ...... 49 - Hazard ... ... . .......... ...... . 43
- Indicator .. . .. .. . . .. .. . .. . .... 6, 15
- Interior control .. ................ 49
J - Interior front .. ..... .. ..... . ..... 49
Jump starting .......... See Booklet 3.2 - Luggage compartment ........... 49
-Map ..... .... . .......... .. ..... 49
K - Storage compartment ... ... .... .
-Trunk I Rear lid .............. . ...
49
22
Keeping interior comfortable ......... 83
Key Loading a Roof Rack ................ 73
- Coding . .... . . .. . . .. ......... . . 28 Lock positions of trunk lock cylinder . . 35
- Duplicate ... ... . ...... .. ...... . 26 Lockable Backrest ................ . . 69
- Ignition, Safety Interlock ......... 93 Locking the vehicle ... . . ........ .... 31
- Master with remote ............. 25 Locks
- Remote release ................. 25 - Doors ........ . .. . ...... . .. . . .. 31
- Replacement ....... .. ... . .. . .. . 26 - Rear lid ................. . ...... 35
-Tag ............................ 26 -Truck I Rear lid .. ......... ... . ... 35
-Valet .. ... . . .. . ... . ..... . . ... .. 26 Locks, Glove Box/Compartment ...... 79
Key for remote release .. . . . ... . . . ... 25 Luggage compa rtment ........ . ..... 71
Keys . . ......... .. . .. . .. . .. . .... . . . 25 -light ..................... ... . . . 49
Kick-down .. .... . ......... . ... . ... 97 -Socket .................... .. ... 77
ALPHABEDCAL/NDEX --------------------------------- 113

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
M
Maintenance- Vehicle Retrieval
. ........ ... .... .. See Booklet 1.2 + 3.2 Driving Forward .. ....... ... .. 64
Malfunction indicator lamp ... ... ..... 22 Driving in Reverse ............ 64
Manual air conditioning ...... .. ...... 80 Tilt Position, Backing Up .... . . ..... 62
Manual transmission . ............... 99 Mirrors with power "fold flat" function 52
- Back-up lights ...... .. .. . .. .. ... 99 Momentary fuel consumption indicator 13
Master key Multi-Function Indicator (MFA)
- Wi th remote ........... .... .... 25 - Average driving speed ....... . ... 13
Mats. Floor ...... ..... . .. . . . . ...... 67 - Average fuel consumption ....... 13
Maximum cooling .... . . ... .. ... .... 84 - Distance driven ...... . ... . .. .... 13
Memory - Driving time .... .... ............ 13
Retrieving - Erasing the settings ............. 12
Driving Forward ....... . .. . . . . 64 - Momentary fuel consumption .... 13
Driving in Reverse ..... . .. . ... 64 - Outside temperature ... ....... .. 12
Setting Multi-function indicator . ...... ..... . 11
Driving Forward . .. .. .. . .. .. . . 62 Multi-function steering wheel .... . .. . 24
Driving in Reverse ... .. . . . .. . . 62 - Cruise control ..... .. . .. .... . . .. 24
Memory for driver's seat
and outside mirrors ......... . ..... 62 - Lighting ........................ 24
Memory for outside mirrors .. . ... . ... 51 - Radio system ...... . . ..... . ..... 24
Memory functions
Driver's Sea t .............. . .. . ... 62
Initializing ......... . . ...... . ...... 65
N
Normal cooling ..... . . . . . .. . ........ 84
Outside Mirrors .... . ...... . ...... 62
Memory functions
- Emergency Off, Seat ............ 65 0
- Multi-Function Indicator (MFA) ... 11 OBD II .......... ..... ...... ..... .. 23
MFA . . . . See Multi- Function Indicator Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 14
Miles per gallon I Liters per 100 km ... 13 Oil pressure ........ ........ . ...... 21
Miles per hour I Kilometers per hour .. 13 Oil specification .. ..... . See Booklet 3.2
Mirrors .. . ......................... 50 On Board Diagnostic System . .... ... 23
- Outside memory ....... .... ..... 62 One-touch down feature ...... . . .. .. 36
- Power "fold flat" function .. ..... 52
114 - - -- - - -- - -- - -- - - - - ALPHABETICAL INDEX

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
One-touch up feature ............... 36 Power roof .... ... . ........... ..... 40

Opening the hood ...... See Booklet 3.2 - Closing ............... . . .. ... . . 40
Opening the vehicle . ..... . ........ . 31 - Convenience closing ........ . . . . 41
Operat ing controls - Emergency closing ...... ...... . . 41
-Air conditioning .......... .. . . ... 80 -Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
- Climatronic ................. . ... 88 Powe r Window ....... . ... . ........ 36
.Jutlets. -Air ........... . .......... 82 Power windows
Outside mirrors .. .. . ... . ... .... .... 50 - Pinch protection ..... ........ . .. 38
Outside mirrors-memory ......... .. . 62
Outside temperature indicator ........ 12
R
Radiator ............... See Booklet 3.2
p Radio ............................. 24
Panic button I switch ............... 28 .......... ....... See also Bookl et 3.2
Parking .. .......... .. .. ... .... .... 98 - Control on multifunction
Parking brake ... ... . ............. . 100 steering wheel .. ...... .. ... .... 24
Pedals ..................... . . ... .. 67 Rain sensor.. ........ ........ . . .... 47
Pinch protection Rear
-Windows ... ............. . .. . . . 38 -View mirror ........ . . . . . .... . .. 50
- Sunroof ..... .. .. .. . ..... ... . . . . 40 -Window defroster .... . .. .. . . .... 43
Power Seat .. . . ............. . ....... . . . 69
-Steering ........ .. .... . ....... . 99 Locking ........... .. ......... 69
Rear I Trunk lid
- Windows .............. .... .... 36
- Closing ........................ 35
Power controls
- Inside release ................ . . 35
- Locking switch .. . ........ . ... .. 33
-Locks ........... . ....... ...... 35
-Locks ..... . ....... . ........... 31
-Outside mirrors ........... ...... 51 -Opening · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 35
_ Roof .. ........ ...... .......... 40 Rear lid ......... . . ...... . . . ... .... 35
Power locking switch .............. . 33 Rear Socket · · · · · · · · · · · · · · . · · · ..... 76
Power locks ............ . ........ .. 31 Rear view mirror ............ . ...... 50
Power outside mirrors .... .. . .. . . ... 51 Rear w indow defogger · · · · · ......... 43
Recirculation air ....... . ............ 81
ALPHABETICAL INDEX - - - -- - - - -- - - -- - - - 115

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Releases
s
Safety belt warning light ......... ... . 19
- Fuel filler flap ..... . ... .......... 44 Safety belts ............ See Booklet 2.1
- Hood .. ......... .. . See Booklet 3.2 Seat
-Trunk I Rear lid . .. .. ...... . .. .... 35 Electrical Adjustment, Backrest . . . . . 61
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 27 Rear ........ . ....... . ... . . . .. . .. 69
- Battery replacement . ....... ..... 25 Seat belts ............. See Booklet 2.1
Remote controls . . ............ ..... 28 Seatback adjustment ............... 59
- Locking ........ . . ...... . ...... 28 Seating position
- Release ....................... 28 - Driver ........................ . 57
- Resetting ............ . ....... .. 28 - Front passenger .......... ...... 58
- Unlocking ..................... 28 Seats
Remote locking I unlocking .......... 27 - Belts .............. See Booklet 2.1
Remote Transmitter ................ 53 - Child seats ......... See Booklet 2.1
Removing the Roof Rack .... . ....... 74 Child Car Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Replacement of keys ............. .. 26 -Front ...... ...... ...... ... ..... 57
Replacing Electrical Adjustment .......... ... 60
- Batteries, remote control ......... 25 Forward + Backwa rd .. . ....... 61
- Bulbs .............. See Booklet 3.2 Height ....................... 61
- Keys ...... . . ..... ..... . ....... 26 Raising + Lowering ......... .. 61
-Wiper blades .... . ...... . ....... 48 Memory . ....... ... . ... . ..... 62
Manual Adjustment
Replacing batteries, - Remote control . 25
Restraint System, Head Restraint ..... 56 Folding .. .. ...... . ........... 69
Head Restraint ........ ..... . . 56
Restraint systems ...... See Booklet 2.1 -Foreward and backward adjustmen 59
Reverse
- Height adjustment ........ ....... 59
-Automatic tran smission .......... 96 -Manual adjustment .. ...... ...... 59
- Manual transmission ...... . ..... 99 -Seatback adjustment .... . . . ...... 59
Roof ............... . ........ . ..... 40
Secondary key . ... ... .... . . ... .. .. . 26
Roof Rack ........................ . 73 Securing Luggage ............ . ..... 72
- Installing ....................... 74 Selector lever display ..... .......... 95
-Loading ....... . .............. .. 73 Selector lever position display ........ 14
- Removing .... ... . .. ..... . ...... 74 Self-dimming mirror .. . ........... .. 50
Sensor. rain .............. . . ... . . . .. 47
116 - - -- - - - -- - -- - - -- - ALPHABETICAL INDEX

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Settings - Heated seat. passenger's .... . .. . 44

- Clock .... ... .. ... ......... . .. .. 10 -Instrument illumination . .... . . . .. 42
- Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - Light switch . .... . ........... ... 42
- Outside Mirrors . . . . . ... . . . .. .. .. 62 - Panic button switch . . .. . ... . . ... 28
- Seat Memory . . ... . .. . .. .. .. .. . . 62 - Power locking switch ... .. ... . ... 33
Signals, Turn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 45 - Rear window defogger .. .... .. . . 43
Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76. 77 Synchronised mirror adjustment .. .. . . 51
Specifications, vehicle .. See Booklet 3.3
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Starter sw itch .... . ........ .. ...... 101 T
Starting, - Gasoline engine ........ . 103 Tachometer ..................... . .. . 8
Starting procedures ....... .. ....... 102 Tag, Key . .. .... . ............. . .... 26
Steering Temperature control
- W heel, M ulti-function . . .. . ...... 24 - Air conditioning ...... . .. . ... .. . . 80
- Sound System . . ... . . . ... .. . .... 24 - Climatronic ....... . . . . ... . . .. ... 87
- Lighting .... . .. . . ..... . ... . ..... 24 Temperature indicator, outside .. . .. . . 12
Steering lock ...... . .. .. . . . . . .. . .. . 101 Theft protection - Alarm system . . .... 30
Steering wheel .. . .................. 68 lie-Down Hooks, Cargo Net .. . ... .. . 72
Stopping engine . . ...... ... ....... . 103 lilt and Telescopic Steering Wheel .. . . 68
Storage lime driven indicator . .... . . ... . . .. . . 13
- Compartment light . . .. . . . .. . .. . . 49 tiptronic . .. . . . ... . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. . .. 94
- Box/Compartment .... . . . ..... . . 79 - Top speed .. .. .. . ... . . . ..... .. .. 96
Sun roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Power, roof Towing . . .. ... . ... . . .. . . ..... . ... .. 98
Sun shade .. ... . . .. .. .. ... . . ....... 71 Transmission
. ...... . . .. See Automatic transmission
Sun visors . .... . . . ... .. ... . . ..... . . 53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Manual transmission
Switches .. . ... . .. . ... .. . .. ...... .. 42 Transporting heavy objects .... . ..... 71
-Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) ....... 44 Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
- Daytime running lights . . . . .. . .... 42 Trunk - Light .. ... .. ......... . ...... 49
- Emergency flasher ........ .. .. . . 43 Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 45
- Fog lights, front ........ . .... . ... 42 - Indicators ...... . . . .... . ..... . .. 16
- Heated seat. driver's .. . ... ... ... 43 - Operation . . . .. . .. . .. .. . ..... . .. 45
ALPHABEDCAL/NDEX --------------------------------- 117

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
u
Universal Transmitter ............... 53 - Malfunction indicator light ........ 22
Unlocking the vehicle .... .... . ...... 31 - Rear lid ...... .... .............. 22
- Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
v
Valet key ......... ... .............. 26
- Trunk I Rear lid .... .............. 22
-Turn signals .. .. . . .. . ...... . .... 45
- Washer fluid ............... .. . . 22
Vehicle battery ......... See Booklet 3.2 Warning lights .......... . .......... 1~
Vehicle Identification Number
Washer fluid ....... See also Booklet 3.2
....................... See Booklet 3.3
Vehicle specifications ... See Booklet 3.3 Washer system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 46
Window I Windshield
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 85, 90
- Pinch protection . ...... . ........ 36
w
- Rear defogger . . . . .. .... .. . . .... 43
-Wiper blades . .. .. . .... . .. . ..... 48
Windows ... ........... ...... . ..... 36
- Airbag system .. ................ 16 - Defogging .. .... ............... 83
- Alternator I Generator . . . . . . . . . . . 19 - Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 89
- Anti-Lock brake system ......... 17 - Ignition off ..................... 39
-Anti-Slip Regulation ............. 23 - Ignition on ...... .. . ..... . ...... 39
- Brake . ................. ....... 18 - Pinch protection .. . . . .. .. . .... .. 38
- Coolant level . .. . .......... ... .. 19 Windshield wiper . .. . .... ..... ...... 46
- Coolant temperature ...... .. ... . 19 Wiper . ........ . . ... . . ... ... . ...... 46
- Door open .. . .. ... ........ . .... 22 Wiper I Washer system
- Electronic power control .... ..... 19 - Blades . ....... ... .... . ......... 4&
- Engine coolant level, - Engine coolant - Rain sensor ..... . ......... .... . 47
temperature ..................... 19 -Windshield .. ... . .. . ... . . ..... .. 46
-Engine oil pressure .............. 21 Wiper blades ... . .................. 48
- Front brake pads worn ........... 16 Wiper/Washer system
- Fuel level ......... ........ . .... 22 -Container capacity . . See Booklet 3.3
- Generator ....... .. . ........ .... 19 - Fluid ....... . .... . . See Booklet 3.2
-High beam . .............. . .... . 16
118 - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -- ALPHABETICAL INDEX

It has always been VOLKSWAGEN's policy All rights reseNed . May not be reproduced
VOLKSWAGEN. therefore. reserves the written consent of VOLKSWAGEN AG.
right to make changes in design and speci- Specifications are subject to change wi-
fications. and to make additions or improve- thout notice
~viously manufactured.
<£> Printed on environmentally friendly
Text, illustrations and specifications in this clable). Printed in Germany
3.1 2004 Passat Sedan I Controls and Equipment I Art.-Nr.: 241.551.PLB.21
Print Status: 05.20031 Edition: Nordamerika englisch 05.2003
Passat, JeHa Wagon
Volkswagen Telematics
by OnStar
·Operating Instructions
About this booklet
This booklet contains important info rma- cles it applies to, fo r example "Applies to ve-
tion, tips. suggestions and warnings on using hicles with airbag system".
your vehicle. The other booklets in the ® Registered trademarks are marked TM or
Owners Literature contain furth er informa- ®. However, the absence of this symbol
tion that you should be aware of for your own does not constitute a waiver of the rights
safety and for the safety of your passengers. concerning any term .
Make sure that you always keep the complete .,. The section Is continued on the next
Owners Literature in the vehicle. This is es- page.
pecially important when you lend or sell the <11 Indicates th e end of a section.
vehicle.
This manual describes the scope of vehicle
equipment at the time of publication. Some
& WARNING
of the equipment described will not be avail- Texts with this symbol contain important
able until a la ter d ate, or is on ly available for information on safety. They help protect
certain markets. you, your passengers and others from ac-
Illustrations may slightly vary from your ve- cidents and inju ry.
hicle . For this reason you should regard illus-
trations as a general guide. CD Caution
At the beginning of this booklet, you will find Texts wit h this symbol draw your attentio n to
a table of contents showing all the items de- potential sources of damage to your vehicle.
scribed in this manual in the order they ap-
pear.
~ For the sake of the environment
An alphabetical index is at the end of the Texts with this symbol contain additional in -
booklet. formation on the protection of the environ-
Directions a nd positions (for example right , ment.
left, front, rear) are always relative to the di-
rection of travel of the vehicle unless stated
otherw ise. rn Note
Texts with this symbo l contain addit ional in-
Some sections of this booklet do not apply to fo rmation.
all vehi cles. If this is the case, a text at the be-
ginning of the section indicates which vehi -
Booklet 3.2 Volkswagen Telematics by OnStar ®
Table of contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 2 On Star Center and Services . .. 25
Genera l information . .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 2 OnStar Center .. .. .. .. . .. . . .. . .. . . .. . . . 25
Information and Convenience
OnStar Controls and Personal Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Calling ....... .. ..................... . 5
On Star Virtual Advisor .. . . . . . . . 29
Using O nStar . ... . . .... . . . . ........... . 5
OnStar services button ........ .. . .... . 7 U.S. models only .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . .. 29
OnStar emergency button . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Avai lable information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
OnStar communication butto n . . . . . . . 9
Vol ume control . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 9 Additional information and
OnStar system status light . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 system status messages . . . . . . . . 35
Me mo recorder .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. 10 Additional information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Voice Response - Tips and Tricks . . . . . 13
O nStar Personal Calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Alphabetical index .. .. .. .. . .. . . .. 38
Table of contents
@ Booklet 3.2 Volkswagen Telematics by OnStar
Introduction
General information
Welcome to OnStar ®
Dear Volkswagen Driver, Please keep this booklet in your vehicle for
easy reference. If you need information re-
This manual gives you all the inform at ion
garding operation o r features of OnStar,
you need to get s tarted using Volkswagen
you'll h ave it readi ly at h and. Once you start
Telematics by OnStar, with descriptions of
using this booklet, you 'll see how easy it is to
the curren t On Star services, includin g OnStar
take advantage of the safety, security, and
Person al Calling, Virtu al Advisor 1>, a nd th e
convenience of OnStar. <II
OnStar Subscriber Website.
Subscription Service Agreement

Your OnStar subscription can be activated at your authorized
Volkswagen dealership or directly through OnStar.
At sometime you will need to sign an OnStar- pick up your vehicle. Ifyou need to subscribe
Subscriber agreement. This wi ll normally without d ealer assistance, ca ll OnStar a tl-
happen as part of the sales process when you 888-667-8271. <II
What you should know about OnStar Safe & Sound

Service
Your new vehicle com es with one year ofOnStar Safe & Sound
Service.
You mus t act ivate immediately to ens ure th at
you receive your fu ll year of service, as the
prepaid subscription begins wh en the ve-
rn Note
• Safe & Sound Services are provided fo r
hicle is delivered. How to ac ti va t e ~ page 6. one year. You can obtain additional services
by calling 1-888-4-0nStar (1-888-466-7827) .
If you d o no t activate your syste m or if you
allow you r service contract 10 expire. On Star • When you s ign an OnStar contract, you
cannot guarantee that services can be pro- are given a PIN to access different OnStar
vid ed. services. <II
ll USA m odels o nly
2 Introduction
Booklet 3.2 Volkswagen Telematics by OnStar @
Availability
OnStar service is on ly available throughout If you make an emergency or service call, the
the Unit ed States (including Hawaii and OnStar System uses the Global Positioning
Alaska) and Canada. If a request for service Syste m (G PS) to determine your locatio n au-
occurs outside of these areas, communica- t omat i ca ll y ~ page 3. <II
tions may not be available, and the OnStar
Adviso r may no t be able to help you.
OnStar Center
24 hour service.
The OnStar Center is the heart of your service This system allows the OnStar Advisors to
-staffed 24 hours a day, 7 days a week with pinpoint your vehicle's location precisely.
knowled geable OnStar Advisors. Even on This way, the Advisors can provide you with a
weekends a nd holidays there is always range o f helpful services to make your driving
someone ready to help. Fo r further d etails experience safer and more convenient.
~ page 25.
Also, for subscribers with some OnStar Ser-
OnStar uses sophisti ca ted Global Positioning vice Plan s~ page 26, the Advisors can access
System (G PS) satellites to locate your vehicle, an extensive database to ass is t you with di-
wireless technology to provide the commu - rections, making reservatio ns, and other
nicati ons link, and sea mless integration into co nvenient services. <II
your vehicle.
Global Positioning System (GPS)

Vehicle position is determined by receiving and interpreting sig-
nals transmitted by satellites.
Vehicle positio ning in for mation is relayed to where tall buildings are located. Tunnels , un -
the OnStar Center during OnStar Button or d erpasses, parking garages, trees and similar
Em ergency Service Button requests from the s tructures could also adversely affect posi-
vehicle. Locati on in formation will be tracked tioning performance.
and given o nly to the proper au thorities in
the even t of a vehicle theft notification.
CIJ Note
How GPS works: • If the signals are obstructed, the system
The signal being sent from the GPS satellites will operate but the OnStar Center could
is received by your vehicle, a computer de ter- have d iffic ulty id entifying your current loca-
mines its exact posit ion. tion. The last va lid position obtained before
the obstruction is reta ined, however, and can
If the signals a re obstructed, positioning ca- be sent. The OnStar Advisor may depend on
pability could be degraded or lost. This situa- you to provide verbal information regarding II>
tio n would be most prevalent in urban areas
Introduction 3
@ Booklet 3.2 Vol kswage n Te le motics by OnStor
your vehicles location if such an obstruction • Even if your positional da ta was trans-
of the satellites occurs. mitted, there is no guarantee that your ve-
hicle can always be located. <4
OnStar subscriber website

The pesonalized MyOnStar web site offers a wide range of infor-
mation and individual settings.
MyOnStar- Your personalized website will cally when you sign on to the Virtual Advisor
provide you with easy access to pe rsonalized from you r vehicle.
account info rmatio n and help with your On-
To access the Subscriber Website, sim ply go
Star system, incl uding your Virtual Ad visorll
to:
and Personal Calling. You will also be able to
plan your travel. receive location based or www.vw.com (USA)
personal weather informatio n, and interact
www.vw.ca (Canada)
with On Star Advisors and customer care
groups. and select the link to OnStar.
As an OnStar subscriber, you have access to The Subscriber site is secured. Access re-
the OnStar Subscriber Website. The MyOn- quires your account number a nd personal
Star Subscriber Website is designed to help identification n umber (PIN). if you do not
you set up and manage the various news and know your account n umber or PIN, contact
information selections for your Virtual Ad- OnStar at 1-888-4-0 NSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
visor.
You can also custom ize your OnStar Virtua l [I) Note
Ad visor Profil e. Your Profil e allows you to For security reasons , you r information can
cus to mize the depth and bread th of the in- on ly be ma iled to your address on record. <4
formation you will have access to automa ti-
(
System limitations
An OnStar Service Subscription Agreem ent is required in order
to receive OnStar services.
This manual conta ins the latest information
at the lime it was printed. OnStar reserves the [I) Note
right to make changes to the services without For more informat ion, contact OnStar atl-
prior notification. 888·4-0NSTAR (l-888-466-7827). <4
In order to provide you with excellent service,
any call to the OnStar call Center may be
monitored or recorded.
2l USA models only
4 Introduction
Boo klet 3.2 Volkswagen Telematics by OnStar @
OnStar Controls and Personal

Calling
Using OnStar
Three OnStar buttons
The OnStar controls consist of three separate buttons and a
system status light.
(!) OnStar communication button
(DOT button) ... 00 00 • 00 00 00 00 • 9
0 OnStar system status light . . . . . 10
0 OnStar services button !I On Star )
butto n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
0 OnStar emergency butto n . . . . . 8~
Fig. 1 OnStor buttons
OnStar Controls and Personal Calling 5

@ Booklet 3.2 Vol kswa gen Te lematics by OnStar
OnStar activation
You must activate immediately to ensure that you receive your
full year ofservice.
How to acti vate
- Press the blue [ O nStor I button
~ fig. 2 ® located o n the headliner
pan el. A prerecorded message will
be played, which expla ins OnStar
services and activa rion.
- Press the blue [ O nStar I button a
second time. An Advisor will a nswer
an d assist yo u in the enrollme nt
process (this could take a few min-
Fig. 2 Blue OnStor button utes the fi rs t time).
The Advisor will request the inrormation we

need to get you staned. This process will nor-
mally take between 10 and IS min utes. ~
6 OnStar Controls and Perso nal Calling

OnStar services button

OnStar button
Using the blue( OnStar] button, you are connected to an OnStar
Advisor.
You will hear a chime, fo llowed by the words
<Connecting to OnStar> or <Connecting to
Volkswagen Telematics by OnStar>. OnStar
then generates a sequence of tones during
the connection process. The process will nor-
mally take about 15 seconds.
To cancel your call , press the OnStar Com -
munication (DOT) button.
IIJ Note
After pressing the button to contact OnStar,
normal co nnection tim e is 10-15 seco nds. In
Fig. 3 OnStor services button (blue OnStor unusual circumstances, it may take as long as
button) 2-3 minutes to connect. Please allow suffi -
cient time to make the co nn ecti o n . ~
- Press the blue [ OnStar] button
=> fig. 3 G), and you are connected
to an OnStar Advisor.

OnStar emergency button

Emergency button
Please use this button only for true emergencies.
quire, and contact the nearest emergency
services provider who ca n dispat ch ambu-
lance, fire , police or other emergency ser-
vices.
If you made an unint entional emergency call,
you can cancel it by p ressing the DOT button.
[JJ Note
• Even if your posit ional data was trans-
mitted, the re is no guarantee that your ve-
hicle can a lways be located.
• If the GPS system is int errupt ed ~ page 3
Fig. 4 OnStor emergency button or if sate llite reception is interrupted, auto·
matic vehicle locatio n may be interfered with
- In an emergency, press the or may even be unavailable.
button => fi g. 4 G) to connect with • If the s ignals are obstructed , the syste m
an OnStar Advisor. will o pera te but the OnStar Center could
have difficulty identifying your current loca-
tion. The last valid position obtai ned b efo re
Your call will be given the highest priority, the obs truction is retained , however, an d can
and you will hea r a tone followed by the be sen t. The OnSta r Advisor may depend o n
words <Connecting to OnS ta r Em ergency>. you to provid e verba l information regarding
The Advisor w ill att empt to locate your ve- your vehicles locati on if such a n obs tructio n
hicle, find out what ki nd of assistan ce you re- of the satellites occurs. <II r
8 OnStar Controls and Pe rsonal Calling

OnStar communication button

Communication button (DOT button)
Telephone calls can be ended with the blue OnStar communica-
tion (DOT) button.
- Press the DOT button => fig. 5 G)
at the end of a call. You'll hear the
words <OnStar Request Ended>.
- Press this button to answer an in-
coming personal call, or cancel a
call if one of the other buttons is ac-
cidentally pressed.
This button is also used for the Voice Recog-

nition to access OnStar Personal Calling and
Virtua l Ad visor'> Services. ~
Fig. 5 DOT button
Volume control
Volume control
The volume control knob on Sound System also controls the
volume of the Telematics System.
- Turn the Sound System volume can turn down the Navigatio n System 's audio
knob to control the volume. p rompts duri ng On Star calls by entering the
Navigatio n System's m enu a nd adjusting the
Navigation vo lume. ~
Vehicles equipped with the Volkswagen
Navigation System:
The Volkswagen Navigation System 's audio
prompts will talk over OnSta r activity. You
JJ USA models only

@ Booklet 3.2 Volkswagen Te lematics by OnStar
OnStar system status light

System status light
The system status light displays the status of the OnStar System.
Blinking g ree n
The ligh t b links gree n to indicate a call is
be ing connected or in progress. If you notice
this ligh t blinking while yo u are not on a call ,
p ress the DOT bu tton.
Red
T his s ignals that yo ur OnStar system m ay nor
be func tioning p roperly. Press the blue On -
Sta r button to a u cm pt to contact a n OnStar
Advisor.
If the connection is made, the Advisor will as-
sist you making sure your OnSta r system is
Fig. 6 System status light
operati ng properly.
The syste m statu s ligh t => fig. 6 @ is located If you can no t contact the OnStar Center or if
between the DOT button and the Emergency you r system s tatus ligh t rem ains reel, please
b u u on. It will take 10 to 15 seconds for this take your vehicle to the n eares t authorized
ligh t to com e on a ft er you h ave switched o n Volkswagen dealer for diagnosis and service.
the ign ition .
Solid g reen IIJ Note

If the syste m s tatus light d oes not illumi nate,
In d icates th e OnStar syste m in the veh icle is
the Syste m is not operat iona l. Have the On-
powered ON and ready to m ake calls or re-
Star Syste m d iagnosed by yo ur a uthorized
ceive calls from the OnSta r Cente r. Th e
Volkswagen dea l er. ~
syste m s ta tus light wil l rem ain green even in
areas without cellu lar coverage.
Memo recorder
Introduction
Your OnSra r system is equi pp ed with a m e m o OnStar Virtual Ad viso r'H . You can p lay back
recorder 10 store informati on given to you
during a ca ll with an OnStar Ad visor or the
th e s to red aud io information at a later time,
whe n you a rc no longer conn ec ted to On Sta r. ..
r
4l USA models only

The memo recorder has the capacity to
record up to 80 seconds of audio. <II
Record
Only during a call with OnStar Call Center or Virtual Advisor.
Starts recording
- Press the blue 1,....9=-n-=-S-ta--,rI button
~ fig. 7 G). The system beeps sev-
eral times, followed by a longer
beep .
Ends recording
- Press the blue [ OnStar I button
again. The system beeps again .
The series of beeps may las t up to 5 seco nds

Fig. 7 OnStor services buHon to clear an existing memo. A longer beep w ill
be heard immed ia tely befo re recording
s tarts. <II
Playback
- Press the DOT button ~ fi g. 8 G),
OnStar response: <Ready>.
- Say the command Memo, OnStar
response: <Playback from start of
memo>. <II
Fig. 8 OnStor : DOT buNon

@ Booklet 3.2 Volkswage n Telemotics by OnStar
Stop playback (partially through}

- Press the DOT button. Heturns control to Audio system. <II
To resume playback
- Press the DOT b utton ~ page 11, - Say the comman d Play, OnStar
fig. 8 G), OnStar response: starts memo playback from begin-
<Ready>. ning, or
- Say the command Mem o, OnStar - Say the comm and Resume, On-
response: <Play or Resume>. Star staTts memo playback where it
had been previously stopped . ..-

Booklet 3.2 Volkswage n Te lematics by OnStar @
Voice Response - Tips and Tricks

Operation of the OnStar speech recognition systems
Speech recognition allows the user to speak to a computer.
The computer tries to understand the user's • OnSta r Virtual Adviso r5l
comma nd, and responds by speaking back,
or by taking the appropria te action (e.g. di- OnStar Personal Calling:
aling the pho ne). OnStar Personal Calling uses a speech recog-
nitio n system that resides in the vehicle.
The OnStar speech recognition systems use
When the user presses the Communicatio n
speech technology that is designed to under-
(DOT) ) butto n, the system says, <Ready>,
stand a wide range of speakers of Ame rican
and liste ns for the user's com ma nd. The user
English. However, the technology does not
can speak co mma nds to control the ha nds-
work equally well across all regional a nd
free wireless phone.
ethnic accents.
Although there is no one "right" way to speak OnStar Virtual Advisor:
English, the system will work best when users OnStar Virtual Advisor uses a re mo te speech
try to modify their pronunciation in respo nse recognition systems that you access th rough
to syste m erro rs. Users who do not ob tain an automated phone call. The user co nnects
good results a re advised to try the tips and to Virtual Ad visor by requesting it th rough an
wo rkarounds fo und in this d ocument. OnStar Personal Calling command. The user
is then transferred to the Virtual Ad visor
OnStar users communicate w ith two computer and communicates through the
spe e ch recognitio n systems: wireless connection. <4
• OnStar Pe rso nal Calling
General tips for better speech recognition

No ise An open window or an open sunroof allows
No ise may confuse the speech recognitio n more noise to enter the vehicle. Close all win-
system. You usually get better performance dows for better results.
from the system in quieter conditions: Noisy rainstorms can also red uce perfo r-
The vehicle heating, ventilation, and air con- mance.
d ition ing fan creates no ise. Turn it clown or If passengers are talking while yo u use the
off fo r bette r speech system perfo rmance. speech system , it may be co nfu sed by their
Driving at high speeds creates louder engine speech. You will get better results if all occu-
noise a nd wind noise. You may get bette r re- pants of the vehicle a re quiet, while the
sults at lower speeds. system is listening for commands. .,_
Sl USA m odels onl y

@ Booklet 3.2 Volkswage n Telemotics by OnStar
When to spec k environmen t, the louder you need to speak. If

In OnStar Personal Calling, the system is only you are in the driver's seat, speak facing the
listening after it prompts you to speak. front of the car. If you are a passenger, speak
facing the rear view mirror.
When the syste m prompts you to speak, you
have about 5 seconds to respond. If the Speak calmly and naturally. The syste m may
syste m does not hear a response, it will sometimes fa il to understand your repeated
pro mpt you again, or cancel the tra nsaction. attemp ts to give a command. If your speech
is distorted by shouting or frus tration , this
If you begin to speak too soon, it will tell you may cause more errors.
<Slower please>. Try pausing for a half
second befo re speaking. Individu als with high-pitched voices may
have better results by s peaking in a d eeper,
In the Virtual Advisor6 l. the syste m is lis· lower-p itched vo ice. However. do no t lower
tening for commands for a few seconds be- th e volum e of the vo ice.
tween information/enterta inment segme nts.
Avo id s peaking with a risi ng intonation, like
How to speck aski ng a question. Use a fl at o r falling into na-
Speak forcefully and clearly. The system has tio n, like giving an answer. <II
been optimized for the driver. The noisier the
What to say
The commands for Personal Calling and the Virtual Advisor are
different.
OnStor Personal Calling: For exam ple, say Help at the Heady prompt to
OnStar Perso nal commands are on e word hear the list ofOnStar Personal Calling com-
co mm ands. mands.
The OnStar Perso nal Calli ng system listens Virtual Adviso r: whole sente nces
for o nly one word at a time. There are some Virtual Ad visor can understand sentences
excep tions, two-word phrases that are with more than one word. It a lso expects to I"'
spoken and understood as a single word, e.g. hear a four-digit number all at once whe n it
Virtual Advisor7l, Voice Feedback, and My asks for your PIN.
Number.
For example, say What are my choices? to
You can ente r p hone numbers o nly one digit hear a lis t of commands tha t the Virtual Ad -
at a time, a nd the system repeats each digit as visor understands. <II
it hears it.
61 USA m odel s onl y

71 USA m odel s only
14 OnSt ar Controls and Pe rsonal Calling

OnStar Personal Calling commands
It is important to speak the voice commands correctly and
clearly.
The following table tells you what is impor-
tant when speaking the individual com -
mands.
Command Emphasis
Add Emphasize the d at the end of the word.
Call Em phasize the I at the end of the word.
Emphasize the I at the end of the word.
Cancel If you are speaking the can syllable very quickly, try to lengthen
it a little.
Clear Emphasize the rat the end of the word.
Emphasize the tat the end of the wo rd.
Delete
Emphasize the d at the start of the word.
Dial Emphasize the I at the end of the word.
Speak all four syllables clearly. Do not fade o ut a t the end of the
Directory
word.
Emphasize the h sound at the sta rt of the word.
Help
Emphasize the p sound at the end of the word.
My Number Emphasize all three syllables.
Speak loudly and slowly.
No Emphasize th e n sound at the start of the word. Draw out the o
sound at the end of the wo rd.
Redial Try to emphasize and lengthen the first syllable: re-dial.
Speak four syllables clearly. Say the i sound in the middle of the
Security
word clearly.
Emphasize the o sound in the middle of the word in order to
Store distinguish from star. Emphas ize the st sound at the start of the
word in order to distingu ish from four.
Units Speak loudly and clearly.
Speak three syllables clearly. Emphasize the i sound in the
Verify
midd le of the word.
Virtual Advisor Emphasize both words.
Voice Feedback Emphasize both words.
Emphasize they sound at the start of the word. Emphasize the
Yes
s sound at the end of the word.

® Booklet 3.2 Volkswage n Tele matics by OnStar
OnStar Personal Calling - digits

Numbers must be spoken clearly as well.
The following table tells you what is impor-
tant when saying the individua l numbers.
Command Emph asis

zero
or If the system does no t understand o h, try zero, or vice versa.
oh
one Emphasize the n at the e nd of the word.
Round your lips for the o part of the word. lf you are clipping
the o very short , try to length en it, but do not draw it out exces·
two
sively. Speak in a low pitch. Do not use a rising tone like asking
a question: a fa llin g tone like giving an answer is better.
End the word three in a smile, to draw back your lips.
th ree
Lengthen the ee sound if you are cl ipping it very s hort.
fo ur Em phasize the r at the end of the word.
five Emphasize the v sound .
six Emphasize the ks sound at the end of the word.
Emphasize the n at the end of the word. Lengthen the sev syl·
seven
lable.
Emphasize the t at the en d of the word. Length en thee sound
eigh t
at th e start of the word.
nine Em phasize th e n sounds to dis tin guish from five.
Emphasize the r at the end of the word. Emph asize th e ah
star
sound in order to distingui sh from store.
Emphasize the p at the start of the word. Emphasize the d at
p ound
the end of the word.
OnStar Personal Calling

General
You can use OnStar Personal Calling in your vehicle to place or
to receive calls.
As an OnStar subscriber, you can use OnStar car that yo u can activa te simply by pressing a
Personal Calling0l, which provides you with a button and speaki ng. ~
n ationwide wireless phon e service in your

Th e voice-activated syste m will dial the or your eyes off the road. The ease of the
n umber. Your party will answer through yo ur hands-free communication service allows
stereo speakers. you to e njoy an even greater level of safety,
security a nd convenience while d riving. You
With OnStar Personal Calling, you can enjoy
will receive 30 trial minutes when you acti-
the simplicity of a one-touch wireless con -
vate your personal calling service at no addi-
nection. Whether you are placing o r re-
tional cost. <4
ceiving a call, once you press the button, you
never have to take your hands o ff the wheel
To sign up for OnStar Personal Calling

In order to use this service, an OnStar Advisor must set up the
cellular account and modify the settings in your vehicle.
As an OnStar subscriber, the OnStar Personal
Calling capability is already built into your
vehicle's OnStar hardware.
You must also provide a credit card in order
to establish your prepaid cellular account.
Usage charges will be deducted from this
prepaid account of "units" (there is no
monthly charge for this service). Units are
easily replenished using the credit card on
fil e at OnStar. Once you sign up fo r OnStar
Perso nal Calling, you will be given your own
personal pho ne number that you can provide
to o thers so they can call into your vehicle.
Fig . 9 OnStar services button
The Advisor will set up your accoun t. You will
need to provide acco unt and payment infor-
- Press the blue (On Star) button mation .
=> fig. 9 ® in your vehicle.
You will be asked for your credit card infor-
- Inform the Advisor that you mation, so, contacting OnStar using a land-
line phone or while the vehicle is statio nary is
wo uld like to activate OnStar Per- recommended.
sonal Calling.
Credit Card information is secure, protected
and used only for unit replenishment or
othe r services you request. <4
O) available in most markets in the USA and Canada (not available in Quebec)

@ Booklet 3.2 Volkswa gen Te le matics by O nStar
OnStar Personal Calling error messages

If the OnStar System did not understand a command, it notifies
you.
OnStar says: word that it knows. Repeating the comma nd
distinctly should fix the problem.
• <Pardon> or
• <Slower Please> If OnStar says <Slower Please> - Repeat the
command after a short pause. This response
lfOnStar says <Pardon>- The system has not normally happens if you say a command be-
been able to match your command with a fore the system is ready for it or if there is sub-
stantial background noise. <4
OnStar Personal Calling universal commands

There are commands for OnStar Personal Calling which can be
used universally.
.
·• •
. .
.
'.: : .
-. J - Press the OnStar DOT button
G), OnStar response
~ ·-· .;:·.::~
::::> fig. 10
·:·.· .... . : <Ready>.
- Say one of the following com-
mands:
Fig. 10 DOT button
Command Action
Help The syste m will provide a list of available commands.
When you are entering digi ts, this comma nd will e rase
Clear
the last digit entered.
This command takes you from the current function to
the <Ready> prompt. If the last response from the
Cancel
system was <Read y>, this command will exit voice rec-
ognition.
18 O nStar Controls and Personal Calling

Booklet 3.2 Volkswage n Telematics by OnStar @
Placing a call
There are three ways to place a call.
- Press the OnStar DOT button, Comma nd Action
OnStar response <Ready>.
Dial By using a particular
- Say the command Dial, Call or number.
Redial. Call By using a stored
nametag.
Redial By d ialing the last
number.
To dial a number
The OnStar System repeats each digit of a telephone number
spoken individually.
Operation/Command: OnStar response: Operation/Command: IOnStar response:

Press the DOT button. <Ready> Continue sayin g numhers in this manner
until finished.
<Number
Say Dial
Please> Say Dial I<Dialing>
rn
Say 1st digit, for ex-
<One>
ample One
Note
Say 2nd digit, for ex- If you have spoken all the telephone num-
<Eight>
ample Eight bers, but do not say the command Dial, On-
Say 3rd digit, for ex- Star asks if you wou ld like to dial. ~
<Eight>
ample Eight

@ Booklet 3.2 Volkswage n Te le matics by OnStar
To dial using a "Nametag"
Operation/Com m and: OnStar response:

Press the DOT button. <Ready>
<Nametag
Say Call
Please>
Say stored Nametag for
example: OnStar <Calling On Star>
To redial the last number dialed

With the "redial command", a telephone number can only be re-
dialed if it has already been dialed.
Operation/Command: OnStar response:
Press the DOT button. <Heady>
Say Redial <Hedia ling>
Receiving a call
If someone calls your wireless is on), and you will hear a phone
phone n umber, the entertainment ringing sound.
system in your vehicle will mute (if it
- To answer the call, press the DOT !"""
button. <11
Ending a call
- When yo ur call is finished, press
the DOT button to end the call. rn N ote
It is not possible to end a call using voice
commands. <II
20 OnStar Controls and Personal Calling

Booklet 3.2 Volkswagen Telematics by O nStar @
To store a number in memory
Your OnStar system can store up to 20 numbers (up to 32 digits
each) in mem01y that can be dialed by simply repeating the
nametag.
Operation/Command: On Star response: Operation/Comma nd: OnStar response:

Press the DOT button. <Ready> Say New Nametag for
<Again>
example: OnStar
<Number
Say Store Say OnStar <Once More>
Please>
Say 1st digit, for ex- SayOnS tar <Storing OnStar>
<One>
ample: One
Say 2nd digit, fo r ex- On occasion , while storing a nametag, the
<Eight> system may respo nd with "sounds like" a
ample: Eight
previously sto red name tag. In this case, try
Say 3rd digit, for ex- using a different sounding nametag.
<Eight>
a mple: Eight Nametags are speaker-dependant, therefore,
Continue saying numbers in this manner na me tags should be ente red by the primary
until finished. use r. ~
<Nametag
Say Store
Please>
To delete a nametag from memory

Stored name tags may be deleted again at any time.
Operation/Command: OnStar response: Operation/Command: OnStar response:
Press the DOT or <Ready> Say Nametag for ex- <Delete Robert,
button. a mple: Robert yes or no>
Say Delete <Nametag Say Yes <Deleting
Please> Ruut:rl>
OnStar Contro ls and Pe rsona l Calling 21

Units remaining
OnStar keeps track of the amount of calling time you have pur-
chased and used in units.
The number of total remaining units is stored
within the OnStar system, and can be ac- Operation/Command: OnStar response:
cessed easily. Press the DOT button. <Ready>
Say Units <Verify or Add>
Say Verify <You have#
units remaining>
Adding more calling minutes/units

You can charge additional calling units by
contacting OnSta r, or by autho rizing unit re-
fi ll on the OnStar Subscriber Webs ite.
rn Note
If you run o ut of uni ts during a call, your call
will be termina ted and you will be connected
Opera tion/Command: OnStar re- to OnStar fo r approval to replenish. You will
sponse/Action: be warned a t the beginning of a call when you
have ten or fewer call ing units rema ining. ~
Press the DOT butto n. <Ready>
Say Units <Verify or Add>
Say Add You will be co n-
nec ted to OnStar
for repleni sh-
ment.
Setting voice or tone response

You may change the system to respond with a tone response if
you prefe l:
OnStarre- OnStar re-
Operation/Command: Operation/Command:
sponse: s ponse:
Press the DOT b utto n. <Read y> <Voice Feed-
Say Voice Feedback back is now
<Voice Feed-
Say Voice Feedback OFF>
back is now ON>
If you repea t Voice Feedback the system
will switch to the desired setting.

Yo ur system comes from the factory with am ple, when you are entering a number, On-
voice respo nses to your com mands to con - Star rep eats the number back to you.
fi rm tha t the syste m correctly u nderstood the
If you cha nge to tone response, a digit tone
command or number you in tended . For ex-
will respond instead o f the voice. All o ther re-
spon ses will s till be by voice. ~
Retrieving your number
Once you have es tablished an On- - Press the DOT button or con tact
Star Personal Calling acco un t, you OnStar at 1-888-4-0nStar (1-888-
can d etermine yo ur phone numbe r 466-7827).
so othe rs can call in to the vehicle.
- Ask yo ur OnStar Advisor to pro-
vide yo u the teleph one n umber for
your vehicl e . ~
Security/Locking your system

You can set up a Personal Security Code to ensure that unautho-
rized people cannot use your system .
You can set up a four-d igit Persona l Security
Opera tion/ Co mmand: OnSta r respo n se: Code to e nsure that unauthorized p eop le d o
Press the DOT button. <Read y> no t use the calli ng capabi lity of your syste m.
<Enter Four With security set to ON, the system will not
Say Security allow any person al calls.
Digit Security
Code> You m us t tu rn security OFF before calls can
Say 1s t d igit for ex- b e mad e o r received. If secu rity is ON, only
<On e> ca lls to o r from th e OnStar Cen ter will b e co n-
ample: One
nected.
Say 2nd digit fo r ex-
<Two>
ample: Two
Say 3rd digit fo r ex-
[I) Note
<Three> If you forget your Personal Securi ty Code,
am p le: Three
press the OnSta r @!!:) button fo r ass istance. ~
<Security One
Two Three Four
Say 4th digit fo r exis now ON> o r
am p le: Four <Security One
Two Three Four
is now OFF>
--·
If you repea t Security the system will
switch to the d esired setti ng.
OnStar Controls and Personal Calli ng 23

OnStar Personal Calling Tricks

Entering a phon e number or Dial to indicate that you are done.lfyou
If you have trouble getting numbers correctly pause and say no thing, the system will ask
into the system, s tore your frequently called you if you want to store or dial. Say Yes.
numbers in the d irectory, so the system w ill
Creating nametags
remember them. After you have stored a
number with a namctag, then you simply say Short nametags that are sim ilar may be easily
Call and the nametag in o rder to call the confused by the system. You may get better
number. recogn ition of your namctags if you makP.
them longer, for example George Was h-
If the system ca nno t understand your num- ington (no pause), instead of George only.
bers, ask a fr iend to help you en te r your fre-
quently called numbers. Your fri end can If you wan t to use na metags while driving, it
speak the numbers, then you can speak the is best to s tore the nametag with some ve-
name tag. hicle noise in the backgrou nd. lf you are in r
park while you are sto ring nametags, you can
Storing or dialing a number turn the fan o n low o r open windows in o rder
When you have fini shed speaking your to create some background no ise. --4
phone numbe r, you do not need to say Store

OnStar Center and Services
OnStar Center
Connecting to the OnStar Center
Talking to an OnStar Advisor is accomplished with a single
touch, and is thereafter hands-free.
In addition to using the 3-Button panel,
there are two other ways to connect to the
OnStar Center:
• To ll-free call
• Auto m atic notificatio n
Toll-free call
To take advantage o f your OnStar Services
fro m outside your vehicle (e.g. to use door
unlock), you can call On Sta r toll-free at:
1-888-4-0nStar (1 -888-466-7827)
Reme mber to have your Personallden tifica-
Fig. 11 OnStar services button (OnStar button) tio n Number (PI N) handy.
and emergency button
Automatic airbag notification
- Press the blue [ OnStar] button A priority s igna l will be se nt to the OnStar
~ fig. 11 ® or the OnStar emer- Center with your exact locati on if any airbag
gency button @ . A small micro- de ploys. (Vehicle electrical sys tem and cel-
lular service mus t be op e rab l e.) ~
phone picks up your voice and the
OnStar Advisor talks to you through
your stereo speake rs.
OnStar Ce nter and Services 25

Your OnStar PIN (personal identification number}

The OnStar PIN is needed to access several services.
Your On Star personal identification say the four digits in a natural way, without
number (PIN) pausing between digits.
When you sign up with OnStar, you are asked Changing your OnStar PIN is easy. Call the
to provide a Personal Identification Number On Star Center and provide the Advisor with
(PIN). You'll need your PIN to access many of your current number, and he or she will assist
OnStar's services. If, for example, you're you in selling up a new number.lfyou h ave
locked o ut of yo ur vehicle o r it has been forgotten you r PIN , just call the OnStar
stolen, an Advisor will ask for your PIN in Center. For security reasons, the PIN will be
order to provide assis tance. sent to you in the mail.
This PI N can also be used for access to the
Your OnStar Personal Calling PIN
OnStar Subscriber webs ite, and fo r access to
the OnStar Virtual Ad visor9 >. Wh en us ing This four digit PIN is used to secure OnStar
your PI N to access the OnStar Virtual Advisor, Personal Calling from unauthorized use. See
"Security/ Locking your system " for more de-
tails ~ page 36. ~
The OnStar service plans

OnStar provides various service pla ns de- Log in at:
signed to meet th e ind ividual need s of sub-
www.vw.com (USA)
scribers. An OnStar service plan is included
for a specific duration with each vehicle at www.vw.ca (Canada)
time of purchase. Check with your autho-
and select the link to OnStar. ~
rized Volkswagen d ealer, an OnStar Advisor
or on the Internet in order to dete rmine the
services that your pla n conta ins .
9l USA m odels o nly
26 OnStar Center and Services

OnStar services
The following services are currently available from OnStar.
Automatic notification of airbag ance carrier about possible prem ium dis-
deployment counts.
Should your airbag deploy, a priority signal
AccidentAssist
will be sent to the OnStar Center with your
vehicle's location (as long as cellular service AccidentAssist provides step-by-step guid-
and the vehicle's electrical system are oper· ance about what to do in case of an acciden t.
able). An Advisor will attempt to contact you Working with leading insurance companies a
to assess the nature of your emergency, and "best practices" list has been developed to
then no tify the necessary emergency services assist you thro ugh most accident situations.
provider. OnStar AccidentAssist can make the process
of completing a police report and/or insur-
Emergency services ance claim less stressful.
Should you require emergency assistance,
Remote door unlock
press the emergency button and an Advisor
will contact the nearest emergency services If you've locked your keys in your vehicle, just
provider with your exact location and your call OnStar at:
request for help. 1-888-4-0nStar (1-888-466-7827)
Roadside assistance and an Advisor will send a signal to unlock
There's nothing worse than being stranded your door. If you're having trouble locating
on the road with car trouble. No matter what your vehicle, OnStar can flash your hazard
the problem is (flat tire, out of gas, or engine lights and sound your horn for you. These
trouble), just call OnStar. An Advisor will con- features requi re your PI N and are disabled 48
tact the help you need to get you quickly back hours after the vehicle is parked in order to
on the road. maintain battery charge.
OnStar is a communication service, and will After the door has been unlocked, you have
contact your Volkswagen 24 hour Roadside approximately 60 seconds to open it, other-
Assistance provider. There will be no charge wise the vehicle will lock itself again.
for Roadside Assistance while your vehicle is Route support
under warranty, and no charge for contacting
Roadside Assistance while you have an On- With On Star Route Support, an Advisor can
Star subscription. help you find your way, no matter how far off
course you are. You can get exact street direc-
Stolen vehicle tracking tions, o r guidance to nearby gas stations, res-
taurants, hotels or ATMs.
OnStar doesn't just protect you, it protects
your vehicle, too. If your vehicle is ever RideAssist
stolen, just contact OnStar. An Advisor will
put you in touch with the authoriti es and aid If you need a lift, anytime of the d ay or night,
them in locating your vehicle. Ask your insur- just call OnStar. An Advisor will contact
transportation and send it right to you. <4
OnStar Center and Services 27

Information and Convenience Services

OnStar concierge
OnStar's concierge service helps you save time by providing con-
venient access to various types of information and services.
Our Advisors h ave access to over seven mil- www.vw.com (USA)
lion service lis tings including hotels, res tau -
www.vw.ca (Canada)
rants, gas statio ns, dealerships, hospita ls,
ATMs a nd airports - more than 400 service and select the link to OnSta r.
categories in a ll. OnSta r Advisors can eve n
assist you w ith ho tel and restaurant reserva- Personal concierge
tions. Personal concierge also allows you to h elp
yourself using o n line co ncierge services, p lus
OnStar oiTers two levels of concierge service:
the o ption to reach a live Concierge Advisor
online a nd personal.
via phone, the OnStar blue button in your ve-
Online concierge hicle, e-mail, or live chat to have them handle
the entire request for you.
Online concierge allows you to access self-
serve concierge services 24 hours a day, 7 You 1vill not pay more than reta il value for
days a week for dining reservatio ns, event goods and services, or current market value
ticket p urch ases, fl ower/gift recom menda- for tickets, specialty items o r unique services.
tions and more! For you r con ven ience, your cred it card will
be billed for any purchases and / or sh ipping
Log in at:
you authorize. <4
OnStar Personal Calling

As an OnStar su bscriber. you can use OnStar car that you can act ivate simply by pressing a /""
Perso na l Calling 101, which provides you with button a nd speaking. For deta ils=> page 16. <4
a nationwide wireless phone service in yo ur
!0) available in most markets in the USA ami Canada (not available in Quebec)
28 OnStar Center and Services

Booklet 3.2 Volkswagen Tele matics by OnStar @
OnStar Virtual Advisor

U.S. models only
Applies to the morket: U.S. models only
Available with your OnStar Personal Calling

subscription
The OnStar Virtual Advisor offers a great deal of useful informa-
tion.
- To access, just press the DOT taking you r hands off the wh eel or eyes off the
button whe n you are in your car, road. Wi th the press of the Communication
(DOT) butto n and a few simple voice co m -
wait for the <Ready> prompt. mands, yo u can browse the pre-selected
topics from your profile which you estab-
- Say Virtual Advisor.
lished on the MyOnSta r website, o r you can
s kip to the subjects that interest yo u .
As an OnSta r Personal Calling s ubscribe r,
you can make your driving ti me more e njoy- To fi nd out more about Virtual Adviso r or to
able and productive with the OnStar Virtual set up your Virtual Advisor personal profil e,
Advisor. Wi th OnStar Virtual Advisor you can visit:
n ow listen to your fa vorite news, entertain - www.vw.com (USA)
m ent a nd informatio n topics, s uch as
weath er reports, stock quotes and s ports www.vw.ca (Canada)
scores. You can even receive your e- mail, and select the link to OnStar. ~
lis ten to it b eing read a nd even reply, without
Applies to •he morket: USA models only
Calling the Virtual Advisor

- Press the DOT button . OnStarwill Provid e your PI N when reques ted. You can
res pond <Ready>. disable this security feature if you wish .
Log in at:
- Say Virtual Advisor. You will be
www.vw.com (USA)
connected to your Virtua l Advisor
(default or personal profile) . www.vw.ca (Canada)
and select the link to OnSta r. ~
OnStar Virtual Advisor 29

Applies to the merkel: USA models only
Getting Information from the Virtual Advisor

The OnStar Virtual Advisor has a few simple commands you can
say to help you request the information you desire.
When us ing the Virtu al Advisor, an d you are www.vw.com (USA)
n ot sure what to say or ask for - say the fol-
www.vw.ca (Can ada)
lowing comm ands:
and select the link to OnStar.
• Play the Tutorial,
•
•
Wh at are my ch oices? or
Help. rn Note
The Virtual Adviso r will be improved, up-
For a com p lete up -to -d ate list of Virtual Ad - dated and continu ou sly expanded to meet (""
visor vo ice commands click o n the su b- the needs o f our subscribers, so vis it the web-
scribers section of the s ite. You will n eed your site or use your Virtual Advisor frequent ly to
PIN for access. learn about the newest addi ti o n s. ~
Log in at:
Apphes lo the morkel: USA models only
Exit Virtual Advisor
- Press the OnStar DOT button, or - Say Good-Bye. ~
30 OnStar Virtual Advisor

Available information
Applies to the market: USA models only
Types of information
The following general categories will give you an overview of the
types of information available to you.
For complete up-to-date categories:
General Cate· Command
g'ories Log in a t:
Sports
-
Say Get my Sports Scores www.vw.com (USA)
=> page31
www.vw.ca (Can ada)
Say Get my Stock Quotes
Stocks and select the link to OnStar.
=> page32
Say Get my News Then click on the link to the Subscriber Web-
News site. You can easily add any new Virtu al Ad-
=> page 33
visor content to your personal profile at the
Say Get my E-mail website. <II
E-Mai l
=> page33
Say Get m y Weather
Weather
=> page 34
Say Get my Entertain-
En tertainment
ment => page 34
Say Get my Traffic
Traffic
=> page 34
Sports scores
In the "Sports" category Virtual Advisor can give you informa-
tion about various sports highlights.
- Press the DOT button, OnStar will The following categories ore offe red as
respond <Ready>. options:
- Say Virtual Advisor. Category Command

Major League Say Look up Major
- Say Get my Sports Scores. Baseball League Baseball.
- Say the command for the desired Say Look up professional
Hockey
hockey.
category.

OnStar Virtual Advisor can provide you with

Category Command
scores and highligh ts for yo ur favorit e college
Say Look up professional or professional team and spo rting events,
Bas ketball
basketball. even if they are being broadcast on a local
Say Look up professional station. You can p reset your personal favor -
Football ites at:
football.
Say Look up professional www.vw.com (USA)
Golf
golf. www.vw.ca (Canada)
Say Look up speedway
Racing and select the li nk to OnStar. ~
racing.
Say Look up the college
College Sports
sports update.
Co llege Bas- Say Look up college bas-
ketball kctbal l.
College Foot- Say Look up college foot-
ball ball.
Stock quotes
The OnStar Virtual Advisor can provide you with stock quotes
for any stocks listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ, with a 15 minute
delay.
- Press the DOT button, OnStarwill You can personalize your Vi rtual Advisor
res pond <Ready>. Portfolio and preset the s tocks you want to
track a nd have them lis ted for you when you
- Say Virtual Advisor. request them. Or, you can simply ask for a
quote for any NYSE or NASDAQ s tock by the
Say Get my Stock Quotes. name of the co m pa n y. ~
- Say Look up a quote for any pub-

licly traded company.
32 OnStar Vi rtu al Advisor

News headlines
The OnStar Virtual Advisor will provide current headlines from
many of the major trusted news sources and include such cate-
gories.
- Press the DOT button, OnStar will The following categories are offered as
respond <Ready>. options:
- Say Virtual Advisor. Category Command

Say Look up Headline
- Say Get my News. Headline News
News
- Say the command for the desired Say Look up National
National News
News
category.
World News Say Look up World News
Say Look up Business
Business News
News
Sports News Say Look up Sports News
E-mail
By using voice commands, OnStar Virtual Advisor allows you to
access your e-mails.
- Press the DOT button, OnStarwill - Say Get rid of it or Throw it away.
respond <Ready>.
You can also respond/reply to your e- mai ls
- Say Virtual Advisor. just by saying Reply and then recording your
response. Your reply will be delivered to the
- Say Get my E-mail. originator of the message in an aud io file
format.
- Say Get my new E-mail messages
or Get my old e-mail messages. Every Virtual Advisor enrollee receives an e-
mail account. Visit the OnStar Subscriber
- Say Play it. Website, and set up your e-mail account. <4

@ Booklet 3.2 Volkswagen Te le matics by OnStar
Weather
The OnStar Virtual Advisor can give you weather information
for a wide variety of locations.
- Press the DOT button, OnStar w ill the vehicle by asking the Virtual Advisor to
respond <Ready>. Get m y local Weather.
The forecast includes current temperatu re,
- Say Virtual Advisor. daily high/ low. tomorrow's predicted
h igh / low, precipi tation forecast, a nd un-
- Say Get my Weather. usual conditions.
The OnStar Virtual Adviso r will d eliver a T he Virtual Advisor can also provide weather
weather forecas t for the cu rrent location of information fo r other cities you have d esig-
nated in you r p rofile, which you can establish
or modify at th e OnStar s ubscriber website. <II
Applies to the merkel: USA models only
Entertainment
OnStar Virtual Advisor allows you to access a variety of enter-
tainment content.
- Press the DOT button, OnSta r will You can get updates on televis ion series,
respond <Ready>. soaps, lou ery results. horoscopes, children's
entertainment a nd more .
- Say Virtual Advisor. You can access the Virtual Advisor and as k for
the category of your interes t, or p reset your
- Say Get my Entertainment. favorites in your Perso nal Profile. <II
Traffic
The OnStar Traffic service offers local traffic conditions for the
current metro area and other available m.arket areas.
- Press the DOT button, OnStar will OnSta r will be adding the capability to pro-
respond <Ready>. vide you w ith up to 5 personalized traffic re-
ports. Access information about construc-
- Say Virtual Advisor. tion, accidents, road obst ructio ns and othe r
delays w hen you want. <II
- Say Get my Traffic.
34 OnStar Virtual Advisor

Additional information and

system status messages
Additional information
Warranty
OnStar hardware is warranted as part of the fa cturer of the veh icle furni shes detailed war-
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. The manu· ranty information. <Ill
Communications issues
In operative if cellular signal is marginal or given tim e. Once volume h as reached the
unavailable m aximum limit, additional callers are denied
access.
Since OnStar uses the cellular technology for
communication wit h the OnStar Center, it If this situation occurs when an OnStar re-
can o nly be operated in geographic areas quest for services is m ade, the OnStar system
where cellular coverage is available. Al- will automatically redial (a few times for an
though nearly all of the North American pop- On Star Services call or indefinitely for an
u lation lives and works in cellular coverage Emergency button press or airbag call).
areas, there are various rural and moun-
tainous areas where coverage is marginal or Radio frequency interference
docs not exist. Cellular service is also subject The OnStar syste m is a radio communica-
to transm ission limitations caused by atmo- tions sys te m. The proximit y to o ther rad io
sph eric conditions. s ignals created by other electrical devices
m ay adversely affect the performance o f the
Inoperative if communications service is OnStar System.
inactive or inoperative
OnStar u ses a dedicated cellular communi-
cations service but will not operate if, fo r
(I] Note
some reason , cellular service has been dear.- OnStar service is on ly available through out
tivated by a cellular carri er. the United States (including Hawaii and
Alaska) and Ca nada. If a request for service
Inoperative if cellular system is busy occurs outside of these areas, communica-
In any area, the local cellular system can only tion s may not be available, and the OnStar
handle a limited number of cellular calls at a Advisor may not be able to help you . <Ill
Additional information and system status messages 35

Vehicle and power issues
Inoperative if battery is discharge d or For system limita tion s a nd details, please

disconnecte d call
OnStar is powered by you r vehicle's battery l -888-40NSTAR (1-888-466-7827) .
an d will not operate full y if the battery is dis·
Log in a t:
charged or disconnected.
www.vw.com (USA)
Potentially inoperative if vehicle is in
accident www.vw.ca (Canada)
If your vehicle is in an accident, some com · and select the link to OnSta r.
pone nts could be damaged o r disco nnected ,
pote ntially ren dering OnStar inope rative. Virtual Advisor
Existing OnStar and OnStar Person al Calling
Add-On electrical equipment service agreement required. Additional usage
The OnStar system is integrated in to the elec· charges apply for OnStar Personal Calling.
trical arch itecture of the vehicle. Do not add
For system limitations and details, please
any electrical equipment (e.g. 2-way mobile
call
radio, CB radio, etc.) to your vehicle unless
you check with your authorized Volkswagen l-888-40NSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
dealer first. Added electrical equipme nt may
Log in at:
in terfere with the operation o f the OnStar
system. Any dam age would not be covered by www.vw.com (USA)
your warranty.
www.vw.ca (Canada)
OnStar Personal Calling and select the link to OnStar. <4
An exis ting OnStar Service Su bscriptio n
Agreement is required. Additional usage
ch arges apply for Personal Calling.
Data protection
Vo lkswagen and OnStar strictly observe all regulations re-
garding data protection.
Users of wireless communications are cau - legal process, o r in such cases where you
tioned th at the privacy of any info rmation have provided it for b illing purposes.
sent via wireless cellular comm unicat ion s
Having cred it card informa tion o n fil e with
can not be assured. Third part ies may unlaw-
On Star is a real advantage and h elps you
fully intercept or access trans missions and
avoid repeating perso nal information over a
private communications witho ut your co n -
cellular con n ection. Your trus t is wha t we
sent.
value most.
At OnStar, subscriber privacy is ta ken very se-
The complete OnSta r privacy policy may be
rio usly. Your pe rsonal information is never
fou nd at:
p rovided to anoth er company o r person un-
less you authorize it, or if requi red by the • www.vw.com (USA) ...
36 Additional information and system status messages

• www.vw.ca (Canada) could be linked to the m in the eve nt of ser-
vice being provided . Please notify other users
a nd select the link to OnStar.
of your vehicle o f this situa tio n.
!IJ Note • Afte r a ch a nge in vehicle owne rs hip, con-

tact a n auth orized Volkswage n deale r or On-
• Th e p e rsonal data filed when you signed Star immed ia tely to find ou t about the expi-
the contrac t is linked to your vehicle's OnSta r rat ion of the service co nt rac t. Yo u can obtain
syste m. Conseq ue n tly, re m e mber that whe n more informat io n from yo ur a uthorized
you lea ve your vehicle with othe rs, you r data Volkswage n d ealer or On Star. _,.
Transferring OnStar
Beca use your OnSta r syste m is an integral OnStar service, when you dis pose o f the ve-
part o f yo ur ve hicle, it cannot be trans ferred hicle you have two choices:
to ano the r ve hicle. Each On Star sys tem stays
• You may trans fe r the re main ing service to
with the origina l vehicle in which it was in-
the new owner of the veh icle or
s talled.
• Yo u may tra ns fe r the service to your new
The o ne-yea r OnSta r prepaid subscription OnStar equipped vehicle or a n othe r veh.icle
included with your ne w vehicle ca nnot b e on yo ur OnSta r account. --4
transfe rred to a n other vehicle. If you 've pur-
chased addition al years or upgraded your
OnStar subscription information

To re new your service or u pgrade your plan, OnStar and the OnSta r e mb le m a re trade-
just pu sh the OnStar butto n , or call the marks of OnStar Corpo ration .
OnStar custom er bi lling departme nt at 1- © 2003 OnStar Corp. All rights reserved. On-
888-864-2801 be tween 8 a.m. and 6 p .m. EST. Star 301 Fl(3) --4
Additional information and system status messages 37

® Booklet 3.2 Volkswagen Tel ematics by OnStar
Alphabetical index
A Emergency button 8
Em ergency services (OnSta r) 27
AccidentAssist (O n Star) 27 Entertainme nt (O nStar) 34
Additional inform atio n 35 Exi t Virtual Advisor (O nStar) 30
Advisor- Virtua l Advisor (OnSta r) 29
Air bag deployment (OnSta r)
Automatic notification to OnStar 27
G
Ava ilable informatio n (OnSta r) 31 Glo ba l Pos itioning Syste m (O nStar) 3
GPS (OnSta r) 3
B
L
Blinking green light (OnSta r) 10
Blue On Star button 6 Light (OnSta r)
Blinking green 10
c Red 10
Solid green 10
Calling time re maining (OnStar) 22
Com mun ication button 9 M
Communications issu es (OnSta r) 35
Con c ie rge service (On Sta r) 28 Memo reco rde r (OnStar)
In troduction 10
Playb ack II
D Record 11
Stop playback 12
Data protection 36
To resu me playback 12
Doors (OnStar)
Re mote u n locking 27
DOT button 9 N
Nam e tags (O nSta r) 20
E News h eadlines (On Sta r) 33
E- m a il (OnSta r) 33
38 Alphabetical index
Sports sco res 31
0 Stock quotes 32
OnStar Storing num bers in memory 21
Activation 6 Su bscript ion in formation 37
Ad ding call ing mi nutes 22 Su bscription Service Agreement 2
Automatic notification if you r air bag System lim ita tions 4
deploys 25 System status light 10
Available informat ion 31 Tips for better speech recognition 13
Calling th e Virtual Advisor 29 To sign u p fo r Person al Calling 17
Calling toll-free 25 Traffic 34
Center 3 Tran sferri ng 37
Co m mu n icatio n button 9 Un its rem a ining 22
Co mmunicatio ns issues 35 Virtual Advisor 29
Con cierge 28 Wa rran ty 35
Co nnecting to the OnSta r Center 25 Weather 34
Data p rotection 36 Website 4
Deleting nu mbers in memory 21 What to say 14
Dialing a n um ber 19 Wh at you should know about OnStar Safe
Dialing a n um ber using a nametag 20 & Sound Service 2
DOTbutton 9 OnSta r button 6, 7
E-mail 33 OnStar buttons 5
Emergency b u tton 8
Ending a call 20
Entertai n men t 34
Error messages 18
Exit Virtual Advisor 30
General informatio n 2
Global Position ing System (GPS) 3
Informat io n fro m the Virtua l Ad visor 30
Memo recorder 10, 11
Memo recorder · Playback I I
Memo recorder· Stop Playback 12
Memo recorder · To resume p layback 12
News head lines 33
Personal Calling 16
Personal Call ing· universal
commands 18
Personal call ing commands IS
Personal calling d igits 16
Personal Call ing Tricks 24
PIN (Personal Iden tifica tion Number) 26
Placing a call 19
Receiving a call 20
Redialing the last n um ber called 20
Retrieving you r number 23
Security/ Locking your system 23
Service plans 26
Services 27
Services b u tton 7
Setting voice or tone respo nse 22
Speech recogn ition 13
Alphabetical index 39
® Booklet 3.2 Volkswagen Telematics by OnStar
p s
Persona l Calling (OnStar) 17, 18 Services (OnStar)
Activatin g 16 AccidentAssist 27
Adding calli ng minutes 22 AutOm atic no tification of air bag
Calling minutes-Add ing m o re 22 de ploym ent 27
Calling time-Auto mat ic Con cierge 28
re plenis h ment 22 Em ergency services 27
Commands 15 Remote door u nlock 27
Creating Nam etag 24 RideAssist 27
Deleting n umbe rs in m em ory 21 Road sid e assistance 27
Dialing a number 19 Ro ute s up p ort 27
Dialing a number us ing a n ametag 20 Stole n veh icle tracking 27
Digits 16 Services button 7
Ending a call 20 Solid green light (OnStar) 10
Keeping track of calling time (units) Speech recognitio n (OnStar)
re m ain ing 22 How 10 sp eak 13
Locking your system 23 Noise 13
Memory (nametags) 21 Operatio n 13
Nam etags 20 Voice response 13
Nam etags (m emory) 21 What to say 14
Placing a call 19 Whe n to speak 13
Receiving a call 20
Sports scores (OnStar) 31
Redialing the last number called 20
Stock q uotes (OnSta r) 32
Retrieving you r numbe r 23
Security 23 Stolen vehicle tracking (OnStar) 27
Sett ing voice or tone respon se 22 Subscript ion in forma tion (On Star) 37
Storing a number 24 Subscription Service Agreem ent (OnStar) 2
Sto ring nu mbers in m emory 21 System information
Tricks 24 OnStar 2
Universal comma nd s 18 System s tatus light 5
Pe rsonal Ident ifi cation Number (PIN) with System status light (OnStar)
On Star 26 Bli nking green 10
PIN (Persona l Identifi catio n Number) with Red 10
OnStar 26 Solid green 10
Power issues 36
T
R Traffic (OnSta r) 34
Red ligh t (OnStar) 10 Trans ferrin g OnStar 37
Remote d oor unlock (OnStar) 27
RideAssis t (OnStar) 27
Roadside assis ta nce (OnStar) 27
v
Route support (OnStar) 27 Veh icle issues 36
40 Alphabetical index
Virtual Advisor (OnStar) 29 Voice response (OnStar)
Calling the Virtual Advisor 29 Speech recognition 13
E·mail 33 Volume control 9
Entertainment 34
Information from the Vinual Advisor 30
News headlines 33
w
Sports scores 31 Weather (OnStar) 34
Stock quotes 32 Website (OnStar) 4
Traffic 34
Weather 34
Alphabetical index 41
Afterword
Volkswagen AG works continuously to de- No part of this manual may be reprinted , re-
velo p and further improve all models. Please produced or translated without the written
appreciate that\"e must therefore reserve the permission of Volkswagen AG.
right to alter any part of th e vehicle and its All rights under the laws of co pyrigh t are ex-
equipment or technical specifications at any pressly reserved by Volkswagen AG. Subject
time. No legal commitment can therefore be to alteration and amendment.
derived fro m the information, illustrations or
descriptions in this manual. Printed in Germany
The texts, illustrations and standards in this © Volkswagen AG
manual are based on the information avail-
able a t the date of publica tion.
<£' For the sake of the environm ent
This pape r was bleached without the use of
chlorine.
3.2 Passa,Jetto W ogan I Volkswagen Telemotics by O nStor I Art.·Nr.: 241.552.TEM.21
Print status: 05.20031 Ausgo be: Amerikonisch 0 5.2003
- ·--- -
~~ •. 4 r:~
• 1 I I • 1 o
-
-·
-- - - - - -- .::
. . .
Sound System
Premium CD I Monsoon
PREMIUM I MONSOON SOUND SYSTEM
Pos. Page Pos. Pag~

Balance control (BALANCE)
Radio
Turn the knob to adjust the balance .
1- ON I OFF ...... . ...... . ..... . . 5
Fader control (FADER)
Tap briefly to turn the unit ON/OFF. Note:
The mode that was in use before the unit Turn the knob t o adjust the fader.
was last turned off - radio, cassette or CD 4 - AS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
- wi ll automatically come back on again The AS button can be used to store 6 sta-
w hen you tu rn on the unit (Last Station M e- tions automatica lly.
mory)
5 - SEEK button . ..... .. .. .. .... 7
If you turn on the unit and there is no
sound and the word "SAFE" ap- Use this rocker button to automatically seek
pears in the display, then you must the next higher or lower freque ncy (radio
enter you own personal anti-theft station).
code. See page 19 for instructions. 6 - Manual tuning (TUNE) . . ..... 8
Turn the knob to manually tune your radio .
Volume control . . . . . .......... . ... 5 Set the desired frequency by turning.
Turn the knob to adjust the volume. SCAN function . . . . . .. . . .. . .... 8
2 - Band buttons . .... . . ....... .. 6 Stations or tracks (when listening to a CD
FM 1/2 button or a cassette) can be played briefly.
Press the knob to start the scan function.
Use this button to select the FM band or to
switch to the second set of presets. 7 - Station preset buttons .. . ... . 8
AM 1/2 btton You can preset one rad io station on each of
the six buttons in each of the four bands
Use this button to select the AM band or to AM 1. AM2, FM1 and FM2.
switch to the second set of presets.
8- Display
3 - Tone buttons ..... .. . .. . ... . . 6
Rad io ....... .. . . .... . .. . . .... . 9
Bass control (BASS)
Turn the knob to adjust the bass as desired.
Middle control (MIDDLE)
Cassette player . . . . .. . ........ 10
CD player . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . 1
9- LED ............... . . ... . . . .. . "
:r
Turn the knob to adjust the middle frequen- Blinks when you remove ignition key.
cies as desired .
Treble control (TREBLE)
Turn the knob to adjust the treble as desired.
2 - -- - - - - - -- - -- OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS IN BRIEF

Contents
O ve rview next pages

Im porta nt info rm a ti o n 4
How the radio works 5
Cassette Mod e 10
CD Mode 13
CD Changer * 16
Anti-Th eft Coding 19
Wa rranty, Repla ceme nt, Antenna Ca re 21
Tec hnica l Descripti o n 22
The "Radio Card" must

be detached and kept Radio Card
in a safe place - under
no circumstances in Premium CD I Monsoon
the vehicle. Should the
"Radio Card" with the
code number be lost, Serial Number
please contact a Volks-
RADIO
ODE /'f~!
wagen dealer.
Code Number [
C
Pl ace the self-adhesive lab els for the serial number and code
number in the appropriate boxes.
I BR-536M I
Cassette and CD mode
I BR-538M I
Please detach the "Radio Card" and

keep it in a safe place away from
your vehicle. If you lose the Radio
Card containing the code number,
contact your authorized Volkswa-
gen dealer.
Pos. Page Pos. Page

Cassette player CD player
TAPE AlB button CD button
Tap the TAPE A/B button (2) when you want Tap the CD button (2) when you want to lis-
to listen to a cassette. Press the button ten to a CD.
while cassette tape is playing to change to TRACK
the other side of the cassette.
You can "skip" th rough the tracks on a CD
Rewind/Fast Forward (FR-FF) by briefly pressing the rocker switch (5).
Press the rocker swithc (5) Upper side: skips upwards
Upper side: The tape will fast forward. Lower side: skips downwards
Lower side: The tape will rewind. CD selection *
SEEK You can select an individual CD in the CD
The Music Seek System automatically finds changer* magazine by briefly pressing the
and plays the next title. corresponding buttons (7) .
To select the desired seek direction, press 13 -Mix Mode button ............ 13
and hold the rocker button (5) for more than 14 -CO-Slot
2 seconds either the upper or lower side to
Insert the CD with the printed side
start the seek function.
facing up!
1 0 -Cassette EJECT button ..... 1 0
15 -CD EJECT button ........... 13
Briefly pressed: stops the actual operating
mode Briefly pressed: stops the actual operating
mode
Pressed longer: Cassette eject
11 -Cassette bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
12 -Dolby® button .............. 1 0
Press this button when playing cassettes
recorded with Dolby® noise reduction.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS IN BRIEF-- -- - -- - - -- - - 3

Important information
Operating the Sound System Anti-theft coding

while driving The anti-theft coding will electronically pre-
Driving on today's roads demands the full vent unauthorized persons from operating
attention of the driver. the unit if it has been removed from the ve-
The wide range of sophisticated equipment hicle.
details of modern car radios offter not only If "SAFE" appears in the display after
a vast source of entertainment, but also im- switching the radio on, it can then only be
portant information regarding traffic up- operated again after entering the correct
dates. road conditions. weather reports. code - see page 19.
etc. The radio code number and the radio
But remember, you should only op- serial number can be found on the
erate the radio system with its nu- "Radio Card" next to the table of
merous features when the traffic contents at the beginning of this in-
situation really allows. struction booklet.
For example, changing cassettes or reading It is very important that you detach
song titles on a cassette case when driving this "Radio Card" and keep it in a
is often the cause of auto accidents. safe place - never keep it in the ve-
You should also set the volume of your radio hicle. Only then is the radio useless
system so that you can hear signals from to thieves!
other drivers at any time.
Always give your full attention to CD changer*
your driving and traffic condi- This car radio also has the attractive option
tions. of controlling the Genuine Volkswagen CD
changer* .
Important! Please note that items The CD changer is installed in the luggage
marked with an asterisk (* ) may be compartment. It's "remote controlled" by
standard on certain models, option- the rad io unit. The magazine allows you to
al on others or not available on your load up to 6 COs in the CD changer. See
model . Always check with your au- page KEIN MERKER for further informa
thorized Volkswagen dealer to see if tion.
the feature or item applies to your
model. Volkswagen dealers have all the in formation
concerning installing the CD changer.
• Available as a factory installed option. or your

authorized Volkswagen delaer can install the
optional CD changer for you. Always check
with your authorized Volkswagen dealer if this
option is available for you r model.
4 - - -- - - - -- - - - - -- - /IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Radio
Setting the turn-on volume
level and Speed Volume Con-
trol (SVC)
Turn-on volume level
The volume setting when the unit is turned
on is the same as it was when the unit was
turned off. You can program the unit for your
own personal turn- hold the Dolby® button
(12, see page 10) on volume level:
• Press and) for longer than 3 seconds.
You ' ll hea r a signal to ne, and "SET UP
VOL ON LIMIT" will appear in the display.
1 - ON/OFF The volume level is represented by a nu-
Press the button to turn the unit ON I OFF. merical value in the display.
Whatever was playing w hen the unit w as Turn the knob (6 ) to adjust the volume.
last turned ott- radio, cassette or CD -will Speed Volume Control (SVC)
automatically come back on when the unit The Speed Volume Control (SVC) automati-
is turned on again. cal ly adjusts the volume in accordance wi th
The fol lowing settings are also saved w hen road speed.
you turn off the system: • Press the Dolby® button (12) again.
- Radio: the frequency setting You'll hear a signal tone, and "SET UP
- Cassette: the selected cassette track SPEED DEP VOL " will appear in the dis-
play.
- CD player: the recently played track
The volume level is represented by a nu-
The unit turn off automatically when you re- merical value in the display. "0" means that
move the key from the igntion lock. the function is turned off.
The radio can be turned on w hile the igntion Turn the knob (6 ) t o adjust the vol ume.
key is removed by simply pressing button 1 .
The unit will turn off again automatically af- • Press the Dolby® button (12) again for
ter about 1 hour. This procedure can be re- longer than 3 seconds to con firm the set-
peated as often as desired . tings you 've just made.
If the radio does not emit any sound You'll hear a signal tone. The unit is now in
when it is switched on and "SAFE" the normal operating mode and your
is displayed, then the unit has been changes are stored.
electronically locked up. See page Notes
19 for instructions. • If you do not confirm the setting you have
just made. the unit wi ll automatically return
Volume control to the normal operation mode after about 30
Turn the knob to adjust the volume. seconds and your changes will not be
stored .
• If the custom turn-on volume that you
stored is louder than the turn-off volume
level. the unit will use the turn-off volume
the next time it's turned on.
HOW THE RADIO WORKS - - - - - - - -- - -- ---- 5

PREMIUM I M ONSOON SOUND SYSTEM
2 - FM, AM, TAPE and CD but- 3 - Tone settings

tons BASS
FM 1 I FM2 button • Use the rotary knob to raise or lower the
bass.
• Tap the FM button to select the FM band. Midrange control (MIDDLE)
• Tap the button again to toggle between • Use the rotary knob to set the desired mi-
FM1 and FM2. drange tones.
FM1 or FM2 appears in the display. Treble control (TREBLE)
• Use the rotary knob to raise or lower the
AM1/AM2 button
treble.
• Tap the AM button to select the AM band. Balance control (BAL)
• Tap the button again to toggle between • Use the rotary knob to set the desired bal-
AM1 and AM2. ance between the left and right speakers.
AM 1 or AM2 appears in the display. Fader control (FADER)
• Use the rotary knob to set the desired bal-
TAPE AlB button ance between the front and rear speakers.
Tap the TAPE AlB button if you want play a
cassette. See page 10 for more details.
CD button
Tap the CD button to select the CD mode.
See page 13 for more details.
6 - - - -- -- - -- - -- - - - HOW THE RADIO WORKS

5- SEEK
Tap the SEEK button to seek the next higher
or lower frequency (radio station) automati-
cally.
• Press " _. .. to start the SEEK operation to
the next higher frequency (radio station).
• Press "T " to start the SEEK operation to
the next lower frequency (radio station).
Once a station has been found. the Auto
SEEK stops. Tap the button again to contin-
ue Auto SEEK.
Manual SEEK
4 - Autostore (AS) button
Pressing and holding " _. " or "T " allows
Using the Autos tore feature. you can store you to tune to a desired frequency. Simply
the 6 best quality stations on the AM or Frvl
release " _. " or "T " just before you reach
wavelengths. The strongest will be the desired frequency. The SEEK function
memorized, in order of frequency. will then stop at the next station that offers
Storing 6 radio stations acceptable reception.
• Select AM or FM.
• Press the AS button for approximately 2
seconds." STORE AM 1 TO 6 " or
"STORE FM 1 TO 6 " appears in the dis-
play. The 6 stations with the strongest sig-
nals on the chosen wavelength are au to-
matically stored.
HOW THE RADIO WORKS - - -- - - - -- -- - -- -- 7

BR· S43M I
6 - Manual tuning (TUNING) 7 - Station preset buttons

Use this button to manually tune your radio. You can preset one radio station on each of
Set the desired frequency by turning clock- the six buttons in each of the four bands
wise to tune upwards or counter-clockwise AM1 , AM2, FM1 and FM2.
to tune downwards. • Select the desired band I preset group
(see 2 ).
Automatic tuning (SCAN)
• Tune to the desired radio station (see 5 or
"SCAN " will appear in the display when 6 ).
you press this button. The radio immediate-
ly begins to scan upwards to the next higher • Hold down the station button until you
frequency. When the SCAN feature finds a hear an audible signal. The sound will first
radio frequency, it will stop for approximate- be muted and then return. Your radio station
ly 5 seconds, and then continue to the next is now preset on this button.
rado frequency. If you press the button dur- To listen to the station you just stored, press
ing the 5 second "hold" period, the SCAN this button briefly.
feature wi ll stop there. Note
When selecting stations, only press the but-
ton briefly. If you hold it down for some
time, the currently displayed frequency will
be stored on th is button.
8- - - - - - -- -- - -- - - -- HOW THE RADIO WORKS

8 - What you see in the display 9- LED

when listening to the radio When the unit is turned off and the ignition
- Bands key is removed from the ignition lock, the
LED blinks to let you know the the anti-theft
Display: "AM1 . . AM2 " or "FM1
coding is on.
FM2 ".
Refer to page 6 (2 ) for further details.
- Station preset buttons
Display: "CH 1 ... 6 ".
Refer to page 8 (7 ) for further details.
- Frequency display
Display: FM Band "103.1" MHz,
AM Band "980" KHz.
HOW THE RADIO WORKS - -- - - - - - - - -- ---- 9

Cassette player
TAPE A I TAPE B button 10 -EJECT button

• Tap the TAPE button to start playing a cas- • Press the EJECT button to eject the cas-
sette you aleady have in the cassette bay. sette tape out of the cassette bay.
Note 11 -Cassette bay
If you don't have a casette in the cassette
bay and you press the TAPE NB button, Insert the cassette all the way into the cas-
you'll hear an audible signal, and "NO sette bay 11 with the tape side facing to the
TAPE " will appear in the display. right.
12 -Dolby® Noise Reduction
As soon as you insert a cassette in the cas-
sette bay 11 , the unit automatically will Press the Dolby button if you are playing a
start to play the cassette regardless wheth- tape which uses Dolby® Noise Reduction
er the radio is on or if you are listening to a The Dolby® symbol will appear in the dis-
CD. play.
Selecting a tape side
® The Dolby Noise Reduction System is
• Briefly press this button while the tape is manu factured under license from Dolby
playing. The unit will switch to the other cas- Licensing Corporation. Dolby and the
sette track. double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
The tape direction will be displayed:
"TAPE A " = forward direction
"TAPE B " = reverse direction.
At the end of the tape, the unit automatically
changes to the other track (auto reverse) .
10 - - -- - - - - -- - - HOW THE CASSETTE PLAYER WORKS

Music Seek System (SEEK)

The Music Seek System automatically finds
and plays the next title.
To select the desired seek direction, press
and hold either" J;." or "T " of the rocker
switch (5 ) for longer than 2 seconds.
The seek direction is displayed as:
"MSS FOR "- forward
"MSS REV"- reverse.
To stop the Music Seek. press the button
again.
Note
Rewind I Fast Forward
The pauses between music titles must be
(FR-FF) at least 3 seconds long for the Music Seek
Briefly press the FR-FF rocker switch (5 ). System to function properly.
The tape will begin to fast forward or re-
wind. SCAN
The display will indicate the direction: When you briefly press the SCAN button (6 )
"SCAN " will appear in the display. Scan-
"TAPE FR "- Rewind
ning will begin, and the introduction of the
"TAPE FF " -Fast forward next track will start to play. After about 10
Press the button again to stop rewind or fast seconds, scanning will move onto the next
forward at any time. track. Pressing the SCAN button during the
10 second period stops the scanning.
HOW THE CASSETTE PLAYER WORKS - - - - -- -- - -- - 11

What you see in the display Tips for operating the cassette
when listening to a cassette player
- "DOLBY B NR ON" For optimal sound reproduction, we recom-
Appears when Dolby® Noise Reduction is mend "chrome dioxide" or "metal" cas-
selected. settes. To ensure that your cassette player
operates properly, only use name-brand
- "METAL" cassettes.
Appears when metal cassettes are played. If you experience problems with pre-re-
- "TAPE A" or "TAPE B " corded cassettes, it's a good idea to re-re-
cord the contents of the cassette onto a
Shows you which side of the tape is current-
ly being played. name-brand cassette.
See page 10 for further details. To avoid problems caused by the cassettes
themselves, only use cassettes having a
maximum recording time of 90 minutes
® The Dolby Noise Reduction System is (C-90 cassettes). C-60 cassettes are espe-
manufactured under license from Dolby cially well suited.
Licensing Corporation. Dolby and the
double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Do not place any adhesive labels or
Laboratories Licensing Corporation. stickers onthe cassette housing.
Heat can make them come loose
while you're playing a tape, and this
could cause the unit to malfunction!
Never leave cassettes in the car when the
temperatures are very low (below 15 ° F 1
-10° C) or very high (above 122° F I +50° C).
Remember. the temperature inside your car
can be much higher than the outside tem-
perature.
Also, avoid exposing cassettes to direct
sunlight. The best idea is to store cassettes
in their original cases.
If the sound of the cassette has a muffled
quality after the unit has been used for a rel-
atively long period (about 100 hours. de-
pending on what kind of tape material is be-
ing played). the tape head may be dirty.
Clean it using a wet-type head-cleaning
cassette. Use only name-brand cleaning
cassettes and follow the manufacturer's in-
structions carefully.
12 - -- - - - - - - -- - HOW THE CASSETTE PLAYER WORKS

CD player
--.1:- -
The CD player I CD changer* is operated 13 - Mix Mode button
easily and conveniently using the controls
on the radio. Pressing the MIX button in the CD mode
causes the tracks in the selected CD to be
CD button played in random order.
Press the CD button when you want to lis- "MIX " appears in the display.
ten to a CD. Press the MIX button again to stop the ran-
Note dom play operation.
If no disc is loaded in the CD player or the
magazine is not loaded in the CD changer
14 - CD slot
you'll hear an audible signal, and "NO Insert the CD with the printed side
DISC " or "NO MAGAZINE " will appear facing up!
in the display.
15 - CD Eject button
Press the CD Eject button to eject the CD.
HOW THE CD PLAYER WORKS - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - 13

SCAN
Briefly press the SCAN button (6 ) to start
automatic scanning to the next track.
After 10 seconds. scanning will resume and
go to the next track.
"SCAN " appears in the display.
To stop scanning, press the SCAN button
briefly durin the 10 second "hold" time.
Track selection button

You can "skip" through the tracks on a CD
in two different ways:
• By briefly pressing the TRACK button (5 ).
".A." skips upwards.
"T " skips downwards.
Tap on the rocker switch repeatedly to se-
lect individual tracks.
• Page to the desired track by turning the
knob (6 ). Clockwise to page upwards or
counter clockwise to page downwards.
The currently selected track appears in the
display:
"TR01 ... TR02 ... TR03 .. . "etc.
Note
Briefly pressing the "T " button while a
track is playing will cause the unit to "jump"
back to the beginning of the track and re-
sume playing from there.
14 - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - HOW THE CD PLAYER WORKS

What you see in the display

when listening to a CD
- CD changer magazine tray
Display: "CD1 ... CDS ", or "NO CD ",
if no CD is present in a tray.
Refer to page 15 for further information.
- Which CD track is currently being
played
Display: "TR01 ... TR02 ... TR03 .. ."etc.
Refer to page 14 for further details.
- "MIX " (random play)
Selecting an individual CD* Refer to page 13 for further details.
CD changer
Error displays when using the
Each individual CD in the magazine can be
selected by briefly pressing the selection CD player
buttons 7 . The following error messages can be dis-
The currently selected CD will apear in the played:
display- "CD1 " ... "CDS ". - "NO CHANGER" = CD changer not
Note connected
• If no CD is in a magazine tray, you'll hear - "NO DISC" = No disc in the player.
an audible signal and "NO CD " w ill appear - "NO MAGAZINE" =No magazine in
in the display. the changer
• If no magazine is loaded in the CD chang- - "CD ERR" = The CD is dirty, scratched
er, you'll hear an audible signal and "NO or inserted upside down. The next CD is
MAGAZINE" will appear in the display. automatically selected.
- "ERROR" = The CD changer mecha-
nism is malfunctioning.
• In this case. press the eject button - see
page 16.
• Re-insert the magazine in the changer.
If the unit still malfunctions. contact your au-
thorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer for assis-
tance.
HOW THE CD PLAYER WORKS - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - 15

CD changer*
I BR-516P I I BR-517P I
The CD changer and magazine are located
Removing the magazine
in the luggage compartment.
16 -Sliding door for closing the CD • Slide the magazine bay cover open .
bay • Press the eject button. The magazine will
17 -CD magazine bay automatically eject.
18 -Magazine eject button • Remove the magazine.
CD magazine Inserting the magazine

1- Top e lnsert the magazine w ith the marking
"disk" facing upward all the way.
2- Bottom
Be certain that the arrow located on the top
of the magazine points toward the bay.
Note
After you've inserted the magazine, you'll
• Use CD magazines sold as Genuine Volks- hear a noise indicating that the CD changer
wagen accessories* only. is working. The unit is analyzing how many
• If there is no magazine in the CD changer, CDs are in t he magazine.
you' ll hear an audible signal, and "NO • Slide the bay cover close.
MAGAZINE" w ill appear in the display.
Note
Always close the bay cover after you've in-
serted the magazine to keep dust and dirt
from getting into the CD changer.
16 - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - HOW THE CO PLAYER WORKS

Loading COs into the magazine • Hold the magazine with "disk" facing up.
• Hold the CD by the center hold and • Individually insert the COs in the maga-
the outer edge with the printed side zine with their printed sides facing
facing up. up. Be sure to align them carefully when
you insert them. You'll hear a clicking noise
Note when each CD is properly engaged.
The magazine holds six standard size COs. Note the order of the COs on the right side
Do not use any 8 em COs (singles)! of the magazine.
To avoid changer malfunctions, never use
a CD protective film or stabilizer
(commercially available as CD accessories).
If there are no COs loaded in a given maga-
zine tray, you'll hear an audible signal if you
select this tray. "NO CD " will appear in the
display.
HOW THE CD PLAYER WORKS - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 17

Tips for operating your CD

player
To assure a sound reproduction of the high-
est quality, use only COs which are clean
and free of scratches or any other type of
damage.
Do not stick any labels on a CD.
Always store COs in their cases w hen
you're not listening to them.
Never leave COs in direct sunshine.
I BR·520P I Cleaning your COs
Removing COs For routine cleaning, wipe the playing sur-
face with a clean, soft. lint-free cloth from
• Turn the magazine over and hold it w ith the center of the disc to the outer edge. If
the CD release lever facing up. the surface is heavily soiled. dampen a
• Rotate the release lever against the spring clean soft cloth in a solution of mild neutral
force. commercia l detergent before cleaning the
• Gently press the COs through the opening disc.
in the back side of the magazine. Never use fluids such as benzene,
paint thinner or record cleaners,
Take care not to let the COs drop!
otherwise you may damage the CD
• Remove the CDs from the magazine. surface!
Preventative measures for laser
units.
Laser devices are divided into safety
classes 1 - 4.
Your VOLKSWAGEN CD changer conforms
to safety class 1.
The laser used in Class 1 is so low and so
well shielded. that no danger exists with
proper usage.
Never remove the cover from the
unit. The unit does not contain any
parts that can be serviced by the
used.
18 - - - -- - -- - - - - - -- HOW THE CD PLAYER WORKS

Anti-theft coding
When the unit is turned off and the ignition Canceling the electronic lock
key is removed from the ignition switch. the
Perform the steps in exactly the fol-
flashing LED (9 ). indicates that the radio is
lowing order:
equipped w ith an ant1-theft coding system.
See the Radio Card for the code. • Turn on the radio. "SAFE " will appear in
If the unit is removed from the vehicle, this t he display.
anti-theft coding electronically prevents • After 3 seconds. the number 1000 will
the unit from being re-used by unautho- appear in the display.
rized persons.
• Use the radio station preset buttons 1 to
The electronic lock-up is operational if: 4 to en ter the code number found on your
- the radio is disconnected from the ve- Radio Card. Use preset button 1 to enter
hicle electrical system the first digit in the code number. Use but-
ton 2 to enter the second digit, etc. The val-
- the battery is disconnected ue range for each of the 4 digits is "0 ... 9".
- the radio fuse burns out. The digit will increase by 1 each time you
If this happens, the correct code must be tap the preset button. The number returns
entered before the unit can be operated to "0" after "9" .
again. • After you finish entering the code, press
The code number a nd serial number either the upper side(" _. ") of the SEEK but-
are provided on labels which are af- ton (5 ) or the SCAN button (6 ) for longer
fixed to the " Radio Card " located in than 2 seconds until you hear an audible sig-
the front of this booklet. nal.
e lf you've entered the code number cor-
rectly, "LSM " will appear in the display.
The unit is now ready to use again!
HOW THE ANTI-THEFT COOING WORKS - -- - - -- - - -- 19

Wrong code number

If you've accidentally entered a w rong code
number, "SAFE " w ill appear in the display.
Initially it'll flash, then stay on.
You ca n repeat the procedure again one
time. The number of attempts will appear
in the display.
If the wrong code number is entered again,
the unit wil l be disabled for abou t 1 hour.
Leave the unit ON and the key in the
ignition switch for this hour. After the
hour has elapsed, the number of attempts
will stop being displayed and you can cancel
the electronic lock once again.
Remember, the cycle is ....
-2 attempts
- one hour locked.
Note
If you loose your Radio Card, con-
tact your authorized VOLKSWAGEN
dealer.
20 - - -- -- - - - -- HOW THE ANTI-THEFT CODING WORKS

SOUND SYSTEM PREMIUM
Warranty, Antenna Care

Warranty Care of antenna
Our radio systems are cvoerd by the war- The antenna is designed to achieve optimal
ranty conditions that apply to new cars. performance with the radio and is located at
a position where reception is good and sus-
If a warranty claim is made during the war- ceptibility to interference is low.
ranty period. the unit will be repaired free-
of-charge by any authorized Volkswagen Vehicles equipped with antennas em-
dealer - provided that the dmage was not bedded in the windshield or backlights offer
caused by improper treatment or attempts the further advantages of being completely
to repair it by non-qualified persons. and protected from damage and wear.
that the unit has not suffered any external Care: A dirty telescoping antenna is diffi-
damage. cult to retract and can be bent during retrac-
tion. When you wash your vehicle, dry off
the antenna and clean it occasionally using
chrome polish. This also applies to bleack-
chromated antennas.
Power antennas also need to be washed
and cleaned with chrome polish on a regular
basis to keep the functioning properly.
If the power antenna does not retract or ex-
tend properly, the telescopic sections must
be cleaned. Never forcibly push in or pull out
the antenna by hand.
No antenna care is required for veh icles
equipped with roof mounted antennas.
WARRANTY. REPLACEMENT. ANTENNA CARE - - -- - -- - - - 21

SOUND SYSTEM PREMIUM
Technical Description
Anti- theft protection Cassette player
The unit is electronically locked whenever Low-wear, high performance tape head,
the power source is interrupted. It can only latching buttons for fast forward and re-
be returned to working condition by enter- verse, auto-reverse, Music Search System
ing the correct code number. (MSS), Dolby® Noise Reduction, automatic
detection of metal cassettes.
Frequency ranges
FM and AM CD changer*
Remote controlled via radio sound system
Band selection
unit. Changer magazine for 6 CO's with mo-
Momentary-contact buttons tor-driven ejection, 6 CD selection buttons.
Mix mode, automatic track scan I seek.
Displays
Frequency, band, bass, balance, treble. pre- Sound reproduction
set button, cassette functions. Dolby® Stereo (radio, cassette, CD), adjustable
symbol, CD functions. coding treble I bass controls, fader control inte-
grated in the radio, multiple speaker system
Illumination
Max. power output
The controls and display are illuminated
glare-free from the interior (night driving de- 4 x 20 Watt (high)
sign) - maximum brightness when driving 2 x 20 Watt (low)
lights are off. Wher1 the driving lights are on, 2 x 30 Watt (sub-woofer)
the intensity is controlled together with the
instrument panel intensity. Options
Electronic antenna, CD changer. Additional
Station selection information on these options is available
In the radio mode. the unit automatically from authorized VO LKSWAGEN dealers.
plays the last station selected when the unit
was turned off (last staton memory). Interference suppression
The automatic interference suppression cir-
Radio cuitry integrated in the unit eliminates most
Automatic and manual tuning. Six station outside interference in the FM band .
preset buttons each for FM 1, FM2, AM 1 Specially tuned interference suppressors
and AM2 . Manual tuning is possible in both eliminate nearly all interference pulses from
directions. Microprocesor-controlled stabi- the engine and other parts of the electrical
lization of station frequencies (PLL quartz system such as the heater blower, wind-
tuning). shield wipers and radiator fan .
® The Dolby Noise Reduction System is ma-

nufactured under license from Dolby Licen-
sing Corporation. Dolby and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
22 - - -- - -- -- -- - - - - - TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
A -Bass ..... ... ..... ...... .... 6
-CD ......... . ... ......... 6, 12
Adjusting -CD Eject .......... . ........ 13
- Balance between left and right - Dolby Noise Reduction . . . . . . 1 C
speakers . ....... ............ . 6
- EJECT ......... .... ... .... . 10
-Bass ........... . ........... 6
-Fader . .... . . .. ........ ... ... 6
-Fader ....................... 6
- FM ....... ....... ... . ....... 6
-Midrange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
- Manual tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
-Speed volume control . . . . . . . . 5
-Midrange ... . ..... .......... E
-Treble .... .. ................ 6
- Mix Mode ........ ....... ... 13
-Volume ..................... 5
-ON/OFF .................... 5
AM button ..... ... ............. 6
- Radio station preset . . . . . . . . . . 8
Antenna, -How to take care of . . 21
-SCAN ... ... ............ . .. 11
Anti-Theft protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
-SEEK ...................... 11
Anti-theft alarm system, - How do I
know if my radio is electronically -TAPE ............ . ...... .... 6
locked up? ..... .............. . 19 -TAPE A /TAPE B .. ... ....... 10
Anti-theft coding .. ........... 4, 19 - Tone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
- Blinking LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - Track selection (when playing a
- Canceling the electronic lock-up . CD) ......... .... ............ 14
19 - Treble ............. ...... ... 6
-What do I do if I enter an incorrect
code number? ... ............ 19
- When does the Sound System
lock up electronically? . . . . . . . . . 19
c
Cassette housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
AS (Autostore) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cassette player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Automatic seek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
- Cassette bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Automatic tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
- Changing cassette tracks . . . . 10
Autostore (AS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
- Ejecting a cassette . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
- Fast forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
8 - Fast forward to the next track 11
- Fast reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Balance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - Fast rewind to the previous track
Bands received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 11
BASS ....... ...... ..... ........ 6 - How can I tell which side of my
Broadcasting mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 cassette tape is being played? . 10
Button - How do I switch from one side of
-AM ..... ........ . ........... 6 a tape to the other? . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
-AS (Autostore) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - SCAN function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
-Balance .............. ..... .. 6 -Tape A I Tape B button . . . . . . . 10
- Tips for operating . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - Inserting the CD magazine into
-Tips for taking care of your cas- the CD changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
settes ...................... . 12 - Loading CDs . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 17
- What you see in the display . . 12 - Malfunction display . . . . . . . . . 15
Cassettes, -Taking care of your cas- -NO CHANGER- What does it
settes ..... ... ..... . . ..... . .. . 12 mean when NO CHANGER appears
CD button .. .. . . . ... ... . ... ... . . 6 in the display? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
CD Changer.- Installed in the luggage -NO DISC - What does it mean
compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 when NO DISC appears in the dis-
play? . . . ........ . . . ...... 13,15
CD changer .... ... . .... ... . . . 4, 16
-NO MAGAZINE- What does it
CD magazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 mean when NO MAGAZINE ap-
- How many CDs can I load in the pears in the display? . . . . . . . . . . 13
CD magazine? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 - Random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
- Inserting into the CD changer . 16 - Removing the CD magazine from
- Loading with CDs . . . . . . . . . . . 17 the CD changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
- Removing CDs from the magazine - SCAN (automatic track selection)
18 14
- Removing from the CD changer . - Selecting a CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
16 - Selecting a CD track . . . . . . . . . 14
CD player ........ · · · · · · · · · · · · · 13 - Skipping backward to the previous
-Automatic scan to the next track CD track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(SCAN) . ... .... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 14 - Skipping forward to the next CD
-Automatic track scanning . . . . 14 track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
- CD button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 -Tips when using . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
-CD ERR- What does it mean -Track se lection button . . . . . . . 14
w hen CD ERR appears in the dis- _What is the correct way to insert
play? . ... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 15 a CD into the slot? . ... . .. . . ... 13
- Cleaning your CDs . . . . . . . . . . 18 CDs
- Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 -Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
- Ejecting a CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 -Take care of your CDs . . . . . . . 18
- ERR OR -What does it mean Chrome dioxide tapes . . . . . . . . . . . 12
when ERROR appears in the dis-
play? . ......... .. ........... . 15 Code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
- Fast forward to next track . . . . 14
- Fast reverse to previous track 14
- How to load CDs into the maga-
D
zine .... .. ....... . .. ... .. ... . 17 Digital displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
- How to rem ove a CD from the CD Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 22
magazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 - Radio modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
- How to select an individual CD in Dolby Noise Reduction . . . . . . . . . . 10
t he magazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
E MIX.- What does it mean with MIX
appears in the display when I am
EJECT ................ . ..... . . 10 playing a CD? .................. 13
Electronic lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 M ix mode .. ........ .. . ....... . 13
ERROR .. . .................... 15 MSS - Music Seek System . . . . . . 11
MSS FOR .............. ....... 11
MSS REV ...... . .......... . ... 11
F
Fader control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fast forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
N
FM button .................... .. 6 NO CHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
NO DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 15
NO MAGAZINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
I NO TAPE ............ .. ........ 10
Identification number . . . . . . . . . . . 19 ~g i~~~ ;Pv;;::r~4~~~~t ~s~~~Y1~e~ 0

Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Interference suppression . . . . . . . . 22
Intra scan (SCAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
0
ON I OFF ..... .... ............. . 5
K p
Key .... . ......... .. . . ... . ...... 5
Power anten nas .......... . . .... 21
Preset buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
L
LED -What does it mean when the
LED is blinking? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
R
LSM, -What does it mean when Radio Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 19
LSM appears in the display? . . . . . 19 Radio card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
- Where should I keep my Radio
Card? .............. .......... 4
M Radio code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Manual SEEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Radio mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Manual tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Radio station preset buttons, - How
can I store a radio station? . . . . . . . . 8
Maximum power o utput . . . . . . . . 22
Rewind .... . .............. .... 11
Midrange control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Roof mounted antennas . . ....... 21
s -FADER ..................... 6
-Midrange (MIDDLE) .......... 6
SAFE- What does it mean when -TREBLE ....... .... ......... 6
"SAFE " appears in the display? ... 4
TR01. TR02, TR03. etc. . . . . . . . . . 14
SEEK
TREBLE ........................ 6
- Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tuning
-Manual ......... . .. . ...... . . 7
- Automatic (SCAN feature) . . . . . 8
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
-Manual ..................... 8
SET UP SPEED DEP VOL .... .. .. 5
Turn-on volume level . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SET UP VOL ON LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . 5
Setting
- AM radio stations . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
-Balance ................. . ... 6
v
Volume control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
-Bass ....................... 6
-Fader .................... . .. 6
- FM radio stations . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
-Midrange .. .. ............... 6
w
Sound reproduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Warranty .......... . . .. . . ...... 21
Speed dependant volume . . . . . . . . 5
Speed Volume Control (SVC) . . . . . . 5
Station buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Station selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SVC (Speed Volume Control) . . . . . . 5
T
TAPE A .......... ........ .... . 10
TAPE B ....................... 10
TAPE button ....... ... .......... 6
TAPE FF ...... .... .. ....... ... 11
TAPE FR ........ . . .. . .... . .... 11
Technical description . . . . . . . . . . . 22
- Cassette player . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
- CD changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
-Radio ...................... 22
Telescopic antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Tone settings
- BAL ........ . . .. .. . .. ....... 6
-Bass .... .. . . ..... .. ... . .... 6
It has always been Volkswagen' policy to All rights reserved. No part of this manual
continuously improve its products. Volk- may be reproduced, copied, or translated
swagen, therefore, reserves the right to without the express written permission of
make changes in design and specifications, Volkswagen AG.
and to make additions or improvements in Volkswagen AG expressly retains all rights
its products, without incurring any obliga- provided by copyright laws. Subject to alter-
tion to install them on products previously ation.
manufactured.
Text, illustrations and specifications in this This paper is produced from non-chlorine-
manual are based on knowledge and infor- bleached pulp.
" mation available at the time of printing.
J Technical specifications are subject to
© 2001 VOLKSWAGEN AG
change without notice. Printed in Germany
3.4 Sound System I Premium CD I Monsoon I Nordamerika englisch 05.01 - 221.556.PCM.21
3.4 2004 Passat
Tips and Advice
-operating your vehicle
the right way
Please read this important inf ormation before reading
your booklet.
Vehicle Equipment Table of Contents

This manual describes all the equ1pment In- On the follow1ng page, you will find the Ta-
tended to be offered at the time of printing hle of Contents which describes all the fea-
Some of the equipment may be ava1lable at tures of your vehicle in the order they ap-
a later date or not at all. pear in th1s manual.
Please note that items marked wit h Indication of directions

tain models, optional on others or Whenever a direction is specified (for exam-
Notes about Environment

ple: left. right, forward, backward, etc.). you
should imagine yourself as sitting in the ve-
hicle facing in the driving direction. If some-
thing is explained which is different from
Texts i dentified by this symbol this position. it will be c early identified.
and written in i talics are impor-
tant notes regarding the envi- WARNINGS
ronment and h o w you can h elp protect it.
~WARNINGS
Illustrations
Each illustration in the manual shows a fea- concern safety and are highlighted
ture and I or equipment which your vehicle like this throughout this manual.
may or may not have, depending on the mo-
del. The illustrations are simply to show you Texts printed in bold type refer to
how a feature looks and its function. possible damage to your vehicle, or
Alphabetical Index
At the back of this book, you will find an ex- A If one of the Warning and indicator
tensive Alphabetical Index. This will help W lights marked w th a STOP-sign co-
you to find information quickly by using key mes on while you are driving, move
words. a safe distance off the road, turn off the en-
gine, turn the emergency flasher on and use
other warn1ng devices to alert other moto-
rists Go to listerl rr~ge in ymlr hooklet for
explanations.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FILLING YOUR TANK Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . 40
Fuel supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Battery ........................ 45
OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY
Windshield washer container . . . . 50
" ' Braking ....................... . 6
Electronic differential lock (EDU . . 9 KEEPING YOUR VEHICLE IN
4MOTION* (All Wheel Drive) .... 10 GOOD WORKING CONDITION
Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) . . . . . . . 11 Additional accessories, Modifications
and Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . 51
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
WHAT DO I DO NOW?
DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR
ENVIRONMENT Service kit ..................... 52
The first 1,000 miles (1 500 km) _and Jack and tool kit, spare tire ...... 53
afterwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 lires I Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Operate your vehicle safely . . . . . . 13 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Difficult operating conditions . . . . . 14 Anti-theft wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . 72
Operate your vehicle economically Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
-..., and minimize pollution . . . . . . . . . . .15 Rep 1ac1ng
· b ulb s ............... . 74
Warranty coverages · · · · · · · · · · · · 18 Installing I replacing a radio ...... 74
Trailer towing · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 18 Mobile telephones and CB radios . 75
Emergency Starting ............ 75
CARE AND CLEANING
Emergency towing with
Cleaning and protection . . . . . . . . . 22
commercial tow truck . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Care of exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Lifting vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Care of interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Reporting safety defects ........ 81
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Outside the U.S.A. or Canada .... 81
" CHECKING AND FILLING VOLKSWAGEN
Service Repair Manuals . . . . . . . . . 82
Engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 34
TIPS AND ADVICE
Fuel tank
I B45·375K I
Fuel filler flap release ...
The switch A for the fuel filler flap release rA1 WARNING
IS located in the driver's door panel.
Under normal operating condi-
Pull the switch to unlock the fuel filler flap .
tions, never carry additional fuel
The sw1tch also works with the ignition
containers in your car. Such con-
switched off.
tainers, full or empty, may leak
The fuel filler neck is on the right rear side and could cause a fire in a colli-
panel behind the fuel filler flap . The fuel filler sion.
neck is accessible after you have opened If you must transport fuel to use
the filler flap. When refueling, hang the fuel for your lawn mower, snow blo-
f1ller cap on the fuel filler flap as shown in wer, etc., be very careful and al-
the right illustration. ways observe local and state laws
The capacity of the tank is approximately regarding the use, transportation
16.3 US gallons (62 liters). Reserve is ap- and storage of such fuel contai-
prox. 2.1 US gallons (81iters) of total capaci- ners. Make certain the containers
ty. meets industry standards (ANSI I
ASTM F852-86).
Note
• Don't drive until the fuel tank is
completely empty. Gasoline could
get in the exhaust system and dama-
ge the catalytic converter.
• If any fuel has spilled onto the ve-
hicle, it should be removed imme-
diately to prevent damage the paint-
work.
2--------------------------------- FILLING YOUR TANK

TIPS AND ADVICE
Refuelling the vehicle Filling a Portable Fuel

Your vehicle fuel tan k has an on-board re- Container in Exceptional Cases
fuelling vapor recovery system. This feature
helps to prevent fuel vapors from escaping ~WARNING
from the tank and polluting the environment
while you refuel your vehicle. To reduce the risk of fire and per-
sonal injury when filling a fuel con-
In order to fill your tank properly while pro- tainer for a lawn mower or snow
tecting the environment, please follow this blower, etc. please remember:
refueling procedure carefully:
• Never fill a portable fuel contai-
• Turn off the ignition. ner leaving it still in the luggage
• Unscrew fuel filler cap and remove. compartment or on top of the car.
Static electricity can build up whi-
• Insert the fuel nozzle from the gasoline le filling and can ignite fuel vapors
pump into the fuel filler neck as far as it will causing a fire. Always place a por-
go. table fuel container on the ground
• When filling your tank. select a medium before filling.
refueling rate so that the nozzle switches • Always keep the fuel pump
off automatically when the tank is full. nozzle completely inside the por-
~ As soon as the correctly opera- table container before and during
<!15 ted nozzle switches off automa- filling to help prevent static elec-
tically for the first time, the tank is tricity discharge and fire.
full. Do not try to add more fuel, be- • Never spill fuel inside the lugga-
cause fuel may spill out. In addition, ge compartment or vehicle inter-
the expansion space in the fuel tank ior. Fuel vapors are highly flamma-
will be filled - causing the fuel to ble and can cause fire and serious
overflow when it becomes warm burns.
and pollute the environment.
• Always observe local and state
• After fil ling your tank. twist the fuel filler (provincial) laws regarding the
cap clockwise until you hear a definite click. use, storage and transportation of
To avoid fuel spilling or evaporating from the such containers.
fuel tank always close fuel filler cap properly • Make certain the fuel container
and completely. meets industry standards (ANSI I
Note ASTM F852-86).
Running your engine while refuelling may
cause vapors to escape or even fuel to spill
out of the tank. This would then shut off the
fuel nozzle before the tank is full.
FILLING YOUR TANK - - - - - - - -- - - - -- ---- 3

TIPS AND ADVICE
Fuel supply
dib Use only unleaded fuel in your Notes

~ vehicle. • Do not use any fuel with octane
ratings lower than 87 AKI or 91 RON
Octane rating otherwise expensive engine damage
Octane rating indicates a gasoline's ability will occur.
to resist engine damaging "knock" caused • Do not use leaded gasoline!
by pre-ignition and detonation. Therefore. The use of leaded gasoline will seve-
buying the correct grade of gasoline is very rely damage your vehicle's catalytic
important to help prevent possible engine converter and its ability to control
damage and a loss of engine performance. exhaust emissions.
The recommended gasoline octane rating Unleaded gasoline is available throughout
for your engine can be found on a label loca- the USA. Canada, and in most European
ted on the inside of the fuel filler flap. This countries. We recommend that you do not
rating may be specified as AKI (CLC) or RON take you r vehicle to areas or countries whe-
(ROZ).
re unleaded gasoline may not be available.
Gasolines most commonly used in the Uni-
ted States and Canada have the following
octane ratings that can usually be found on Use of gasoline containing alcohol
or MTBE (methyl tertiary butyl
the fi ller pump:
ether)
Premium Grade: 91 - 96 AKI
You may use unleaded gasoline blended
Regular Grade: 87 - 90 AKI w ith alcohol or MTBE (commonly referred
to as oxygenates) if the blended mixture
Fuel Recommendation meets the following criteria:
The fuel recommended for your ve-
hicle is unleaded premium grade ga- Blend of gasoline methanol
soline with a minimum octane ra- (wood alcohol or methyl alcohol)
ting of 91 AKI (CLC) or 95 RON - Ant i-knock index must be 87 or higher
(ROZ).
- Blend must contain no more than
3% methanol
- Blend must contain more than
2% CO solvents
Note
Methanol fuels which do not meet
these requirements may cause
corrosion and damage to plastic and
rubber components in the fuel sy-
stem.
4 - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - FILLING YOUR TANK

TIPS AND ADVICE
" ' Blend of gasoline and ethanol Seasonally adjusted gasoline

(grain alcohol or ethyl alcohol) Many gasolines are blended to perform es-
- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI pecially well for winter or summer driving.
or higher. During seasonal change-over, we suggest
that you fill up at busy gas stations where
- Blend must not contain more than
the seasonal adjustment is more likely to be
10% ethanol.
made in time.
Blend of gasoline and MTBE
Gasoline additives
- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI A major concern among many auto manu-
or higher. facturers is carbon deposit build-up caused
- Blend must contain not more than by the type of gasoline you use.
" 15% MTBE. Although gasolines differ from one manu-
Notes facturer to another, they have certain things
in common. All gasolines contain proper-
• Do not use fuels that fail to meet
ties that can cause deposits to collect on vi-
the criteria specified above. tal engine components, such as fuel injec-
• If you are unable to determine tors and intake valves. Although most
whether or not a particular fuel gasoline brands include additives to keep
blend meets the specifications abo- engine and fuel systems clean, they are not
ve, ask your service station or its equally effective.
fuel supplier. After an extended period of using inadequa-
• Do not use fuel for which the con- te fuels, built-up carbon deposits can rob
tents cannot be identified. your engine of peak performance.
• Fuel system damage and perfor-
mance problems resulting from the Note
use of fuels different from those Damage or malfunction due to poor
specified above are not the respon- fuel quality is not covered by the
sibility of VOLKSWAGEN and are VOLKSWAGEN New Vehicle Limited
not covered under the New Vehicle Warranty.
~ or the Emission Control System
Warranties.
• If you experience a loss of fuel
economy or driveability and perfor-
mance problems due to the use of
one of these fuel blends, we recom-
mend that you switch to unblended
fuel.
FILLING YOUR T A N K - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5
TIPS AND ADVICE
Braking
General notes Conditions affecting

The brakes on today's automobiles are still braking efficiency
subject to wear depending largely on oper- Moisture or road salt
ating conditions and driving habits. On vehi-
cles which are driven mostly in stop-and- ~WARNING
go city traffic or which are driven hard, the
brake linings should be checked by your au- • Under certain climatic and oper-
thorized VOLKSWAG EN dealer more often ating conditions such as passing
than specified in the Maintenance boo- through water, driving in heavy
klet -+ booklet 1. 1. rain or after washing the vehicle,
the effectiveness of the brakes
~WARNING can be reduced. In winter, ice can
accumulate on the brake pads, li-
• If you damage the front spoiler, nings, discs and drums. Cautious-
or if you install a different spoiler, ly apply brakes for a test. Brakes
be sure the air flow to the front will dry and ice coatings will be
brakes is not obstructed, otherwi- cleaned off after a few cautious
se the brake system could over- brake applications.
heat reducing the effectiveness of
• Driving for an extended period
the entire brake system.
of time on salt-covered roads wi-
• Failure of one brake circuit will thout using your brakes can also
impair the braking capability re- affect braking efficiency. Clean
sulting in an increased stopping off accumulated salt coating from
distance. Avoid driving the vehicle brake discs and pads with a few
and have it towed to the nearest cautious brake applications.
VOLKSWAGEN dealer or qualified
workshop.
• New brake pads don't have the
best stopping power and must be
"brol<en-in" during the initial 100
to 150 miles (150 to 200 kilome-
tres) of normal city driving. You
can compensate for this by press-
ing the brake pedal more firmly. Always read and heed all
This also applies later when new WARNINGS on next page.
pads are installed.
6 - - - - -- - - - -- -- - - - - OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY
TIPS AND ADVICE
Overheating the brakes Brake booster

~WARNING ~WARNING
• Do not "ride the brakes" by re- • The brake booster works with
sting your foot on the pedal when vacuum pressure which is created
you do not intend to brake. This only when the engine is running.
may cause the brakes to overheat, Never let the vehicle roll to a stop
premature wear and increased with the engine shut off.
stopping distance.
• If the brake booster is not wor-
• Before descending a steep gra- king, for example when towing
de, reduce speed and shift trans- your vehicle, or because the brake
mission into a lower gear or lower booster has somehow been dama-
driving position. Do not ride the ged, the brake pedal must be pres-
brakes or hold the pedal down too sed harder to make up for the lack
long or too often. This could cause of booster assistance.
the brakes to get hot and diminish
braking efficiency.
• If you damage the front spoiler,
or if you install a different spoiler,
be sure the air flow to the front
brakes is not obstructed. Otherwi-
se the brake system could over-
heat reducing the effectiveness of
the entire brake system.
• Failure of one brake circuit will
impair the braking capability re-
sulting in an increased stopping
distance.
Avoid driving the vehicle and have
it towed to the nearest VOLKS-
1 WAGEN dealer or qualified work-
shop.
OPDMAL TECHNOLOGY ---------------------------------- 7

TIPS AND ADVICE
Functioning of Anti-Lock Brake How the ABS system works

System (ABS)* An automatic check is made when a speed
The ABS contributes effectively to vehicle of about 4 mph ( 6 km I h) is reached. When
control since it prevents the wheels from this happens a pumping noise can be heard.
locking when the brakes are applied. This If an individual wheel begins to rotate too
means that the vehicle remains steerable slowly in relation to vehicle speed and tends
and is less likely to skid. to lock. the ABS automatically reduces bra-
You don't have to "pump" the brake. ke pressure to prevent that wheel from lok-
Just hold the brake pedal down. king.
However. do not expect that the ABS shor- This automatic adjustment process
tens braking distance under all circumstan- will cause a slight vibration of the
ces. When driving on gravel or on newly fal- brake pedal and some noises to alert
len snow on top of icy surfaces. braking you that vehicle speed must be
distance may be even longer. Therefore. adapted to existing road and traffic
under these circumstances. it is especially conditions.
important that you drive slowly and with If ABS is not functioning properly, a warning
great care. light will come on.
Vehicle modifications (brake sy- For more details see chapter "Warning /In-
stem or chassis modifications, for dicator lights" Booklet 3. 1.
example, or a different wheel/tire
combination) can affect the func-
tion of the ABS, EDS, ESP and ASR
systems.
r.iil WARNING.
Therefore please pay close attention Although the ABS is very effecti-
to the advice provided on page 51. ve, always remember that braking
capability is limited by tire trac-
tion. Always adjust your driving
speed according to the road and
traffic conditions. Do not let the
extra safety afforded by the ABS
tempt you into taking extra risks.
The ABS cannot overcome the
laws of physics.
8 - - -- - -- - -- - - - - -- - OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY
TIPS AND ADVICE
Electronic
differential lock (EDL)*
The EDL operates in conjunction with the Please note:

ABS. The EDL works automatically, i.e. wi- • When driving off, always be sure to keep
thout the driver's inteNention. road conditions in mind as you accelerate.
With the aid of the ABS sensors. the system If a drive wheel spins because it's on a slip-
monitors the speed of the driven wheels. perier surface, gradually increase the pres-
At speeds up to 25 mph (40 km I h). if a dif- sure on the accelerator pedal until the vehi-
ference of approx. 100 rpm 's in the speed of cle starts to move.
the driven wheels is detected (i.e. one driv-
• When accelerating on slippery surfaces,
en wheel is on a slippery surface). that
such as on ice or snow, always be careful
wheel will be braked in a controlled manner,
when depressing the accelerator pedal.
and more of the engine's power wi ll be di-
Even with the EDL working, the drive
rected to the other wheel via the differential
wheels can spin and reduce you ability to
to achieve greater traction.
control your vehicle.
This automatic adjustment process
will make some sounds.
• To prevent the disc brake of the braked
wheel from overheating if subjected to ex-
To optimize use of the EDL, accelera- cessive loads, the EDL cuts out temporarily.
te and use the clutch appropriate to The vehicle remains operational and beha-
the street conditions. ves in the same way as a vehicle without
EDL.
If a fault occurs in the ABS, the EDL also
~WARNING does not function . This is indicated by the
ABS warning light.
When accelerating on a slippery
surface, for example on ice or
snow, be careful! In spite of the
EDL, the wheels could start to spin ~WARNING
and adversely affect the stability
The increased safety afforded by
of the vehicle.
EDL does not mean that you can
take safety risks. Always adapt
your driving style to the road
conditions and traffic situation.
Vehicle modifications (brake sy-

stem, engine or chassis modifica-
tions, for example, or a different
wheel/tire combination) can affe ct
the function of the ABS, EDS, ESP
and ASR systems.
Therefore please pay close attention
to the advice provided on page 51 .
OPDMAL TECHNOLOGY --------------------------------- 9

TIPS AND ADVICE
4MOTION* (AII Wheel Drive)
The 4MOTION requires no maintenance on Using winter tires on vehicles with

your part. The drive force is distributed auto- 4MOTION*
matically to the wheels and adapts itself to The 4MOTION gives your vehicle optimal
the driving cond itions for optimal vehicle handling even when driving in winter condi-
handling. tions with standard tires. However. if you
choose to mount winter tires or all season
,A, WARNING
tires, they must be mounted on all 4
wheels.
• Always adjust your driving to

road and traffic conditions. Do not Snow chains
let the extra safety afforded by When required. you can mount snow chains
4MOTION tempt you into taking on your tires. For more information regar-
extra risks . · ding snow chains, see "Tires I Wheels" on
• Although the 4MOTION is very page 65.
effective, always remember that
braking capacity is limited by tire Replacing tires/wheels
traction and is no different than on
vehicle with just front wheel drive. All four whee ls must always have the same
You should therefore not drive at rolling radius. For more information on re-
excessive speeds on icy or slippery placement of tires/wheels. see "Tires I
road surfaces. Wheels" on page 63.
• On wet or slippery road surfa-
ces, be careful not to drive to fast.
The wheels could begin to slide on
top of the water (hydroplaning). If
this should occur, you will have no
warning from a sudden increase in
engine speed as with front-wheel
drive vehicles. Always drive at
speeds which are suitable to the
road conditions.
10 - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY
TIPS AND ADVICE
Anti-Slip
Regulation (ASR}* Power steering
On vehicles with front-wheel drive, ASR When the engine is running, never hold the
prevents the front wheels from spinning steering wheel turned all the way to the
when the vehicle is accelerated by reducing right or to the left for longer than 15 se-
the engine power directed to these wheels. conds. The power steering pump will over-
The system operates in conjunction with heat the hydraulic fluid if you hold the stee-
the ABS across the entire speed range. If a ring wheel all the way turned.
fault occurs in the ABS, the ASR is also inac-
tive. This will damage the power steering
The ASR is switched on automatically when system.
the engine is started. If required, it can also Each time the steering wheel is turned all
be switched on and off manually by briefly the way to the right or left when stopped,
pressing the switch. you will hear noises caused by the severe
When the system is switched off. the ASR stress placed on the power steering pump.
warning light comes on. At the same time. engine idle speed drops.
The ASR should normally be left switched
on. The system should only be switched off
in certain circumstances where wheelspin
can offer advantages:
- when driving with snow chains, in deep
snow or on loose surfaces;
- when rocking back and forth to free the
vehicle when stuck.
The system should be switched on again
afterwards.
~WARNING
Do not allow the extra safety of
the ASR system to tempt you into
taking risks. Always adjust your
speed to suit the road and traffic
conditions.
Note
To ensure that the ASR works properly, all
four wheels must be fitted with identical ti-
res. Any differences in the rolling radius of
the tires can cause the system to reduce en-
gine power when this IS not desired.
See also "wheel and tire replacement" on
page 59.
OPDMAL TECHNOLOGY --------------------------------- 11

TIPS AND ADVICE
The first 1,000 miles (1 500 km)- and afterwards
Break- in period From 600 to 1,000 miles

(1 ,000 to 1,500 kilometres):
During the fi rst few hours of driving, the en-
gine's internal friction is higher than later Speeds can gradually be increased to maxi-
when all the moving parts have been broken mum permissible road or engine speed.
in. How well this break-in process is done
depends to a con siderable extent on the
way the vehicle is driven during the first During and after Break-In
1,000 miles (1 500 ki lometres). Period
For the first 600 miles • Do not rev the engine up to high
(1 ,000 kilometres): speeds when it is cold. This applies
As a rule of thumb: whether the transmi ssion is in N
(Neutral) or in gear.
• Do not use full throttle _
• Do not drive faster than 3 ! 4 of top
<i> Do not drive with unnecessarily
high engine speeds - upshifting
speed shown on the speedometer early saves fuel, reduces noise and
• Avoid high engine speeds. protects the environment - see also
page 15.
• If possible, avoid towing a trailer.
• Do not let the engine labor. Downshift
when the engine is no longer running
~WARNING smoothly.
• New tires tend to be slippery

and must also be "broken-in." Be
sure to remember this during the
first 350 miles (500 kilometres).
Brake gently. Avoid following clo-
sely behind other vehicles or other
situations that might require sud-
den, hard braking.
• New brake pads don't have the
best stopping power and must be
"broken- in" during the initial 100
to 150 miles (150 to 200 kilome-
tres) of normal city driving. You
can compensate for this by press-
ing the brake pedal more firmly.
This also applies later when new
pads are installed.
12 - - -- - - - - - DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT

TIPS AND ADVICE
Operate your vehicle safely
The condition of your vehicle is di- • Make sure that children always
rectly related to driving safety. sit on the rear seat properly restrai-
Therefore, always be sure to observe the ned by a restraint system appropria-
following points before you drive off: te for their size and age.
• Check lights and turn signals. • Never transport a child in a rear-
facing child or infant seat on the
• Check fuel level. front passenger seat.
• Adjust the mirrors. • Adjust your seat so that you can
• Make sure that all lights and all easily reach all controls as far away
windows are clean. from the airbag as possible but no
• Make sure the air intake slots bet- closer than 10 in. (25 em) -
ween the engine hood and the see "Front seats" Booklets 2.1 and
windshield is free of leaves, snow 3.1.
and ice. • The seating position is very im-
portant for the airbag performance
• Check warning and indicator
-see " Airbag system" Booklet 2 . 1
lights when starting the engine.
For driving safety, always follow the speci- • Always adjust the head restraints
fied maintenance intervals in your Mainte- to the correct height.
nance booklet see Booklet 1. 1 - es- For maximum protection. the upper edge of
pecially for changing the brake fluid, see the head restraints should be at least at
page 43 in this booklet. eye level, or higher.
Your personal driving style and your • Always make sure that the move-
attitude affect driving safety to ave- ment of the pedals is not restricted
ry great extent. in any way- see "Pedals" Booklet
Therefore. for your ow n safety: 3 . 1.
• Wear your safety belts and wear • Store luggage and light items pro-
them properly, even if you're just perly
driving in the city or to the corner - in the luggage compartment -
store - see "Safety belts" Booklet see "Luggage compartment"
2.1. Booklet 3 . 1.
• Make sure that all passengers are - on the roof -
wearing their safety belts properly, see "Roof rack " Booklet 3 . 1.
even those sitting in the rear -
see "Safety belts" Booklet 2 . 1.
Passengers not wearing safety belts endan-
ger not only themselves in case of an acci-
dent. but also the driver and other passen-
gers.
DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT - - - - -- - -- 13

TIPS AND ADVICE
Difficult operating
conditions
If you drink, do not drive. Driving under difficult

The use of alcohol, drugs and certain me- conditions
dications will seriously impair perception. Your Volkswagen has been designed and
reactions and driving ability, and substantial- equipped for normal operating conditions.
ly increase the risk of an accident and perso- The frequency and the extent of service re-
nal injury. quirements as stated in the Maintenance
• Do not drive if you are tired. Booklet brochure are based on normal oper-
Make frequent rest stops. at least after eve- ating conditions.
ry two hours of driving. If you are planning to drive your vehicle un-
der difficult operating conditions (for exam-
• Always adapt vehicle speed to
ple, continuous trailer towing, very hot or
traffic, weather and road condi-
cold weather, very dusty conditions, poor
tions.
fuel quality, etc.) you may want to make
Remember that especially on smooth, slip- special preparations such as changing to an
pery roads, vehicle handling and braking de- appropriate oil viscosity, having your vehicle
pend a great deal on tire adhesion. On wet thoroughly inspected, etc. Furthermore,
roads, the front wheels can hydroplane es- the maintenance should always be mat-
pecially at higher speeds. If this happens. ched to the operating conditions (see page
you will then, no longer be able to steer or 31 ).
brake properly.
• Always observe the posted speed
limits and use common sense. Your
good judgment can mean the diffe-
rence between arriving safely at
your destination and having an acci-
dent.
Additional information regarding safety can
be found in the individual chapters of this
manual and see Booklet 2. 1.
14 - - - -- -- -- DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT

TIPS AND ADVICE
Operate your vehicle economically and
minimize pollution
Various factors influence fuel consumption:

engine wear. brakes and tires, environmen-
<£' Avoid driving at high speed.
Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and
tal impact. engine noise increase disproportionately at
This chapter addresses some of these high speeds. If you drive at approximately
points. three quarters of top speed, fuel consump-
Your personal style of driving tion will be reduced by one half. Never drive
will determine the economy of your vehicle faster than the posted speed limit and wea-
as well as exhaust and noise levels. ther conditions permitting.
&-. Do not let your vehicle stand and &-. Drive as smoothly as possible
C!1:f warm up. C!1:f and keep a lookout ahead.
When the engine is idling, it takes a very Unnecessary accelerating and braking in-
long time to warm up. Moreover. during crease fuel consumption and disturb the en-
warm-up, both engine wear and exhaust vironment.
gas emissions are very high. Therefore, be
ready to drive off immediately after starting &-. Switch off your engine if you are
C!1:f caught in a traffic jam. This sa-
the engine and avoid high engine speeds.
ves fuel and reduces emissions.
<£' Avoid full throttle. The external conditions
Accelerating gently reduces fuel consump- in which you drive also affect your fuel con-
tion and engine wear. and does not disturb sumption.
the environment.
The following conditions increase fuel con-
&-. Upshift as early as possible - do sumption:
C!1:f not drive at unnecessarily high • Heavy traffic, especially in large cities
engine speeds. w ith many traffic lights.
The highest fuel economy and the least di- • Stop-and-go driving, especially short di-
sturbance to the environment are attained stances so that the engine never warms up
when you drive at low engine speeds and in as it should.
the highest possible gear.
• Driving in heavy, slow moving traffic in
For example, fuel consumption is twice as low gear so that the engine speed is relati-
high in 2nd gear as it is in the highest gear. vely high when compared to the distance
Also, lowering engine speeds means redu- driven.
ced engine noise. Therefore, drive as often
and as long as possible in the highest gear &-. Plan your trips ahead of time.
possible for prevailing road and traffic condi- C!1:f Organize your trips to include
tions. several errands and to avoid heavy
traffic.
<£' isDownshift only when the engine
no longer running smoothly.
Of course. there are some conditions that
will affect fuel consumption that you can't
Depending on the transmission you have. control.
you can normally drive in the highest gear at For example, fuel consumption increases in
25 to 37 mph (40 to 60 km I h) on flat land the w inter or under difficult conditions (bad
and still be able to accelerate. roads. towing a trailer. etc.).
DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT - - - - - - - 15

TIPS AND ADVICE
The technical requirements <£' Remove supplementary roof (

for optimum fuel consumption and econo- rack components when not in
my were "built" into your vehicle. Special use.
attention was paid to the environment. To At high road speeds, the increased air resi-
retain and make use of these characteri- stance caused by the cross bars also increa-
stics, please note the following points: ses fuel consumption.
<£' gasoline
Use only unleaded gasoline in
<£' ment
Switch off any electrical equip-
when no longer needed.
engines.
The rear window defogger, additional dri-
Leaded gasoline causes damage to the ca- ving lights and the heater blower consume
talytic converter and other components of a lot of electricity. The more electricity you
the emission system. consume, the higher the fuel consumption. ~
<£' Have your vehicle serviced by a
VOLKSWAGEN dealer at the spe-
For example, if you keep the rear window r
defogger on for 10 hours, your fuel con-
cified intervals- see page 31 and your sumption will increase by about 1 quart
(1 liter).
Maintenance booklet see Booklet 1. 1.
Having your vehicle regularly serviced by a <£>Use the air conditioning only
VOLKSWAGEN dealer helps ensure that it when really needed.
runs properly and economically, that it does The air conditioning decreases engine out-
not disturb the environment, and that it has put and increases fuel consumption.
a long service life.
<£'Check your vehicle's fuel con-
r.Gh Check your tire pressure once a sumption regularly. Keep a writ-
~month. ten record or use the trip odometer.
Low tire pressure increases fuel consump- Check your fuel consumption each time you
tion and tire wear, and impairs vehicle hand- refuel. By doing this, you can discover any
ling. inconsistencies which could result in increa-
sed fuel consumption and have these chek-
ked before other problems appear.
g WARNING • Check your oil each time you fill
your tank
Underinflation and overloading of The amount of oil used is related to engine
tires can lead to tire failure. Sud- load and speed.
den failure on the road could cause
a serious or fatal accident. See pa- It is normal for the oil consumption of a new
engine to reach its lowest value after a cer-
ge 57 for inflation information. tain mileage has been driven.
You must drive your vehicle about 3,000 mi-
<£' les (5 000 kilometres) before you can pro-
Do not carry unnecessary items perly assess oil consumption.
in the luggage compartment.
This also applies to fuel consumption and
Particularly in city traffic where you must of-
engine output.
ten accelerate, weight influences fuel con-
sumption.
16 - - - - - - - - - DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT

TIPS AND ADVICE
~--------------------------------------------------
e The published ENVIRONMENTAL Lack of proper maintenance as well
PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) and as improper use of the vehicle will
Transport Canada consumption esti- impair the function of the emission
mates may not correspond to your control system and could lead to da-
actual consumption on the road, mage.
which will vary depending upon ve- • Do not alter or remove any com-
hicle load and speed, road and wea- ponent of the Emission Control Sy-
ther conditions, trip length, etc. stem unless approved by the manu-
The catalytic converter is an efficient facturer.
"clean-up" device built into the exhaust sy- • Do not alter or remove any devi-
stem of the vehicle. The catalytic converter ce, such as heat shields, switches,
burns many of the pollutants in the exhaust ignition wires, valves, which are de-
~ gas before they are released into the at- signed to protect your vehicle's
mosphere. Emission Control System and other
Using unleaded fuel is critically im- important vehicle components.
portant for the life of the catalytic
converter and proper functioning of
the engine - see page 4. Note
• The catalytic converter will be Do not leave the engine idling unat-
permanently damaged by: tended after starting. If warning
lights should come on to indicate
• Exceeding the correct engine oil level - improper operation, they would go
see page 38. unheeded. Extended idling also pro-
• Driving until the fuel tank becomes com- duces heat, which could result in
pletely empty. The engine could misfire. overheating or other damage to the
Unburned fuel could also get into the ex- vehicle or other property.
haust system and this could cause the cata-
lytic converter to overheat;
• Push or tow starting your vehicle; g WARNING
~ • Other unusual operating conditions. • Parking
· Do not continue to operate your ve- Do not park or operate the vehicle
hicle under these conditions, as in areas where the hot exhaust sy-
otherwise gasoline fuel can reach stem may come in contact with
the catalytic converter. This could dry grass, brush, fuel spill or other
result in overheating of the conver- material which can cause a fire.
ter, requiring its replacement. • Undercoating
Do not apply additional undercoa-
To assure efficient operation of the ting or rustproofing on or near the
Emission Control System: exhaust manifold, exhaust pipes,
• Have your vehicle maintained catalytic converter or heat shields.
properly and in accordance with During driving, the substance
~ the service recommendations in
used for undercoating could over-
your Maintenance booklet see Boo- heat and cause a fire.
klet 1.1.
DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT--------- 17

TIPS AND ADVICE
Warranty coverages Trailer towing *
four Volkswagen is covered by the follow- Your VOLKSWAGEN was designed prima-
ing warranties. rily for passenger transportation. If you plan
• Limited New Vehicle Warranty to tow a trailer. please remember that your
car will be performing a service it was not in-
• Limited Powertrain Warranty tended for. The additional load will affect
• Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Per- durability, economy and performance.
foration Trailer towing not only places more stress
• Emissions Control System Warranty on the vehicle, it also calls for more concen-
tration from the driver.
• Emissions Performance Warranty
For these reasons. always follow the oper-
• California Emissions Control Warranty ating and driving instructions given and use
(USA vehicles only) common sense.
• California Emissions Performance War-
ranty (USA vehicles only) Techn ical requirements
Detailed information regarding your warran- Trailer hitch
ties can be found in your Warranty Booklet. Use a weight-carrying hitch con forming to
See Booklet 1.2 . the gross trailer weight. The hitch must be
suitable for your vehicle and trailer and se-
curely bolted to appropriate place on the ve-
hicle's chassis. Use only a trailer hitch with
removable ball mount. Always check with
the trailer hitch manufacturer to make sure
that you are using the correct hitch.
Do not use a bumper hitch.
The hitch must be installed in such a way
that it does not interfere with the impact-
absorbing bumper system. No modifica-
tions should be made to the vehicle exhaust
and brake systems. From time to time.
check that all hitch mounting bolts remain
securely fastened.
When you are not towing a trailer, remove
the trailer hitch ball mount. This prevents
the hitch from causing damage should your
vehicle be struck from behind.
~WARNING
When you are no longer towing a
trailer, remove the entire trailer
hitch. When doing so, seal all bolt
holes to prevent water and deadly r
exhaust fumes from ente ring the
vehicle.
18 - - -- - - - -- DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT

TIPS AND ADVICE
Engine cooling system Operating instructions

Towing a tra iler make the engine work har- Maximum trailer weight
der. It is important the the engine cooling
system be up to the job. Make sure that the A trailer for your vehicle is limited to a typical
cooling system has enough fluid. class 1 or class 2 trailer.
The maximum gross trailer weight and the
tong ue load must not exceed the specifica-
Trailer brakes tions listed in the Technical Data section.
If your trailer is equipped w ith a braking sy- see "Weigh ts" Booklet 3.3.
stem. check to be sure that it conforms to Do not exceed the gross vehicle weight.
all regulations. w hich is the weight of the vehicle. including
The tra iler brake system must not be direct- driver. passengers. luggage. trailer hitch
ly connected to the vehicle's brake system. and tongue weight of the loaded tra iler.
Trailer load distribution
Be sure the load in the trailer is held secure-
Safety chains
ly in place to guard against shifting, be it for-
Always use safety chains between your ve- ward. backward or sideways.
hicle and trailer.
Never allow a passenger to ride in a
trailer.
Trailer lights
Trailer lights must meet all regulations. Do ~WARNING
not connect the tra iler light system directly Anyone not properly restrained in
to the light system of your vehicle. Be sure a moving vehicle is at much grea-
to check with your VOLKSWAGEN dealer ter risk in an accident. Never let
for correct wi ring, switches and relays . anyone ride without the restraints
provided by VOLKSWAGEN.
Mirrors
If you are unable to see th e traffic behind
you using the regular outside mirrors. then Tongue load
you must install extended mirrors. It's im- For best vehicle handling under these chan-
portant that you always have clear vision to ged conditions. adjust the trailer load so that
the rear. the tongue load is at the maximum allowa-
ble or slightly lower. You can get an approxi-
mation of the tongue load with a bathroom
scale or you can measure the load at a truk-
king company or weighing station.
Tire pressure
When towing a trailer. inflate the tires of
your vehicle to the cold tire pressure listed
under "Full load" on the sticker on the right
doorjamb. Inflate trailer tires to trailer and ti-
re manufacturers' specifications.
DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT - - -- - -- - - 19

TIPS AND ADVICE
Lights • The higher the speed, the more difficult

The headlight settings should be checked it becomes for the driver to control the rig .
with the trailer attached before driving off. Do not drive at the maximum per-
Adjust as necessary so that you can see the missible speed. Reduce your speed
road ahead but not blind on-coming traffic. even more under unfavorable load, weather
Check proper working of vehicle and trailer or w ind conditions- particularly when going
lights. downhill.
Be especially careful when passing other
Safety chains vehicles.
Be sure trailer safety chains are properly Reduce vehicle speed immediately if the
connected from the trailer to the hitch on trai ler shows the slightest sign of swaying.
the vehicle. Leave enough slack in the Do not try to stop the swaying by accelera-
chains to permit turning corners. When you ting.
install safety chains. make sure they will not
drag on the road when you are driving. Observe speed limits. In some areas
speeds for vehicles towing trailers are lo-
The chains should cross under the trailer wer than for regular vehicles.
tongue to prevent it from dropping in case
of separation from the hitch. • Always apply brakes early.
When driving downhill. shift into lower gear
(selector lever position 3, 2 or 1) to use the
Driving instructions engine braking effect to slow down the ve-
To obtain the best possible handling of vehi- hicle. Use of the brakes alone can cause
cle and trailer, please note the following: them to overheat and fail.
• A "balanced" rig is easier to operate and • The cooling effect of the radiator
control. This means that the tow vehicle fan cannot be increased by downs-
should be loaded to the extent possible and hifting because fan speed is inde-
permissible while keeping the t railer as light pendent of engine speed. Therefo-
as possible under the circumstances. Whe- re, when driving uphill, you can
never possible, transfer some cargo to the always drive in the highest possible
luggage compartment of the tow vehicle gear with low engine speed.
while observing tongue load requirements If the coolant temperature warning
and vehicle loading considerations. light in the instrument cluster starts
flashing in red, pull off the road,
stop and let the engine idle for about
2 minutes to prevent a heat build-
up.
20 - - - -- - - - - DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT

TIPS AND ADVICE
Trailer towing tips After parking, always block the wheels of

both vehicle and trailer. Do not park with a
Your vehicle handles differently when to- trailer on a slope. If it cannot be avoided. do
wing a trailer because of the additional so only after doing the following:
weight and weig ht distribution. Sa fety, per-
formance and economy will greatly depend • Apply foot brake.
on how carefully you load your trailer and • Have someone place chocks under both
operate your rig . vehicle and trailer wheels.
Before you actually tow your trailer, practice • W ith chocks in place, slowly release bra-
turning, stopping and backing up in an area kes until wheel blocks absorb the load.
away from traffic until you learn the feel of
your vehicle and trai ler unit. • Turn wheels to curb.
Backing up is difficult and requires practice. • Apply parking brake.
Steering while backing up is generally oppo- • Place automatic transmission in "P " and
site of that when backing your vehicle wi- manual transmission in first or reverse gear.
thout a trailer. If you move the selector lever of the auto-
Maintain a greater distance between your matic transmission to " P " before applying
vehicle and the one in front of you. You will the parking brake and before blocking the
need more room to stop. wheels, you may require more force later to
To compensate for the trailer, you will need move the lever out of the "P " position.
a larger than normal turn ing radius. When restarting after parking on a slope, re-
When passing, remember that you cannot verse the procedure:
accelerate as fast as you normally would be- • Start the engine.
cause of the added load. Make sure you ha-
ve enough room to pass. After passing. al- • Shift transmission into gear.
low plenty of room for your trai ler before • Release the parking brake and slowly
changing lanes again. move away from the wheel blocks.
Avoid jerky starts, sharp turns or rapid lane • Stop and have someone retrieve the
changes. wheel blocks.
Notes
• Do not tow a trailer during the
break-in pe riod of your vehicle-
• If you tow a trailer. your VOLKSWAGEN
may req uire more frequent maintenance
due to the extra load- see also page 31.
DRIVING AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT - -- - - -- - - 21

TIPS AND ADVICE
Cleaning and protection
Any automobile is subjected to abuse from

industrial fumes. corrosive road salt. aban- ~WARNING
doned lollipops. muddy dog feet, etc. A well
cared for VOLKSWAGEN can look like new • Cleaning agents may be poiso-
many years after purchase. Regular and nous. Keep them out of the reach
correct care will contribu te to maintaining of children.
the beauty and value of your VOLKS- • Observe all caution labels.
WAGEN.
• Always read directions on the
Furthermore, good care may be a container before using any pro-
condition for upholding a warranty duct. Follow these directions care-
claim should corrosion damage or fully.
paint defects occur.
• Most chemical cleaners are con-
Your VOLKSWAGEN dealer has a va riety of centrates which require dilution.
vehicle-care products and can advise you
which ones to use for cleaning the exterior • Only use spot removing fluids in
and interior of your vehicle. well ventilated areas.
Whether you use products recommended • Do not use gasoline, kerosene,
by VOLKSWAGEN or other commercially Diesel fuel, nail polish remover or
available cleaning agents. please make very other volatile fluids. They may be
sure you apply them correctly. toxic, flammable or hazardous in
other ways.
Never try to remove mud, dirt or
dust when the vehicle surface is dry. • Do not wash, wax or dry the ve-
Never use a dry cloth or dry sponge hicle with the engine running.
to clean the vehicle since this can • Do not clean the underside of
damage vehicle paint and window chassis, fenders, wheel covers,
glass. etc. without protecting your
Use plenty of water to soften up hands and arms. You may cut
mud, dirt and duster before trying to yourself on sharp- edged metal
remove it. parts.
• Moisture and ice on brakes may
affect braking efficiency - see pa-
ge 6. Test the brakes carefully af-
ter each vehicle wash.
<i' Select only environmentally

friendly cleaning product s. Any
rem aining clea ning products do not
belong in the household waste.
22 - - - -- - - - - - -- - -- - - CARE AND CLEANING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Care of exterior Notes

• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-
Washing light.
The best protection against environmental • If the vehicle is rinsed with a hose. do not
influences is frequent washing and waxing. direct the water into the lock cylinders -
How often this is required depends on how otherwise they may freeze up in the win ter.
much the vehicle is used. where it is parked Automatic car wash
(garage. in the open under trees. etc.). the
seasonal and weather conditions as well asThe vehicle paint is so durable that the vehi-
environmental influences. The longer bird cle can normally be washed without pro-
blems in an automatic car wash. However.
droppings, insects. tree resin, road and in-
the effect on the paint depends to a large
dustrial grime. tar. soot. road salt and other
extent on the design of the facility, the filte-
materials rema in on the vehicle paint. the
ring of the wash water. the type of wash and
more lasting their destructive effect will be.
care material, etc. If the paint has a dull ap-
High temperatures. as from strong sunlight.
intensify the corrosive effect. pearance after going through the car wash
or is scratched. bring this to the attention of
Under certain circumstances. weekly was- the operator immediately. If necessary use
hing may be necessary. Under other condi- a different car wash.
tions. a monthly washing and waxing may
be adequate. Notes
After the winter. the underside of the vehi- • Before going through a car wash. be sure
cle should be thoroughly washed. to take the usual precautions such as clo-
sing the windows and power roof*.
Washing the vehicle by hand • To avoid damage to the outside mirrors
make sure that you fold them towards
~ In the interest of the environ-
the side windows - see .. Mirrors" Boo-
ment, the vehicle should only be
klet 3 . 1.
washed in special wash bays.
First soften the dirt with plenty of water and • If you have installed additional accesso-
rinse off as well as possible. ries on the vehicle - such as spoilers. roof
rac k, etc. - it is best to ask the car wash
Then clean the vehi cle with a soft sponge, operator if these should be removed.
glove or brush starting on the roof and wor-
king down using only slight pressure. Spe- • It is normally not necessary to remove
cial car wash soap should be used only for the roof antenna that came with your vehi-
very persistent dirt. cle.
Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and
often.
Clean w heels and sill panels last. using a dif- A lw ays read and heed all
ferent sponge, if possible. WARNINGS a nd the infor-
After washing the vehicle. rinse thoroughly m ation give n on pa ge 22.
with water and wipe it off.
CARE AND CLEANING - - - - -- -- - - - - - - - - - 23

TIPS AND ADVICE
Washing your vehicle with a power Touch- up paint

washer
Your VOLKSWAGEN dealer has touch- up
• Always follow the operating instructions paint for minor scratches and stone chips.
for the power washer- especially for pres- Scratches should be touched up soon after
sure and spraying distance. they occur to prevent corrosion.
• Make sure that the jet on the spray hose If a spot starts to rust. however. a simple
produces a "fan shape" spray. Do not use touch-up job won't be enough. The affec-
a jet which sprays the water out in a direct ted surface must be smoothed with sand
stream or one that has a rotating jet. paper and cove red with an anti-rust primer
• Water temperature should not exceed before the painted finish can be restored .
140°F(6QOC). The number for the original vehicle paint can
To avoid damaging your vehicle, al- be fou nd on the vehicle identification label
ways make sure that there is an ade- see "Vehicle identification" Booklet 3.3.
quate distance between the sprayer
and soft materials like rubber hoses, Waxing
plastic parts and sound-deadening
materials. This also applies to clea- • A good wax coating protects the vehicle
ning painted bumpers. paint to a large extent against the environ-
mental influences listed under "Washing"
Remember: the closer the nozzle is
to the surface of the material, the
and even against light scratches.
greater the stress on the material. • When water doesn't form small drops
and roll off clean paint. apply a coat of good
hard wax. Even if a wax solution is used re-
~WARNING gularly for washing your vehicle, it is advisa-
ble to protect the paint with a coat of hard
Never wash tires with a jet that wax at least twice a year.
sprays the water out in a direct • To protect bright metal trim, use car wax.
stream. This could invisibly dama-
ge and weaken the tires, even if • Protect plastic body parts painted the sa-
they are sprayed from a relatively me as the vehicle body with car wax.
long distance for a very short • Do not use car wax on ...
amount of time. Damaged and - matte or anodized metal trim
weakened tires can fail and cause
accidents and personal injury. - rubber or rubber-like trim.
Polishing
Polish your vehicle only if the paint has lost
its shine and the gloss cannot be brought
back with wax. If the polish used doesn't
contain preservative compounds. the paint WARNINGS and the infor-
must be waxed afterwards. mation given on page 22.
Do not treat matte-painted and pla-
stic parts with polish or wax.
24 - - - -- -- - -- - - -- - - - CARE AND CLEANING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Bright Metal trim Windows

Bright or black anodized metal trim will co- Clean all windows regularly to remove road
me clean with regular washing. Remove film and car-wash wax buildup. Use a luke-
spots or dirt from chrome and stainless warm soap and water solution or an alco-
steel with a chrome cleaner. Apply a chro- hol-based commercial window cleaning
me polish for continued luster and protec- agent. If a chamois is used for polishing the
tion. glass. it should be used exclusively for that
purpose. Also. be sure to clean all windows
Trim strips regularly on the inside.
Dirty patches and marks on the trim strips The best way to remove snow from win-
should be removed with a pH-balanced dows and mirrors is to use a brush.
cleaning agent (do not use a chrome clea-
Use a nonabrasive plastic ice scraper- bet-
ner). VOLKSWAGEN dealers carry cleaning
ter still, a spray deicer- to remove ice from
products which have been tested for use on
w indows and mirrors.
your vehicle and are not harmful to the envi-
ronment. To help prevent dirt from scratching the win-
dow. always scrape in a forward direction-
To avoid corrosion on the exterior trim
pushing the scraper away from you- never
strips, only a pH-balanced solution should
back and forth.
be used for the windshield washer.
Never use warm or hot water to re-
Weatherstri ps move snow and ice from windows
Keep silicone sprays off the winds- and mirrors. This could cause the
hield to avoid wiper smear in rain. glass to crack!
To seal properly, weatherstrips around Windows should also be cleaned on the in-
hood. rear lid, doors. etc .. must be pliable. side at regular intervals.
Spray with silicone or coat with talcum pow- Never dry w indows w ith the same chamois
der or glycerine to retain flexibility of the that you use to dry painted surfaces. Wax
rubber and to protect against freezing in the residue on the chamois can impair vision
winter. through windows.
Dull finishes and plastics Note
Plastic parts. such as light bulb lenses. de- To prevent damage the wires of the rear
corative stripes, panels, bumpers. etc., will defogger. do not place any adhesive stik-
come clean with regular washing. Should kers in the inside of the rear window over
additional cleaning or spot removal be ne- the wires.
cessary, use a soft brush or cloth soaked
with a mild detergent solution. Then rinse
thoroughly and immediately with clear wa-
ter.
Do not use anything which could Always read and heed all
mar the plastic or dull finished sur- WARNINGS and the infor-
faces, such as wax, polish, abrasive mation given on page 22.
detergents or chemical cleaning sol-
vents.
CARE AND CLEANING - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - -- 25

TIPS AND ADVICE
Steel wheels Body cavity sealing

Always include the hub caps and wheel All body cavities which could be affected by
rims when washing your vehicle to remove corrosion have been given thorough protec-
road dirt. salt sprays and brake dust. If ne- tion at the factory.
cessary, use a commercial wheel cleaner to This sealing does not requi re any inspection
remove accumulated brake dust. Paint or additional treatments. If any wax should
scratches should be touched up as soon as seep out of the cavity w hen the outside
possible to prevent corrosion. temperature is high, it can be removed with
a plastic scraper and a suitable solvent.
~WARNING
~WARNING
Moisture, ice, and road salt on bra-
kes may affect braking efficiency. • Benzine is flammable and toxic.
Test the brakes carefully after If you use benzine for removing
each washing. the wax, keep sparks, flame and
Always read and heed all WAR- lighted cigarettes away. Never
NINGS and the information given dump benzine on the ground, into
on pages 6 and 22. open streams or down sewage
drains.
Light alloy wheels* • Be sure to observe all safety and
environmental regulations. Fol-
To preserve the decorative appearance of low all instructions on the contai-
the light alloy wheels, some special care is
ner.
necessary. In addition to road dirt and salt
sprays, brake dust is also corrosive. If left
on too long, brake dust can cause pitting. Chassis
Wash the wheels with a sponge or hose
The lower body shell of your VOLKS-
brush every other week. WAGEN is also thoroughly protected
Road salt should be removed weekly with against corrosion. Any damage to the un-
an acid free cleaning solution. Every three dercoating caused by road hazards should
months (after regular cleaning) coat the be repaired promptly.
wheels with petroleum jelly or car wax. Rub
it in firmly with a soft cloth. Never use abra-
sive or metal polishing cleaning agents. ~WARNING
Do not apply additional undercoa-
~WARNING ting or rustproofing on or near the
exhaust manifold, exhaust pipes,
Moisture, ice, and road salt on bra- catalytic converter or heat shields.
kes may affect braking efficiency. During driving, the substance
Test the brakes carefully after used for undercoating could over-
each washing. heat and cause a fire.
Always read and heed all WAR-
NINGS and the information given
on pages 6 and 22.
26 - -- - - -- - -- -- - - -- - CARE AND CLEANING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Care of interior Plastic Parts, Instrument Panel

and Leatherette
Taking Care of Chrome Parts
Always use a clean cloth moistened in clea r
Use a damp cloth to clean chrome parts, water to clean these areas. If this fails to do
and then polish them w ith a soft. dry cloth. the trick. use a Volkswagen approved sol-
If this is not enough, use a chrome cleaner/ vent-free plastic cleaner/protectant.
polish .
Cleaning agents containing sol-
Use a chrome cleaner/polish to remove vents will attack the material.
spots and deposits that build up on chrome
parts. Regular use of a chrome cleaner/po-
lish prevents deposits from building up on
the surface. Make certain that you apply the
~WARNING
product uniformly over the entire surface. Never clean the instrument panel
Notes or the surface of Airbag modules
• Never use any cleaning agent that with cleaning products that con-
has an abrasive action. tain solvents.
Products containing solvents will
• Never clean or polish chrome sur- make the surface of this part po-
faces in a dusty or sandy environ- rous. Serious injuries can result if
ment.
plastic parts come loose when the
Windows airbag is deployed.
Use the same cleaning agents as for exte-
rior glass surfaces and polish dry. For more
details see page 25. Plastic and vinyl
Use a clean. damp cloth or sponge to remo-
Fabric ve dust. For other soil, use a lukewarm all-
Use a vacuum cleaner or a soft bristle brush purpose cleaning solution or a mild saddle
to remove dust and loose dirt from carpe- soap for vinyl trim. Remove water spot s and
ti ng, upholstery, headliner and other trim. soap traces with a clean, damp cloth or
Dirt stains can usually be removed with a lu- sponge. Use a clean, soft cloth to rub dry.
kewarm soapy water or all- purpose cleaner Grease. tar or oil stains can be removed
solution, or a dry foam cleaner. wi th a clean cloth or sponge soaked w ith
For greasy, oily and other stubborn stains, all- purpose cleaner or with a solvent type vi-
use a spot remover. Do not pour the liquid nyl cleaning agent.
on the fabric. Dampen a clean cloth and Occasionally apply a colorless vinyl or lea-
rub ca refully, starting at the edge and wor- ther preservative to retain the material's lu-
king inward. ster and pliability.

WARNINGS and the infor-
mation given on page 22.
CARE AND CLEANING - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - - - 27

TIPS AND ADVICE
C leaning and care of leather More stubborn dirt can be removed using a
upholstery* mild soap solution (pure liquid soap: two
teaspoons dissolved in 1 quart of water).
VOLKSWAGEN does everything possible to It is very important not to let the wa-
preserve the special qualities of natural lea- ter soak through the leather or pene-
ther upholstery. When treating the hides, trate into the seams. Then wipe off
care is taken to avoid all processes which with a soft, dry cloth.
could impair the natural advantages of the
In addition to this regu lar cleaning, it is
material which make for extra comfort.
worthwhile treating the leather with a suita-
Because of the exclusive nature of the hi- ble leather-care product. This should be do-
des selected and the natural properties of ne about twice a year for upholstery in nor-
the leather, this kind of upholstery requires mal use. Apply these products very
a certain amount of care in everyday use sin- sparingly and fol low the manufacturer's di-
ce the leather is sensitive to mat erials such rections.
as oil, grease and dirt or wet clothing. If it
is given regular attentton. the leather uphol-
stery will retain its high quality for many Safety belts
years. Keep belts clean! Dirty belts may
Dust and small particles of dirt lodging in the not retract properly.
pores. grain and seams can have an abrasi- For cleaning, use a mild soap and water so-
ve effect and damage the surface and the lution. Let belts dry thoroughly and away
seams. If the vehicle is left standing for a from direct sunlight.
long time in the sun, cover the upholstery or
use the sun blinds to protect the leather Do not allow inertia reel safety belts to re-
from direct sunlight and prevent fading or di- tract before they are completely dry.
scoloration.
Depending on the amount of use, clean the
natural leather upholstery occasionally. Ne- ~WARNING
ver use solvents, wax polish, shoe
• Anything that might damage
cream, spot removers or similar ma-
your safety belts could mean that
terials.
you and your passengers would
For normal cleaning of leather-covered not be adequately protected in an
steering wheels, leather seat upholstery, accident.
etc., sligh tly moisten a cotton or woollen
• Safety belt performance de-
cloth with water and wipe over the areas af-
pends on correct installation. Ne-
fected.
ver remove belts from the vehicle
to clean them.
• Do not use chemical cleaning
agents, bleach or dyes. They have
corrosive properties which wea-
ken the webbing.
e When cleaning your safety
belts, inspect them for damage. If
you discover damage, see your
VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
28 - - -- - - -- - - - -- -- - - CARE AND CLEANING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Engine compartment Good anti-corrosion treatment is very im·

portant, particularly in the winter. If the vehi-
~WARNING cle is frequently driven on salted roads. the
entire engine compartment and plenum pa·
• Before working in the engine nel should be thoroughly cleaned at the end
compartment, be sure to read the of winter and retreated to prevent salt da·
WARNINGS on page 34. mage. At the same time. the underside of
• Before reaching into the front the vehicle should be washed as well.
plenum panel, always remove the
ignition key. Otherwise, the
windshield wiper system could ~WARNING
unintentionally be switched on,
possibly causing personal injury Never reach into the area around
from the moving wiper linkage. or touch the radiator fan. It is tem-
perature controlled and can
• Do not wash, wax or dry the en-
gine with the engine running. Mo-
the engine is off and the ignition
ving or hot parts could injure you.
key has been removed.
• Do not clean the underside of
the chassis, fenders, wheel co-
vers, or other hard to reach parts Always switch off the ignition befo-
without protecting your hands and re cleaning the engine.
arms. You may cut yourself on
If the engine compartment is cleaned at any
sharp-edged metal parts.
time with grease removing solutions ll, or if
• Moisture and ice on brakes may you have the engine washed, the anti-
affect braking efficiency. Test the corrosion treatment is almost always remo·
brakes carefully after each vehicle ved as well. It is therefore essential to ask
wash. for a long-lasting corrosion protection of all
surfaces. seams. joints and components in
the engine compartment.
Remove leaves from the plenum panel in
~ If you must rinse off gasoline, oil
front of the windshield under the engine
residue or grease while your are
hood. This prevents the water drain holes
cleaning your engine, then the dirty
from becoming blocked. and it prevents de-
water should be run through an oil
bris from entering the vehicle interior
separator filter. We recommend
through the heating and ventilation ducts
that you have your engine cleaned at
The engine compartment and transmission a qualified workshop or service sta-
have been corrosion protected at the facto- tion.
ry.

WARNINGS and the infor- 1l Use only the correct cleaning solutions.
mation given on page 22. Never use gasoline or Diesel fuel.
CARE AND CLEANING - - - -- -- - - -- - - - - - - 29

TIPS AND ADVICE
General notes Your authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer

stocks the cleaning and preservation solu-
• We recommend that you have the engi- tions recommended by the factory for this
ne compartment and the underside of your purpose and has the equipment necessary
vehicle inspected tw ice a year for any dama- to apply them. Therefore, any additional
ge to the protective coa ting, preferably be- corrosion protection work should be perfor-
fore and after the winter season. Have ne- med by a VOLKSWAGEN dealer. Using in-
cessary repairs done as soon as possible. correct cleaning solutions could damage
• Also. whenever the lower body shell, ax- rubber parts or painted surfaces.
le, transmission or engine assemblies have
been repaired. any anti-corrosion coat ing
lost on the affected surfaces should be re- ~WARNING
applied.
• Oil-based protective sprays must not be • Use only the correct cleaning
applied. Only tar- or wax-based anti-corro- solutions. Never use gasoline, Die-
sion protectors are compatible with the fac- sel fue l or solvents which could
tory applied corrosion protection. Before could cause a fire.
application, road dirt, salt spray deposits • Always read and heed all WAR-
and oily substances must be removed. NINGS and the information given
on page 22.
30 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CARE AND CLEANING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Maintenance
Your vehicle has been designed to help Improper maintenance, adjustments and
keep maintenance requirements to a mini- repairs can impair the operation and reliabili-
mum. ty of your vehicle and even void your vehicle
However, a certain amount of regular main- warranty. Therefore, proof of servicing in
tenance is still necessary to assure your ve- accordance with the maintenance schedule
hicle's safety, economy and reliability. may be a condition for upholding a possible
<£> By regularly maintaining your
warranty claim made within the warranty
period.
vehicle, you help make sure that
emission standards are maintained, Above all, operational safety can be adver-
thus minimizing adverse effects on sely affected, creating unnecessary risks
the environment. for you and your passengers.
For detailed vehicle maintenance consult If in doubt about any servicing, have it done
your Maintenance booklet see Booklet by your VOLKSWAGEN dealer or any other
1.1. properly equipped and qualified workshop.
Under difficult operating condi- We strongly urge you to give your authori-
tions, for example at extremely low out- zed VOLKSWAGEN dealer the opportunity
1
side temperatures. in very dusty region , to perform all scheduled maintenance and
when towing a trailer very frequently, etc , necessary repairs. Your dealer has the facili-
some service work should be performe ties. original parts and trained specialists to
between the intervals specified. keep your vehicle running properly.
This applies particularly to:
Oil changes, and cleaning or replacing th Performing limited maintenance
air filter. yourself
The following pages describe a limited num-
Important considerations for ber of procedures which can be performed
you and your vehicle: on your vehicle with ordinary tools. should
The increasing use of electronics. sophist- the need arise and trained personnel be un-
cated fuel injection and emission controls r available. Before performing any of these
stems, and the generally increasing technr procedures. always thoroughly read all of
cal complexity of today's automobiles, havy the applicable text and carefully follow the
steadily red uced the scope of maintenanc~ instructions given. Always rigorously ob-
and repairs which can be carried out by vehi-- serve the WARNINGS provided.
cle owners. Also, safety and environ-1
mental concerns place very strict limits o~
the nature of repairs and adjustments to en[
g1ne and transmission parts which an owne
1
can perform.
A Before you check anything
Maintenance. adjustments and repairs
~ in the engine compartment,
usually require special tools. testing devi-
ces and other equipment available to spe- always read and heed all WARN-
cially trained workshop personnel in order INGS on page 34 and on next
to assure proper performance. reliability page.
and safety of the vehicle and its many sy-
stems.
CARE AND CLEANING - - -- - - - - -- -- - - -- - 31

TIPS AND ADVICE
~WARNING '4 WARNING continued
• Serious personal injury may oc- The radiator fan switches on auto-
cur as a result of improperly perfor- matically when the coolant re-
med maintenance, adjustments or aches a certain temperature and
repairs. will continue to run until the coo-
• Be extremely careful when wor- lant temperature drops. This may
king on the vehicle. Follow com- last up to about 1 0 minutes.
monly accepted safety practices • If you must work underneath
and good judgment. Never risk the vehicle with the wheels on the
personal injury. ground, always make sure the ve-
• Do not attempt any of the main- hicle is on level ground, that the ,-
tenance, checks or repairs descri- wheels are always securely blok- r
bed on the following pages if you ked and that the engine cannot be
are not fully familiar with these or started. Always remove the igni-
other procedures with respect to tion key before anyone gets under
the vehicle, or are uncertain how the vehicle.
to proceed. Do not do any work Always make sure the transmis-
without the proper tools and sion selector lever (automatic
equipment. Have the necessary transmission) is in "P" (Park posi-
work done by your VOLKSWAGEN tion ) and the hand brake is firmly
dealer or another properly equip- applied.
ped and qualified workshop. • Always be extremely careful
• The engine compartment of any when working on the vehicle. Al-
motor vehicle is a potentially ha- ways follow commonly accepted
zardous area. safety practices and general com-
mon sense. Never risk personal in-
• Always support your vehicle jury.
with safety stands if it is necessa-
ry to work underneath the vehicle.
The jack supplied with the vehicle
is not adequate for this purpose c£> C~anging the engine settings f
and could collapse causing serious will adversely affect emission le-
personal injury. vels. This is detrimental to the envi-
ronment and increases fuel con-
• Never reach into the area sumption.
around or touch the radiator fan.
Always observe environmental re-
It is temperature controlled and
gulations when disposing of old en-
can switch on suddenly - even
gine oil, used brake fluid, dirty engi-
when the engine is off and the igni-
tion key has been removed. ne coolant, spent batteries or worn
out tires.
32 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CARE AND CLEANING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Engine hood
To unlock the engine hood, pull the re- To close

lease lever on the left under the dashboard Grasp the engine hood on the side where
(see left illustration). The hood pops up the gas pressure strut is located. Pull the
slightly under spring pressure. hood down until the pressure from the strut
At the same time the hood release lever will is reduced. Then let the hood fall and latch
pop out between the louvers of the front rain place- you do not need to press the
diator grille - see right illustration. hood down again.
Note
Before opening the engine hood,
~WARNING
make sure that the windshield wi- • A hood that is not completely
pers are folded flat against the latched could fly up and block
windshield. Otherwise, they could your view while driving. When you
damage the paint on the hood. close the engine hood, check it to
To open, lift the engine hood slightly. Pull make sure the safety catch has
the release lever in the direction indicated properly engaged. The hood
(see right illustration). This will release the should be flush with the surroun-
hook under the hood. ding vehicle body parts.
Open the hood all the way. It will be held up • If you eve r notice while driving
by gas pressure in the strut. that the hood is not secured pro-
perly, stop at once and close it.
Always heed all WARNINGS

on next page .
CHECKING AND FILLING - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - 33

TIPS AND ADVICE
Engine compartment
~WARNING M WARNING continued
The engine compartment of any • Never spill fluids on hot engine

motor vehicle is a potentially ha- components. They can cause a fi-
zardous area. Before you check re.
anything in the engine compart- • To avoid electrical shock and
ment, stop the engine and let it personal injury while the engine is
cool down. Always exercise ex- running or being started, never
treme caution when working un- touch :
der the engine hood. Before you
check anything under the engine - Ignition cables
hood: - Other components of the high
voltage electronic ignition sy-
r
• Switch off the engine. Remove
the ignition key. stem.
• Set the parking brake fully. Mo- • If you must perform a check or
ve the selector lever to P (Park) repair with the engine running:
(Automatic transmission) or Neu- - First, fully apply the parking
tral (Manual transmission). brake, move selector lever to P
• Always let the engine cool (Park) (Automatic transmission)
down. Hot components will burn or Neutral (Manual transmis-
skin on contact. sion).
• To reduce the risk of being bur- - Always use extreme caution to
ned, never open the hood if you prevent clothing, jewelry, or
see or hear steam or coolant esca- long hair from getting caught in
ping from the engine compart- the radiator fan, V-belts or
ment. Wait until no steam or coo- other moving parts, or from con-
lant can be seen or heard before tacting hot parts. Tie back hair
carefully opening the hood. before starting, and wear no clo-
• Never touch the radiator fan. It thing that will hang or droop in-
is temperature controlled and can to the engine.
the ignition is off and the ignition
When adding fluids, always make
key has been removed.
sure that they are poured into the
• If work on the fuel system or the proper container or filler opening,
electrical system is necessary: otherwise serious damage to vehi-
- Always disconnect the battery. cle systems will occur.
- Never smoke or work near hea- ~ To detect leaks in time, inspect
ters or open flames. Fl uids in the vehicle floor pan from under-
the engine compartment could neath regularly. If you see spots
start a fire. from oil or other vehicle fluids, have
your vehicle inspected by an autho-
- Keep an approved fire extinguis- rized VOLKSWAGEN dealer or quali-
her immediately available. fied workshop.
34 - - -- - -- - - -- - - -- - - CHECKING AND FILLING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Gasoline engine 170 hp (2.3L) Gasoline engine 190 hp (2 .8L)
g Before you check anything n ~efore yo~ check anything

~ in the engine compartment, ~ m the engme compartment,
always read and heed all WARN- always read and heed all WARN-
INGS on pages 34. INGS on pages 34.
Always exercise extreme caution Always exercise extreme caution

when working under the engine when working under the engine
hood. hood.
Pos. Page Pos. Page
1 · Vehicle battery ...... . .......... 45 1 · Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . .. 45
2 - Engine oil filler cap ............ .. 37 2 - Engine oil fill er cap . . . . . . . 37
3 - Brake fluid reservoir .... . ....... . 43 3 - Brake fluid reservoir ........... . . 43
4 - Engine oil dipstick . .. . . ......... 37 4 - Engine oil dipstick .......... . . .. 37
5- Coolant expansion tank .......... 41 5- Coolant expansion tank .......... 41
6 - Windshield washer container ..... 50 6 - Windshield washer container . ... . 50
CHECKING AND FILLING - - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - 35

TIPS AND ADVICE
Engine oil
Specifications and viscosity

Your engine was factory filled with an all
season high quality engine oil that has a vis-
cosity grade of ILSAC GF3 SAE 5W-40. You
can use this oil over all temperature ranges
for normal driving. If you need to add oil be-
tween oil changes use any high quality pe-
troleum- or synthetic-based oil with cor-
rect specifications. If engine oil viscosity
grade SAE 5W-40 is not available, you can
also use SAE 5W-30, but only for adding
or topping off.
To assure that the oil you use is of the high- I B31 · 113C I
est quality required by your vehic le the fol-
lowing terms must appear on the oil con-
tainer singly or in combination with other Engine oil identification symbol
designations:
Oils of the proper quality for your vehicle will
- VW 503 01, VW 505 01 or
be identified with a new" starburst" symbol
- ILSAC GF3 SAE 5W-40 A . The starburst symbol indicates that the
(when performing an oil change or add- oil has been certified by the American Petro-
ing) leum Institute (APII.
In exceptional cases you may use Another oil identification symbol B could be
- ILSAC GF3 SAE 5W-30 added to the oil container to help you select
the correct oil.
for topping up only!
1 - The top portion indicates the oil quality
by API designations.
2 - The center portion shows the SAE oil vi-
scosity grade.
3 - The lower portion indicates that the oil
has fuel saving capabilities.
Note
Look for one of these symbols on the
front of the oil container, and use
only oils that display these symbols.
36 - -- -- - - -- - - - - - -- - CHECKING AND FILLING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Engine oil consumption

The rate of the oil consumption depends on
the quality and viscosity of oil, the speed at
which the engine is operated, the climate,
and road conditions as well as amount of di-
lution and oxidation of the lubricant.
Because of these vanables. no standard ra-
te of oil consumption can be established.
but drivers should expect higher oil con-
sumption at high speeds and when the en-
gine is new.
Notes
• The engine in your vehicle de- Checking the engine oil level
pends on oil to lubricate and cool all The position of the oil dipstick and the engi-
of its moving parts. Therefore the ne oil filler opening can be seen in the il-
engine oil should be checked regu- lustrations beginning on page 35.
larly and kept at the required level.
The best time to check the engine oil level
• Make it a habit to have the engine is when the oil is warm.
oil level checked with every fuel fil- To get a true reading, the vehicle must be on
ling. level ground.
• Lack of sufficient engine oil may
lead to severe engine damage. ~ Before you check anything
• The oil pressure warning light is
not an oil level indicator. always read and heed all WARN-
INGS on pages 34.
• After turning off the engine, wait a few
~ Before you check anything minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.
• Pull out dipstick and wipe it clean with a
always read and heed all WARN-
rag.
INGS on pages 34.
• Reinsert dipstick; push it all the way in.
• Pull dipstick out again and read the level:
A -You must not add oil.
B - You can add oil. The oil level may go into
the A range, but not above the A range
C -You must add oil.
After filling in oil. make sure that the oil
level is somewhere within the B range.
• After checking the oil level, please make
sure that the dipstick is pushed back in all
the way.
CHECKING AND FILLING - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - 37

TIPS AND ADVICE
Adding engine oil Changing the engine oil

g Before you check anyt hing g Before you check anything
~ in the engine compartment, ~ in the engine compartment,
INGS on pages 34. INGS on pages 34.
• Turn off the engine. The engine oil must be changed according
• Unscrew the oil cap from the cylinder to the intervals specified in your Maintenan·
head cover. ce booklet see Booklet 1. 1.
• Add oil by a half quart (half liter) at a time. This is very important because the lubrica-
ting properties of oil diminish gradually du-
• Check the oil level with the dipstick. ring normal vehicle use.
The oil level must never be above the
"A" range see page 37.
Under some circumstances the engine oil
should be changed more frequently. Chan-
Otherwise oil could be drawn into the crank- ge oil more often if you drive mostly short di-
case breather and get into the atmosphere stances. operate the vehicle in dusty areas
through the exhaust system. The oil or under predominantly stop-and-go traffic
would burn in the catalytic conver- conditions. or have your vehicle where tem-
ter and cause damage. perat ures remain below freezing for exten-
ded periods.
~WARNING Detergent additives in the oil w ill make
fresh oil look dark after the engine has been
Spilled oil is a fire hazard. The oil running for a short time. This is normal and
filler cap must be secure to avoid is not a reason to change the oil more often
an oil spill. than recommended.
• Carefully screw the oil cap back on and

insert the oil dipstick all the way. Otherwise
oil could leak out when the engine is run·
ning.
Engine oi l additives
VOLKSWAGEN does not recom-
mend the use of oil additives. They Always heed all WARNINGS
may adversely affect your New Vehi- on next page.
cle Warranty.
38 - - - -- -- - - - -- - - - - - CHECKING AND FILLING

TIPS AND ADVICE
r.Gh Before changing your oil, you

~WARNING 1!J!J should first make sure you know
where you can properly dispose of
• If you must change the engine the old oil.
oil in your vehicle:
Always dispose of used engine oil
• Wear eye protection. properly. Do not dump it on garden
• To reduce the risk of burns from soil, wooded areas, into streams or
hot engine oil let the engine cool down sewage drains.
down to the touch. Recycle used engine oil by taking it
• When removing the oil drain to a used engine oil collection facili-
plug with your fingers, stay as far ty in your area, or contact a service
away as possible. Always keep station.
your forearm parallel to the Because of the problem of proper
ground to help prevent hot oil disposal, along with the special
from running down your arm. tools and necessary expertise requi-
• Drain the oil into a container de- red, we strongly recommend that
signed for this purpose, one large you have your oil changed by an au-
enough to hold at least the total thorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer or a
amount of oil in your engine. qualified workshop.
• Engine oil is poisonous. Keep it
well out of the reach of children.
• Continuous contact with used
engine oil is harmful to your skin. g Before you check anything
Always protect your skin by was- E!!1 in the engine compartment,
hing thoroughly with soap and wa-
ter.
INGS on pages 34.
CHECKING AND F I L L I N G - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 39
TIPS AND ADVICE
Engine cooling system
The cooling system is sealed and generally Never use any coolant additive
requires little attention. other than our G 12 ASD additive
The cooling system has been filled at the (check label) for your vehicle. This
factory with a permanent coolant which coolant additive is available at
does not need to be changed. The coolant VOLKSWAGEN dealers.
consists of a mixture of water and the ma- Other types of antifreeze can, above
nufacturer's coolant additive G 12 ASD - all, significantly reduce corrosion
antifreeze on a glycol base with anti-corro- protection. The resulting corrosion
sion additives (50% for USA and Canadian can cause a loss of coolant and the-
models). This mixture assures the necessa- refore serious engine damage.
ry frost protection and protects alloy com- When adding coolant additive to
ponents in the engine's cool ing system your cooling system, please remem-
from corros ion and scaling . It also raises the
boiling point of the coolant.
~~ r
Under no circumstances may G12
Do not reduce the concentration of the coo- ASD be mixed with other coolant ad-
lant in the summer by adding plain water. ditives (for example G 11 ).
The proportion of coolant additive
must be at least 40% but not more You can recognize G12 ASD in the
than 60% to maintain antifreeze protec- expansion tank by its red color. If
tion and cooling efficiency. the liquid in the expansion tank is
brown, G 12 ASD has been mixed
For year-round driving, antifreeze is added at with another coolant additive. In
the factory for temperatures down to: this case, your vehicle's coolant
-31 °F (-35°C) USA and Canada must be changed as soon as possi-
ble.
n ~efore yo~ check anything Note

~ m the engme compartment,
Mixi ng coolant additives can result
in serious malfunction or engine da-
INGS on pages 34. mage!
40 - - -- - - - - - - -- - - - - - CHECKING AND FILLING

TIPS AND ADVICE
The correct coolant level is important for

proper functioning of the cooling system.
Therefore, check the coolant level regularly
- preferably at every fuel filling when you
check the oil.
To obtain an accurate reading, the engine
must be switched off.
Since the expansion tank is transparent, the
cap need not be removed to check t he coo-
lant level.
The coolant level must be between the
"MIN " and "MAX " marks when the engi-
ne is cold and can be slightly above the
"MAX" mark if the engine is wa rm.
Checking the engine coolant le-
The expansion tank in your vehicle is equip-
vel
ped with an electric coolant level checking
n ~efore yo~ check anything
device.
~ m the engme compartment, When the coolant level is too low, the war-
always read and heed all WARN- ning light (see "Warning I Indicator lights,"
INGS on pages 34.
chapter " INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CON-
TROLS" see Booklet 3. 1.) will blink until
the coolant level has been restored to nor-
The coolant expansion tank is located on the mal.
left side in the engine compartment.
Coolant losses
~WARNING
Coolan t losses may indicate a leak in the
To reduce the risk of being burned, cooling system. In t he event of coolant los-
never open the hood if you see or ses, the cooli ng system should be inspec-
hear steam or coolant escaping ted immediately by your authorized VOLKS-
from the engine compartment. WAGEN dealer. It is not enough merely to
Wait until no steam or coolant can add coolant.
be seen or hea rd before carefully In a sealed system, losses can occur only if
opening the hood a nd following the boiling point of the coolant is exceeded
the preca utions on the next page. as a result of overheating.
CHECKING AND FILLING - - -- - - - - - - -- - - - - 4 1

TIPS AND ADVICE
Adding coolant Screw cap on again tightly.
~WARNING ~WARNING
The cooling system is under pres- Antifreeze is poisonous. Always
sure and can get very hot. Reduce store antifreeze in its original con-
the risk of scalding from hot coo- tainer and well out of the reach of
lant by following these steps. children. If you drain the coolant,
• Turn off the engine and allow it it must be caught and safely sto-
to cool down. red in a proper container clearly
marked " poison. "
• Protect face, hands and arms
escaping fluid and steam by cove-
ring the cap with a large, thick rag.
~ Drained coolant should not be
• Turn the cap slowly and very ca- ~ reused. Always dispose of used
refully in a counter-clockwise di- coolant observing all environmen-
rection while applying light, down- tal regulations.
ward pressure on the top of the
cap.
• To help avoid being burned, do Radiator fan
not spill antifreeze or coolant on The electric radiator fan is controlled by
the exhaust system or hot engine thermoswitches that switch on and off de-
parts. Under some conditions, the pending on coola nt and engine compart-
ethylene glycol in engine coolant ment temperatures.
can catch fire.
~WARNING
If, in an emergency, only water can be ad-
ded, the correct ratio between water and • Never touch the radiator fan It is
an tifreeze (see previous page) must be re- temperature controlled and can
stored as soon as possible. switch on suddenly - even when
If you have lost a considerable amount of the ignition is off and the ignition
coolant. then you should add cold an tifreeze key has been removed
and cold water only when the engine is cold. • The radiator fan switches on au-
Do not fill coolant above the "max" tomatically when the coolant re-
mark. aches a certain temperature and
will continue to run until the coo-
Note
lant temperature drops.
Coolant pollutes the environment
and could cause an engine fire . Ex-
cess coolant will be forced out
through the pressure relief valve in
the cap when the engine becomes n ~efore yo~ check anythi ng
hot. ~ m the engme compartment,
INGS on pages 34.
42 - - - -- - - - - - - -- - - - - CHECKING AND FILLING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Brake fluid
~ If the brake fluid level falls con-

W siderably below the "MIN "
mark, the brake warning light will
come on. Do not continue to opera-
te the vehicle. The complete brake
system should be thoroughly chek-
ked by a VOLKSWAGEN dealer or an-
other qualified workshop and the
cause corrected.
For more details see "Warning I Indicator

lights,.. chapter " INSTRUMENT PANEL
AND CONTROLS " see Booklet 3.1.
Conta ct a VOLKSWAGEN dealer
Checking brake fluid level immediately.
g Before you check anything

INGS on pages 34.
The brake fluid rese rvoir is below the left

side of the plenum panel. see illustration
above and on page 35.
The correct fluid level is important for the
proper functioning of the brake system.
The fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir
should always be between the " MAX " and
" MIN " markings.
The fluid level may drop slightly after some
time due to the automatic adjustment of the
brake pads. This is no cause for alarm.
CHECKING AND FILLING - - -- - - -- -- - - - - - - - 43

TIPS AND ADVICE
Changing brake fluid

~WARNING
The brake fluid reservoir can be dif-
ficult to reach, therefore, we recom- Brake failure can result from old or
mend that you have the brake fluid inappropriate brake fluid. Obser-
changed by your authorized VOLKS- ve these precautions:
WAGEN dealer. Your dealer has the • Use only brake fluid that meets
correct tools and know-how to do SAE specification J 1703 and con-
this for you. forms to Federal Motor Vehicle
Brake fluid absorbs mois ture from the air. Standard 116. Always check with
If the water content in the brake fluid is too your authorized Volkswagen deal-
high, corrosion in the brake system may re- er to make sure you are using the
sult after a period of time. The boiling point correct brake fluid. The correct ty-
of the brake fluid will also decrease conside- pe of brake fluid is also found labe-
rably. led on the brake fluid reservoir.
Therefore, the brake fluid must be • The brake fluid must be new.
changed every 2 y ears. • Brake fluid is poisonous. There-
Note fore, it must b e stored only in the
closed original container out of re-
Remember that brake fluid is harm-
ach of children.
ful to the paint of your vehicl e.
r:Gl:-. Because of the problem of pro-
~ per disposal of brake fluid along
with the special tools required and
the necessary ex pertise, we recom-
mend that you have your brake fluid
changed by your VOLKSWAGEN
dealer during a M aintenance Ser-
vice.
44 - - - -- - - - -- - -- - - - - CHECKING AND FILLING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Battery
~WARNING Do not expose the battery

to an open flame, electric
Always heed the following WAR- sparks or an open light. Do
NINGS and safety precautions not smoke. Do not reverse
when working on the battery. polarity.
Battery acid contains sul-

furic acid. Always wear
1
gloves and eye protection.
' Do not tilt the battery be-
cause acid could leak out of the
@ No
ventilation openings. If you get
-sparks
battery acid in your eyes or on your
-flames
skin, immediately rinse with cold
-smoking.
water for several minutes and call
a doctor. If you should ingest any
~ Sulfuric acid. battery acid, get a doctor imme-
~ Can cause blindness or diately.
severe burns.
• Before work is done on the elec-
(.'.., Flush eyes immediately trical system, disconnect the ne-
l:~;rf,;r with water. gative ground cable.
· -\W Get medical help fast. • When working on the battery, be
sure not to short circuit the termi-
nals with tools or other metal ob-
®
Always keep the battery jects. This would cause the batte-
well out of the reach of ry to heat up very quickly, which
children. could lead to damage or explosion
When a batte ry is charged, California Proposition 65 Warning:

it produces hydrogen gas
which is explosive and ~WARNING
could cause personal inju-
ry. Battery posts, t e rminals and rela-
ted accessories contain lead and
lead compone nts, chemicals
0
Always wear eye protec- known to the State of California to
tion. Do not let battery cause cancer and reproductive
acid or any lead particles harm. Wash hands after handling.
get on your skin or clo-
thing.
CHECKING AND FILLING - - - - -- - - - - -- - -- - - 45

TIPS AND ADVICE
Do not disconnect the vehicle batte-

ry when the ignition is switched on
or when the engine is running .
Otherwise, you will damage electro-
nic components in the electrical sy-
stem.
When working on the engine, pro-
tect the battery housing from ultra
violet (UV) rays by not parking the
vehicle in direct sunlight.
Winter operation
During the winter months. battery capacity
tends to decrease as temperatures drop. Location of vehicle battery
More power is also consumed while star-
ting, and the headlights, blower fan. rear n ~efore yo~ check anything
window defogger. etc .. are used more of- ~ m the engme compartment,
ten. always read and heed all WARN-
Avoid unnecessary power consumption. INGS on pages 34.
particularly in city traffic or when traveling
only short distances. Let your VOLKS-
WAGEN dealer check the capacity of the ve- The vehicle battery is located in the plenum
hicle battery before winter sets in. A well chamber at the back of the engine compart-
charged battery will not only prevent star- ment. - see illustration above and on page
ting problems but will also last longer. 35.
If your vehicle is left standing for se-
veral weeks at extremely low tem-
peratures, the vehicle battery
should be removed and stored whe-
re it will not freeze. This will pre-
vent it from being damaged .
46 - -- - - - - - - - - - -- - - - CHECKING AND FILLING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Battery acid level

INGS on pages 34.
Under normal operating conditions. the

battery in you r VOLKSWAGEN does not
need any maintenance. At high outside
temperatu res it is advisable. however. to
check the fluid level at regu lar intervals.
Battery with "magic eye" *

~WARNING
• Always shield your eyes and
avoid leaning over the battery
whenever possible. always read and heed all WARN-
INGS on pages 34.
• Do not let battery acid come in
contact with skin, eyes, fabric, or
painted surfaces. On th e upper side of the battery, you'll find
• If you get battery acid in your a round "window". This w indow (magic
eyes or on your skin, immediately eye) changes color as the battery charge
rinse with cold water for several and electrolyte level change. This color
minutes and call a doctor. helps your authorized Volkswagen dealer
• Do not expose the battery to an when diagnosing your battery.
open flame or electric spark. Air bubbles in the window can cause an in-
Hydrogen gas generated by the accurate reading. Carefully tap on the side
battery can explode and cause per- of the window.
sonal injury. If the window has no color or is bright
yellow, the acid level is low. Add distilled
water to top up.
We recommend you have your authorized
Volkswagen dealer inspect your battery.
A battery that is older than five
years and has a low acid level should
be replaced.
Note
Do not overfill the battery. Otherwi-
se battery acid will overflow
through the vent opening. This will
damage the paint and cause corro-
sion.
CHECKING AND FILLING - - -- -- - - -- -- - -- - 47

TIPS AND ADVICE
Charging of battery • Battery acid that may spill during

charging should be washed off with
a solution of warm water and baking
~WARNING soda to neutralize the acid.
• Never use a fast charger as a boo-
• Always read and heed all WAR- ster to start the engine. This will se-
NINGS on page 45. riously damage sensitive electronic
• The battery contains sulfuric components, such as glow plugs*,
acid. Therefore, keep battery out control units, relays, radio, etc., as
of reach of children. well as the battery charger.
• Charge the battery in a well ven-
tilated area. Keep away from open
Slow battery charging
flame or electrical spark. Do not
smoke. Hydrogen gas generated
by the battery is explosive. ~WARNING
• Always shield your eyes and Heed all WARNINGS and follow in-
avoid leaning over the battery structions that come with your
whenever possible. battery charger.
• If you get battery acid in your
eyes or on your skin, immediately
rinse with cold water for several • Before charging the battery, switch off
minutes and call a doctor. the ignition and all electrical consumers.
• Fast charging a battery is dange- • Make sure the area is well ventilated
rous and should only be attempted when you charge the battery.
by a competent mechanic with the
• It is not necessary to remove the battery
proper equipment.
from the engine compartment. and it is also
• Never charge a frozen battery. not necessary to disconnect the battery ca-
It may explode because of gas bles.
trapped in the ice. Allow a frozen
• Connect charger cables.
battery to thaw out first.
Charger cables must be connected
• Do not reuse batteries which ha-
POSITIVE(+ ) to POSITIVE(+ ) and
ve frozen. The battery housing
NEGATIVE (-) to NEGATIVE (- ).
may have cracked and weakened
when the battery froze.
~WARNING
To reduce the danger of explosion,
.,;.-. ~efore yo~ check anything never connect or disconnect char-
~ m the engme compartment, ger cables while the charger is op-
always read and heed all WARN- erating.
INGS on pages 34.
• Switch on charger.
For more details see next page.
48 - - - -- - -- -- - - -- - - - CHECKING AND FILLING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Charging ra te not over 6 amps. Removing Battery

Normally, a battery should be charged at no Switch off the ignition and all electrical con-
more than 10 percent of its rated capacity. sumers before removing the battery.
For example, a charging current of 4.5 First disconnect the minus cable (usually
amps. would be used on a battery rated at black or brown) and then the plus cable
45 Ah. Rated capacity of the battery in your (usually red). Then remove the battery
vehicle is listed on the battery housing. mount and remove the battery.
• After charging, first turn off the charger
and then disconnect charger ca bles.
Replacement battery
A replacement battery must have
When disconnecting and the same specifications and dimen-
connecting the battery ... sions as the original equipment bat-
tery. Specifications a re listed on the
When you disconnect the vehicle battery
battery housing.
please note the following:
When installing the battery, make sure the
- all the data stored in the MFA* (Multi ignition and all electrical consumers are
Function Indicator) are erased. switched off.
- the digital clock goes out,
- the factory installed radio locks up, r.Gl:-. Because of the problem of pro-
~ per disposal of a battery, we re-
- the one-touch-up and one-touch-down
commend that you have your
functions of the power windows* no lon-
VOLKSWAGEN dealer change the
ger work. battery for you. Batteries contain
After you reconnect the battery, you must sulfuric acid and lead and must at-
reset the digital clock see Booklet 3. 1. ways be disposed of properly obser-
You also have to reset the one-touch-up and ving all environmental regulations.
one-touch-down feature on power win-
dows - see " Power windows"
see Booklet 3. 1.
The radio must be re-coded with the correct
radio code - see your radio Operating In-
structions see Booklet 3 .4 .
~ Before you check anything

INGS on pages 34.
CHECKING AND FILLING - -- -- - - - - - -- -- - - 49

TIPS AND ADVICE
Windshield washer
container
Filling the container

To add washer fluid, just lift the filler cap by
the small tongue. The container can be fil-
led to the top.
Since clear water is usually not adequate for
cleaning the glass, add a cleaning solution
to the water.
Use winterized windshield washer solvent
during the cold season even though the ve-
hicle may be equipped with heated* was-
her jets. It helps to keep your windshield
I BlR-OOSM I clean and prevents the fluid from freezing in
the winter.
The windshield washer container is located Do not use engine coolant anti-free-
on the left side of the engine compartment. ze or any other solution that can da-
It can be identified by the blue cap- see illu- mage the vehicle paint.
stration. Follow the directions on the can for the cor-
The fluid container for the windshield was- rect amount to be used.
hers system holds about 3.2 quarts (3 .0 li- After filling the co ntainer. press the cap onto
ters). the filler neck.
Wagon only:
The washer fluid container in the engine
compartment also supplies washer fluid for Adjusting washer jets
the rear window washer system. You need special equipment to adjust the
jets for the windshield and the headlight
washer system* . See your authorized
n ~efore yo~ check anything VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
~ m the engme compa rtment,
INGS on pages 34.
50 - - -- - -- - - -- - - - - - - CHECKING AND FILLING

TIPS AND ADVICE
Additional accessories, Modifications and
Parts replacement
Your vehicle incorporates the latest safety

design features ensuring a high standard of
~WARNING
active and passive safety. • In your own interest, we advise
This safety could be compromised by non:- you to use only expressly appro-
approved changes to the original new-vehi-
ved VOLKSWAGEN accessories
cle condition. For this reason, if parts have and genuine VOLKSWAGEN spare
to be replaced or if any modifications are parts. These parts and accessories
made to the vehicle, please observe the fol- have been specially designed to be
lowing points when installing additional ac-
used on your vehicle.
cessories:
• Accessories such as telephone
• Always consult an authorized VOLKS- cradles or beverage holders
WAGEN dealer before purchasing acces- should never be installed on airbag
sories and before any modifications are covers or within the airbag deploy-
carried out. ment zones. Doing so will increa-
• Approved VOLKSWAGEN accessorie~ se the risk of injury if airbags are
and genuine VOLKSWAGEN parts are avai- triggered in an accident!
lable from authorized VOLKSWAGEN dea- • Before you check anything in
lers. These dealers also have the necessary the engine compartment, always
facilities, tools and trained specialists to in- read and heed all WARNINGS on
stall the parts and accessories properly. pages 34.
• Our guidelines must be consulted before
any modifications of a technical nature are
undertaken. This will ensure that the vehi-
cle is not damaged in any way, that highway
and operating safety is maintained and that
the modifications are permissible.
Authorized Volkswagen dealers will per-
form this work in a professionally compe-
tent manner or, in special cases. refer you to
a firm that specializes in such modifications .
KEEPING YOUR VEHICLE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION - -- - -- 51

TIPS AND ADVICE
Service kit*
Service kit*
You can mount a first-aid kit and special traf-
fic warning triangle in the luggage compart-
ment.
Notes
• Your vehicle does not come equipped
with a first-aid kit or a warning triangle.
• Make sure the first-aid kit and
warning triangle must meet all legal
requirements.
• Don't forget to look at the expira-
tion date on the contents of your
first-aid kit. If the date has expired, Sedan model
you should purchase another one as
soon as possible.
Warning triangle*
You can mount a traffic warning t riangle be-
hind a cover on the left side of the luggage
compartment.
To open the cover, push down on the re-
lease button and then swing the cover
down.
Note
If you want to equip your vehicl e with a war- Wagon model
ning triangle, contact your authorized
VOLKSWAGEN Dealer. First-aid kit*
Sedan model
Stow the first-aid kit behind the cover on
the left side of the luggage compartment.
To open the cover. turn the two "quick-re-
leases" in the direction of the arrow- see
illustration. and fold the cover down.
Wagon model
Stow the first-aid kit behind the cover on
the right side of the luggage compartment.
To open the cover, push down on the re-
lease button and then swing the cover
down.
52 - - - -- - - - -- - - -- - - - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
Jack and tool kit,

spare tire
Jack and tool kit Your vehicle comes equipped with

the following tools:
, . . WARNING - Lug wrench
• Always make sure the jack, the Hub cap puller clips* for hub caps or pla-
tools, the spare tire and even a flat stic removal tools* to remove wheel bolt
tire are secured in place and not covers
loose. Otherwise, in an accident - Open ended wrench 10 x 13
or sudden maneuver they could fly
- Plastic mounting pin for use when
forward, causing injury to passen-
changing wheels
gers in the vehicle.
• The jack must never be used as
- Adapter* for anti-theft wheel bolts
a support to work underneath the - Screwdriver with a hexagonal socket in
vehicle. If the jack is accidentally the handle for removing previously loo-
dislodged, you could be seriously sened wheel bolts.
injured. The screwdriver has a reversible blade
• Before you use the jack, be sure (flat blade on one end and Phillips head
the ground is level and firm . If ne- on the other).
cessary, use a sturdy board under - Vehicle jack
the jack. Before you put the jack back into the tool
• Using a bumper jack to raise the box, make sure it is completely rewound.
vehicle will cause damage to the Note
bumper system. Also, the jack Never use the hexagonal opening in
may slip, causing injury. the handle of the screwdriver to loo-
• Do not support your vehicle on sen or tighten the wheel bolts.
cinder blocks, bricks or other ob-
jects. These may not be able to
support the load and could cause ~WARNING
injury.
Always make sure the jack and
• Do not start or run the engine
tool kit, the spare tire and even a
while the vehicle is supported by
flat tire are secured in place and
the jack.
not loose, otherwise they could fly
• If you must work under the vehi- forward causing personal injury to
cle, always use safety stands spe- passengers in the vehicle in an ac-
cifically designed for this purpose. cident or sudden maneuver.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - -- -- - - - - - - - - -- - 53
TIPS AND ADVICE
• To reinstall the tool box, tilt the tool box

and slide it into its holder.
While doing this, you want to make
sure the tab on the front of the tool
box fits properly into its mount.
• Reinsta ll the plastic nut by turn ing it
clockwise.
Wagon models
The tool kit and jack are either located be-
hind a cover panel on the left side of the lug-
gage compartment. To open the cover. push
I B45-665K I down the release button and then swing the
cover down.
Sedan models with 4MOTION Sedan models
The vehicle tools and veh icle jack are stored The tool kit and jack are stowed in a wel l be-
in a special tool box. which is located in the low the floor carpeting on the left side of the
front of the luggage compartment on the luggage compartment. The tool kit is faste-
right-hand side. The tool box is fastened ned with a plastic bracket.
with a plastic nut.
• Turn the plastic nut to the left to remove -
and th en lift the tool box out. You will need 5 pare tire
to t ilt the tool box wh1le you are lifting it out. Sedan models
• To remove the jack. fi rst release the te- In order to have both hands free when re-
ther strap holding the jack in place and then moving the spare wheel, hang the carpeting
press both releases (arrows) to the side. up on the upper edge of the luggage com-
When you reinstall the jack, make partment cover- see illustration.
sure the crank is facing towa rd the
bottom and folded down flat.
54 - - - - -- -- - - - - - - - -- - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
The spare tire is stored under the carpeting

in the luggage compartment. A large plastic
nut holds it in place- see illustration.
Securing the flat tire in the lug-

gage compartment.
• Place the flat tire into the tire well and se-
cure it with the mounting nut.
• Turn the mounting nut clockwise until the
tire is securely in place.
• Unhook the luggage compartment car-
peting .
Note
Wagon model If your ve hicle is equipped w ith alloy
• Open the rear lid and lift up the floor co- w heels. and the spare tire is a steel wheel
vering. you wan t to use a second plastic nut to se-
cure the flat tire in place. The second plastic
• Turn the two locking knobs on the cover nut comes w ith your vehicle.
counter-clockwise. then lift up the cover.
• Hold the cover securely in this position.
In order to have both hands free when re- ~WARNING
moving the spare tire. prop the cover under Always make sure the jack and
the floor mat. tool kit, the spare tire and even a
• Remove the cover support from its flat tire are secured in place and
moun ting in the spare tire well and hook the not loose, otherwise they could fly
support into the opening provided for this forward causing personal injury to
purpose- see illustration. The tool kit and passengers in the vehicle in an ac-
spare tire are now accessible. cident or sudden maneuver.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - 55
TIPS AND ADVICE
Tires I Wheels
Tires are important but often abused parts

of a veh icle. They not only in fl uence com- ~WARNING
fort and ride. but perform vital safety func-
• Tires age even if they are not
tions. This section is intended to provide
being used. Tires which are more
you with important information regarding
than 6 years should be used only
their proper use. care and replacement.
in an emergency and then with
• Be sure to inspect your tires at least eve- caution.
ry 2,000 miles (3 000 kilometres) for wear
• Avoid damaging tires and wheel
and damage. rims. If you must drive over a curb
• Damage to wheels and tires is not al- or other obstacle, drive slowly and
ways easy to see. If you believe that a tire as nearly as possible at a right an-
or w heel has been damaged. it is best to ha- gle. Frequently check tires for
ve it replaced as soon as possible. Internal uneven wear and damage.
tire damage can never get better or "heal" • Remove embedded material.
itself. it can only get worse over time. Tire
damage can lead to tire failure and loss of • Replace worn or damaged tires
vehicle control. See your authorized immediately.
VOLKSWAGEN dealer for advice and assi- • Replace missing valve dust
stance. caps.
• Mark tires before removing them. Re- • Keep oil, fuel, brake fluid, etc.
mount tires on the same veh icle side becau- away from tires.
se the rotation direction must stay the sa- • Keep tires inflated correctly.
me.
• Store removed tires in a cool. dry and pre-
ferably dark place. Tires which are not on New tires
wheels should be stored standing up.
New tires tend to be slippery and cannot of-
• New tires may have different tread fer full traction until they have been properly
depths due to the configuration and design broken in .
by the ti re manu facturers. When replacing
tires. use ones with matching tread depth.
~WARNING
New tires tend to be slippery and
must also be "broken-in ." To help
avoid Joss of control, always ope-
rate a vehicle with new tires at lo-
wer speeds and with special cau-
tion for the first 350 miles (500 ki-
lometres). Brake gently. Avoid fol-
lowing closely behind other vehi-
cles or other situations that might
require sudden, hard braking.
56 - - - - - -- - -- - - - -- -- WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
lire service life Use an accurate tire pressure gauge when

checking inflation pressures . Never exceed
The service life of your ti res depends for the the maximum ti re inflat ion pressure list ed
most part on the following factors: on the tire sidewall. Cold tire inflation pres-
sure means: the vehicle has been standing
Tire pressure for at least 3 hours or driven for less than 1
Required co ld tire inflation pressures are li- mile (1 km).
sted on a sticker on the fuel filler flap. Do not forget to reinstall the valve stem
caps after checki ng t ire pressure.
~WARNING Driving habits

• Incorrect tire pressures can lead Fast cornering, heavy acceleration and hard
to a serious or fatal accident: braking all increase tire wear.
• Incorrect tire pressures cause
increased tire wear and can affect Wheel balancing
handling of the vehicle. The wheels on new vehicles are balanced.
• Incorrect pressures can also When driving, however, various conditions
lead to sudden tire failure and de- can cause a wheel to become unbalanced.
flation, causing loss of vehicle This may be noticed as vibrations in the
control. steering.
Since tire imbalance can cause wear on the
steering, suspension and tires, you shou ld
r::Gl:-, Low tire pressures increase fuel have your wheels re-balanced . A wheel
~ consumption which is detrimen- should always be balanced if a new tire has
tal to the environment. been mounted or a tire w as repaired.
Tire pressures should be checked at least Incorrect wheel alignment

once a month and always before a long trip.
Incorrect whee l al ignment causes excessi-
Tire pressures are very important, ve and uneven tire wear, impairing the safe-
particularly when the v e hicle is ty of the vehicle. If you notice excessive tire
driven at higher speeds. wear, contact your authorized VOLKS-
Vehicles which have full hub caps have val- WAGEN dealer.
ve extenders instead of dust caps. To check
tire pressure or to add air, you do not need
to remove the extender.
Always check tire pressures when the tires
are cold. When t he tires are warm, the pres-
sure wi ll be higher. Do not reduce the
pressure of warm tires.
Don't forget to check the spare w heel.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - - -- - - - -- -- -- -- -- 57
TIPS AND ADVICE
~WARNING
• Worn tires can lead to a serious
accident.
• Tires showing cuts, bruises or
other damage may lead to tire fai-
lure, sudden deflation and loss of
vehicle control.
• Since worn tires do not grip the
road surface properly when the ve-
hicle is driven on wet roads, the ve-
hicle may tend to hydroplane soo-
ner.
Tire wear
The original tires on your vehicle have built-
in wear indicators. They are molded into the Wheel Bolts
bottom of the tread grooves and will appear The wheel bolts must always be
as approximately 1/ 2 inch (12 mm) bands clean and easy to turn when you ' re
when the tire tread depth wears down to removing or installing them. Never
1!, inches (1.6 mm). Depending on the tire oil or lubricate wheel bolts.
6
manufacturer. there are six to eight wear in- Check the wheel bolts whenever
dicators evenly spaced around the circum- you change a tire, and also each time
ference of the tire. Markings on the sides when you're switching between
of the tires (e.g. the letters "TWI", a trian- summer and winter tires.
gle. or other symbols) show the locations of
the wear indicators.
When the indicators appear in two or more ~WARNING
adjacent grooves, it is time to replace the ti-
res. We recommend, however, tha t you do • The use of wheel bolts that do
not let the tires w ear down this far. Worn ti- not meet specifications of the ori-
res cannot grip t he road surface properly, ginal factory i nstalled equipment
and are even less effective on wet roads. will adversely affect the safe oper-
ation of your vehicle and may cau-
se an accident and personal injury.
• If insufficient torque is used to
tighten wheel bolts, they can co-
m e loose and cause an accident
during vehicle operation!
Ext remely high torques can dama-
ge the wheel bolts and/or their
threads.
58 - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
Wheel and t ire replacement

Wheels and tires approved by the manufac-
- -·
turer have been specially matched to your
lr vehicle and contribute greatly to the road-
~~ holding, driving characteristics and safety of
the vehicle.
~WARNING
Installing improper or unmatched
tires on your vehicle can lead to a
I B2H-016C I very serious accident. Be sure al-
ways to use tires of the recommen-
Tire rotation ded size and type and follow all re-
placement recommendations be-
If the front tires are worn more than rear ti- low.
res, then you must rotate the front tires with
the rear tires as shown in the illustration. By
doing this, all tires will have approximately • If the spare tire is different from the tires
the same service life. that you have mounted on your vehicle (for
example winter tires or wide profile tires).
Tires should always remain on same then use the spare tire for a short period of
side of vehicle. time only and drive with extra care. Replace
the flat tire wi th a tire matching the others
Only when tires show unusual wear such as on your vehicle as soon as possible.
feather-edging should they be rotated dia- • Fitting and repairing tires requires expert
gonally. Your vehicle may be equipped with knowledge and special tools. This work
tires which have a specified rotation direc- should only be performed by a specialist.
tion. The rotation direction is identified by • We recommend that you have your tires
arrow markings on the sides of the tires. changed by a authorized VOLKSWAGEN
The rotation direction must not be reversed. dealer, because they have the special tools
Therefore, these tires cannot be switched and necessary expertise.
diagonally. If in doubt, discuss any unusual
tire wear with your authorized VOLKS- Furthermore, your authorized VOLKS-
WAGEN dealer's service department. WAGEN dealer stocks a range of tires and
wheels.
After rotation adjust tire pressure
and torque wheel bolts diagonally to • For safety reasons. tires should be repla-
88ft lb (120 Nm). Refer to " Chan- ced in pairs and not individually. The tires
ging a wheel" on page 66 for details. with the deepest tread should always be
mounted on the front wheels.
WHATDOIDONOW? ------------------------------------ 59
TIPS AND ADVICE
~--------------------~r
• Never mount used tires if you are not su-
re of their previous history.
g WARNING
• Whenever replacing a tubeless tire, al- • For technical reasons it is not al-
ways install a new valve stem. Tire repair ways possible to use wheels from
should only be performed by a specialist. other vehicles - under certain
• In the interest of maximum safety and conditions not even wheels from
best all-around vehicle handling, always the same vehicle model.
buy replacement radial tires that have the • Wheel rims and wheel bolts are
same specifications with regard to tire size, matched to fit your VOLKS-
design, load carrying capacity, speed rating, WAGEN.
tread pattern, tread depth, etc. This also ap- When installing different wheels
plies to VOLKSWAGEN recommended al- (for example, wheels with winter
ternate replacement tires. tires), the correct wheel bolts with
Make sure that the new tires also meet the the proper length and conical sha-
specifications listed on the label located on pe of the bolt head must be used.
the inside of the fuel filler flap. The secure fit of the wheels and
the proper functioning of the bra-
If you wish to equip your vehicle ke system and safety are depen-
with tires or wheels other than tho- dent upon this.
se installed at the factory, please no- • If wheel trim discs or a front
te the following: spoiler are installed, make sure the
airflow for cooling the brakes is
• Before you plan on exchanging steel
not obstructed.
wheels, light alloy wheels, or winter tires al-
ready mounted on wheel rims, consult your • Incorrect tire/wheel parts may
authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer. They ha- cause an accident and personal in-
ve the technical information necessary to jury. Such parts will adversely af-
advise you which wheel rims and wheel fect the safe operation of your ve-
bolts are compatible with the original facto- hicle. Always use tires, wheel rims
ry installations. and wheel bolts that meet speci-
fications of the original factory-in-
stalled equipment.
60----------------------------------WHATDO/DONOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
Tire specifications
~WARNING
~WARNING • Driving faster than the maxi-
mum speed for which tires are ra-
Never mix tires of different design
ted and approved can lead to sud-
such as steel belted radials with
den tire failure. This can cause
radial bias belted or bias ply tires
loss of vehicle control and lead to
etc. Mixing tire types will adverse-
an accident and personal injury.
ly affect road holding and can lead
to loss of vehicle control and per- • Never operate a vehicle at
sonal injury. speeds greater than the maximum
speed rating of its tires.
• Always observe speed limits
A knowledge of tire designations makes it and adjust your vehicle to prevai-
easier to choose the correct tires. Radial ply ling road and traffic conditions.
tires have the following designations:
e.g. 195/65 R 15 91 H Note

195 = lire width in mm Your vehicle is normally factory equipped
with all season tires, which possess excel-
65 Height I width ratio in % lent driving characteristics and give your
R lire construction: Radial VOLKSWAGEN optimum driving comfort.
The speed limit of this tire is 130 mph
15 Rim diameter in inches (210 km I h).
91 Load rating code
H Speed rating code letter ~WARNING
Never operate this vehicle at
The speed rating letter code indica tes the speeds greater than 130 mph. Ex-
maximum permissible road speeds: ceeding 130 mph (210 km I h) un-
der any conditions will lead to sud-
Summer tires:
den tire failure which can cause
S - up to 11 0 mph (180 km I h) loss of vehicle control and perso-
T- up to 118 mph (190 km I h) nal injury. Always observe speed
limits and adjust your vehicle
H - up to 130 mph (210 km I h)
speed to prevailing road and traf-
V- up to 150 mph (240 km I h) fic conditions.
Z - over 150 mph (240 km I h).
"Z" tires carry the speed rating code letter
in combination with the tire construction let- Always read and heed all
ter "R." WARNINGS on next page.
Winter tires see page 64.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - -- - -- - -- -- - - - -- 61
TIPS AND ADVICE
The manufacturing date on the tire Uniform Tire Quality Grading

side wall (possibly only on the inside of the Quality grades can be found where applica-
wheel): ble on the tire side wall between tread.
DOT ... 250 ... means that the tire was pro- shoulder and maximum section width.
duced in the 25th week of 2000 .
For example: Tread wear 200,
Tire strength and performance decline with Traction AA, Temperature A
age- even if the tires are not used. Tire ma-
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to
nufacturers caution that a tire more than six
Federal Safety Requirements in addition to
years old cannot be expected to perform re-
these grades.
liably and safely even in normal use.
Temperature
~WARNING The temperature grades are A (the highest),
B. and C. representing the tire's resistance to
Old tires can fail in use, causing the generation of heat and its ability to dissi-
loss of vehicle control and perso- pate heat when tested under controlled
nal injury. conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
Replace tires after six years re- test wheel. Sustained high temperature can
gardless of tread wear. Always re- cause the material of the tire to degenerate
duce speed and drive cautiously if and reduce tire life. and excessive tempera-
you must use an old tire in an emer- ture can lead to sudden tire failure. The gra-
gency. Replace the tire as soon as de C corresponds to a level of performance
possible. which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard No. 109. Grades Band A represent hig-
her levels of performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
,~WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire
is established for a tire that is pro-
perly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, under-inflation,
or excessive loading, either sepa-
rately or in combination, can cau-
se heat buildup and possible tire
failure.
62 - - - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
Tread wear Replacement tires I wheels

The tread wear grade is a comparative ra- If you wish to equip your vehicle with tires
ting based on the wear rate of the tire when or wheels other than those installed at the
tested under controlled conditions on a spe- factory, please note the following:
cified government test course. for exam-
ple. a tire graded 150 would wear one and • For technical reasons it is not al-
one half (1 112) times as well on the govern- ways possible to use wheels from
ment course as a tire graded 100. The relati- other vehicles- under certain condi-
ve performance of tires depends upon the tions not even wheels from the same
actual conditions of t heir use. however, and vehicle model.
may depart significantly from the norm due • Wheel rims and wheel bolts are
to variations in driving habits, service practi-
matched to fit your VOLKSWAGEN.
ces and differences in road characteristics When installing different wheels
and climate. (for example, wheels with winter ti-
res), the correct wheel bolts with
the proper length and conical shape
Traction of the bolt head must be used. The
The traction grades, from highest to lowest. secure fit of the wheels and the pro-
are AA, A. Band C. Those grades represent per functioning of the brake system
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as and safety are dependent upon this.
measured under controlled conditions on • Wheel rims and wheel bolts are
specified government test surfaces of as- matched to fit your VOLKSWAGEN.
phalt and concrete. A tire marked C may ha-
ve poor traction performance. • Before you plan on exchanging
steel wheels, light alloy wheels, or
winter tires already mounted on
~WARNING wheel rims, consult your authorized
VOLKSWAGEN dealer. T hey have
The traction grade assigned to this the technical information necessary
tire is based on straight-ahead bra- to advise you which wheel rims and
king traction tests, and does not wheel bolts are compatible with the
include acceleration, cornering, original factory installations.
hydroplaning or peak traction cha-
racteristics.
WHAT DO 1 DO NOW? - - - -- - - - - - - -- - - - - - 63
TIPS AND ADVICE
M WARNING
When installing winter tires, please
note the following:
• Incorrect tire/wheel parts may • Only radial ply winter tires may be instal-
cause an accident and personal in- led. Ask your authorized VOLKSWAGEN
jury. Such parts will adversely af- dealer for the recommended tire size.
fect the safe operation of your ve- • Winter tires must be mounted on all four
hicle. Always use tires, wheel rims wheels.
and wheel bolts that meet speci-
fications of the original factory-in- • Because of the special design characteri-
stalled equipment. stics of radial ply M+S tires. they must be in-
f lated 3 psi above the cold tire inflation pres-
• If wheel trim discs or a front sures required for the regular radial ply t ires.
spoiler are installed, make sure the However, never exceed the maximum tire
airflow for cooling the brakes is inflation pressure listed on the tire sidewall.
not obstructed.
Winter tires will not do their job if the tread
depth is less than 5/32 of an inch (4 mm).
Winter tires
The tires for your vehicle were selected for ~WARNING
optimal performance under a variety of dri-
ving condi tions. • Tires with badly worn treads
For winter driving, the driveability of your and studs are very dangerous.
Make sure they are replaced imme-
vehicle can be improved by installing radial
winter tires (M+Sl with or without studs l l. diately.
The all season tires with which your vehi- • Never mix tires of different de-
cle may have been equipped at the factory sign such as steel belted radials
are performance ti res adverti sed by the ti re with radial bias belted or bias ply
tires, etc. Mixing tire types will ad-
manufacturer as suitable for all weather use
or with special mud and snow (M+S) capa- versely affect road holding and
bility. can lead to loss of vehicle control
Winter tires, sometimes also ca lled snow
tires. are designed for maximum traction in
mud and snow.
If your VOLKSWAGEN is equipped with
h1gh performance tires (identified by code
letter V on the tire flank) and you drive fre-
quently on ice or snow, you should consider
the installation of all season or winter tires.
Let your authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer
advise and assist you .
l l Check with you r local Motor Veh1cle Bureau

for possib le restrictions.
64 - - - - - - - - -- - - -- -- - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
• Winter tires with studs should be run on- Snow chains

ly at moderate speeds when new in order to
give the studs time to settle. ,~ WARNING
Do not drive a vehicle equipped with r.:---------------___j
winter tires at prolonged high For your own safety, pay close at-
speed. tention to the installation instruc-
Winter tires use a softer rubber compound tions provided by the snow chain
and a deeper tread pattern and therefore ha- manufacturer.
ve a lower speed rating and reduced t rac-
tion and durability when used on dry roads. Snow chains can be used on the
• Winter tires must have the same load ca- front wheels only. This applies also
pacity as original equipment tires. to vehicles with 4MOTION!
Snow chains must only be used on
tires with 175/80 R 14 or 195/65 R 15
,~WARNING rims.
• Winter tires available for your When necessary the vehicle must be
vehicle may have a maximum equipped with smaller tires - ask
speed rating which is less than the your authorized VOLKSWAGEN
maximum speed of your vehicle. dealer.
• Driving faster than the maxi- Only use chains with fine pitch links protru-
mum speed for which tires are ra- ding no more than 1/ 2 inch (1 5 mm). inclu-
ted and approved will lead to sud- ding tensioner, from tire tread and side
den tire failure. This can cause loss walls. Wheels must rotate freely in all stee-
of vehicle control and lead to an ring positions with chains mounted to pre-
accident and personal injury. vent damage to body, axle or brake compo-
nents. Drive slowly and follow the
• Never operate a vehicle at chain manufacturer's instructions.
speeds greater than the maximum
speed rating of its tires. Remove chains when roads are free of
snow. Otherwise, the chains can damage
• Always observe speed limits the tires and impair vehicle handling.
and adjust your vehicle to prevai-
ling road and traffic conditions.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - - -- - - -- - -- - - - - - 65
TIPS AND ADVICE
Changing a wheel
~WARNING r4 WARNING continued

You or your passengers could be • To help prevent the vehicle from
injured while changing a wheel if moving suddenly and possibly
you do not follow safety precau- slipping off the jack, always fully
tions: set the parking brake and block
• If you have a flat tire, move a the wheel diagonally opposite the
safe distance off the road. Turn off wheel being changed. When one
the engine, turn the emergency front wheel is lifted off the
flasher on and use other warning ground, placing the Automatic
devices to alert other motorists. transmission in P (Park), or enga-
ging a gear in a manual transmis-
• Passengers must not remain in
the vehicle when it is jacked up. sion will not prevent vehicle move-
ment.
r
This includes children as well as
adults. • After installing the spare tire,
• Make sure that passengers wait make sure that you remount the
in a safe place away from the vehi- flat tire/wheel in its storage area
cle and well away from the road- properly and tighten the nut secu-
way and traffic. rely.
• Before you change a wheel, be • If you're pulling a trailer, you'll
sure the ground is level and firm. have to unhook the trailer before
If necessary, use a sturdy board you can change a tire.
under the jack.
• After installing the spare tire,
make sure that you remount the
flat tire in its storage area properly
and tighten the nut securely.
66 - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
To Change the wheel: - Pull wheel bolt covers off using the w ire
clip. Place the hook into the openings
• Take the jack and tool kit and the spare ti-
and pull the cap off - see illustration.
re out of the luggage compartment.
• Depending on t he type of wheel on your
vehicle, you will have to do one of the follo-
wing to remove the cover from the w heel
on the vehicle:
- Attach the hub cap puller clip onto the ed-
ge of the full wheel trim. Slide the lug
wrench through the clip and pull off- see
illustration.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - - -- - - -- - -- - -- -- - 67
TIPS AND ADVICE
I 845-SSSK I I""'
• Mount the lug wrench over the wheel • Mounting points for the vehicle
bolt all the way and turn counterclockwise jack:
-see illustration. When doing this. hold the There is one location at the front and one
lug wrench at the end. impression at the back under the body to
If the wheel bolts do not come loose. you show you where to posi tion the jack - see
can push the end of the lug wrench, if ne- arrows in illustration. Place the jack direct-
cessary, using your foot. Make sure you are ly at the impression.
stllnding firm ly on the ground and hold on to
the vehicle for support. Never support
yourself on the vehicle when it has
been jacked up.
Loosen all wheel bolts about one turn.
Do not yet remove the bolts.
To remove the anti-theft bolts*. see the in-
formation on page 72.
~WARNING
Jacking at any place other than
those specified may damage the
vehicle or make it fall on t he jack
and result in personal injury.
68 - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- - - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
~WARNING
To help prevent injury to yourself
and your passengers.
• Do not raise the vehicle unti l
you are sure the jack is securely
engaged.
• Passengers must not remain in
the vehicle when it is jacked up.
• Make sure that passengers wait
in a safe place away from the vehi-
cle and well away from the road-
way and traffic.
• Position the vehicle jack under • Make sure jack position is cor-
the vehicle: rect, adjust as necessary and then
continue to raise the jack.
The illustration shows the jack positioned
on the right front side.
• To raise the vehicle, turn the handle
clockwise. Only ra ise the vehicle as much
~WARNING as is needed to change a wheel.
An unstable surface under the jack

may cause the vehicle to slip off
the jack. Always provide a firm ba-
se for the jack on the ground. If ne-
cessary, use a sturdy board under
the jack.
- Place the jack exactly under the positio-

ning point on the rocker panel so that the
spacertouchestherockerpanel-seei~
lustration.
- Turn the handle on the jack until the jack
claw is just underneath the vehicle.
- The jack claw must cradle the ver-
tical rib unde rneath the vehicle so
that it cannot slip when the vehi-
cle is lifted - see illustrati on.
- Place a sturdy board under the jack if you
are parked on soft ground.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - - -- - - -- - -- - - - -- - 69
TIPS AND ADVICE
• Unscrew the wheel bold nearest the top, • Screw the threaded end of the mounting
using the screwdriver handle (see above il- pin from the tool kit hand-tight in the bolt
lustration). Place it on clean surface (for ex- whole that has become free.
ample inside the hub cab. or on a piece of to- Inserting the pin in the bolt whole assures
weling) next to the jack. that the wholes in the wheels are in line with
the threaded wholes in the wheel hub.
• Then fully unscrew the other wheel bolts
and remove the wheel leaving the plastic
pin in the bolt whole.
• Slide the spare wheel over the mounting
pin.
The wheel bolts must be clean and
easy to turn - never grease or oil
them! See page 58 for more details.
• Use the screwdriver handle to tighten
the wheel bolts hand-tight.
• Remove the mounting pin and tighten
the remaining wheel bolts slightly.
Use the special adapter to tighten the anti-
theft wheel bolt*, see the information on
page 72
70 - -- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
• To lower the vehicle, turn the handle If you notice while changing a tire
counterclockwise until the jack is fu lly relea- that the wheel bolts are corroded
sed . Then go crosswise from one bolt to an- and difficult to turn, they should be
other tightening them firmly. replaced before you check the tigh-
tening torque.
• On vehicles with a standard spare wheel,
mount the wheel cover. Until then, drive with extra care and
at reduced speeds.
When installing the full wheel trim. you
must first press the trim onto the valve cut- • Have the flat tire repaired as quickly as
out, and then snap the entire circu mference possible and remounted on you r vehicle.
in completely. Remount the wheel cover or protective
caps for t he wheel bolts.
• Always securely store the damaged
wheel or flat tire in the luggage compart-
men t of the vehicle. ~WARNING
Notes on changing a wheel.
• If you are going to equip your ve-
The hexagonal opening in the screwdriver
hicle with tires or rims that differ
handle makes it easier to handle the wheel
from those that were factory in-
bolts. Remove the blade first before using.
stalled, be sure to read the infor-
Please read the information on pages 54 mation on page 59.
and 63 if you are going to be using the spare
• Always make sure the damaged
tire or a spare tire w hich is different from the
wheel or even a flat tire and the
tires on your vehicle.
jack and tool kit are secured in pla-
Always observe the following steps in the ce and not loose.
order given when taking off a wheel and in-
• In an accident or sudden maneu-
stalling a spare ti re:
ver they could fly forward, injuring
Never use the hexagonal opening in anyone in the vehicle.
the handle of the screwdriver to loo-
sen or tighten the wheel bolts.
Stowing the spare tire
After you change a tire:
- Checl< the tire air pressure imme- ~WARNING
diately.
Always make sure the spare tire
- -Have the wheel bolt tightening and even a flat tire are secured in
torque checked with a torque place and not loose. Otherwise, in
wrench as soon as possible by an accident or sudden maneuver
your authorized VOLKSWAGEN they could fly forward, causing in-
dealer or qualified service sta- jury to passengers in the vehicle.
tion.
- -On steel and alloy wheel rims,
the correctly tightened bolts
should have a torque of 87 ft. lb
(120 Nm).
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - -- -- - - - - -- -- -- - - 71
TIPS AND ADVICE
Anti-theft wheel bolts*
We recommend you always carry the adap-

ter for the wheel bolt in the vehicle - the
best would be in the tool kit.
The code number for the wheel bolt safety
device is stamped on the front side of the
adapter.
Please write down this number and store it
separately.
Replacement adapters can be obtained only
from authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealers
using the code number.
I B45-329C I
Anti-theft wheel bolts

1 - Wheel bolt
2 - Wheel bolt adapter.
(The adapter is located in the tool kit).
Loosening or tightening a wheel

bolt
Push the adapter 2 all the way over the bolt
1.
Slide the lug wrench from the tool kit onto
the adapter 2 until it stops. The wheel bolt
can now be loosened or tightened.
After changing the wheel, pull the adapter
off the wheel bolt.
72 - -- -- - - - -- -- -- - -- - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
Fuses
A problem in the electrical system may be

caused by a blown fuse.
Fuses are arranged in one centralized unit.
The unit is located under a cover at the end
of the dashboard on the driver's side.
It is a good idea to keep a supply of spare fu-
ses on hand. They are available from yo"ur
authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
Replacing a fuse
~WARNING
A fuse with too high amperage • Remove the blown fuse w ith the plastic
could damage the electrical part clip provided. The clip is located close to the
and cause a fire. Do not use a fuse centralized unit (see illustration).
with a higher amperage than the
• Replace the blown fuse with a fuse of the
fuse being replaced .
same amperage. You can recognize the
blown fuse by the burnt metal strip.
• Close the fuse box cover.
• To avoid damaging the electrical
system, turn off all lights and acces-
sories and remove the ignition key Notes
before replacing a fuse. • If a fuse blows repeatedly, do not
• Open the cover of the centralized unit by keep on replacing it. The cause of
inserting a screwdriver in the slot below the the short circuit or overload must be
cover and pry it off. found. On no account should fuses
be repaired (e.g. patched up with tin
· • Check the fuse listing on the separate fu-
foil or wire) as this may cause se-
se card attached to the inside cover to find
rious damage elsewhere in the elec-
out which fuse belongs to the component
trical circuit or cause fire.
that has failed.
Circuit breaker
Color codes:
light brown: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 amps The power windows are also protected by
a circuit breaker. If these fuses are overloa-
brown: . . ... . . . . ... . . . . .. . . . . 7.5 amps
ded (for example, if the windows are frozen
red: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 amps shut). the circuit breaker will au tomatically
light blue: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 amps switch off and then on again after a few se-
yellow: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 amps conds to help prevent the fuse from being
transparent (white): . . . . . . . . . . . 25 amps blown.
light green: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 amps
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - 73
TIPS AND ADVICE
Installing I replacing
Replacing bulbs a radio
It is becoming increasingly more and more If you wish to install a radio or replace the
difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs since factory installed radio*. please note the fol-
in many cases. other parts of the vehicle lowing:
must first be removed before you are able • The factory installed radio connectors*
to get to the bulb. This applies especially to are designed for Genuine VOLKSWAGEN
the light bulbs in the front of your vehicle Radios.
which you can only reach through the engi-
ne compartment. When installing a different radio. difficulties
could arise such as:
~WARNING - the radio may not fit into the space provi-
ded
• H7 bulbs* are pressurized and - the electrical connections may not be
can explode when being changed. compatible
Potential risk of injury!
- different connector terminals may be
• On vehicles equipped with gas
needed.
discharge bulbs * life- threatening
injuries can result from improper
handling of the high-voltage por- • Therefore, we recommend that you have
tions of such lamps! your authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer in-
stall or replace the radio.
They are the most familiar with the techni-
For your safety, we recommend that you ha- cal features of your vehicle. They also offer
ve your authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer Genuine VOLKSWAGEN Radios with the
replace any bulbs for you, since your dealer necessary installation components and in-
has necessary tools. the correct bulbs and structions.
the expert ise.
,~WARNING
~WARNING
Improperly installing a radio could
• Before you check anything in cause a short circuit.
the engine compartment, always This could result in a n electrical fi-
read and heed all WARNINGS on re.
pages 34.
74 ---------------------------------- WHAT DO I DO NOW?

TIPS AND ADVICE
Mobile telephones
and CB radios Emergency Starting
Mobile telephones or CB radios Starting by Pushing or Towing

should not be used in the vehicle un- • Vehicles with an automatic trans-
less a separate outside antenna is in- mission cannot be started by pus-
stalled. hing or towing.
If you use a mobile telephone or CB radio in-
side the vehicle without an outside antenna, • Vehicles with a manual transmis-
the high frequency energy (resonance ef- sion must not be started by pushing
fect) emitted inside the vehicle can cause or towing. Damage to the catalytic
malfunctions in the vehicle's electronic sy- converter and I or other parts of the
vehicle may result.
stem.
Moreover the unit achieves maximum
pick-up only if an outside antenna is instal- Starting with jumper cables
led.
~WARNING
~WARNING • Batteries contain electricity,
acid, and gas. Any of these can
Using a mobile telephone or CB ra- cause very serious or fatal injury.
dio inside the vehicle without ha- Follow the instructions below for
ving a separate outside antenna safe handling of your vehicle's bat-
could be dangerous to your health tery.
due to the high frequency energy
emitted! • Always shield your eyes and
avoid leaning over the battery
whenever possible.
Note • A discharged battery can alrea-
Always heed the instructions of mo- dy freeze at temperatures just be-
bile telephones and CB radios. low 32°F (0°C). Before connecting
a jumper cable, the frozen battery
must be thawed completely, other-
~WARNING wise it could explode.
Alwa ys keep your attention on • Do not allow battery acid to con-
tact eyes or skin. Flush any con-
the road and traffic! tacted area with wate r immediate-
ly.
Always heed WARNINGS on

next page.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - - - - - -- - - - -- - -- - 75
TIPS A'f\JD ADVICE
Note
M WARNING continued • Applying a higher voltage boo-
ster battery will cause expensive da-
• Improper use of a booster batte- mage to sensitive electronic compo-
ry to start a vehicle may cause an nents, such as glow plugs*, control
explosion. units, relays, radio, etc.
• Vehicle batteries generate ex-
• Vehicle with discharged battery:
plosive gases. Keep sparks, flame
and lighted cigarettes away from - Turn off lights,
batteries. - only turn on the blower and the rear win-
• Do not try to jump start any ve- dow defroster to draw off any voltage
hicle with a low acid level in the spikes that might occur when the battery
battery. is disconnected.
• The voltage of the booster bat- - move lever of automatic transmission to
tery must also have a 12-Volt ra- N (Neutral) or P (Park) or
ting. move gearshift lever of manual transmis-
The capacity (Ah) of the booster sion to neutral and
battery should not be lower than - set parking brake all the way.
that of the discharged battery.
Use of batteries of different volta-
ge or substantially different Ah ra- Use of jumper cables
t i ng may cause an explosion and
personal injury.
~WARNING
• Never charge a frozen battery;
allow it to first thaw out complete- • To avoid serious personal injury
ly. Gas trapped in the ice may cau- and damage to the vehicle, heed
se an explosion. all warnings and instructions of
• Use of batteries of different vol- the jumper cable manufacturer.
tage or substantially different If in doubt, call for road service.
amp. (Ah) rating may cause an • The jumper cables must be long
explosion and injury. The capacity enough so that the vehicles do not
(Ah) of the booster battery should touch.
not be lower than that of the di- • When connecting jumper ca-
scharged battery. bles, make sure that they cannot
get caught in any moving parts in
the engine compartment.
Improper hook-up of jumper cables

can ruin the alternator.
Always connect POSITIVE(+) to PO-
SITIVE (+}, and NEGATIVE (-) to
ground on engine block (x).
76 - - -- - - - -- - - - -- -- - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
4 · Connect clamp on opposite end of ca-

ble (4 ) to a bare metal part bolted direct-
4. ly to the engine block or to the engine
block itself (X) of vehicle with dischar-
ged battery. Connect clamp as far
away from battery as possible!
5 - Start the engine of the vehicle with the
booster battery. Run the engine at a
moderate speed.
6- Start engine with discharged vehicle
battery in the usual manner.
3 · I B1H·236C I If engine fails to start. do not continue
to crank but contact your nearest au-
thorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer or quali·
A - Discharged v e hicle battery tied workshop.
B - Booster battery 7 - With engine running, remove jumper
X- To ground on engine block. cables from both vehicles in exact re-
verse order: Steps 4 thru 1.

INGS on pages 34 and 75.
1 · Connect clamp of plus cable to positive

(+ ) terminal (1 ) of discharged vehicle
battery.
2 · Connect clamp on opposite end of ca·
ble to positive (+ ) terminal (2 ) of boo·
ster battery.
3 · Connect clamp of minus cable to nega-
tive (-) terminal (3) of booster battery.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - -- -- -- - -- -- -- -- 77
TIPS AND ADVICE
Emergency towing with commercial tow truck
The following information must be used by

commercial tow truck operators who know
how to operate their equipment safely.
General hints
• Whenever possible, tow with the front
wheels off ground.
• The vehicle may be lifted in rear and mo-
ved to position for front hook-up.
• If a vehicle with a manual transmission
must be towed with the front wheels on the
ground. make sure transmission oil has not
leaked or been drained .
Note
Your VOLKSWAGEN cannot be towed
with conventional sling-type equipment or
non-self-loading wheel dollies.
Towing with this type of equipment will cau-
se bumper and body panel damage.
~WARNING
A towed vehicle is not safe for pas-
sengers. Never allow anyone to ri-
de in a towed vehicle for any re-
ason.
1 - Attach wheel lift equipment to wheels.
2 - Attach safety straps to wheels.
Towing speed and towing Front hook-up
distance: 3 - Attach safety chains to lower control
Manual transmission: arms.
Towing speed: . . . . . . 50 mph 1 80 km I h Rear hook-up
Towing distance: . . . . . . 50 miles 1 80 km 3- Attach safety chains to axle beam.
Automatic transmission 4 - Towing clearance: 6 - 12 inches

If the vehicle cannot be towed w ith wheel (15- 30 em) between tires and ground.
lift equipment in combination with self-loa-
ding dollies, it must be transported on a flat
bed to avoid damage to the transmission
caused by the lack of lubrication.
78 - - - -- -- -- - - -- - - -- WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
Lifting vehicle
Lifting with workshop hoist

and with floor jack ,~ WARNING continued
The vehicle should never be lifted or • When removing such heavy
jacked up from underneath the engi- components, anchor vehicle to ho-
ne oil pan, the transmission hou- ist or add corresponding weights
sing, the front or rear axle or the bo- to maintain the center of gravity.
dy side members. This could lead to Otherwise, the vehicle might tilt or
serious damage. slip off the hoist, causing serious
The same lifting points as illustrated on the damage or personal injury.
next page for the hoist also apply when a • If you must lift your vehicle with
floor jack is used . a floor jack to work underneath,
To avoid damage to the underbody be sure the vehicle is safely sup-
or chassis frame, it is necessary to ported on stands intended for this
insert a rubber pad between the purpose.
floor jack and the lift points.
• Before driving over a workshop

~WARNING hoist, check that the vehicle weight
does not exceed the permissible lif-
• To reduce the risk of serious per- ting capacity of the hoist.
sonal injury and vehicle damage, • Before driving over a workshop
lift vehicle only at the special hoist, ensure that there is sufficient
workshop hoist and floor jack lift clearance between the hoist and
points illustrated. Failure to lift low parts of the vehicle.
vehicle at these points could cause
the vehicle to tilt or fall from a lift
when, for example, heavy compo-
nents such as the engine block or
transmission are removed resul-
ting in a change in vehicle weight
distribution and balance.
Note
The vehicle may only be lifted at the
points are shown on next page.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - - -- - -- - - - -- - - -- - 79
TIPS AND ADVICE
lifting point front lifting point rear

On the vertical reinforcement of the lower On the vertical reinforcement of the lower
sill in the area of the marking for the on-bo- sill in the area of the marking for the on-bo-
ard jack. ard jack.
Lifting with vehicle jack

Refer to "Changing a wheel" on page 66.
80 - - -- - - -- - -- - - - - - - WHAT DO I DO NOW?
TIPS AND ADVICE
Outside the
Reporting safety defects U.S.A. or Canada
(Applicable to U.S. only) Operating your vehicle outside

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect the U.S.A. or Canada
which could cause a crash or could cause in- Government regulations in the United Sta-
jury or death, you should immediately in- tes and Canada require that automobiles
form the National Highw ay Traffic Safety meet specific emission regulations and sa-
fety standards. Therefore. vehicles built for
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-
the U.S.A. and Canada differ from vehicles
fying VOLKSWAGEN United States, Inc. sold in other countries.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it If you plan to take your vehicle outside the
may open an investigation. and if it finds continental limits of the United States orCa-
that a safety defects exists in a group of ve- nada, there is the possibility that
hicles. it may order a recall and remedy cam- • unleaded fuels for vehicles with catalytic
paign . converter may not be available;
However, NHTSA cannot become involved • fuel may have a considerably lower octa-
in individual problems between you. your ne rating . Improper fuel may cause engine
dealer, or VOLKSWAGEN United States. damage;
Inc. • service may be inadequate due to lack of
proper service facilities. tools or testing
equipment;
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the
• replacement parts may not be readily
Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at: available.
VOLKSWAGEN cannot be responsi-
1-800-424-9393 ble for mechanical damage that
could result from inadequate fuel,
service or parts availability.
(or 366-0123 in Washington. D.C. area)
or write to:
NHTSA. U.S. Department of Transportation.

Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information abou t
motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.
WHAT DO I DO NOW? - -- - - - - - - - -- - -- - - 81
TIPS AND ADVICE
VOLKSWAGEN
Service Repair Manuals
Volkswagen Official Factory Service Manu-

als are published as soon as possible after
model introduction.
Service manuals are available from either of
the following sources:
Robert Bentley, Inc.
Order directly from the publisher: Call toll-
free 1 (800) 423-4595 (from the United
States and Canada, 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM
EST) or go to www.rb.com on the inter-
net.
Dyment Distribution, Inc.
Call toll-free 1 (800) 544-8021 from 8:30AM
to 8:00 PM, EST. Monday thru Friday.
82 - - -- - -- - -- - - - -- -- WHAT DO I DO NOW?
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A 8
ABS (Anti-Lock Brakes) 8 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Accessories, -What should I do -Battery acid level, checking .. 47
if I want to add an accessory to my - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
vehicle? ..... ... ............... 51
- Slow charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Adding - Connecting charger cables . . . 48
-Brake fluid ............... . . 44 - Disconnecting
- Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
-Important information before
- Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 you disconnect your battery! 49
-Windshield washer fluid . . . . . 50 -What you must do after you
Additional accessories ......... . 51 reconnect the battery! . . . . . 49
Adjusting, -Washer jets .... .. . . 50 - Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
All Wheel Drive (4MOTION) .... . 10 - Precaution ....... . . . . ..... . 45
Alloy wheels, -Cleaning . . . . . . . . 26 - Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Anti-Lock Brake System . . . . . . . . . 8 - Replacing, - How often should I
Anti-Lock Brakes replace my battery? . . . . . . . . . 49
- How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
- Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Body cavity sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
- What does it mean w hen I feel a Brake booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
slight vibration on the pedal? . . 8 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Anti- Lock Brakes (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 8 - How often should the brake fluid
Anti-Slip Regulation, -When would I be changed? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
switch it off? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 -What is the correct brake fluid
Anti-Slip Regula tion (ASR) . . . . . . . 11 level? .... ...... ........... 43
Anti-theft wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . 72 -What kind of brake fluid should I
use? ...................... 44
ASR (Anti-Slip Regulation) . . . . . . . 11
-What should I do if the brake war-
Automatic car wash ning light comes on? . . . . . . . . 43
- Precautions when taking your Brake fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
vehicle to the car wash ..... . 23
Brakes
- Should I remove the roof
antenna? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 - How does the moisture or road
salt affect the brakes? . . . . . . . . 6
- Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
-What does it mean when I feel a
slight vibration on the pedal? . . 8
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Break-in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ALPHABETICAL INDEX - - - -- -- - - - - -- - - - - - 83
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
c D
Capacities Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
- Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Difficult operating conditions . . . . . 14
-Windshield washer fluid Do-it-yourself service . . . . . . . . . . 52
container ......... . . : . . . . . . 50 Driving economically .. ........ .. 15
Care of Driving in foreign countries . . . . . . 81
- exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Driving under difficult conditions 14
- interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
CB radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 E
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Electronic differential lock . . . . . . . . 9
Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Emergency
Checking - Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
-Battery acid level .. . . ...... . 47 - Towing ...... ... .... ... . ... 78
- Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Emergency triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
- Engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . 41 Em ission control system . . . . . . . . 17
- Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Engine
- Windshield washer fluid level . 50 - Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Checking oil level, - Engine . . . . . . 37
- Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Chrome parts, Taking care of chrome -Hood . . . .. .... ...... . ...... 33
parts .. ... .... .......... .. .. .. . 27
- Oil . ... . .. ................. 36
Cleaning
Engine compartment
- Engine compartment . . . . . . . . 29
- Precautions you should take
- Glass . ..... ........ . .. ..... 27 before cleaning the engine
-Inside of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 compartment ....... . . ... ... 29
- Leather upholstery . . . . . . . . . . 28 - Precautions you should take
- Outside of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 23 when working inside the engine
- Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Cleaning and protection . . . . . . . . . 22 Engine coolant
Coolant losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 -Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 - Can I add plain water to the
engine coolant? .. ........... 40
- Expansion tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
- Coolant losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
84 ------------------------------------- ALPHBEDCAL/NOEX
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Engine oil
-Adding .... ... 0 0 •••••••••• 38 ••
F
- Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
- Changing ........... 38 0 • • • • • •
Filling, - portable fuel container . . . 3
-Checking ...... . 0 •••• 37 0 • • • • • •
Floor jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
-Grades ........ 0 0 ••• 36 0 0 • ••••
Fluid
Engine oi l level -Brake .. ..... 0 • ••• 0 •• 43
•••••••
-When should I check the engine -Coolant ... . .. ..... ...... 40 0 • •
oil level? .. . ........ .... ... . 37 -Windshield washer tank . . . . . 50

-Where is the oil dipstick? ... . 37 Fuel
Environment - Lock fuel tank .. .. 0 0 0 •2 • • • • • • •
- Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 -Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

- Cleaning and protection . . . . . . 22 Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
- Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fuel supply ...... ........... 4 0 • • •
- Driving to minimize pollution Fuel tank .............. ..... 2 0 • • •
and noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - Refuell ing ... 0 0 •• • 0 •••••• 3 0 • • •
- Engine oil ...... 0

• • • •39 • • • • • • • Fuses ............... 0 •••••• 73 0 • •
- Fuel ........... 0 •••••••••• 3 ••
-Maintenance ........... 31 0 •••
-lire pressure .. . 0 ••••••• 57 0 • • •

G
-Unleaded fuel .. 0 • ••• 4 •••• 0 • 0 • Gasoline
-Washing · · · · · · · 0 0 0
• 23
•
0 0
• • • • • - Additves ..... 0 •••• 0 • 40 ••• 0 • • •
Exhaust system ... 0 0 0 0 0 17

• 0 • 0 0 • 0 • _ Blends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Expansion tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 -What would happen if I put
leaded gasoline in my car? ... . 4
ALPHABETICAL INDEX - -- - -- -- - - - -- - - -- - 85
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
H M
Hood release 33 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Hydroplaning 14 Mobile telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
I
In stalling a radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 N
Instrument panel, cleaning 27 Noozle, - Fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
J 0
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69 Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53 Oil
Jack support positions . . . . . . . . . . 69 - Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75 -Change ... . ................ 38
- Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Oil dip stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
K Oil for your engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Plastic parts, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . 27
p
L Parts replacement ...... .. ..... . 51
Leather, - How to clean ........ . 28 Portable fuel container . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lifting Power, - Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
- Floor jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
-Jack ........ ... ...... . . . .. . 66
- Workshop hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Lifting point
-front ...................... . 80
- rear ..... .. ....... . ... . .... 80
Lifting vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Locks, - Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
86 - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - -- - ALPHBETICAL INDEX
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
R T
Radiator fan 42 Tire
Radio ....................... .. 74 - Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Rear window washer container . . 50 - Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Refuelling the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Repair manuals, - Ordering on the -Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Web .. ..... .... ............ . .. 82 -Wear ............. .. .... . .. 58
Replacing a fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Tire designation code ..... . ..... 61
Replacing a radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Replacing batteries, Tires ...... ... ...... ........... 56
-Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Tires/Wheels
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . 81 - How often should I check the
Road salt condition of my tires? . . . . . . . 56
- Removing from wheels . . . . . . . . 26 - How often should I check the
tire pressure? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
s - M+S tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-New tires, breaking in . . . . . . .
64
56
Safe driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 -Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 -Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
-Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 -Uniform tire quality grading . . . 62
Safety defects, - Reporting . . . . . . 81 -All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Service kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ·52 -Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 - Changing a wheel, precautions 66
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 54 Tools .......... . .............. 53
Speed range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Towing ...... . ....... . ..... .... 78
Starting with jumper cables . . . . . . 75 - Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Steel wheels, - Cleaning . . . . . . . . 26 -Speed ..................... 78
Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 -With a commercial tow truck . 78
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
- Driving instructions . . . . . . . . . . 20
-Technical requirements . . . . . . 18
-Tips ....................... 21
- Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
-Tongue load ......... . . ... . . 19
-Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ALPHABETICAL INDEX - - - - -- -- -- - - - - - -- - 87
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
u w
Undercoating .............. 17,26 Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . 62 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18. 31
Unleaded fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Warranty booklet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Upholstery, - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . 28 Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
v Waxing your vehicle

- How often should I wax my
vehicle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Valve extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 -Where not to use wax . . . . . . . 24
Vehicle care Wheel bolts . . . .. .... .... ...... 58
- Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ;; - ~~~o~i~~. ~~~i~~~~~t vvh~~ ~. . . . 72
- Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
- Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 d 57
- va 1ve exten ers ............ .
- W indows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Wh 59
ee1s rep 1acement ........... .
Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 w·Indows .. .. .. ...... ... ...... . 25
~06~~;r~~~~ .~~r·v·i~~ ·~·a·n·~~~~. . . . . 82 Windshield washer container . . . . 50

Winter operation
- Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
- Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
- Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
-Tires .. ..... ................ 64
-Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
-Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
-Windshield washer system . . . 50
Winter tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Workshop hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
88 - - -- - - - -- - - -- - - -- -- ALPHBETICAL INDEX
It has always been VOLKSWAGEN's policy All rights reserved . May not be reproduced
fications, and to make additions or improve- thout notice
',viously manufactured.
r£> Printed on environmentally friendly
paper (bleached without chlorine, racy-
.·
.·
..
.... f ~
3.4 2004 Passat I Tips and Advice I Art.· Nr.: 241.5Sl.PAR.21

Print Status: 05.2003 1 Edition: Nordamerika englisch 05.2003
Technical Data
your booklet.
WARNINGS
~WARNINGS
like this throughout this manual.
Texts printed in bold type refer to

possible damage to your vehicle, or
Vehicle Equipment
Please note that items marked with

tain models, optional on others or
TABLE OF CONTENTS
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
170 hp engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
190 hp engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
190 hp engine 4MOTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

TECHNICAL DATA
General Information
Weights • Do not exceed the maximum per-

missible axle loads or the maximum
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
gross vehicle weight.
and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
Always remember that the vehicle's
for front and rear are listed on a sticker on
handling will be affected by the ex-
the left door jamb.
tra load. Therefore, adjust your
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating inc- speed accordingly.
ludes the weight of the basic vehicle plus
full fuel tank, oil and coolant, plus maximum • Always observe local regulations.
load, which combines passenger (150 lbs 1 • Do not exceed the weight limita-
68 kg per designated seating position) and tions of your trailer hitch.
luggage weight.
Luggage weight is not increased by the use Roof weight
of a roof rack, unless the passenger capaci-
ty is reduced accordingly. The maximum permissible roof weight is
220 lbs (1 00 kg).
The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the
maximum load that can be applied at each Only use the roof rack system specifically
axle of the vehicle. designed, t ested and approved by VOLKS-
WAGEN .
~WARNING Distribute the load evenly and do not ex-
ceed the Permissible Roof Weight (inc-
• The actual Gross Axle Weight luding the weight of t he roof rack system) or
Rating at the front and rear axles the the Gross Vehicle weight.
should not exceed the permissible For more details see "Roof racks I Roof rai-
weights, and their combination lings," chapter " SEATS AND STORAGE"
must not exceed the Gross Vehicle ~ booklet 3. 1.
Weight Rating.
• Exceeding permissible weight
ratings can result in vehicle dama- Dimensions
ge, accidents and personal injury. The specifications refer to the basic model.
Differences may occur depending on the
Notes model type and options ordered, for exam-
ple, tire sizes.
• The ve hicle capacity weight fi-
gures a pply when the load is distri- Note
buted evenly in the vehicle {passen- When driving up steep ramps, on rough ro-
gers and luggage). When ads, over curbs, etc. it is important to re-
transporting a heavy load in the lug- member that some parts of your vehicle.
gage compartment, carry the load such as spoilers or exhaust system compo-
as near to the rear axle as possible nents. may be close to the ground.
so that the vehicle's handling is not Be careful not to damage them.
impaired.
2 - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - WEIGHTS
TECHNICAL DATA
Vehicle identification
The Vehicle Identification The vehicle identification label

Number (VIN) is located on the left side of the rear panel
is located on the instrument panel on the in the luggage compartment or under the
driver's side so t hat it is visible from the out- carpeting on the luggage compartment
side through the windshield - see illustra- floor. The label contains the following infor-
tion above. mation:
1 - Vehicle identification no.
The safety compliance sticker
2- Type code number I designation
is your assurance that your new vehicle Engine output in K ilow atts
complies with all applicable Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards which were in ef- 3 - Engine and transmission code letter
fect at the time the vehicle was manufactu- Paint no. I Interior
red. You can find this sticker on the left door- 4 - Optional equipment numbers
jamb. Vehicle datas are also found in your Mainte-
It shows the month and year of production nance booklet.
and the vehicle identification number of
your vehicle (perforation) as we ll as the
Gross Veh icle Weight Rating (GVWR) and
the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
The high voltage warning label
is located on the lock carrier.
The spark ignition system meets all requ ire-
ments of the Canadian Int erference-Cau-
sing Equipment Regulations.
~ Always heed all WARNINGS
~ in chapter "Engine compart-
ment" and chapter "CHECKING
AND FILLING" -+ booklet 3.2.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION - - - - - - - - -- - -- - - - -- 3
TECHNICAL DATA
170 hp engine
Engine data
Maximum output SAE net 170 hp at 5900 rpm
Maximum torque SAE net 166 ft. lbs. at 1900 - 5000 rpm
(225 Nm at 1900-5000 rpm)
No. of cylinders 4
Displacement 108.7 CID (1 .781cm3)
Stroke 3.40 in ( 86.4 mm)
Bore 3.19 in ( 81.0 mm)
Compression ratio 9.5: 1
Fuel 11 Premium 1I or Regular unleaded
Capacities
Fuel tank in gal. I liters 16.4 I 62
Reserve in gal. I liters 2.1 I 8.0
(included in total capacity )
Windshield washer container in quarts. I liters 6.6 I 6.2
Engine oil21 in quarts. I liters 4.3 I 3.9
Maximum Permissible Trailer Weights31 Automatic Manual

transmission transmission
Trailer w ithout brakes in lbs. 1430 (650 kg) 1430 (650 kg)
Trailer with brakes in lbs. 1500 (680 kg) 2000 (910 kg)
Tongue load in lbs. 165 (75 kg)

11 For maximum engine performance. unleaded Note
Premium is recommended.
Further details see "Fuel tank." chapter " FIL-
The spark ignition system meets all
LING YOUR TANK" -+ booklet 3 .2. requirements of the Canadian Inter-
ference-Causing Equipment Regula-
21 The engine oil level should be checked while
topping up. tions.
Do not overfill - see "Engine oil," chapter
" CHECKING AND FILLING "
-+ booklet 3.2.
31 See also "Trailer towing," chapter " DRIVING
AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIREMENT"
-+ booklet 3.2.
4- - - - -- - - - ENGINE DATA, CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS

TECHNICAL DATA
~------------------------------------------------------
Dimensions
Wheelbase in inch. /mm 106.412.703
Lenght 11 in inch. /mm 185.2 I 4.703
Width in inch. /mm 68.7 I 1.746
Height (unladen) in inch. /mm 57.6 I 1.462
Ground clearance in inch. /mm 4.3 I 110
Turning circle diameter in ft. /m 37.4 I 11.4
(wall to wall)
Weights Automatic Manual

Total permissible weightl in /bs. /kg 4.422 I 2.01 o 4.334 I 1.970
Maximum front axle load in lbs. I kg 2.31 oI 1.050 2.222 I 1.01 o
Maximum rear axle loadl in lbs. I kg 2.156 I 980 2.156 I 980
11 Without front license plate
ENGINE DATA, CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS--------- 5

TECHNICAL DATA
190 hp engine
Engine data
Maximum torque SAE net 206ft. lbs. at 3200 rpm
(280 Nm at 3200 rpm)
No. of cylinders 6
Displaceme nt 168 CID (2.771cm3)
Bore 3.24 in ( 82.5 mm)
Fuel 1l Premium 1l or Regular unleaded
Capacities
Fuel tank in gal. I liters 16.4/62
Reserve in gal. I liters 2.1/8.0
Windshield washer con tainer in quarts. I liters 6.8/6.2
Engine oil2l in quarts. I liters 5.7/5.0
Maximum Permissible Trailer Weights3l

Trailer without brakes in lbs. /kg 1540/700
Trailer with brakes in lbs. /kg 2000/910
Tongu e load in lbs. /kg 165/75
1l For maximum engine performance, unleaded
Note
Further details see "Fuel tank." chapter " FIL- The spark ignition system meets all
LING YOUR TANK " -+ booklet 3.2 . requirements of the Canadian Inter-
2l ference-Causing Equipment Regula-
The engine oil level should be checked while
topping up. tions.
Do not ove rfill - see "Engine oil," chapter
-+ bookle t 3 .2 .
3l See also "Trailer towing," chapter " DRIVING
-+ booklet 3 .2 .
6 - -- - -- - -- ENGINE DATA, CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS

TECHNICAL DATA
~----------------------------------------------------
Dimensions
Wheelbase in inch. lmm 106.4 I 2.703
Lenght 1l in inch. lmm 185.2 I 4.703
Width in inch. lmm 68.7 I 1.746
Height !unladen) in inch. lmm 57.6 I 1.462
Ground clearance in inch. lmm 4.3 I 11 o
Turning circle diameter in ft. I m 37.4 I 11.4
lwall to wall)

Total permissible weightl in lbs. I kg 4.554 I 2.070 4.444 I 2.020
Maximum front axle load in lbs. I kg 2.442 I 1.11 o 2.332 I 1.060
Maximum rear axle loadl in lbs. I kg 2.156 I 980 2.156 I 980
1l Without front license plate
ENGINE DATA, CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS--------- 7

TECHNICAL DATA
190 hp engine 4MOTION
Engine data
Maximum torque SAE net 206 ft. lbs. at 3200 rpm
(280 Nm at 3200 rpm)
No. of cylinders 6
Displacement 168 CID (2.77 1cm3)
Bore 3.24 in ( 82.5 mm)
Compression ratio 10.6 : 1
Fuel 1l Premium 1l or Regular unleaded
Capacities
Fuel tank in gal. I liters 16.4 I 62
Reserve in gal. I liters 2.1 I 8.0
Windshield washer container in quarts. I liters 6.8 I 6.2
Engine oil2l in quarts. I liters 5.7 I 5.0

Trailer without brakes in lbs. I kg 1650 I 750
Trailer with brakes in lbs. !kg 2000 I 910
Tongue load in lbs. I kg 185 I 85
1l For maximum engine performance. unleaded Note
Premium IS recommended.
Funher details see "Fuel tank." chapter " FIL- The spark ignition system meets all
LING YOUR TANK" -+ booklet 3 .2 . requirements of the Canadian Inter-
21 The engine oil level should be checked while ference-Causing Equipment Regula-
topping up. tions.
Do not overfill - see .. Engine oil ... chapter
-+booklet 3.2.
31 See also " Trailer towing." chapter " DRIVING
-+ booklet 3.2.
8 - -- - - - - - - ENGINE DATA, CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS

TECHNICAL DATA
~---------------------------------------------------
Dimensions
Wheelbase in inch. lmm 106.4 I 2. 703
Lenght 1l in inch. lmm 185.2 I 4.703
Width in inch. lmm 68.7 I 1.746
Height (unladen) in inch. lmm 57.6 I 1.462
Ground clearance in inch. lmm 4.3 I 110
Turning circle diameter in ft. lm 37.4 I 11.4
(wall to wall)

Total permissible weightl in lbs. I kg 4.752 I 2.160 -
Maximum front axle load in lbs. I kg 2.464 I 1.120 -
Maximum rear axle loadl in lbs. I kg 2.332 I 1.060 -
ENGINE DATA, CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS----------------- 9

It has always been VOLKSWAGEN's policy All rights reseNed. May not be reproduced
fications, and to make additions or improve- thout notice
' - obligation to install them on products pre-
1viously manufactured.
c£> Printed on environmentally friendly
3.5 2004 Passat Sedan I Techni-:al Data I Nordamerika englisch 05.03 - 241.551.PLT.21
--
_ Volkswagen models
Insert to Ow-ner's Manual
Tether Strap Installation
Always keep this Insert with your other vehicle literature. If you still
have questions about this feature or any other featu res on your vehicle,
contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer.
Booklet 3 .5
SAFETY FIRST
Tether strap installation
I 81J-213K
Fig. 1 The illustration above shows the the Fig. 2 The illustration above shows the the
proper way to route a tether strap un- proper way to route a tether strap un-
der the rear seat head restraint and der the rear head restraint and attach
attach it to the tether anchorage on it to the tether anchorage located on
the (Sedan models) the back of the rear seat back. (Pas-
sa t Wagon, Golf, Jetta Wagon
Attaching a child restraint teth- and New Beetle)
er strap to the tether anchor
• To release the tether strap, loosen the
• Release or deploy the tether strap on the tension following the child restraint
child restraint according to the child re- manufacturer's instructions. Depress the
straint manufacturer's usage instructions. spring catch on the hook and release it from
• Guide the tether strap under the rear the tether anchor.
seat head restraint (raise the head restraint
slightly if necessary) and attach the tether ~WARNING
anchorage hook into the opening of the Improper installation of child re-
tether anchor. Pull on the anchorage hook straints will increase the risk of in-
so that it is held on the tether anchor by the jury in a crash _
spring catch of the hook.
• Neve r a ttach a tether strap to a
• lighten the tether strap firmly following tie-down hook in the luggage
the chi ld restraint manufacturer's instruc- compartment_
tions.
3.5 Passenger vehicles I Safety first I Art.-Nr. : 22 1.552.TSI.21

Pri nt status: 07.2001 I Edition: Eng lish 08.2001
Supplement for 2004 Passat (all models)
Always keep this information with your other vehicle literature. If you still
have questions, contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer.
This supplement describes updates since the last printing of Safety First.
Controls and Equipment. Tips and Advice, and Technical Data.
Safety First
Belt pre-tensioner and load limiter for all Passat models
Controls and Equipment
High beam lever for Passat Sedan I Wagon W8
Manual transmission for Passat Sedan I Wagon W8
Tips and Advice
Fuel supply and octane rating for Passat W8 with 6-speed manual trans-
miSSIOn
Tire inflation pressure sticker for all Passat models
Emergency towing for all Passat models with 4MOTION (All Wheel Drive)
Engine compartment: Gasoline engines 170 hp (1.8L) and 275 hp (4.0L)
Technical Data
Technical Data for Passat Sedan I Wagon W8 with manual transmission
Booklet 3.5
Safety Belts
Belt pre-tensioner and Never let the belt remain over a rear
load limiter seat back that has been folded for-
ward. The rear belt tensioner w ill be
The retractors for the front three-point safe- activated unnecessarily in a crash
ty belts and for the rear outboard three-point and then have to be replaced .
safety belts are equipped w ith belt tension-
ers and load limiters. ~WARNING
Sensors activate the belt tensioners in fron-
tal collisions when deceleration is high • Safety belt systems including
enough . This tightens the belt and takes up belt tensioners cannot be
belt slack. Taking up the slack helps to re- repaired. Special procedures are
duce forward occupant movement during a required for removal and installa-
collision. tion of this system. Therefore, any
work on the safety belt system
The belt tensioner can only be activated
must be performed only by an
once.
authorized VOLKSWAGEN dealer.
The belt tensioner will not activate in a fron-
• The belt tensioner system
tal collision when the deceleration is not
works for one accident only. If belt
high enough, or in any side impact. rollover,
tensioners have been activated,
or rear end collision.
the system must be replaced .
The load limiter feature helps to reduce the
forces applied to the body in a crash.
Notes
• When the safety belt tensioner is acti-
vated, a fine dust is released . This is normal
and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle.
• Observe all safety regulations if the ve-
hicle or individual parts of the system, par-
ticularly the safety belt or airbag, are to be
scrapped. Your authorized VOLKSWAGEN
dealers are familiar with these regulations
and can perform t his service for you.
Manual transmission High beam lever
- . -- I - :J I . -~
B45-667K
Gearshift lever High beam

Your Passat WS with manual transmission The headlights work only when the ignition
is equipped with an "interlock-feature". is switched on.
You must depress the clutch pedal The headlights stay on when you switch on
all the way before you can start the the high beam.
engine.
Your vehicle is equipped with two high
Always depress the clutch pedal ful- beams:
ly when changing gears. Do not hold
the vehicle on a hill with the clutch - high beam with full brightness.
pedal partially depressed. This may - high beam with reduced brightness.
cause premature clutch wear or da-
mage. High beam with full brightness
Resting your hand on the gearshift Switching on:
lever knob while driving will cause With the headlights on. push the lever for-
premature wear in the transmission. ward (4 ).
Drive in 6th gear for optimum fuel economy The blue indicator light in the instrument
when cruising. However, if more accelera- cluster will come on.
tion is required (when passing, for exam- Switching off:
ple). shift down. Pull the lever (3 ) towards you.
Gearshift pattern
High beam with reduced bright-
Shift into R (Reverse) only when the ness
vehicle is not moving.
With the headlights on, push the lever for-
To engage R (Reverse), move lever to ward (4 ).
left, press down and push forward. The blue ind1cator light in the instrument
Especially after driving forward. stop the ve- cluster will come on.
hicle completely, shift into Neutral and Pu ll the switch (A ) qut to the second detent.
rest the shift lever in Neutral briefly before Symbol (B) on the switch will illuminate.
shifting into Reverse.
Switching off:
Pull the lever (3 ) towards you and push the
switch (A ) in as far as it will go.
2------------------------------------------------------
Fuel supply Tires I Wheels
Octane rati ng for your W8 with Tire pressure

manual transmisson Required cold tire inflation pressures are li-
sted on a sticker on the driver's door lock
• Do not use any fuel with octane ra-
jamb.
tings lower than 91 AKI or 95 RON
(ROZ) otherwise expensive engine This applies to all Passat models .
damage will occur.
• Do not use leaded gasoline!
The use of leaded gasoline will seve-
rely damage your vehicl e's catalytic
converter and its ability to control
exhaust emissions.
Blend of gasoline methanol
(wood alcohol or methyl alcohol)
- Anti-knock index must be 91 or higher
- Blend must contain no more than
3% methanol
- Blend must contain more than
2% co-solvents
--------------------------------------------------- 3
Emergency towing
Passat with 4MOTION Note

(All Wheel Drive) • If you are going to have your vehicle towed
by a commercial tow truck, neither the
Towing speed and
front wheels nor rear axle may be lifted
towing distance
off the ground.
Towing speed: . . . . . . 30 mph I 50 km I h
• If you cannot tow your vehicle in a conven-
Towing distance: .. . .. . 30 miles I 50 km tional way, or if you have to tow the vehicle
further than 30 miles (50 km), then the vehi-
Manual transmission cle must be transported on a special vehicle
transporter (flat bed).
• You can use a standard towi ng bar or to-
wi ng rope to emergency tow your vehicle .
• If you are going to have your ve hicle towed
by a commercial tow truck, either the front
wheels or rear axle can be lifted off the
ground.
• If you cannot tow your vehicle in a conven-
tional way, or if you have to tow the vehicle
further than 30 miles (50 km). then the vehi-
cle must be transported on a special vehicle
transporter (flat bed).
Automatic transmission
• You can use a standard towing bar or to-
wing rope to emergency tow your vehicle.
• The selector lever m ust be in the N (Neu-
tral) posi tion.
4------------------------------------------------------
Engine compartment
Gasoline engine 170 hp (1.8L) Gasoline engine 275 hp (4.0L)
g Before you check anything n ~efore yo~ check anything

~ in the engine compartment, ~ m the engme compartment,
INGS in Booklet 3.2. INGS in Booklet 3 .2 .
Always exercise extreme caution Always exercise extreme caution

when working under the engine when working under the engine
hood. hood.
Pos. Booklet Pos. Booklet
1 - Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 1 - Veh icle battery ........ . .. .... .
3.2
2- Engine oil fil ler cap ... .. ........ 3.2 2- Engine oil filler ca p . .. .......... 3.2
3- Brake fluid reservoir ............ 3.2 3- Brake fluid reservoir ............ 3.2
4- Engine oil dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4- Engine oil dipstick ............ . 3.2
5- Coolant expansion tank ...... ... 3.2 5- Coolant expansion tank .. . ...... 3.2
6- Windshield washer container .. .. 3.2 6 - Windshield washer container .... 3.2
-------------------------------------------------------- 5
Passat WS Sedan with manual transmission
Engine data
Maximum output SAE net 275 hp at 6,000 rpm
Maximum torque SAE net 272ft. lbs. at 2. 750 rpm
(370 Nm at 2, 750 rpm)
No . of cylinders 8
Displacement 242 CID (3,999 cm 3 )
Bore 3.29 in ( 84.0 mm)
lr
Fuel 1l Premium 1l
Capacities
Fuel tank in gallons I litres 21.1 I 80
Reserve in gallons I litres 2. 1 I 8.0
Windshield washer container in quarts I litres 4.4 I 4.0
Engine oil 2 l in quarts I litres 9.4 I 8.3

Trailer without brakes in lbs. !kg 1,500 I 680
Trailer with brakes in lbs. /kg 1,500 I 680
Tongue load in lbs. /kg 185 I 85 lr
ll For maximum engine performance. unleaded Note
Fur1herdetails see "Fuel tank." chapter "FILL-
ING YOUR TANK" See Booklet 3.2 . requirements of the Canadian Inter-
2l The engine oil level should be checked while ference-Causing Equipment Regula-
topping up. tions.
Do not overfill -see "Engine oil," chapter
"CHECKING AND FILLING"
See Booklet 3.2.
31 See also "Trailer towing," chapter "DRIVING
AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT"
See Booklet 3.2.
6 ------------------------------------------------------
Dimensions
Whee.lbase in inchlmm 106.4 I 2, 703
Length 1' in inchlmm 185.2 I 4, 703
Width in inchlmm 68.7 I 1,746
Height (unladen) in inchlmm 57.5 I 1,461
Ground clearance in inchlmm 5.8 I 147
Turning circle diameter in ft. I metres 37.4 I 11.5
(wall to wall)
Weights
Total permissible weight in lbs. I kg 5.004 I 2,270
Maximum front axle load in lbs. I kg 2.623 I 1,190
Maximum rear axle load in lbs. I kg 2.447 I 1,110
11 Without front license plate
------------------------------------------------------7
Passat WS Wagon with manual transmission
Engine data -
Maximum output SAE net 275 hp at 6,000 rpm
Maximum torque SAE net 272 ft. lbs. at 2, 750 rpm
(370 Nm at 2. 750 rpm)
No. of cylinders 8
Displacement 242 CID (3,999 cm3)
Stroke 3 .54 in ( 90.2 mm)
Bore 3.29 in ( 84.0 mm)
Compression ratio 10.8: 1 lr
Fuel 1l Premium 1l
Capacities
Fuel tank in gallons I litres 21.1 I 80
Reserve in gallons I litres 2.1 I 8.0
Windshield washer container in quarts I litres 4.4 I 4.0
Engine oil2l in quarts I litres 9.4 I 8.3
Maximum Permissible Trailer Weights 3 l

Trailer without brakes in lbs. I kg 1,500 I 680
Trailer with brakes in lbs. I kg 1,500 I 680
Tongue load in lbs. I kg 185 I 85 lr'
_J
l) For maximum engine performance. unleaded Note

Further details see "Fuel tank." chapter "FILL-
ING YOUR TANK" See Booklet 3.2. requirements of the Canadian Inter-
21 The engine oil level should be checked while ference-Causing Equipment Regula -
topping up. tions.
Do not overfill - see "Engine oil," chapter
"CHECKING AND FILLING"
See Booklet 3 .2 .
31 See also "Trailer towing," chapter "DRIVING
AND PROTECTING OUR ENVIRONMENT"
See Booklet 3.2.
8------------------------------------------------------
Dimensions
Wheelbase in inchlmm 106.4 I 2,703
Length 1l in inchlmm 184.4 I 4,682
Width in inchlmm 68.7 I 1,746
Height (unladen) in inchlmm 59.0 I 1,497
Ground clearance in inchlmm 5.8 I 147
Turning circle diameter in ft. I metres 37.4 I 11.5
(wall to wall)
Weights
Total permissible weight in lbs. I kg 5.115 I 2,320
Maximum front axle load in lbs. I kg 2.623 I 1,190
Maximum rear axle load in lbs. I kg 2.557 I 1,160
------------------------------------------------------9
..... ...... . ...
.. ·. ..,....,
It has always been VOLKSWAGEN'S policy All rights reserved. May not be reproduced
right to make changes in design and specifi- Specifications are subject to change with-
cations, and~o make additions or improve- out notice
ments to its products without· incurring any
obligation to install them on products pre- Printed in Germany
viously manufactured.
Text and specifications in this manual are W Printed on environmentally friendly pa-
based on information and knowledge avail- per (bleached without chlorine, recyclable).
able at the time of printing. © 2004 VOLKSWAGEN AG
3.5 Supplement for 2004 Passat I Passat W81 Art.-Nr.: 241.552.EPT.21

Nordamerika englisch I Edition: 05.2003
JeHa Sedan, Passat Sedan,
Golf, New Beetle, Cabrio
Insert to OV#ner's Manual
Supplement de Manuel
du proprietaire
Trunk escape handle
Poignee de sortie d'urgence du coHre
Always keep this Insert with your other vehiciP. literature. If you still
have questions about this feature or any other f eatures on your
vehicle, contact your authorized Volkswagen dealer.
Conservez toujours ce supplement avec votre documentation de

bord. Si vous avez des questions sur le systeme LATCH ou d'autres
caracteristiques de votre vehicule, veuil lez communiquer avec votre
concessionnaire Volkswagen agree.
CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT I COMMANDES ET EOUIPEMENT
Trunk escape handle Poignee de sortie d'urgence du

coffre
Opening from inside the luggag~
compartment · ..
O~yerture du coffre de l'interieur
Inside the rear lid of your vehicle there is a Une poignee de sortie d'urgence lumineuse
glow-in-the-dark (florescent) trunk escape est situee pres du verrou.
handle near the latch.
To open the rear lid from the in.side, pull the Pour ouvrir le couvercle de coffre de l'in·
handle. terieur, tirez sur Ia poignee.
r
~WARNING ,_. AVERTISSEMENT I
• The trunk escape handle is to be • La poignee de sortie d'urgence
used only in an emergency. du coffre ne doit etre utilisee
• Never obstruct the trunk escape qu'en cas d 'urgence.
handle, otherwise, you would not • N' obstruez pas Ia poignee de
be able to reach it in an emergen- sortie d'urgence du coffre pour
cy. pouvoir y acceder en cas d'ur-
gence.
3.5 Passenger vehicles I Controls and equippment I Art.-Nr.: 221.552.TEH.94

Print status: 07.2001 I Edition: English I French 07.2001
Insert to Tips and Advice
2003 Passat
Engine Oil- Specifications and viscosity for
1.8L 170 hp, 2.8L 190 hp and
4.0L 270 hp engine
The information in this insert replaces page 36 in your 2003 Volkswagen Tips and Advice,
booklet 3.2, delivered w ith your Owner's literature package. Always keep this information
with your other vehrcle literature. If you still have questions, contact your authorized Volks-
wagen dealer. •
Supplement au Livret
Trues et conseils
2003 Passat
Huile-moteur - Specifications et viscosite pour
moteurs de 1,8L 170 ch, de 2,8L 190 ch et
de 4,0L 270 ch
L'information contenue dans ce supplement remplace Ia page 36 de votre Livret 3.2 Trues
et conseils Volkswagen 2003 qui fait partie de I' ensemble de documentation pour le pro-
prietaire . Veuillez conserver ces renseignements avec votre dcomentation debord. Pour
toute autre question, communiquez avec votre consessionaire Volkswagen agree.
Booklet I Livret 3.5

Engine oil
Specifications and viscosity for Specifications and viscosity for
1.8L 170 hp and 4 .0L 270 hp engine
2 .8L 190 hp engine
Your engine was factory filled with an all Your engine was factory filled with an all
season high quality engine oil that has a vi- season high quality engine oil that has a vis-
scosity grade of SAE 5W-40. You can use cosity grade of ILSAC GF3 SAE 5W-40. You
this oil over all temperature ranges for nor- can use this oil over all temperature ranges
mal driving. If you need to add oil between for normal driving. If you need to add oil be-
tween oil changes use any high quality pe-
oil changes use·any high q uality petroleum-
troleum- or synthetic-based oil with cor-
or synthetic- based oil with correct speci- rect specifications. If engine oil viscosity
fications. If engine oil viscosity grade SAE grade SAE 5W-40 is not available. you can
5W-40 is not available. you can also use SAE also use SAE 5W-30, but only for adding
5W-30. or topping off.
To assure that the oil you use is of the high- To assure that the oil you use is of the high-
est quality required by your vehicle the follo- est quality required by your vehicle the fol-
wing terms must appear on the oil container lowing terms must appear on the oil con-
singly or in combination with other designa- tainer singly or in combination with other
tions: designations:
- VW 503 01, VW 505 01 or
- VW500 00 or VW501 01 or VW 502 00
- ILSAC GF3 SAE 5W-40
- ACEA A2 or ACEA A3
(when performing an oil change or add-
- API Service SJ ing)
In exceptional cases you may use
Genera l recommendations - ILSAC GF3 SAE 5W-30
If SAE 5W-40 or 5W-30 viscosity grade oil is for topping up only!
not available in you r area. be sure to always
use a viscosity grade suitable f or the climate
and seasonal conditions that exist w here
the vehicle is being operated. Always make
sure that the oil meets the quality standards
listed above.
Huile-moteur
Specification et viscosite pour Specifications et viscosite pour
moteur de 1 ,SL 170 ch et moteurs de 4 ,0L 270 ch
de 2,8L 190 ch
Votre moteur a ete rempli a l'usine d'une Votre moteur a ete rempli a l'usine d'une
huile-moteur toute saison de qualite huile-moteur toute saison de qualite
superieure de type SAE SW-40. Vous pou- superieure de type ILSAC GF3 SAE SW-40.
vez utiliser cette huile a l'annee longue pour Vous pouvez utiliser cette huile a l'annee
Ia condui te normale. Si vous devez fa ire I' ap- longue pour Ia conduite normale. Si vous de-
point entre les vidanges d'huile. utilisez une vez faire !'appoint entre les vidanges d'hui-
huile synthetique ou a base de petrole de le, utilisez une huile synt hetique ou a base
qua lite superieure qui repond aux specif ica- de petrole de qua lite superieure qui repond
tions. Si l'huile SAE 5W-40 n'est pas dispo- aux specifications. Si l'huile SAE 5W-40
nible. vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'huile SAE n'est pas disponible, vous pouvez aussi utili-
SW-30. ser l'huile SAE SW-30, mais seulement
L'huile que vous utilisez pour votre vehicule pour faire !' appoint.
doit etre de tres bonne qualite. Les designa- L'huile que vous utilisez pour votre vehicule
tions suivantes. seules ou en combinaison doit etre de tres bonne qualite. Les designa-
avec d'autres. doivent apparaitre sur le con- tions suivantes. seules ou en combinaison
tenant d'huile: avec d'autres. doivent apparaltre sur le con-
- VW500 00 ou VW501 01 ou VW 502 00 tenant d'huile:
- ACEA A2 ou ACEA A3 - VW503 01, VW505 01 pu

- ILSAC GF3 SAE 5W-40 (pour une vidan-
- API Service SJ
ge faire !'appoint )
Dans des cas exeptionnels. vous pouvez
Recommandations d'ordre g{meral utiliser:
Si l'huile SAE 5W-40 ou 5W-30 n'est pas - ILSAC GF3 SAE 5W-30 (seulement pour
disponible dans vot re region , assurez-vous fai re !'appoint)
de toujours utiliser une huile convenant aux
conditions cli matiques de Ia region ou le
veh icu le est conduit. Assurez-vous que
l'huile respecte toujours les normes de qua-
lite decrites ci-dessus.
2 ----------------------------------------------------
~It has always been VOLKSWAGEN'S policy Volkswagen a toujours eu comme politique
to continuously improve its products. !'amelioration continue de ses produits.
VOLKSWAGEN, therefore, reserves the C'est pourquoi VOLKSWAGEN se reserve
right to make changes in design and speci- le droit de modifier Ia conception et les
fications, and to make additions or improve- specifications de ses vehicules, de faire des
ments to its products without incurring any ajouts ou d'ameliorer ses produits, sans au-
obligation to install them on products pre- cune obligation de sa part d'apporter ces
viously manufactured. changements aux produits deja fabriques.
Text and specifications in this manual are Le texte et les specifications de ce manuel
based on information and knowledge availa- reposent sur les renseignements et les con- {"
ble at the time of printing. naissances disponibles au moment de l'im- '
All rights reserved . May not be reproduced pression.
or translated in whole or in part without the Tous droits reserves. Traduction ou repro-
written consent of VOLKSWAGEN AG. duction, meme partielles, interdites sans
Specifications are subject to change wi- l'autorisation ecrite de VOLKSWAGEN AG.
thout notice Les specifications peuvent etre modifiees
sans preavis.
Printed in Germany
lmprime en Allemagne
~ Printed on environmentally friendly pa-
per (bleached without chlorine, recyclable). <£> Par respect pour I' environnement, ce
© 2002 VOLKSWAGEN AG manuel a ete imprime sur du papier recycla-
ble et blanchi sans chlore.
© 2002 VOLKSWAGEN AG
r--
3.5 Insert to 2003 Passat I Passat WBI Tips and Advice I Art.-Nr.: 231.552.ERP.94
Nordamerika englisch, Canada franz6sisch I Edition: 10.2002

2004 Volkswagen Passat

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2004 Volkswagen Passat

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Contents

0.1 Alphabetical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warranty begins on the month of

Vehicle Identification Label

1. Vehicle Identification No. I Engine Code

Federal Law requires that a label be affixed

Genuine Volkswagen replacement odometers

Month Day Year

(to be filled in by authorized

When do I bring my car in for service?

2 .0L, 2 .8L VR 6 , 4 .0 L W8, 3.2L VR6 and 4 .2L V8 Gasoline

Brake Fluid Replacement Record

Emission Control Maintenance

5,000 miles (8,000 km) Oil Change Service

10,000 miles (16,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

15,000 miles (24,000 km) Oil Change Service

20,000 miles (32,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

25,000 miles (40,000 km) Oil Change Service

30,000 miles {48,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

35,000 miles {56,000 km) Oil Change Service

40,000 miles {64,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

45,000 miles {72,000 km) Oil Change Service

50,000 miles (80,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

55,000 miles {88,000 km) Oil Change Service

60,000 miles {96,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

Services should be performed at the scheduled mileage {kilo-

The brake fluid must be replaced every 2 years regardless

If you vehicle has one of these engines, then this is your

5,000 miles (8,000 km) Oil Change Service

10,000 miles (16,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

20,000 miles (32,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

30,000 miles (48,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

50,000 miles (80,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

60,000 miles (96,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

70,000 miles (112,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

80,000 miles (128,000 km) Oil Change & Maintenance Service

Services should be performed at the scheduled mileage (kilo-

The brake fluid must be replaced every 2 years regardless

The Delivery Inspection was performed on: _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Date: ................. . ... . .. .

Miles/ km: .... . .. ............ .

Today's date and

First Service at 5,000 miles (8,000 km) - ALL MODELS

1 Engine: Change oil and oil filter

Miles/km: ............ ....... .

Today's date and

Service at 10,000 miles (16,000 km)- ALL MODELS

1 Engine: Change oil and oil filter

Date: .......... . .......... . . . .

Miles/ km: ................... .

Today's date and

Service at 15,000 miles (24,000 km) - Models with a 1 .8T or V6

1 Engine: Change oil and oil filter

Date: ................... ..... .

Miles/ km: .......... . . .. ..... .

Today's date and

Service at 20,000 miles (32,000 km) - ALL MODELS

1 Engine: Change oil and oil filter

Miles/ km: ..... . .. . ......... . .

Today's dat e and

Service at 25,000 miles (40.000 km) - Models with a 1.8T or V6

1 Engine: Change oil and oil filter

Date: .... ... ....... . ......... .

Miles/ km: ................... .

The Delivery Inspection was performed on: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __